The changes introduced with commit 6337d53fdf ("arm: dts: sync am33xx
with Linux 5.9-rc7") prevent the PDU001 from operating correctly.
This patch fixes the configuration of the pin multiplexer and uart3.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
After replacing of include/config/auto.conf sourcing with
extraction of CONFIG_LOCALVERSION, resulting version string
contains quotes around localversion part which are always
present in auto.conf (even if localversion is empty).
This patch fixes this script to remove quotes.
Signed-off-by: Nikita Maslov <wkernelteam@gmail.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pstore command tries to create a reserved-memory node but fails if
it is already present with:
Add 'reserved-memory' node failed: FDT_ERR_EXISTS
This patch creates the node only if it does not exist and adapts the reg
values sizes depending on already present #address-cells and #size-cells
values.
Signed-off-by: Detlev Casanova <detlev.casanova@collabora.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-04-rc2-4
Documentation:
* mkeficapsule man-page
UEFI changes:
* add support for signing images to mkeficapsule
* add support for user define capsule GUID
* adjust unit tests for capsules
* fix UEFI image signature validation in case of multiple signatures
The previous patch is changing U-Boot's behavior wrt certificate based
binary authentication. Specifically an image who's digest of a
certificate is found in dbx is now rejected. Fix the test accordingly
and add another one testing signatures in reverse order
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The EFI spec allows for images to carry multiple signatures. Currently
we don't adhere to the verification process for such images.
The spec says:
"Multiple signatures are allowed to exist in the binary's certificate
table (as per PE/COFF Section "Attribute Certificate Table"). Only one
hash or signature is required to be present in db in order to pass
validation, so long as neither the SHA-256 hash of the binary nor any
present signature is reflected in dbx."
With our current implementation signing the image with two certificates
and inserting both of them in db and one of them dbx doesn't always reject
the image. The rejection depends on the order that the image was signed
and the order the certificates are read (and checked) in db.
While at it move the sha256 hash verification outside the signature
checking loop, since it only needs to run once per image and get simplify
the logic for authenticating an unsigned imahe using sha256 hashes.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Before the capsule authentication is supported, this test script works
correctly, but with the feature enabled, most tests will fail due to
unsigned capsules.
So check the results depending on CAPSULE_AUTHENTICATE or not.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This test scenario tests a new feature of mkeficapsule, "--guid" option,
which allows us to specify FMP driver's guid explicitly at the command
line.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Since the syntax of mkeficapsule was changed in the previous commit,
we need to modify command line arguments in a pytest script.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing options, "--fit" and "--raw," are only used to put a proper
GUID in a capsule header, where GUID identifies a particular FMP (Firmware
Management Protocol) driver which then would handle the firmware binary in
a capsule. In fact, mkeficapsule does the exact same job in creating
a capsule file whatever the firmware binary type is.
To prepare for the future extension, the command syntax will be a bit
modified to allow users to specify arbitrary GUID for their own FMP driver.
OLD:
[--fit <image> | --raw <image>] <capsule file>
NEW:
[--fit | --raw | --guid <guid-string>] <image> <capsule file>
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a couple of test cases against capsule image authentication
for capsule-on-disk, where only a signed capsule file with the verified
signature will be applied to the system.
Due to the difficulty of embedding a public key (esl file) in U-Boot
binary during pytest setup time, all the keys/certificates are pre-created.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Now we can use mkeficapsule command instead of EDK-II's script
to create a signed capsule file. So update the instruction for
capsule authentication.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
With this enhancement, mkeficapsule will be able to sign a capsule
file when it is created. A signature added will be used later
in the verification at FMP's SetImage() call.
To do that, we need specify additional command parameters:
-monotonic-cout <count> : monotonic count
-private-key <private key file> : private key file
-certificate <certificate file> : certificate file
Only when all of those parameters are given, a signature will be added
to a capsule file.
Users are expected to maintain and increment the monotonic count at
every time of the update for each firmware image.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add CONFIG_TOOLS_MKEFICAPSULE. Then we want to always build mkeficapsule
if tools-only_defconfig is used.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need to install libgnutls-devel package to build the host tool,
mkeficapsule, and as of now, there seems to be a depencency conflict
in the current msys2 installer;
:: installing libp11-kit (0.24.1-1) breaks dependency \
'libp11-kit=0.23.22' required by p11-kit
To resolve this conflict, however, the initial "pacman -Syyuu" in
'tools_only_windows' job is not enough. Another "pacman -Su" will
enforce all the out-of-date packages being upgraded.
(Probably the first "-Syyuu" can be changed to "-Syu".)
See the installation steps in
https://www.msys2.org/
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
A partial list:
- fw_env updates, a new testcase for mkimage -o ..., nop-phy reset-gpios
support, DFU updates, kaslr-seed support in extlinux.conf, modern
"partitions" support in mtd device tree
The output size for snprint() should not only be respected for whole fields
but also with fields. Add more tests.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Some usb-nop-xceiv devices use a gpio take them out
of reset. Add a reset function to put them into that
state. This is similar to how Linux handles the
usb-nop-xceiv driver.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Environment variables can be stored in two formats:
1. Single entry with header containing CRC32
2. Two entries with extra flags field in each entry header
For that reason fw_env_open() has two main code paths and there are
pointers for CRC32/flags/data.
Previous implementation was a bit hard to follow:
1. It was checking for used format twice (in reversed order each time)
2. It was setting "environment" global struct fields to some temporary
values that required extra comments explaining it
This change simplifies that code:
1. It introduces two clear code paths
2. It sets "environment" global struct fields values only once it really
knows them
To be fair there are *two* crc32() calls now and an extra pointer
variable but that should be cheap enough and worth it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's usually easier to understand code & follow it if all arguments are
passed explicitly. Many coding styles also discourage using global
variables.
Behaviour of flash_io() was a bit unintuitive as it was writing to a
buffer referenced in a global struct. That required developers to
remember how it works and sometimes required hacking "environment"
global struct variable to read data into a proper buffer.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since dfu is not only used for USB, and some platform only
supports DFU_OVER_TFTP or EFI capsule update, dfu_alt_info
is defined on such platforms too.
For such platform, 'dfu list' command is useful to check
how the current dfu_alt_info setting is parsed.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Fix some typo and wrong information about dfu_alt_info.
- Add the parameter format, decimal only or hexadecimal.
- Use same parameter name for the same kind of parameters.
(e.g. dev -> dev_id)
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
When parsing the dfu_alt_info, check the number of arguments
and argument string strictly. If there is any garbage data
(which is not able to be parsed correctly) in dfu_alt_info,
that means something wrong and user may make a typo or mis-
understanding about the syntax. Since the dfu_alt_info is
used for updating the firmware, this mistake may lead to
brick the hardware.
Thus it should be checked strictly for making sure there
is no mistake.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
If dfu_alt_info has repeated spaces or tab (for indentation or
readability), the dfu fails to parse it. For example, if
dfu_alt_info="mtd nor1=image raw 100000 200000" (double spaces
after "raw"), the image entity start address is '0' and the size
'0x100000'. This is because the repeated space is not skipped.
Use space and tab as a separater and apply skip_spaces() to
skip redundant spaces and tabs.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Use strlcpy() instead of strcpy() to prevent copying the
entity name over the name buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Addresses the feedback provided on 5902a397d0 ("mkimage: Allow to
specify the signature algorithm on the command line") which raced with
the merge.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
echo -n does not give the intended effect when invoked in macOS through
/bin/sh, which is the shell make uses by default, see
"https://stackoverflow.com/questions/11675070/makefile-echo-n-not-working"
for a detailed explanation. In this case, it resulted in "-n" being
written to env.txt and env.in even though they should be empty, which
caused compilation to fail with "Your board uses a text-file
environment, so must not define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS".
This patch prevents the error by replacing echo -n's with touch, as they
are used to create empty files in these cases.
strlen() returns size_t. So we should use %zu to print it.
This avoids incorrect output on 32bit systems.
Fixes: 2fc62f2991 ("stackprot: Make our test a bit more complex")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Stress the '-o algo_name' argument of mkimage by expanding the vboot
test.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update scripts/pylint.base]
Replace %zx by %lx and cast size_t to ulong.
U-Boot currently prints garbage debug output:
size=x, ptr=18, limit=18: 4002a000
With this change it prints correct debug data:
size=18, ptr=18, limit=2000: 4002a000
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Listing MTD partitions directly in the flash mode has been deprecated
for a while for kernel Device Trees. Look for a node "partitions" in the
found flash nodes and use it instead of the flash node itself for the
partition list when it exists, so Device Trees following the current
best practices can be fixed up.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the Linux implementation of adc-keys
(drivers/input/keyboard/adc-keys.c), `press-threshold-microvolt` is not
really interpreted as a threshold, but rather as the "nominal voltage"
of the button. When the voltage read from the ADC is closest to a
button's `press-threshold-microvolt`, the button is considered pressed.
This patch reconciles the behavior of button-adc with Linux's adc-keys
such that device trees can be synchronized with minimal modifications.
Signed-off-by: Peter Cai <peter@typeblog.net>
this will add kaslrseed keyword to sysboot lable,
when it set, it will request to genarate random number
from hwrng as kaslr-seed.
with this patch exlinux.conf label looks like
label l0
menu testing
linux /boot/vmlinuz-5.15.16-arm
initrd /boot/initramfs-5.15.16-arm.img
fdtdir /boot/dtbs/5.15.16-arm/
kaslrseed
append root=UUID=92ae1e50-eeeb-4c5b-8939-7e1cd6cfb059 ro
Tested on Khadas VIM with kernel 5.16.0-rc5-arm64, Debian 11.
Signed-off-by: Zhang Ning <zhangn1985@qq.com>
The ci_req->hw_buf can be NULL, test whether it is and if so,
avoid accessing it. Else, the system may crash.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peter Chen <peter.chen@nxp.com>
Cc: Li Jun <jun.li@nxp.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Using the XHCI driver, the function `usb_kbd_poll_for_event` takes
30-40ms to run. The exact time is dependent on the polling interval the
keyboard requests in its descriptor, and likely cannot be significantly
reduced without major rework to the XHCI driver.
The U-Boot EFI console service sets a timer to poll the keyboard every 5
microseconds, and this timer is checked every time a block is read off
disk. The net effect is that, on my system, loading a ~40MiB kernel and
initrd takes about 62 seconds with a slower keyboard and 53 seconds
with a faster one, with the vast majority of the time spent polling the
keyboard.
To solve this problem, this patch adds a 20ms delay between consecutive
calls to `usb_kbd_poll_for_event`. This is sufficient to reduce the
total loading time to under half a second for both keyboards, and does
not impact the perceived keystroke latency.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Watson <twatson52@icloud.com>
The imx8mm and imx8mn appear compatible with imx7d-usb
flags in the OTG driver. If the dr_mode is defined as
host or peripheral, the device appears to operate correctly,
however the auto host/peripheral detection results in an error.
The solution isn't just adding checks for imx8mm and imx8mn to
the check for imx7, because the USB clock needs to be running
to read from the USBNC_PHY_STATUS_OFFSET register or it will hang.
Marek requested that I not enable the clocks in ehci_usb_of_to_plat,
so I modified that function to return an unknown state if the
device tree does not explicitly state whether it is a host
or a peripheral.
When the driver probes, it looks to see if it's in the unknown
state, and only then will it read the register to auto-detect.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
EMIF tool for AM64 SK is now updated to 0.8.0 that includes
* disabled Write DQ training
* improve CA ODT to 60 ohms
The lpddr4 enabled with periodic WDQ training is causing periodic 26us
stall. This makes the SoC stall without doing anything which leads to
R5 interrupt latency in TCM memory. Due to this periodic training there
are some outstanding CPU transactions waiting for the lpddr4 to complete.
Hence, disable the periodic write DQ training during the
non-initialization stage of lpddr4 which results in an approximate 1us
stall. Also, update the lpddr4 config to improve CA ODT by 60 ohms
The rationales are as follows:
- PI_WDQLVL_EN: 2 Bits register field to support write DQ leveling,
disable bit 1 that supports Write DQ during non-initialization to
avoid ~26us stall during code execution.
- MR11_DATA_F1/F2_x register fields value changed to 0x66 that changes
the CA ODT from 48ohm to 60ohm to improve the eye margin on CA bus by
increasing the signal swing.
Signed-off-by: James Doublesin <doublesin@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Sinthu Raja <sinthu.raja@ti.com>
There are no boards that define CONFIG_SYS_RESET_ADDR, so drop the
remaining comments referencing it and also the config_whitelist.txt entry.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: thomas@wytron.com.tw
There are no boards that define CONFIG_SYS_RESET_ADDRESS, so drop the
associated mpc8xx code that checks for it.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@csgroup.eu>
This driver adds support for the keyboard on Apple Silicon laptops.
The controller for this keyboard sits on an SPI bus and uses an
Apple-specific HID over SPI protocol. The packets sent by this
controller for key presses and key releases are fairly simple and
are decoded directly by the code in this driver and converted into
standard Linux keycodes. The same controller handles the touchpad
found on these laptops. Packets for touchpad events are simply
ignored.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a driver for the SPI controller integrated on Apple SoCs.
This is necessary to support the keyboard on Apple Silicon laopts
since their keyboard uses an Apple-specific HID over SPI protocol.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a driver for the NVMe storage controller integrated on
Apple SoCs. This NVMe controller isn't PCI based and deviates
from the NVMe standard in its implementation of the command
submission queue and the integration of an NVMMU that needs
to be managed. This commit tweaks the core NVMe code to
support the linear command submission queue implemented by
this controller. But setting up the submission queue and
managing the NVMMU controller is handled by implementing
the driver ops that were added in an earlier commit.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Tested-on: firefly-rk3399
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The power management controller found on Apple SoCs als provides
a way to reset all devices within a power domain. This is needed
to cleanly shutdown the NVMe controller before we hand over
control to the OS.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add a function to disable the NVMe controller. This will be used
to let the driver for the NVMe storage integrated on Apple SoCs
shutdown the NVMe controller such we can shutdown the NVMe
IOP controller in a clean way afterwards before handing control
to the OS.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The NVMe storage controller integrated on Apple SoCs deviates
from the NVMe standard in two aspects. It uses a "linear"
submission queue and it integrates an NVMMU that needs to be
programmed for each NVMe command. Introduce driver ops such
that we can set up the linear submission queue and program the
NVMMU in the driver for this strange beast.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Most Apple IOPs run a firmware that is based on what Apple calls
RTKit. RTKit implements a common mailbox protocol. This code
provides an implementation of the AP side of this protocol,
providing a function to initialize RTKit-based firmwares as well
as a function to do a clean shutdown of this firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot is expected to support multiple generations of Apple SoCs
in a single binary with a single defconfig. Therefore it makes
more sense to set SYS_SOC to "apple".
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This mailbox driver provides a communication channel with the
Apple IOP controllers found on Apple SoCs. These IOP controllers
are used to implement various functions such as the System
Manegement Controller (SMC) and NVMe storage. It allows sending
and receiving a 96-bit message over a single channel.
The header file with the struct used for mailbox messages is taken
straight from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Sven Peter <sven@svenpeter.dev>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Apple SoCs have an integrated NVMe controller that isn't connected
over a PCIe bus. In preparation for adding support for this NVMe
controller, split out the PCI support into its own file. This file
is selected through a new CONFIG_NVME_PCI Kconfig option, so do
a wholesale replacement of CONFIG_NVME with CONFIG_NVME_PCI.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on: Macbook Air M1
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
patman snake-case conversion
binman fit improvements
ACPI fixes and making MCFG available to ARM
[trini: Update scripts/pylint.base]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The Pogoplug E02 board has the network chip Marvell 88E1116R. Convert
to Driver Model and use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1118R
to bring up Ethernet.
- Add board_eth_init(), CONFIG_DM_ETH, and CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL
to bring up Ethernet.
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- As the result of the migration to Driver Model, this u-boot image has
grown substantially (about 100K, give or take). The old envs location
at 0x60000 (384k) is no longer possible. Move it to 0xC0000 (768K).
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/cloudengines/pogo_e02/pogo_e02.h, use CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD to
keep u-boot image under 512K, use BIT macro, and cleanup comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently it is possible to call "kwboot -b -t /dev/ttyUSB0" but not to
call "kwboot -b /dev/ttyUSB0".
Fix it by not trying to process the last argv[], which is non-getopt()
option (tty path) as the image path for -b.
Fixes: c513fe47dc ("tools: kwboot: Allow to use option -b without image path")
Reported-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel@ziswiler.com>
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel@ziswiler.com>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel@ziswiler.com>
The Dockstar board has the network chip Marvell 88E1116R. Convert to
Ethernet driver model, and use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver
M88E1118R to bring up Ethernet.
- Add CONFIG_DM_ETH and associated configs.
- Add board_eth_init() to use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network.
And remove ad-hoc code.
- Add CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove
header file board/Seagate/dockstar/dockstar.h, use
CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD to keep u-boot image
under 512K, add CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER, use BIT macro, and cleanup comments.
- Note: This patch is a RESEND for a previous patch:
https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20210812051854.1340-2-mibodhi@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Quit esc sequence may be also in the middle of the read buffer.
Fix the detection for that case.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- Add board_eth_init(), CONFIG_DM_ETH, and CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL
to bring up Ethernet.
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/iomega/iconnect/iconnect.h. Add CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER, use BIT macro,
and cleanup comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Globalscale Technologies Dreamplug board has the network chip
Marvell 88E1116R. Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1310
driver to bring up Ethernet.
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- Add board_eth_init() to use uclass mvgbe to bring up both network
port 0 and 1. And remove ad-hoc code.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Add myself as maintainer (this board seems to be orphaned,
could not contact Jason Cooper using current email).
- Miscellaneous changes: Move constants to .c file and remove header file
board/Marvell/dreamplug/dreamplug.h, cleanup comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
We can now use same U-Boot images on both QEMU virt machine and QEMU
spike machine so let's update the QEMU RISC-V documentation.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <apatel@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Currently, if MTD NOR is enabled then U-Boot tries to issue flash
commands even when CFI flash DT node is not present. This causes
access fault on RISC-V emulators or ISS which do not emulate CFI
flash. To handle this issue, we implement is_flash_available() for
qemu-riscv board which will return 1 only if CFI flash DT node is
present.
Fixes: d248627f9d ("riscv: qemu: Enable MTD NOR flash support")
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <apatel@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Quite a few RISC-V emulators and ISS (including Spike) have host
transfer interface (HTIF) based console. This patch adds HTIF
based console driver for RISC-V platforms which depends totally
on DT node for HTIF register base address.
Signed-off-by: Anup Patel <apatel@ventanamicro.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@vrull.eu>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The binman FIT entry type shares some code with the Section entry type.
This shared code is bound to grow, since FIT entries are conceptually a
variation of Section entries.
Make FIT entry type a subclass of Section entry type, simplifying it a
bit and providing us the features that Section implements. Also fix the
subentry alignment test which now attempts to write symbols to a
nonexistent SPL ELF test file by creating it first.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Avoid AddMissingProperties() and SetCalculatedProperties() with FIT:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman can check for missing binary tools and prints warnings if
anything required for an image is missing. The implementation of this
for the Section entry only checks the subentries, presumably because
Section does not use any binary tools itself. However, this means the
check is also skipped for subclasses of Section which might need binary
tools.
Make sure missing binary tools are checked for subclasses of the Section
entry type as well, by calling the parent class' implementation in
the relevant Section method.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman keeps track of binary tools each entry wants to use. The
implementation of this for the FIT entry only adds "mkimage", but not
the tools that would be used by its subentries.
Register the binary tools that FIT subentries will use in addition to
the one FIT itself uses, and check their existence by copying the
appropriate method from Section entry type. Also add tests that check if
these subentries can use and warn about binary tools.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman tries to expand some entries into parts that make it up, e.g.
'u-boot' into a 'u-boot-expanded' section that contains 'u-boot-nodtb'
and 'u-boot-dtb'. Entries with child entries must call ExpandEntries()
on them to build a correct image, as it's possible that unexpanded child
entries have no data of their own. The FIT entry type doesn't currently
do this, which means putting a "u-boot" entry inside it doesn't work as
expected.
Implement ExpandEntries() for FIT and add a copy of a simple FIT image
test that checks subentry expansion in FIT entries.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
MCFG tables are used on multiple arches. Move to common ACPI lib.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritzf@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use sizeof(*mcfg) instead of sizeof(*header)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit d953137526 ("x86: Move SSDT table to a writer function")
introduced a bug where the actual MCFG entries are no longer generated.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: d953137526 ("x86: Move SSDT table to a writer function")
Signed-off-by: Moritz Fischer <moritzf@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
if CONFIG_DM_STDIO is defined but SERIAL_PRESENT not,
gcc drops warnings for serial_stub_* functions
that they are defined but not used.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
nulldev_serial_input is static and not used in this file,
so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This method has the same name as its class which is confusing. It is also
annoying when searching the code.
It builds a string with a colour, so rename it to build().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename this function so that when we convert it to snake case it will not
conflict with the built-in print() function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use parenthesis for the device_get_ops macro argument. This prevents
errors when using an expression for the parameter.
Signed-off-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
sdl.c is compiled against the SDL library.
Trying to redefine wchar_t with -fshort-wchar is not necessary
and leads to build failures when compiling against musl.
Cc: Milan P. Stanić <mps@arvanta.net>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When building for a custom board, it is quite common to maintain a
private branch which include some defconfig and .dts files. But to
hook up those .dts files requires modifying a file "belonging" to
upstream U-Boot, the arch/*/dts/Makefile. Forward-porting that branch
to a newer upstream then often results in a conflict which, while it
is trivial to resolve by hand, makes it harder to have a CI do "try to
build our board against latest upstream".
The .config usually includes information on precisely what .dtb(s) are
needed, so to avoid having to modify the Makefile, simply add the
files in (SPL_)OF_LIST to dtb-y.
A technicality is that (SPL_)OF_LIST is not always defined, so rework
the Kconfig symbols so that (SPL_)OF_LIST is always defined (when
(SPL_)OF_CONTROL), but only prompted for in the cases which used to be
their "depends on".
nios2 and microblaze already have something like this in their
dts/Makefile, and the rationale in commit 41f59f6853 is similar to
the above. So this simply generalizes existing practice. Followup
patches could remove the logic in those two makefiles, just as there's
potential for moving some common boilerplate from all the
arch/*/dts/Makefile files to the new scripts/Makefile.dts.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Assorted general code cleanups to make sure we use the right macros
and use them correctly and buildman updates around kconfig.h itself.
- Convert some IDE and SCSI symbols to Kconfig.
- Convert CONFIG_REMAKE_ELF
- Introduce conversion deadline for DM_SCSI.
Very few boards remain to be migrated:
am57xx_hs_evm_usb
controlcenterdc
highbank
ls1021atsn_qspi
ls1021atsn_sdcard
ls1021atwr_sdcard_ifc_SECURE_BOOT
ls1046ardb_sdcard_SECURE_BOOT
ls1088ardb_sdcard_qspi_SECURE_BOOT
omap5_uevm
pg_wcom_expu1
pg_wcom_seli8
sandbox
sandbox64
sandbox_flattree
sandbox_noinst
sandbox_spl
tools-only
Addd a migration deadline for a year out.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SCSI_AHCI_PLAT
CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID
CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN
CONFIG_SYS_SATA_MAX_DEVICE
Drop CONFIG_SCSI for everything except the sandbox build. We only need
one build for tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is defined based on two other CONFIGs for all boards except sandbox
and durian.
For sandbox the value does not matter. For durian the value seems
excessive.
Drop the option completely, to simplify configuration and reduce the
number of things we need to convert to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present all ahci drivers depend on AHCI except for DWC_AHCI. But no
boards enable that without also enabling AHCI:
/tools/moveconfig.py -f ~AHCI DWC_AHCI
0 matches
Group them together and sort them in order by Kconfig name (except for
AHCI_MVEBU which uses a different naming convention).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
No boards use this driver without CONFIG_BLK, so clean up the dead code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move the SATA options inside an 'if SATA' part, so they are grouped.
Fix the 'Complient' typo while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
No boards currently use SATA without BLK:
./tools/moveconfig.py -f SATA ~BLK
0 matches
Make SATA depend on BLK to avoid any future confusion. Drop the dead code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is not used in U-Boot and has not been converted to driver model.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_IDE_MAXBUS
CONFIG_SYS_IDE_MAXDEVICE
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_BASE_ADDR
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_STRIDE
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_DATA_OFFSET
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_REG_OFFSET
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_ALT_OFFSET
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_IDE0_OFFSET
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_IDE1_OFFSET
CONFIG_ATAPI
CONFIG_IDE_RESET
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add a -a option to specify changes to the config before the build
commences. For example
buildman -a ~CONFIG_CMDLINE
disables CONFIG_CMDLINE before doing the build.
This makes it easier to try things out as well as to write tests without
creating a new board or manually manging the .config file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a thread crashes it is helpful to try the operation again with
threading disabled. Add a hint about that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the only straightforward way to write tests that need a
slightly different configuration is to create a new board with its own
configuration. This is cumbersome.
It would be useful if buildman could adjust the configuration of a build
on the fly. In preparation for this, add a utility library which can
modify a .config file according to various parameters passed to it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the full horror of the Python traceback is shown by default. It
is normally only useful for debugging. Turn it off by default and add a
--debug flag to enable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function does not run the doctests. Allow the caller to
pass these modules in as strings.
Update patman to use this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new IF_ENABLED_INT() feature to avoid needing our own inline
function to handle this case. Tidy up the logic to ensure that the value
is only used when present. Update the 'expected' comment also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if an optional Kconfig value needs to be used it must be
bracketed by #ifdef. For example, with this Kconfig setup:
config WIBBLE
bool "Support wibbles, the world needs more wibbles"
config WIBBLE_ADDR
hex "Address of the wibble"
depends on WIBBLE
then the following code must be used:
#ifdef CONFIG_WIBBLE
static void handle_wibble(void)
{
int val = CONFIG_WIBBLE_ADDR;
...
}
#endif
static void init_machine()
{
...
#ifdef CONFIG_WIBBLE
handle_wibble();
#endif
}
Add a new IF_ENABLED_INT() to help with this. So now it is possible to
write, without #ifdefs:
static void handle_wibble(void)
{
int val = IF_ENABLED_INT(CONFIG_WIBBLE, CONFIG_WIBBLE_ADDR);
...
}
static void init_machine()
{
...
if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_WIBBLE))
handle_wibble();
}
The value will be CONFIG_WIBBLE_ADDR if CONFIG_WIBBLE is defined and will
produce a build error if not.. This allows us to reduce the use of #ifdef
in the code, ensuring that the compiler still checks the code even if it
is not ultimately used for a particular build.
Add a CONFIG_IF_ENABLED_INT() version as well.
If an attempt is made to use a value that does not exist (i.e. when the
conditional is not enabled), an error about a non-existing function is
generated, e.g.:
common/bloblist.c:447: undefined reference to `invalid_use_of_IF_ENABLED_INT'
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The config_enabled() macro currently uses 0 as the default value. Update
it to allow any value, so we can pass it something else, such as a
non-existent function, to produce a build error if it is not defined.
Also tidy up the code style for IS_ENABLED() and drop the unnecessary
brackets (the value is a simple 0 or 1).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the IS_ENABLED() macro has extra brackets, making it possible
to write:
if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_XXX)
but it is a bit confusing. Add the missing brackets.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This is supposed to be a build-system flag. Move it there so we can
define it before linux/kconfig.h is included.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Seems that we need the waterlevel setting not only for PIO mode as
without this at least the i.MX 8M Mini won't boot anymore when being
written by such a U-Boot. Corruption has also been observed both on
the i.MX 6 as well as i.MX 8M Mini when using ums on the eMMC. Fix
this by setting the watermark level again regardless of whether in
DMA or PIO mode.
Fixes: 41c6a22fc2 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc_imx: simplify esdhc_setup_data()")
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
In case the eMMC contains any GP partitions or user sets up new GP
partitions, the size of these GP partitions reduce the size of the
USER partition. Subtract the size of those GP partitions from the
calculated size of USER partition when using `user enh start -`.
The following test used to fail before:
```
u-boot=> mmc hwpartition gp1 524288 enh user enh 0 - wrrel on check
Partition configuration:
User Enhanced Start: 0 Bytes
User Enhanced Size: 1.8 GiB
User partition write reliability: on
GP1 Capacity: 256 MiB ENH
No GP2 partition
No GP3 partition
No GP4 partition
Total enhanced size exceeds maximum (261 > 229)
Failed!
```
The test now passes:
```
u-boot=> mmc hwpartition gp1 524288 enh user enh 0 - wrrel on check
Partition configuration:
User Enhanced Start: 0 Bytes
User Enhanced Size: 1.5 GiB
User partition write reliability: on
GP1 Capacity: 256 MiB ENH
No GP2 partition
No GP3 partition
No GP4 partition
```
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
In some cases, a single SerDes instance can be shared between two different
processors, each using a separate link. In these cases, the SerDes
configuration is done in an earlier boot stage. Therefore, add support to
skip reconfiguring, if it is was already configured beforehand.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add support for multilink configuration of Sierra PHY. Currently,
maximum two links are supported.
Signed-off-by: Swapnil Jakhade <sjakhade@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add single link PCIe register configurations for no SSC and internal
SSC. Also, add missing PMA lane registers for external SSC.
Signed-off-by: Swapnil Jakhade <sjakhade@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
PIPE phy status is used to communicate the completion of several PHY
functions. Check if PHY is ready for operation while configured for
PIPE mode during startup.
Signed-off-by: Swapnil Jakhade <sjakhade@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Check if PMA cmn_ready is set indicating the startup process is complete.
Signed-off-by: Swapnil Jakhade <sjakhade@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add PHY PCS common register configuration sequences for single link.
Update single link PCIe register sequence accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Swapnil Jakhade <sjakhade@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
No functional change. Rename some regmap variables as mentioned in Sierra
register description documentation.
Signed-off-by: Swapnil Jakhade <sjakhade@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Sierra driver currently supports single link configurations only. Prepare
driver to support multilink multiprotocol configurations along with
different SSC modes.
Signed-off-by: Swapnil Jakhade <sjakhade@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
The PLL_CMNLC clocks are modelled as a child clock device of seirra. In the
function device_probe, the corresponding clocks are probed before calling
the device's probe. The PLL_CMNLC mux clock can only be created after the
device's probe. Therefore, move assigned-clocks and assigned-clock-parents
to the link nodes in U-Boot device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Sierra has two PLLs, PLL_CMNLC and PLL_CMNLC1 and each of these PLLs has
two inputs, plllc_refclk (input from pll0_refclk) and refrcv (input from
pll1_refclk). Model PLL_CMNLC and PLL_CMNLC1 as a clock so that it's
possible to select one of these two inputs from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add missing clk_disable_unprepare() in cdns_sierra_phy_remove().
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Instead of having separate structure members for each input clock, add
an array for the input clocks within "struct cdns_sierra_phy". This is
in preparation for adding more input clocks required for supporting
additional clock combination.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
No functional change. Group devm_reset_control_get() and
devm_reset_control_get_optional() to a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
No functional change. Group all devm_clk_get_optional() to a
separate function.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Cadence Sierra PHY driver registers PHY using devm_phy_create()
for all sub-nodes of Sierra device tree node. However Sierra device
tree node can have sub-nodes for the various clocks in addtion to the
PHY. Use devm_phy_create() only for nodes with name "phy" (or "link"
for old device tree) which represent the actual PHY.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Commit 39b823381d ("phy: cadence: Add driver for Sierra PHY")
de-asserts PHY_RESET even before the configurations are loaded in
phy_init(). However PHY_RESET should be de-asserted only after
all the configurations has been initialized, instead of de-asserting
in probe. Fix it here.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
The driver enables IPU support. Basically enables the clocks,
timers, watchdog timers and bare minimal MMU and supports
loading the firmware from mmc.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
[Amjad: fix compile warnings]
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
Add remoteproc resource handling helpers. These functions
are primarily to parse the resource table and to handle
different types of resources. Carveout, devmem, trace &
vring resources are handled.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
[Amjad: fix redefinition of "struct resource_table" and compile warnings ]
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
Add find_next_zero_area to fetch the next zero area in the map.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
First check the presence of the ipu firmware in the boot partition.
If present enable the ipu and the related clocks & then move
on to load the firmware and eventually start remoteproc IPU1/IPU2.
do_enable_clocks by default puts the clock domains into auto
which does not work well with reset. Hence adding do_enable_ipu_clocks
function.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
[Amjad: fix IPU1_LOAD_ADDR and compile warnings]
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
Add a reset driver to bring IPs out of reset.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
[Amjad: reset_ops structure member "free" has been renamed to "rfree",
use the latter instead]
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
There is a 4 bit VARIANT number inside the JTAGID register that TI
increments any time a new variant for a chip is produced. Each
family of TI's SoCs uses a different versioning scheme based off
that VARIANT number.
CC: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Brattlof <bb@ti.com>
J721S2 can support two instances for DDR. Therefore, add the device support
for the same and use 4266MT/s as DDR frequency.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
The EVM architecture for J721S2 is similar to that of J721E and J7200. It
is as follows,
+------------------------------------------------------+
| +-------------------------------------------+ |
| | | |
| | Add-on Card 1 Options | |
| | | |
| +-------------------------------------------+ |
| |
| |
| +-------------------+ |
| | | |
| | SOM | |
| +--------------+ | | |
| | | | | |
| | Add-on | +-------------------+ |
| | Card 2 | | Power Supply
| | Options | | |
| | | | |
| +--------------+ | <---
+------------------------------------------------------+
Common Processor Board
Common Processor board is the baseboard that contains most of the actual
connectors, power supply etc. The System on Module (SoM) is plugged on to
the common processor baord. Therefore, add support for peripherals brought
out in the common processor board.
Link to Common Processor Board: https://www.ti.com/lit/zip/sprr439
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
A System on Module (SoM) contains the SoC, PMIC, DDR and basic high speed
components necessary for functionality. Therefore, add support for the
components present on the SoM.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
The J721S2 SoC belongs to the K3 Multicore SoC architecture platform,
providing advanced system integration in automotive ADAS applications and
industrial applications requiring AI at the network edge. This SoC extends
the Jacinto 7 family of SoCs with focus on lowering system costs and power
while providing interfaces, memory architecture and compute performance for
single and multi-sensor applications.
Some highlights of this SoC are:
* Dual Cortex-A72s in a single cluster, three clusters of lockstep capable
dual Cortex-R5F MCUs, Deep-learning Matrix Multiply Accelerator(MMA), C7x
floating point Vector DSP.
* 3D GPU: Automotive grade IMG BXS-4-64
* Vision Processing Accelerator (VPAC) with image signal processor and
Depth and Motion Processing Accelerator (DMPAC)
* Two CSI2.0 4L RX plus one eDP/DP, two DSI Tx, and one DPI interface.
* Two Ethernet ports with RGMII support.
* Single 4 lane PCIe-GEN3 controllers, USB3.0 Dual-role device subsystems,
* Up to 20 MCANs, 5 McASP, eMMC and SD, OSPI/HyperBus memory controller,
QSPI, I3C and I2C, eCAP/eQEP, eHRPWM, MLB among other peripherals.
* Hardware accelerator blocks containing AES/DES/SHA/MD5 called SA2UL
management.
See J721S2 Technical Reference Manual (SPRUJ28 – NOVEMBER 2021)
for further details: http://www.ti.com/lit/pdf/spruj28
Introduce basic support for the J721S2 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Add pinctrl macros for J721S2 SoC. These macro definitions are
similar to that of J721E, but adding new definitions to avoid
any naming confusions in the soc dts files.
checkpatch insists the following error exists:
ERROR: Macros with complex values should be enclosed in parentheses
However, we do not need parentheses enclosing the values for this
macro as we do intend it to generate two separate values as has been
done for other similar platforms.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
There are 4 lanes in the single instance of J721S2 SERDES. Each SERDES
lane mux can select upto 4 different IPs. Define all the possible
functions.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
In Multi DDR subystems with interleaving support, the following needs to
configured,
- interleaving granular size and region
- EMIFs to be enabled
- EMIFs with ecc to be enabled
- EMIF separated or interleaved
- number of cycles of unsuccessful EMIF arbitration to wait before
arbitrating for a different EMIF port, by default set to 3
Add support for configuring all the above by using a MSMC device
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
The current driver only supports single instance of DRR subsystem. Add
support for probing multiple instances of DDR subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add a pointer to ddr instance int the lpddr4_privatedata_s structure for
supporting mutliple instances of DDR in the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
This adds initial support for the Toradex Verdin iMX8M Plus Quad 4GB WB
IT V1.0B module. They are strapped to boot from eFuses which are factory
fused to properly boot from their on-module eMMC. U-Boot supports
booting from the on-module eMMC only, SDP support is disabled for now
due to missing i.MX 8M Plus USB support.
Functionality wise the following is known to be working:
- eMMC, 8-bit and 4-bit MMC/SD card slots
- Ethernet both on-module eQoS and FEC (requires PHY on carrier board)
- GPIOs
- I2C
Boot sequence is:
SPL ---> ATF (TF-A) ---> U-boot proper
ATF, U-boot proper and u-boot.dtb images are packed into a FIT image,
loaded by SPL.
Boot:
U-Boot SPL 2022.04-rc1-00164-g21a0312611-dirty (Feb 07 2022 - 11:34:04 +0100)
Quad die, dual rank failed, attempting dual die, single rank configuration.
Normal Boot
WDT: Started watchdog@30280000 with servicing (60s timeout)
Trying to boot from BOOTROM
Find img info 0x&48025a00, size 872
Need continue download 1024
Download 779264, Total size 780424
NOTICE: BL31: v2.2(release):rel_imx_5.4.70_2.3.2_rc1-5-g835a8f67b
NOTICE: BL31: Built : 16:52:37, Aug 26 2021
U-Boot 2022.04-rc1-00164-g21a0312611-dirty (Feb 07 2022 - 11:34:04 +0100)
CPU: Freescale i.MX8MP[8] rev1.1 at 1200 MHz
Reset cause: POR
DRAM: 8 GiB
Core: 78 devices, 18 uclasses, devicetree: separate
WDT: Started watchdog@30280000 with servicing (60s timeout)
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 1, FSL_SDHC: 2
Loading Environment from MMC... OK
In: serial
Out: serial
Err: serial
Model: Toradex Verdin iMX8M Plus Quad 4GB Wi-Fi / BT IT V1.0B, Serial# 06817281
Carrier: Toradex Verdin Development Board V1.1A, Serial# 10807609
Setting variant to wifi
Net: Hard-coding pdata->enetaddr
eth1: ethernet@30be0000, eth0: ethernet@30bf0000 [PRIME]
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Verdin iMX8MP #
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-04-rc2-2
UEFI
* add unit test for RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL
* disable UEFI for Colibri VF610
* add handle for UART
* fix printing of Unicode strings
* simplify enumeration of block devices
malloc() functions are declared via stdlib.h. Including malloc.h can lead
to build errors e.g. on OS-X.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When we have the block descriptor we can simply access the device. Drop
the unnecessary function call.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Use this function rather than following the pointers, since it is there
for this purpose.
Add the uclass name to the debug call at the end of dp_fill() since it is
quite useful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The operation of this function can be confusing. Add some debugging so
we can see what it is doing and when it is called.
Also drop the preprocessor usage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When loading an EFI binary via the UART we assign a UART device path to it.
But we lack a handle with that device path.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The UEFI specification concerning Uart() device path nodes has been
clarified:
Parity and stop bits can either both use keywords or both use
numbers but numbers and keywords should not be mixed.
Let's go for keywords as this is what EDK II does. For illegal
values fall back to numbers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The printing of a file path node must properly handle:
* odd length of the device path node
* UTF-16 character only partially contained in device path node
* buffer overflow due to very long file path
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Check that snprintf() returns the correct required buffer length and prints
the correct string for UTF-16 strings.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The test for the RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL retrieves the boot hart id via the
protocol and compares it to the value of the boot hart id in the device
tree. The boot hart id is already retrieved from the device tree in the FDT
test.
Merge the two tests to avoid code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The size of the board file is limited to 520192 bytes. This conflicts with
the size requirement for the UEFI code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Update to the 5.16 imx8mq dts files and dt bindings
Changes since v1:
Dropped rfkill.h that is not in linux mainline yet.
Signed-off-by: Angus Ainslie <angus@akkea.ca>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The previous code wrote the contents of the fuse as is in the
REFTOP_VBGADJ[2:0], but this was wrong if you consider the contents of
the table in the code comment. This table is also different from the
table in the commit description. But then, which of the two is correct?
If it is assumed that an unprogrammed fuse has a value of 0 then for
backward compatibility of the code REFTOP_VBGADJ[2:0] must be set to
6 (b'110). Therefore, the table in the code comment can be considered
correct as well as this patch.
Fixes: 97c16dc8bf ("imx: mx6ull: update the REFTOP_VBGADJ setting")
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dario.binacchi@amarulasolutions.com>
The function to return the default MMC device for the environment
already has a __weak instance doing exactly the same thing. Remove
the superfluous one.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The function to return the default MMC device for the environment
already has a __weak instance doing exactly the same thing. Remove
the superfluous one.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The Linux Kernel Image size for arm64 is still growing.
A Kernel with 54 MB at load address 0x80280000 overlaps
with fdt_addr at 0x83000000. So let's increase it to 0x84000000
Signed-off-by: Oliver Graute <oliver.graute@kococonnector.com>
The i.MX8M Nano can boot over USB using the boot ROM instead of
adding extra code to SPL to support USB drivers, etc. However,
when booting from USB, the environment doesnt' know where to load
and causes a hang. Fix this hang by supporting CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE=y.
It only falls back to this condition when booting from USB, so it
does not impact MMC booting.
Suggested-by: Michael Nazzareno Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Fix address of the pad control register
(IOMUXC_SW_PAD_CTL_PAD_SD1_DATA0) for SD1_DATA0_GPIO2_IO2. This seems
to be a typo but it leads to an exception when pinctrl is applied due to
wrong memory address access.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Stäbler <oliver.staebler@bytesatwork.ch>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
Fixes: c1c9d41319c3 ("dt-bindings: imx: Add pinctrl binding doc for imx8mm")
Fixes: 748f908cc882 ("arm64: add basic DTS for i.MX8MQ")
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawnguo@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> # Picked from Linux 5cfad4f45806f ("arm64: dts: imx8mm/q: Fix pad control of SD1_DATA0")
Add PLL 1.4 GHz, 1.5 GHz, 1.6 GHz, 1.8 GHz options for iMX8M SoCs
in case they should be operated faster, e.g. to improve boot time.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Linux uses slightly different divider settings for the 1.2 GHz PLL
configuration, adjust the coefficients to match Linux.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
When regulator consumer attempts to set enabled DVS regulator voltage,
the driver aborts with "Only DVS bucks can be changed when enabled".
In case the regulator is already set to specified voltage, do nothing
instead of failing outright.
When regulator consumer attempts to set enables regulator which cannot
be controlled because it is already always enabled, the driver aborts
with -EINVAL. Again, do nothing in such case and return 0, because the
request is really fulfilled, the regulator is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Matti Vaittinen <matti.vaittinen@fi.rohmeurope.com>
According to TRM for i.MX8M Nano and Plus, GPR10 register contains lock
bit for TZASC_ID_SWAP_BYPASS bit. This bit is required to be set in
order to avoid AXI bus errors when GPU is enabled on the platform.
TZASC_ID_SWAP_BYPASS bit is alread set for all imx8m applicable
derivatives, but is missing a lock settings to be applied.
Set the TZASC_ID_SWAP_BYPASS_LOCK bit for those derivatives which have
it implemented.
Since we're here, provide also names to bits from TRM instead of using
BIT() macro in the code.
Fixes: deca6cfbf5 ("imx8mn: set BYPASS ID SWAP to avoid AXI bus errors")
Fixes: a07c718129 ("imx8mp: set BYPASS ID SWAP to avoid AXI bus errors")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With the updated device tree's having USB support, enable in
U-Boot. This also requires the addition of the imx8m power
domain, since the USB is gated by the power domain controller.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Resync the SOM and baseboar files with the device trees that will
be included in 5.17-RC1 when it's cut. This will improve pinmuxing
for USDHC1 and add USB functionality.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Sync with the latest DDR initialization from Phytec, which
uses version 1.2 of NXP's i.MX7D DRAM Register Programming Aid
spreadsheet.
This updated DDR initialization fixes occasional system freeze.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
As suggested in commit 028abfd9b1 ("imx8mm-evk: Generate a single
bootable flash.bin again") for imx8mm_evk, it is possible to produce
single bootable image via binman. This restores the original behavior in
distros, where only one boot container is used to create target image.
Perform similar adaptions in order to provide single bootable image for
imx8mn-ddr4-evk derivate.
Update documentation to drop additional step of copying u-boot.itb
Fixes: 353dfe4b43 ("imx8mn-ddr4-evk: switch to use binman")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Commit 72d81360aa ("global: Convert CONFIG_LOADADDR to
CONFIG_SYS_LOADADDR") dropped the usage of LOADADDR and replaced it with
SYS_LOADADDR.
Use the correct macro in environment by replacing CONFIG_LOADADDR with
CONFIG_SYS_LOADADDR.
Fixes: d75ebf3482 ("imx: ventana: fix splash logo drawing")
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Cc: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-By: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add fdt_addr_r fdtfile which used by distro boot, and cleanup legacy
environment variables.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Rather than using odd implicit blob-ext naming, explicitly specify the
type to be of blob-ext and therefore also simplify the node naming.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Some of the nodes were named using a underscore, so rectify this and
consistenly use dashes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
imx8mm-u-boot.dtsi passes the ATF load address via the
'entry' and 'load' properties.
Remove the step that performs the ATF_LOAD_ADDR export, which is
now unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
imx8mm-u-boot.dtsi passes the ATF load address via the
'entry' and 'load' properties.
Remove the step that performs the ATF_LOAD_ADDR export, which is
now unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
imx8mm-u-boot.dtsi passes the ATF load address via the
'entry' and 'load' properties.
Remove the step that performs the ATF_LOAD_ADDR export, which is
now unneeded.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
When using a board variant that selects the lvds specific dtb the
*.u-boot.dtsi file will not be included. To have a lvds dtb specific
u-boot.dtsi file move this part to a common board u-boot.dtsi file and
include this in the board base u-boot.dtsi and create an additional one
for the lvds variant.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Without this patch the bcb struct could be located at an odd address
which resulted in data not being copied to the buffer.
Here was the repro steps (from Mattijs):
=> mmc dev 1
=> bcb load 1 misc
=> bcb dump command
00000000: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00000010: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
=> part start mmc 1 misc misc_start
=> mmc read ${loadaddr} ${misc_start} 4
=> bcb load 1 misc
=> bcb dump command
00000000: 62 6f 6f 74 6f 6e 63 65 2d 62 6f 6f 74 6c 6f 61
00000010: 64 65 72 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
This behavior was observed on an Amlogic A311D (ARM64) platform with a
recent GCC toolchain (11.2.0) but is most likely affecting other
platforms.
To avoid issues the structure is aligned on DMA minimum alignment value
as it is passed directly to the read function.
Signed-off-by: Gary Bisson <gary.bisson@boundarydevices.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com> # on khadas vim3
We changed to single flash.bin now. So dfu_alt_info should be modified
to reflect this change.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Add support of secondary boot address for imx8mn. The secondary
boot address is hardcoded in the fuse. The value is calculated
from there according to the following description:
The fuse IMG_CNTN_SET1_OFFSET (0x490[22:19]) is defined as follows:
- Secondary boot is disabled if fuse value is bigger than 10, n = fuse
value bigger than 10.
- n == 0: Offset = 4MB
- n == 2: Offset = 1MB
- Others & n <= 10 : Offset = 1MB*2^n
- For FlexSPI boot, the valid values are: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
Signed-off-by: Michael Trimarchi <michael@amarulasolutions.com>
Similar to what has been done before with c5437e5b for u-boot proper, we
enable the SMP bit for SPL as well. This is necessary when SDP booting
straight into Linux, i.e. falcon boot. When SDP boot mode is active, the
ROM code does not set this bit which makes the caches not work once
activated in Linux.
On an i.MX6ULL (528MHz), this reduces a minimal kernel's boot time into
an initramfs shell from ~6.1s down to ~1.2s.
Signed-off-by: Sven Schwermer <sven@svenschwermer.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Skip running arch/arm/mach-imx flash.bin generation in case BINMAN is
enabled, otherwise the target in arch/arm/mach-imx/Makefile regenerates
the flash.bin again and produces corrupted result.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@oss.nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Synchronize DH DHCOM DTs with Linux commit 25960cafa06e ("Linux 5.15.12").
There is no functional change to the resulting DTs. The imx6qdl-dhcom-pdk2.dtsi
had to be adjusted with additional headers, gpio.h, pwm.h, input.h, else
the DT cannot be compiled, the same change is likely necessary in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Add labels to remaining anatop regulators, so their supplies can be
assigned in board DTs. This is similar to Linux kernel commit
93385546ba369 ("ARM: dts: imx6qdl-sabresd: Assign corresponding power supply for LDOs")
except it does not contain the unrelated sabresd changes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The new configs/imx28_xea_sb_defconfig is introduced to facilitate
building the single binary u-boot.sb fox XEA board.
The biggest distinction from "normal" XEA imx28_xea_sb_defconfig is
support for USB mass storage devices (pen drives).
To achieve that, the CONFIG_DM_USB is enabled and supported.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Now the dts information corresponds to the one available in the kernel.
With this patch applied the 'mtd list' shows proper names and
offsets for MTD partitions.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This change provides the possibility to build XEA (imx287 based) board
U-Boot as a single binary (without support for CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK).
The generated u-boot.sb can be used in the factory environment to for
example perform initial setup or HW testing.
It can be used with 'uuu' utility
(SDPS: boot -f /srv/tftp/xea/u-boot.sb)
In the configs/imx28_xea_defconfig one needs to disable following configs:
# CONFIG_SPL_BLK is not set
# CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK is not set
The board_init_ll() is used in arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/mxs/start.S, which
is utilized when CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK is disabled.
However, when it is enabled - the arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/start.S is used,
which requires the lowlevel_init() function.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
With the current configuration provided in mxsimage{-spl}.mx28.cfg the
size of SPL binary has been constrained to 32 KiB, due to "LOAD IVT"
command with 0x8000 offset.
The problem was that, the imx28 ROM takes the u-boot.sb and then
extracts from it the IVT header and places it on the 0x8000 OCRAM offset
overwriting any valid (i.e. loaded from eMMC or SPI-NOR) SPL code. This
bug was unnoticed as the overwrite size was just 32 bytes, so the
probability that some important code is altered was low.
However, in the XEA board (where the SPL size is ~39KiB), the overwritten
data was `(struct dm_spi_ops *) 0x800c <mxs_spi_ops>`, which is used
during the boot process.
As a result the SPL execution code hanged with "undefined instruction"
abort as callbacks (with wrong addresses) from it were called.
The fix is to change the OCRAM's offset where IVT is loaded to 0xE000,
so the SPL can grow up to ~57KiB (the maximal size of OCRAM memory
available is 0xE3FC).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
According to the i.MX6ULL Reference Manual, pad CSI_DATA07 may
have the ESAI_TX0 functionality, not ESAI_T0.
Also, NXP's i.MX Config Tools 10.0 generates dtsi with the
MX6ULL_PAD_CSI_DATA07__ESAI_TX0 naming, so fix it accordingly.
There are no devicetree users in mainline that use the old name,
so just remove the old entry.
Fixes: f8ca22b8de ("arm: dts: imx6ull: add pinctrl defines")
Reported-by: George Makarov <georgemakarov1@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Use imx6_src_get_boot_mode() instead of manually reading SBMR1. The
existing function has proper handling for software overrides of the
bootdevice which can happen, for example, when booting from an alternate
source using `bmode`.
Signed-off-by: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The PDK2 board is capable of running both 100M and 1G ethernet. However,
the i.MX6 has only one ethernet MAC, so it is possible to configure
either 100M or 1G Ethernet. In case of 100M option, the PHY is on the
SoM and the signals are routed to a RJ45 port. For 1G the PHY is on
the PDK2 board with another RJ45 port. 100M and 1G ethernet use
different signal pins from the i.MX6, but share the MDIO bus.
This SoM board combination is used to demonstrate how to enable 1G
ethernet configuration.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Christoph Niedermaier <cniedermaier@dh-electronics.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
If `sb_load_cmdfile()` fails to open the configuration file it will jump
to error handling where the code will try to `fclose()` the FILE pointer
which is NULL causing `mkimage` to segfault.
This patch removes the label for error handling and instead returns
immediately which skips the `fclose()` and prevents the segfault. The
errno is also described in the error message to guide users.
Signed-off-by: Mattias Hansson <hansson.mattias@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
The FXL6408 GPIO expander manages critical devices,
including on-module USB hub. Configure the expander to
switch the USB hub into bypass mode, allowing to use
on-carrier-board USB hub.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <cryosay@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Previously these two options are called CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
and CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT. During the transition they are
removed by accident. Thus adding them back.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Extension boards can be added to Compulab's iot-gate-imx8mm.
We implement extension board manager for detecting the extension
boards.
Signed-off-by: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
After acking the requested frequency, should wait the ack bit clear
by DDR controller and check the DFS interrupt for next request polling.
Otherwise, the next polling of request bit will get previous value
that DDR controller have not cleared it, so a wrong request frequency
is used.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
On i.MX8ULP, The dram config timing need to be saved into sram for
ddr retention when APD enter PD mode, so add this support on i.MX8ULP.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jacky Bai <ping.bai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The DDRLOCKED bit in CGC2 DDRCLK will auto lock up and down by HW
according to DDR DIV updating or DDR CLK halt status change. So DDR
PCC disable/enable will trigger the lock up/down flow. We
need wait until unlock to ensure clock is ready.
And before configuring the DDRCLK DIV, we need polling the DDRLOCKED
until it is unlocked. Otherwise writing ti DIV bits will not set.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch implements enable_adc1_clk() to enable or disable the ADC1
clock on i.MX8ULP.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Alice Guo <alice.guo@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Get the MAC address from fuse bank5 word 3 and 4. It has
MSB first at lowest address, so have a reverse order with other
iMX used in mac.c
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When LPAV is allocated to RTD, the LPAV won't be reset. So we have to
reset DCNano and MIPI DSI in u-boot before enabling the drivers
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The LPAV is not allocated to APD when dual boot, so LPAV won't
reset when APD is reset. We have to explicitly reset the DDR,
otherwise its initialization will fail.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
8ULP ROM should read the LPOSC trim BIAS fuse to fill the CGC0
LPOSCCTRL[7:0], but it writes a fixed value on A0.1 revision.
A0.2 will fix the issue in ROM. But A0.1 we have to workaround
it in SPL by setting LPOSCCTRL BIASCURRENT again.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Remove the freescale vendor name from CPU revision print to align
with other i.MX platforms
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The setting does not have effect because we should set it after
power on the PS16 for NIC AV.
So move it after upower_init which has powered on all PS
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
To avoid DCNANO underrun issue on high loading test, set its
read Qos on NIC_LPAV to highest
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The board use IO9 of PCA6416 on LPI2C0 and TPM0 for MIPI DSI MUX and
backlight. However the LPI2C0 and TPM0 are M33 resources, in this
patch we simply access them, but this is a temporary solution.
We will modify it when M33 FW changes to set MIPI DSI panel as default
path and enable backlight after reset.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add the DSI clock enable and disable with PCC reset used.
Add the LCD pixel clock calculation and configuration for DCNano
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Assign the PXP/HIFI4/EPDC to APD domain, otherwise APD not
able to receive interrupts from the modules.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
When single boot, assign AP domain as the master domain of the LPAV.
Allocates LPAV master and slave resources like GPU, DCNano, MIPI-DSI
eDMA channel and eDMA request to APD
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
S400 enables RDC only when the DBD_EN is fused. Otherwise, the RDC
is allowed by all masters.
Current S400 has issue if the XRDC has released to A35, then A35 reset
will fail in ROM due to S400 fails to get XRDC.
So temp work around is checking the DBD_EN, if it is not fused, we
don't need to call release XRDC or TRDC.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Change boot device logic to also allow environment stored in fat and in
ext4 when booting from SD or from eMMC.
As the boot device check for SD and for eMMC was depending on
ENV_IS_IN_MMC being defined, change the ifdef blocks at env_get_location
to use IS_ENABLED instead for all modes, returning NOWHERE when no valid
mode is found.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Correct printf format for unsigned long long is %llx and not %llxx.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The imx28 uses following voltage supplies hierarchy:
VDD_5V (VDD_BAT) -> VDDIO -> VDDA -> VDDMEM
\-----> VDDD
One shall first enable DCDC on the parent source (VDDIO) and then
follow with its children.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Return the root clock values for MXC_CSPI_CLK, MXC_I2C_CLK,
MXC_UART_CLK and MXC_QSPI_CLK.
At least for the I2C clock the missing support leads to a wrong
configured I2C frequency. The expected value is 100kHz but the resulting
value is about 1MHz.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Use the complete 512kb (4 blocks) nand partition reserved for u-boot
environment instead of just the first block, this allows the module
to have a working environment even if 3 blocks are bad.
Signed-off-by: Francesco Dolcini <francesco.dolcini@toradex.com>
This is the promised second part of the sunxi PR for 2022.04, albeit
technially outside of the merge window. We were working on this full
steam since the beginning of the year, and it deserves to be merged,
I think.
The main attraction is support for the F1C100s SoC, which sports a
venerable ARM926 core. Support for this SoC and the LicheePi Nano board
has been in Linux for years, and U-Boot patches were posted mid last
year already.
The new SoC using ARMv5 also means that the bulk of the new code should
not touch any existing boards, although we did some refactorings first,
of course, which actually cleans up some existing sunxi code.
Compile tested for all 160 sunxi boards, and briefly tested on BananaPi M1,
OrangePi Zero, Pine64 and Pine-H64. Tested by others on their boards,
including F1C100s and F1C200s devices.
Add device tree files for suniv and
Lichee Pi Nano it is a board based on F1C100s.
dt-bindings/dts are synced with 5.16.0
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add support for the suniv architecture, which is newer ARM9 SoCs by
Allwinner. The design of it seems to be a mixture of sun3i, sun4i and
sun6i.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The ARMv7 start code has support for saving some boot params at the
entry point, which is used by some SoCs to return to BROM.
Port this to ARM926EJ-S start code.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Taube <Mr.Bossman075@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Remove some pointless #ifdefs from this file, as there are quite too
many of them already.
Some definitions don't really hurt to have in any case, so remove the
pointless CONFIG_MMC guard around CONFIG_MMC_SUNXI_SLOT.
The BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT applies regardless of ARM64 or not (now), so remove
that guard as well. The maximum number of MMC devices does not depend on
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC, so move that out to simplify the file.
Last but not least CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_LOAD_IMAGE serves no real purpose
anymore: it's unconditionally defined for all sunxi boards, and protects
nothing applicable outside of sunxi code anymore. Just remove it.
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When we added Allwinner SoC support to ARMv8, we needed to pull in an
implementation of lowlevel_init() calling the C function s_init(), as
sunxi required it as this time.
The last few patches got rid of this bogus requirement, and as sunxi was
still the only user, we can now remove this lowlevel_init.S from ARMv8
altogether.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently we do some magic "SRAM setup" MMIO writes in s_init(), copied
from the original BSP U-Boot. The comment speaks of this being required
before DRAM access gets enabled, but there is no indication that this
would actually be required that early.
Move this out of s_init(), into board_init_f(). Since this actually only
affects a very few older SoCs, the actual code goes into the cpu/armv7
directory, to move it out of the way for all other SoCs.
This also uses the opportunity to convert some #ifdefs over to the fancy
IS_ENABLED() macros used in actual C code.
We keep the s_init() stub around for now, since armv8's lowlevel_init
still relies on it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
According to their TRMs, Cortex ARMv7 CPUs with SMP support require the
ACTLR.SMPEN bit to be set as early as possible, before any cache or TLB
maintenance operations are done. As we do those things still in start.S,
we need to move the SMPEN bit setting there, too.
This introduces a new ARMv7 wide symbol and code to set bit 6 in ACTLR
very early in start.S, and moves sunxi boards over to use that instead
of the custom code we had in our board.c file (where it was called
technically too late).
In practice we got away with this so far, because at this point all the
other cores were still in reset, so any broadcasting would have been
ignored anyway. But it is architecturally cleaner to do it early, and
we move a core specific piece of code out of board.c.
This also gets rid of the ARM_CORTEX_CPU_IS_UP kludge I introduced a few
years back, and moves the respective logic into the new Kconfig entry.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
So far all Allwinner based boards were doing some not-so-lowlevel-setup
in lowlevel's s_init() routine.
This includes the initial clock, timer and pinmux setup, among other
things. This is clearly out of the "absolute bare minimum to get started"
scope that lowlevel_init.S suggests for this function.
Since we have an SPL, which is called right after s_init(), move those
calls to our board_init_f() function. As we overwrite this only for
the SPL, this has the added benefit of not doing this setup *again*
shortly afterwards, when running U-Boot proper.
This makes gpio_init() to be called from the SPL only, so pull this code
into a CONFIG_SPL_BUILD protected part to avoid build warnings.
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
At present we use wide characters for Unicode but this is not necessary.
Change the code to use the 'u' literal instead. This helps to fix build
warnings for sandbox on the Raspberry Pi.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
At present we use wide characters for unicode but this is not necessary.
Change the code to use the 'u' literal instead. This helps to fix build
warnings for sandbox on rpi.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This resyncs us with the version found in v5.16 of the Linux kernel with
the following exceptions:
- Keep our u-boot specific tests / code area.
- Change the location of checkpatch.rst
- Drop the "use strscpy" test as we don't have that, but do have strlcpy
and want that used now.
- Keep debug/printf in the list for $logFunctions
This also syncs the spdxcheck.py tool and all the associated
documentation.
S
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is some code that tries to "reset" the SCTLR_ELx register early in
the boot process. The idea seems to be to guarantee some sane settings
that U-Boot actually relies on, for instance running in little-endian
mode, with the MMU off initially.
However the current code has multiple problems:
- For a start, no platform or config defines the symbol that would
enable that code.
- The code itself really only works if the bits that it tries to clear
are already cleared:
- If we run in big-endian mode initially, any previous loads would have
been wrong already. That applies to the (optional) relocation code,
but more prominently to the mask that it uses to clear those bits:
"ldr x1, =0xfdfffffa" looks innocent, but actually involves a memory
access to the literal pool, using the current endianness.
- If we run with the MMU enabled, we are probably doomed already. We
*could* hope that we are running with an identity mapping, but would
need to do some cache maintenance to avoid losing dirty cache lines.
- The idea of doing a read-modify-write of SCTLR is somewhat
questionable to begin with, because as the owner of the current
exception level we should initialise all bits of this register with a
certain fixed value.
- The code is unnecessarily complicated, and the function name is
misspelled.
While those problems *could* admittedly be fixed, the point that is does
not seem to be used at all at the moment tells me we should just remove
this code, and be it to not give a bad example.
If people care, I could introduce some proper SCTLR initialisation code.
We are about to work this out for the boot-wrapper[1] as we speak, but
apparently we got away without doing this in U-Boot ever since, so it
might not be worth the potential trouble.
[1] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-arm-kernel/20220114105653.3003399-7-mark.rutland@arm.com/
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Since commit 93b1965322 ("Makefile: Only build dtc if needed"),
the sub directory scripts/dtc is never cleaned.
Adds the directory dtc to subdir to always clean it.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case fastboot over Ethernet, am65_cpsw_stop() is not called unless
DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE is set. Without call to am65_cpsw_stop(), DMA
resources are not released thus leading to failures in kernel.
Fix this by adding DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE flag to am65_cpsw_nuss_port
driver.
Reported-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add the PDU001 board specific DT files to MAINTAINERS. This should
help for better tracking of changes to these files.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Setting LINUX_KERNEL_IMAGE_HEADER=y attempts to include an ARM64 Linux
kernel image header at the start of both U-Boot proper and SPL binaries.
However, some definitions that the image header uses are not included by
the SPL linker script, resulting in a build error. Include them the way
they are included in U-Boot proper's linker script to fix the error.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
ymodem_read_fit() driver will end copying up to BUF_SIZE boundary even
when requested size of copy operation is less than that.
For example, if offset = 0, size = 1440B, ymodem_read_fit() ends up
copying 2KB from offset = 0, to destination buffer addr
This causes data corruption when malloc'd buffer is passed during UART
boot since commit 03f1f78a9b ("spl: fit: Prefer a malloc()'d buffer
for loading images")
With this, UART boot works again on K3 (AM654, J7, AM64) family of
devices.
Fixes: 03f1f78a9b ("spl: fit: Prefer a malloc()'d buffer for loading images")
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
For adding signing feature for capsule authentication to the host tool,
mkeficapsule, we will link gnutls library for crypto operation.
Since we need this command to complete the capsule authentication test
on sandbox in CI loop, necessary packages must be installed on the host.
See my patch, "tools: mkeficapsule: add firmware image signing."
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Populate mtd->dev with flash_info->dev which allows to get
full mtd information using the "mtd list" command.
Before, "mtd list" command returns :
List of MTD devices:
* nor0
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x40000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000004000000 : "nor0"
After this patch we get for example:
List of MTD devices:
* nor0
- device: flash@0
- parent: spi@40430000
- driver: cfi_flash
- path: /soc/spi@40430000/flash@0
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x40000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000004000000 : "nor0"
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit 045ecf8992 ("configs: enable DM_ETH support for LS1046ARDB")
resulted in the PCI bus no longer being implicitly enumerated.
However, this is necessary for the fdt pcie fixups to work.
Therefore, similar to commit 8b6558bd41 ("board: ls1088ardb:
transition to DM_ETH"), pci_init() is now called in the board_init()
routine when CONFIG_DM_ETH is active.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
CC: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
IFC-NOR and QSPI are muxed on SoC.
So disable IFC node in dts if QSPI is enabled or disable QSPI node in dts
in case QSPI is not enabled.
"ifc/nor" will be changed to "memory-controller/nor" in linux. So need to
modify "ifc/nor" to "memory-controller/nor" in fdt_path_offset().
Signed-off-by: Jianpeng Bu <jianpeng.bu@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The initial patch had typos that caused four defconfigs to miss the
symbol transition to Kconfig. CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR and
CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR are currently initialized to 0 by default
on these builds, which prevents the firmware from loading.
Add the correct symbols to these defconfigs.
Fixes: a97a071d10 ("configs: fsl: migrate FMAN/QE specific defines to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The commit in the Fixes: tag below broke traffic through switch ports
where the SERDES protocol requires in-band autoneg and this requirement
isn't described in the device tree: SGMII, QSGMII, USXGMII (with
2500Base-X, in-band autoneg isn't supported).
The LS1028A-QDS boards are not yet ready for syncing their device trees
with Linux, since Ethernet is missing there (but has been submitted):
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/20211112223457.10599-11-leoyang.li@nxp.com/
When agreement is reached for the Ethernet support in Linux, there will
be a sync for these boards as well. For now, just enable in-band autoneg
to fix the breakage.
Fixes: e3789a7262 ("net: dsa: felix: configure the in-band autoneg property based on OF node info")
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Allow device trees to be reused between Linux and U-Boot.
The source for these device trees is linux-next as of commit
bd8a9cd624c6 ("arm64: dts: ls1028a-rdb: update copyright"), which was
chosen because some changes needed to be done to the Linux DTs too,
before they could be shared:
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-arm-kernel/20211202141528.2450169-5-vladimir.oltean@nxp.com/T/#m6f63c92e75fa79a01144b2c2c6dc4776e7971395
There are two more commits on the RDB device tree which haven't been
picked up yet, because they have dependencies on the SoC device tree:
dd3d936a1b17 ("arm64: dts: ls1028a: add ftm_alarm1 node to be used as wakeup source")
b2e2d3e02fb6 ("arm64: dts: ls1028a-rdb: enable pwm0")
These will be picked up on the next resync.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reuse the scheme implemented by the Kontron SL28 boards in
commit d08011d7f9
("arm: dts: ls1028a: disable the PCIe controller by default")
and move the 'status = "okay"' lines for the PCIe controllers
inside a separate U-Boot dtsi for the LS1028A-RDB board. This way, the
existing Linux device tree can simply be dropped in.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
There is no I2C peripheral on these buses on the reference design board,
and the Linux device tree does not enable them either.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
There is no SPI peripheral on the LS1028A-RDB, therefore no reason to
enable these nodes in the U-Boot device tree (and Linux does not enable
them either).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In a bit of a blunder, the blamed commit in the Fixes: tag below made
the mscc_felix switch driver look at the 'managed = "in-band-status"'
device tree property, forgetting that the U-Boot device tree had not
been updated to include that property, whereas the Linux one does.
The switch is therefore described in the device tree as not requiring
in-band autoneg, but the PHY driver for VSC8514 (drivers/net/phy/mscc.c)
still enables that feature. This results in a mismatch => no traffic.
This patch is a copy-paste of the Ethernet device tree nodes from Linux,
which resolves that issue. The device tree update also renames the
Ethernet PHY labels.
Fixes: e3789a7262 ("net: dsa: felix: configure the in-band autoneg property based on OF node info")
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The nodes in the NXP LS1028A-RDB device tree are out of order, regroup
them alphabetically to have a simple delta when the Linux device tree is
brought in.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Now that all in-tree boards have been converted to the compatible
strings from Linux, delete the support for the ad-hoc "pcf2127-rtc" one.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
During the LS1028A-RDB sync with Linux device trees, it was observed
that the same RTC is present on the two boards, and the wrong compatible
string is used in both places. This change updates the RTC from the
LX2160A-RDB to use the compatible string that was established in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
During this board's sync with Linux device trees, it was observed that
it doesn't use the same compatible string for the RTC node as in U-Boot.
This change makes the RTC compatible strings match, for a smoother sync.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The LS1028A-QDS board won't be synced with the Linux device trees right
now, since those are currently still in progress (Ethernet is missing).
However, while we're at converting the RDB, it can be observed that the
same RTC is present on the two boards, and the wrong compatible string
is used in both places. This change updates the RTC from the QDS to use
the compatible string that was established in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
During the LS1028A-RDB sync with Linux device trees, it was observed
that the same RTC is present on the two boards, and the wrong compatible
string is used in both places. This change updates the RTC from the
LX2160A-QDS to use the compatible string that was established in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
During the LS1028A-RDB sync with Linux device trees, it was observed
that the same RTC is present on the two boards, and the wrong compatible
string is used in both places. This change updates the RTC from the
LS1088A-RDB to use the compatible string that was established in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
During the LS1028A-RDB sync with Linux device trees, it was observed
that the same RTC is present on the two boards, and the wrong compatible
string is used in both places. This change updates the RTC from the
LS1088A-QDS to use the compatible string that was established in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Allow this driver to be used by boards which inherit their device trees
from Linux. Compatibility is temporarily retained with the old
compatible string which is U-Boot specific, and will be removed after a
few changes.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This seems to be very similar to the already existing PCA9547, save for
the fact that it supports 0.8V and doesn't support 5V. In fact, it is so
similar to the PCA9547 that the NXP LS1028A-RDB board has been driving
this chip using a "nxp,pca9547" compatible string.
Create a new compatible for the PCA9847 (which is the same as in Linux)
and define the same operating parameters for it as for PCA9547.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
The current fixup of LX2160A PCIe nodes is based on non-production
rev1 silicon, and in Linux the nodes have been updated for rev2
silicon, so update the searching compatible string to match the
kernel changes. And for compatibility with the rev1 nodes, move
forward the board specific fixup.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Commit eb1986804d ("configs: enable DM_ETH support for LS1043ARDB")
resulted in the PCI bus no longer being implicitly enumerated.
However, this is necessary for the fdt pcie fixups to work.
Therefore, similar to commit 8b6558bd41 ("board: ls1088ardb:
transition to DM_ETH"), pci_init() is now called in the board_init()
routine when CONFIG_DM_ETH is active.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
CC: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
CC: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The SCRATCHRW4 is only used in secure boot scenario that is unsupported by
our design, so this address can be stolen for storing POST status.
The SCRATCHRW4 is initialized to zero at core rest.
Using a DDR address was unfortunate choice, the DDR at boot time has a
random contend and it happens that sometimes is matching POST magic number.
This behavior can lead to undefined POST behavior and u-boot ending in
failbootcmd command.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Make it in a same way as on the other FOXMC products, this also helps to
avoid unwanted stop caused by some terminal servers that are sending junk
on the serial line.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Even not used by u-boot, this has to be inline with the hw and kernel dts.
U-boot partition table is defined by MTDPARTS_DEFAULT Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This patch adds default defconfig for u-boot update version, the u-boot
update defconfig is a copy of the default (factory) defconfig with:
- adapted text base and environment addresses
- explicit flag that this is a field updated u-boot version
At the time of implementation this version is only used to verify the
update procedure, in future depend on the needs this defconfig can be
extended with additional options.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Field fail-safe u-boot update for pg-wcom-ls102x designs is introduced
with patch: 81fb05e.
This patch enables already added support by:
- Defining default u-boot build as bootpackage (factory) image.
- Defining u-boot update image location according to the EXPU1 NOR layout.
- Extending mtd partitions according defined EXPU1 NOR layout.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This was probably broken when mainlining, CONFIG_FSL_DEVICE_DISABLE is
not Kconfig but whitelisted.
It's fine to be without flag as this is always enabled for abec1020
(pg-wcom-ls102xa.h)
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This patch adds default defconfig for u-boot update version, the u-boot
update defconfig is a copy of the default (factory) defconfig with:
- adapted text base and environment addresses
- explicit flag that this is a field updated u-boot version
At the time of implementation this version is only used to verify the
update procedure, in future depend on the needs this defconfig can be
extended with additional options.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Field fail-safe u-boot update for pg-wcom-ls102x designs is introduced
with patch 81fb05e.
This patch enables already added support by:
- Defining default u-boot build as bootpackage (factory) image.
- Defining u-boot update image location according to the SELI8 NOR layout.
- Extending mtd partitions according defined SELI8 NOR layout.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Field fail-safe u-boot update procedure for pg-wcom boards is defined and
implemented by patch: 59b3403.
This patch invokes the update procedure for pg-wcom-ls102x designs during
early misc_init_f execution.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This patch provides possibility for field fail-safe u-boot updates.
The implementation can be used on all pg-wcom boards that are booting from
parallel NOR flash.
When used in a board design, provided check_for_uboot_update function will
start new u-boot at defined location if updateduboot envvar is set to yes.
With this implementation it is expected that factory programmed u-boot
will always stay as it is, and optionally new u-boot can be safely
programmed by embedded software when the unit is rolled out on the field.
It is expected check_for_uboot_update to be called early in execution
before relocation (*_f) once SoC is basically initialized and environment
can be read, with this possibilities to not be able to fix a u-boot bug by
a u-boot update are reduced to minimum.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The EBOOTCNT is a reserved persistent static memory area in QRIO,
and similar to BOOTCNT is intended to be used as boot counter location.
Comparable to BOOTCNT that is reserved for u-boot main bootcount
infrastructure, EBOOTCNT is intended to be used for pg-wcom board
specific purposes (e.g implementing early boot counter for fail-safe
u-boot update).
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The PHY for the debug interface was placed on the board for the
pg_wcom_ls102x. Hence only when a piggy is plugged, a RJ45 jack
including magnetics is connected to the MDI of the PHY. Without a
piggy the MDI lines are left floating and it does not make sense to
have an active debug PHY.
In case of expu1 an active PHY without a piggy even led to increased
jitter for syncE.
This patch only deactivates the prst line of the debug PHY when a piggy
is detected persent.
Signed-off-by: Rainer Boschung <rainer.boschung@hitachienergy.com>
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
There is a request from HW designers to use this QRIO pin for detecting
DIC26_SELFTEST status instead of a GPIO pin.
This pin is typically used during production for executing POST tests and
starting test ESW bank.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Beside that mounted rgmii debug phy is 1000Mbps capable, the debug link
between the piggy board and the phy is 100Mbps only.
This leads to longer link establishment time when working in debug mode,
as phy tries to autoneg 1000Mbps.
This patch fixes the speed to 100Mbps and allows smother link establishment
time for the debug interface.
Signed-off-by: Aleksandar Gerasimovski <aleksandar.gerasimovski@hitachienergy.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The Ten64 is a networking-oriented MiniITX board
using the NXP LS1088A SoC.
This patch provides the bare minimum to support
Ten64 boards under U-Boot for distroboot.
Some related drivers have not yet been submitted
and this basic support lacks some of the
opinionated defaults provided by our firmware
distribution.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Traverse Technologies Ten64 family boards use a microcontroller
to control low level board functions like startup and reset,
as well as holding details such as the board MAC address.
Communication between the CPU and microcontroller is via
I2C.
To keep the driver structure clean between the Ten64 board
file, DM_I2C, and a future utility command, this driver
has been implemented as a misc uclass device.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
mkimage segfaults due to the ASLR mechanism on MacOS arm64
It is required to use _dyld_get_image_vmaddr_slide()
to prevent segfault on MacOS arm64
This patch is based on the discussion
3b142045e8
Thanks to Jessica Clarke, Ronny Kotzschmar and ptpt52 github user
Reviewed-by: Jessica Clarke <jrtc27@jrtc27.com>
Signed-off-by: Sergey V. Lobanov <sergey@lobanov.in>
The current Makefile rule requires there to be a 'Module' line in the
pylint output, like this:
************* Module binman.fip_util
This line only appears if pylint has some comments about the module. We
cannot rely on it for naming.
Update the code to instead use the filename as the identifier for each
score, so rather than:
multiplexed_log 7.49
we output:
test_multiplexed_log.py 7.20
It is still easy to see which file the score relates to. In fact the new
naming is nicer since the full subdirectories are shown.
The avoids the problem where a module name is not produced, and the output
gets out of sync.
Regenerate pylint.base so we can start from the current baseline.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- kirkwood: Add Pogoplug-V4 support (Tony)
- kirkwood: GoFlex Home : Use Marvell PHY driver (Tony)
- Another set of kwboot improvements (Pali)
- Minor misc stuff
The GoFlex Home board has the network chip Marvell 88E1116R.
Use uclass mvgbe and the compatible driver M88E1118R to bring up Ethernet.
- Currently, CONFIG_RESET_PHY_R symbol is used in
arch/arm/mach-kirkwood/include/mach/config.h for all Kirkwood
boards with mv8831116 PHY, with each board defines the function
reset_phy(). Undefine it for this board.
- Add board_eth_init() to use uclass mvgbe to bring up the network.
And remove ad-hoc code.
- Enable CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL to properly configure the network.
- Miscellaneous changes: use CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD to keep u-boot image
under 512K, use BIT macro, and cleanup comments.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This should enable BootROM output on UART.
(At least on A385 BootROM this is broken, BootROM ignores this debug
flag and does not enable its output on UART if some valid image is
available in SPI-NOR.)
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When -D is specified then both bootmsg and debugmsg are not set, but
imgpath is set. Fix this check for valid and required parameters.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The select() and read() syscalls may be interrupted. Handle EINTR and
retry them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The write() syscall may be interrupted. Handle EINTR and retry it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This delay is not needed anymore since kwboot already handles retrying
logic for incomplete xmodem packets and also forces BootROM to flush its
input queue. Removing it decreases total transfer time.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Force the BootROM to flush its input queue after sending boot pattern.
This ensures that after function kwboot_bootmsg() finishes, BootROM is
able to start receiving xmodem packets without any specific delay or
setup.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Allow option -b without image path parameter, to send boot pattern and
wait for response but not send any image. This allows to use kwboot just
for processing boot pattern and user can use any other xmodem tool for
transferring the image itself (e.g. sx). Useful for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When kwboot is unable to resend current xmodem packet, show an 'E' in the
progress output instead of a '+'. This allows to distinguish between the
state when kwboot is retrying sending the packet and when retry is not
possible.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Unfortunately during some stages of xmodem transfer, A385 BootROM is not
able to handle repeated xmodem packets. So if an error occurs during that
stage, stop the transfer and return failure.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Marvell BootROM expects retransmission of previous xmodem packet only in
the case when it sends NAK response to the host.
Do not change non-xmodem response (possibly UART transfer error) to NAK
in kwboot_xm_recv_reply() function. Allow caller to receive original
response from device.
Change argument 'nak_on_non_xm' to 'stop_on_non_xm'. Instead of changing
non-xmodem character to NAK, stop processing on invalid character and
return it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It is unknown why handling of CAN byte was added into kwboot tool as
Marvell BootROM does not support CAN byte. It never sends CAN byte to host
and if host sends CAN byte BootROM handles it as an unknown byte.
Remove code for handling and sending CAN bytes from the kwboot tool.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Sometimes if the first byte of xmodem packet (SOH) is incorrectly
transmitted, BootROM sends NAK for every non-SOH received byte, which
makes BootROM and the host kwboot tool out of sync. BootROM automatically
re-synchronizes after 2s pause by dropping its input queue. So when
attempting retransmit for 9th time or later, ignore NAK reply from BootROM
and either wait for valid ACK or let kwboot timeout, which implies
re-synchronization.
This fixes retransmission of xmodem packets and allows kwboot to work also
without "Waiting ... and flushing tty" code which is at the beginning of
kwboot xmodem transfer.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use the blk_rsp_timeo variable when sleeping before flushing tty.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fix xmodem retry mechanism if some bytes from xmodem packet were lost and
BootROM is still waiting for completing previous xmodem packet.
It is required to wait at least 1.312s on A385, otherwise BootROM does not
accept next xmodem packet if previous one was not completely transferred.
2s should be enough timeout cause that BootROM will drop incomplete xmodem
packet and expects new packet.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use versioned URLs for line numbers as branches are moving in the time and
use master branch for mv-ddr-marvell where is up-to-date code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We can and should run the node generator only when creating a new image.
When we read it back, there is no need to generate nodes - they already
exits, and binman does not dive that deep into the image - and there is
no way to provide the required fdt-list. So store the mode in the image
object so that Entry_fit can simply skip generator nodes when reading
them from an fdtmap.
This unbreaks all read-backs of images that contain generator nodes in
their fdtmap. To confirm this, add a corresponding test case.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add SPDX to dts file:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 37f815cad0 ("moveconfig: Use a function to read files") adds a
helper function that can read a file as lines, but strips the newline
characters. This change broke parts of moveconfig code that relied on
their existence, resulting in a few issues:
Configs that are defined as empty aren't removed from header files (e.g.
"#define CONFIG_REMAKE_ELF"). Make regex patterns use '\b' to match word
boundaries instead of '\W' (which matched the newlines) so these lines
still match and get removed.
All changes in defconfig are considered removed by savedefconfig even
if they weren't, and line continuations in the headers aren't recognized
and removed properly, because their checks explicitly look for a newline
character. Remove the character from both comparisons.
The printed diff of header files is wrongly formatted and raises an
IndexError if a blank line was removed. Let print() print the new lines,
and use size-independent ways to check strings to fix the diff output.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
a bit delayed, the first batch of the sunxi pull request for this cycle.
This is mostly collecting some patches that were lying around for a
while, plus some recent fixes. Nothing too exciting at this point, but
of course they should be merged nevertheless.
There is the much bigger F1C100s SoC support coming up, which I hope to
be able to send in the next few days, along with the removal of sunxi's
lowlevel_init usage.
Compile tested for all 159 sunxi boards, plus briefly tested on BananaPi
M1, OrangePi Zero, Pine64 and Pine-H64.
Due to a bug in the H3 SoC, where the CPU 0 hotplug flag cannot be
written, resuming CPU 0 requires using the "Super Standby" code path in
the BROM instead of the hotplug path. This path requires jumping to an
eGON image in SRAM.
This resume image, whose single purpose is to jump back to the secure
monitor, only needs to contain a single instruction. Padding the image
to 8 KiB would be wasteful of SRAM. Hook up the -B (block size) option
so users can set the block/padding size.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Although it isn't known what bit 0 in PHY reg 8 does, it's obvious that
it has to be set before read calibration and cleared afterwards. This is
already done for first rank, but not for second (copy & paste error.)
Fix it.
Fixes: f4317dbd06 ("sunxi: Add H616 DRAM support")
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Kconfig symbol is missing CONFIG_ prefix, so compiler will always
skip ODT configuration.
Fix symbol name.
Fixes: f4317dbd06 ("sunxi: Add H616 DRAM support")
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
For sunxi boards with the AXP209, AXP221, AXP809, and AXP818 PMICs
(plus possibly others, I only confirmed the datasheets for these),
it is sometimes desirable to not boot whenever the device is
plugged in. An example would be when using the NTC CHIP inside a
PocketCHIP.
This provides a configurable option to check if bit 0 of
register 0 of the PMIC says it was powered because of a power button
press (0) or a plug-in event (1). If the value is 1 and this option
is selected, the device shuts down shortly after printing a message
to console stating the reason why it's shutting down. Powering up the
board with the power button is not affected.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
[Andre: reword to speak of boot, remove #ifdefs]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Most AXP PMICs feature a "startup source" register, which keeps
information about how the PMIC started operation. Bit 0 in there means
it has been started by "plugging in the power cable".
Define a symbol in each PMIC's header file to be able to use that
register and bit later on.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The calls for flipping bits in the Allwinner pin controller registers
were using unnecessarily complex pointer arithmetic.
Improve readability by simplifying the expression.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Now that the sunxi_gpio driver handles pull-up/down via the driver
model, pin configuration does not need a platform-specific function.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This, along with gpio_flags_xlate(), allows the GPIO driver to handle
pull-up/down flags provided by consumer drivers or in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The GPIO and pinctrl drivers need these setters for pin configuration.
Since they are DM drivers, they should not be using hardcoded base
addresses. Factor out variants of the setter functions which take a
pointer to the GPIO bank's MMIO registers.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The return values of these functions are always zero, and they are
never checked. Since they are not needed, remove them.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This adds a compatible string for the Allwinner Sun4i-A10 I2C
controller. Without this, boards based on the R8 and A13 (at a
minimum) fail to boot.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Acked-by: Akash Gajjar <gajjar04akash@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Sometimes some ethernet aliases do not exist in U-Boot DT but they
exist in the DT used to boot the system (for example, modified via DT
overlays). In this situation setup_environment is called again in
ft_board_setup() to generate macaddr environment variable for them.
However now the call to fdt_fixup_ethernet() is moved before the call
of ft_board_setup().
Call fdt_fixup_ethernet() again to add MAC addresses for the extra
ethernet aliases.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
[updated commit message]
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The driver for SPI0 on Allwinner H6 SoCs did not use the correct define
SUN50I_GPC_SPI0 for the pin function, but one for a different Allwinner
SoC series.
Fix the conditionals to use the correct define for H6 SoCs. This matches
the conditional logic in the SPL spi driver.
Tested by probing the spi-flash on a pine64_h64-model-b board with
adapted device-tree (disable mmc2, enable spi0).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Wagenknecht <dwagenk@mailbox.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-04-rc1-3
Documentation:
* update Nokia RX-51 documentation and move it to rst
* describe boot switch settings for HiFive Unmatched board
UEFI:
* fix the checking of images hashes and signatures
* provide the RISCV_EFI_BOOT_PROTOCOL
- Extend the pci command to support a few more features.
- Add support for custom SPL boot device names (so it's easier for users
to understand)
- Updates for am64x to address some review comments.
- Migration deadline notice for DM_SERIAL
- coreboot payload test
- Support rsa3072 signatures.
- DFU should skip writing empty UBI pages, bootcount printf format char
correction.
A mix of signatures and hashes in db doesn't always work as intended.
Currently if the digest algorithm is not explicitly set to sha256 we
stop walking the security database and reject the image.
That's problematic in case we find and try to check a signature before
inspecting the sha256 hash. If the image is unsigned we will reject it
even if the digest matches.
Since we no longer reject the image on unknown algorithms add an explicit
check and reject the image if any other hash algorithm apart from sha256
is detected on dbx.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
On RISC-V a new UEFI protocol has been introduced. Support printing
its GUID using %pUs.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Abstract common routines to make the code easily understandable.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
unmatched.rst describes booting from SD card or from SPI. But only for
booting from SPI the boot selection settings are described.
Add the missing information.
Fix a typo 'uSD'.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This change contains update for doc/README.nokia_rx51 documentation file
with information how to load U-Boot image to device RAM without need to
flash it and also how to flash it into OneNAND via 0xFFFF flasher.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Since commit 25c5b65178 ("Nokia RX-51: Do not try calling both ext2load
and ext4load") command ext4load is used for all ext2/3/4 fs variants.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This probably should have been done a while back since it is a core
system. Very few boards remain to be migrated.
Addd a migration deadline for a year out.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Coreboot supports U-Boot as a payload and this recently got a bit of a
facelist. Add a test for this.
For now this uses a binary build of coreboot (v4.15). Future work could
potentially build it from source, but we need to figure out the
toolchain problems first, since coreboot uses its own toolchain. It
turns out that this is tricky, because coreboot fails to build with a
vanilla gcc.
This needs some changes to the hooks scripts as well. An example build
is at https://source.denx.de/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-dm/-/jobs/359687
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With Ethboot support in SPL, network stack requires more BSS area, so
increase BSS max size to 16K
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
ROM supports cpsw_port2 for Ethernet boot and SPL stages continue to
download images on the same port, therefore there is no need to enable
cpsw_port1. Disable the same.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Add to support rsa 3072 bits algorithm in tools
for image sign at host side and adds rsa 3072 bits
verification in the image binary.
Add test case in vboot for sha384 with rsa3072 algorithm testing.
Signed-off-by: Jamin Lin <jamin_lin@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For printing phys_addr_t we should use %pa to avoid warning like:
drivers/bootcount/bootcount_syscon.c:110:17: note: in expansion of macro ‘dev_err’
110 | dev_err(dev, "%s: Unsupported register size: %d\n", __func__,
| ^~~~~~~
seen for sandbox_defconfig with CONFIG_PHYS_64BIT=y.
Cf. commit 1eebd14b79 ("vsprintf: Add modifier for phys_addr_t")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Align the DFU MTD backend for the UBI partitions with the mtd command write
behavior when the option .dontskipff is not used: don't write the empty
pages (full of 0xFF); it is not required for UBI, see [1] for details.
This patch avoids the "free space fixup" procedure in the kernel [2]
and allows to program a UBIFS volume generated by mkfs.ubifs without the
option -F, --space-fixup.
The MTD DFU backend implements this behavior introduced on DFU NAND
backend by the commit 13cb7cc9e8 ("dfu: Add option to skip empty pages
when flashing UBI images to NAND") and also supported by the command nand
by CONFIG_CMD_NAND_TRIMFFS and by commit c9494866df ("cmd_nand: add nand
write.trimffs command").
[1] http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/doc/ubi.html#L_flasher_algo
[2] http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/faq/ubifs.html#L_free_space_fixup
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Allow to call 'pci' and 'pci regions' commands with bus option '*' which
cause pci to process all buses.
PCIe is point-to-point HW and so on each bus is maximally one physical
device. Therefore for PCIe it is common to have multiple buses.
This change allows to easily print all available PCIe devices in system.
Make '*' as default option when no bus argument is specified.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently pci command ignores invalid cmdline arguments and do something.
Add checks that all passed arguments were processed.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
'pci regions' currently prints only region information from bus 0 which
belongs to controller 0. Parser for 'pci regions' cmdline currently ignores
any additional arguments and so U-Boot always uses bus 0.
Regions are stored in controller (not on the bus) and therefore to retrieve
controller from the bus, it is needed to call pci_get_controller() which
returns root bus. Because bus 0 is root bus, current code worked fine for
controller 0.
Extend cmdline parser for 'pci regions' to allows specifying bus number,
extend pci_show_regions() code to accept also non-zero bus number and
print bus ranges for which is regions configuration assigned.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Initially it is set to dev_seq but update to the last bus number is
missing. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently the names MMC1, MMC2 and MMC2_2 are output in the SPL. To
achieve more userbility here the name of the boot source can be returned.
E.g. for "MMC1" -> "eMMC" or "MMC2" -> "SD card".
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Having U-Boot look up the passed partition name even though an alias
exists is unexpected, leading to warning messages (when the alias name
doesn't exist as a real partition name) or the use of the wrong
partition.
Change part_get_info_by_name_or_alias() to consider real partitions
names only if no alias of the same name exists, allowing to use aliases
to override the configuration for existing partition names.
Also change one use of strcpy() to strlcpy().
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
In DFU v1.1 specification [1] the DFU_UPLOAD (Short Frame)
is handled only in dfuUPLOADIDLE state:
- Figure A.1 Interface state transition diagram
- the state description in chapter A.2
A.2.3 State 2 dfuIDLE
on Receipt of the DFU_UPLOAD request,and bitCanUpload = 1
the Next State is dfuUPLOADIDLE
A.2.10 State 9 dfuUPLOAD-IDLE
When the length of the data transferred by the device in response
to a DFU_UPLOAD request is less than wLength. (Short frame)
the Next State is dfuIDLE
In current code, when an UPLOAD is completely performed after the first
request (for example with wLength=200 and data read = 9), the DFU state
stay at dfuUPLOADIDLE until receiving a DFU_UPLOAD or a DFU_ABORT request
even it is unnecessary as the previous DFU_UPLOAD request already reached
the EOF.
This patch proposes to finish the DFU uploading (don't go to dfuUPLOADIDLE)
and completes the control-read operation (go to DFU_STATE_dfuIDLE) when
the first UPLOAD response has a short frame as an end of file (EOF)
indicator even if it is not explicitly allowed in the DFU specification
but this seems logical.
[1] https://www.usb.org/sites/default/files/DFU_1.1.pdf
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
In case CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV == 0, compile-time condition
is not met and fastboot_set_reboot_flag() fails.
Fixes: a362ce214f ("fastboot: Implement generic fastboot_set_reboot_flag")
Signed-off-by: Roman Stratiienko <r.stratiienko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
acpi refactoring to allow non-x86 use
binman support for bintools (binary tools)
minor tools improvements in preparation for FDT signing
various minor fixes and improvements
Add support for CDC ACM using the new UDC and gadget API. This protocol
can be used for serial over USB data transfer and is widely supported
by various OS (GNU/Linux, MS-Windows, OSX...). The usual purpose of
such link is to access device debug console and can be useful for
products not exposing regular UART to the user.
A default stdio device named 'usbacm' is created, and can be used
to redirect console to USB link over CDC ACM:
> setenv stdin usbacm; setenv stdout usbacm
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
It is currenly only used from usbtty driver but make it properly
selectable via Kconfig symbol, for future usage.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@linaro.org>
This commit converts i.MX28's EHCI USB host driver to driver model
(DM_USB). It is a straightforward conversion (to reuse as much code
as possible), based on ehci-mx5.c code.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Those functions will be re-used when the ehci MXS driver (for imx28)
will be converted to also support CONFIG_DM_USB.
No functional changes introduced - only cosmetic changes (u32 type)
and alignment to pass checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This function is going to be reused with the CONFIG_DM_USB enabled in
the imx28 mxs USB ehci driver.
No functional changes introduced.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
At present mkimage displays the node information but it is not clear what
signing action was taken. Add a message that shows it. For now it only
supports showing a single signing action, since that is the common case.
Sample:
Signature written to 'sha1-basic/test.fit',
node '/configurations/conf-1/signature'
Public key written to 'sha1-basic/sandbox-u-boot.dtb',
node '/signature/key-dev'
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the two functions that call add_verify_data() so that the caller
can see the node that was written to.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we rely on the key blob being in the global_data fdt_blob
pointer. This is true in U-Boot but not with tools. For clarity, pass the
parameter around.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Put the parent node first in the parameters as this is more natural. Also
add a comment to explain what is going on.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should be consistent in using the term 'signature' to describe a value
added to sign something and 'key' to describe the key that can be used to
verify the signature.
Tidy up the code to stick to this.
Add some comments to fit_config_verify_key() and its callers while we are
here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The copyfile() implementation has strange behaviour if the destination
file already exists. Update it to ensure that any existing data in the
destination file is dropped.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some more debugging to make it easier to see what is being tried and
what fails. Fix a few comment styles while here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The definition of struct udphdr in include netinet/udp.h in the
musl library differs from the definition in the glibc library.
To use the same definition with musl the symbol _GNU_SOURCE has
to be defined.
Reported-by: Milan P. Stanić <mps@arvanta.net>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Milan P. Stanić <mps@arvanta.net>
When building sandbox_defconfig with CONFIG_DM_VIDEO=n a link time error
occurs:
in function `sandbox_serial_pending':
drivers/serial/sandbox.c:101: undefined reference to `video_sync_all'
video_sync_all() is only defined if we have CONFIG_DM_VIDEO=y.
Calling this function in a serial driver looks quite hackish
but at least let's add the missing build constraint.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Each bintool has some documentation which can be useful for the user.
Add a new command that collects this and writes it into a .rst file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Drop the unused gzip code, update comments and add a test for an
invalid algorithm. The temporary file is not needed now, so drop that
also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bintools can be missing, in which case binman continues operation but
reports an invalid image. Plumb in support for this and add tests for
entry types which use bintools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the code to use this bintool, instead of running lzma_alone
directly. This simplifies the code and provides more consistency.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a Bintool for this, which is used to compress and decompress data.
It supports the features needed by binman as well as installing via the
lzma-alone package.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the code to use this bintool, instead of running lz4 directly. This
simplifies the code and provides more consistency.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a Bintool for this, which is used to compress and decompress data.
It supports the features needed by binman as well as installing via the
lz4 package.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The compression functions are not actually used by patman, so we don't
need then in the tools module. Also we want to change them to use
bintools, which patman will not support.
Move these into a new comp_util module, within binman.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the fit and mkimage entry types to use this bintool, instead of
running mkimage directly. This simplifies the code and provides more
consistency as well as supporting missing bintools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the ifwi entry type to use this bintool, instead of running
ifwitool directly. This simplifies the code and provides more
consistency as well as supporting missing bintools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the GBB and vblock entry types to use this bintool, instead of
running futility directly. This simplifies the code and provides more
consistency as well as supporting missing bintools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the FIP tests to use this bintool, instead of running fiptool
directly. This simplifies the code and provides more consistency as well
as supporting missing bintools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the CBFS tests to use this bintool, instead of running cbfstool
directly. This simplifies the overall code and provides more consistency,
as well as supporting missing bintools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The tests rely on having at least 5 bintool implementions. Now that we
have this, enable them. Add tests for the binman 'tool' subcommand.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a Bintool for this, which is used to build images for use by U-Boot.
It supports the features needed by binman as well as installing via the
u-boot-tools packages. Although this is built in the U-Boot tree, it is
still useful to install a binary on the system.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a Bintool for this, which is used to build Intel IFWI images. It
supports the features needed by the tests as well as downloading a binary
from Google Drive. Although this is built in the U-Boot tree, it is not
currently included with u-boot-tools, so it may be useful to install a
binary on the system.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a Bintool for this, which is used to sign Chrome OS images and
build the Google Binary Block (GBB). It supports the features needed by
binman as well as fetching a binary from Google Drive. Building it from
source is possible but is left for another time, as it requires at least
one other library.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a Bintool for this, which is used to run FIP tests. It supports
the features needed by the tests as well as building a binary from
the git tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a Bintool for this, which is used to run CBFS tests. It supports
the features needed by the tests as well as fetching a binary from
Google Drive. Building it from source is very slow since it is not
separately supported by the coreboot build system and it builds an
entire gcc toolchain before starting.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support collecting the available bintools needed by an image, by
scanning the entries in the image.
Also add a command-line interface to access the basic bintool features,
such as listing the bintools and fetching them if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman requires various tools to actually work, such as 'lz4' to compress
data and 'futility' to sign Chrome OS firmware. At present these are
handled in an ad-hoc manner and there is no easy way to find out what
tools are needd to build an image, nor where to obtain them.
Add an implementation of 'bintool', a base class which implements this
functionality. When a bintool is required, it can be requested from this
module, then executed. When the tool is missing, it can provide a way to
obtain it.
Note that this uses Command directly, not the tools.Run() function. This
allows proper handling of missing tools and avoids needing to catch and
re-raise exceptions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since this is a list of blobs, each blob should have the ability to be
faked, as with blob-ext. Update the Entry base class to set allow_fake
and use the base class in the section code also, so that this propagagtes
to blob-ext-list, which is not a section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Run() function automatically uses the PATH variable to locate a tool
when running it. Add a function that does this manually, so we don't have
to run a tool to find out if it is present.
This is needed by the new Bintool class, which wants to check which tools
are present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reverse the order of the return tuple, so that the filename is first.
This seems more obvious than putting the temporary directory first.
Correct a bug that leaves a space on the final line.
Allow the caller to control the name of the temporary directory.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new function which returns the entire result from running a tool,
not just stdout. Update Run() to use this and to return stdout on error,
if stderr is empty, since some unfortunate tools write their error
output to stdout rather than stderr.
Move building of the PATH to a separate function.
Make the exception catching more specific, to catch just ValueError, since
broad exceptions are a pain to debug.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this does not check that the external data is in the expected
place. Use a non-zero offset for the external data and check it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is a debug message at present, which is not very helpful. Print out
the error so that action can be taken.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some newer toolchains do not create a symbol for the .ucode section that
this test relies on. Update the test to use the symbol that is explicitly
created, instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This behaviour is necessary with boards where the binman description
requires processing external blobs, since these may be missing.
Enable it by default, so that CI is happy. Warnings indicate that a valid
image is not produced, as with the --allow-missing option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When OF_LIVE flag is enabled on a 64 bits platform, there is an
issue when dev_read_addr() is called and need to perform an address
translation using __of_translate_address().
In case of error, __of_translate_address() return's value is OF_BAD_ADDR
(wich is defined in include/dm/of.h to ((u64)-1) = 0xffffffffffffffff).
The return value of dev_read_addr() is often compared to FDT_ADDR_T_NONE
which is defined as (-1U) = 0xffffffff.
In this case the comparison is always false.
To fix this issue, define FDT_ADDR_T_NONE to (ulong)(-1) in case of
AARCH64. Update accordingly related tests.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The build system already automatically looks for and includes an
in-tree *-u-boot.dtsi when building the control .dtb. However, there
are some things that are awkward to maintain in such an in-tree file,
most notably the metadata associated to public keys used for verified
boot.
The only "official" API to get that metadata into the .dtb is via
mkimage, as a side effect of building an actual signed image. But
there are multiple problems with that. First of all, the final U-Boot
(be it U-Boot proper or an SPL) image is built based on a binary
image, the .dtb, and possibly some other binary artifacts. So
modifying the .dtb after the build requires the meta-buildsystem
(Yocto, buildroot, whatnot) to know about and repeat some of the steps
that are already known to and handled by U-Boot's build system,
resulting in needless duplication of code. It's also somewhat annoying
and inconsistent to have a .dtb file in the build folder which is not
generated by the command listed in the corresponding .cmd file (that
of course applies to any generated file).
So the contents of the /signature node really needs to be baked into
the .dtb file when it is first created, which means providing the
relevant data in the form of a .dtsi file. One could in theory put
that data into the *-u-boot.dtsi file, but it's more convenient to be
able to provide it externally: For example, when developing for a
customer, it's common to use a set of dummy keys for development,
while the consultants do not (and should not) have access to the
actual keys used in production. For such a setup, it's easier if the
keys used are chosen via the meta-buildsystem and the path(s) patched
in during the configure step. And of course, nothing prevents anybody
from having DEVICE_TREE_INCLUDES point at files maintained in git, or
for that matter from including the public key metadata in the
*-u-boot.dtsi directly and ignore this feature.
There are other uses for this, e.g. in combination with ENV_IMPORT_FDT
it can be used for providing the contents of the /config/environment
node, so I don't want to tie this exclusively to use for verified
boot.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Fix doc formatting error (make htmldocs)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For whatever reason, usb_setup_ehci_gadget removes and probes USB device
0. However, not all systems have a device 0. Use the first device
instead.
The device probed should probably have something to do with the
controller (as specified by e.g. ums <controller> or fastboot
<controller>). In fact, I find it odd that we probe the USB device in
the first place, because this is just to set up the gadget itself.
Presumably, the controller should be probed by usb_gadget_initialize
somehow.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some tables needed for ARM devices, including more MADT subtables,
a CSRT descriptor, GTDT and PPTT.
WIP: This needs comments added.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this list is used to collect items within the DSDT and SSDT
tables. It is useful for it to collect the whole tables as well, so there
is a list of what was created and which write created each one.
Refactor the code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this over to use a writer file, moving the code from the x86
implementation.
There is no need to store a separate variable since we can simply access
the ACPI context.
With this, the original monolithic x86 function for writing ACPI tables
is gone.
Note that QEMU has its own implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this function to the newer style, so we can avoid passing and
returning an address through this function.
Also move this function out of the x86 code so it can be used by other
archs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Each board has its own way of creating this table. Rather than calling the
acpi_create_fadt() function for each one from a common acpi_write_fadt()
function, just move the writer into the board-specific code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Move this table over to use a writer function, moving the code from the
x86 implementation.
Add a pointer to the DSDT in struct acpi_ctx so we can reference it later.
Disable this table for sandbox since we don't actually compile real ASL
code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move this table over to use a writer function, moving the code from the
x86 implementation.
Add a pointer to the DSDT in struct acpi_ctx so we can reference it later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new ACPI writer to write the base tables at the start of the area,
moving this code from the x86 implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the new ACPI writer to write the ACPI tables. At present this is all
done in one monolithic function. Future work will split this out.
Unfortunately the QFW write_acpi_tables() function conflicts with the
'writer' version, so disable that for sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present acpi_setup_base_tables() both sets up the ACPI context and
writes out the base tables.
We want to use an ACPI writer to write the base tables, so split this
function into two, with acpi_setup_ctx() doing the context set, and
acpi_setup_base_tables() just doing the base tables.
Disable the writer's write_acpi_tables() function for now, to avoid
build errors. It is enabled in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we call lots of functions to generate the required ACPI tables.
It would be better to standardise these functions and allow them to be
automatically collected and used when needed.
Add a linker list to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to record the start of an ACPI table so that offsets from
that point can be easily calculated.
Add this to the context and set it before calling the writer method.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some .asl files include others using the iasl 'include' directive. This
needs to be able to find the files referenced.
For an out-of-tree build the source directory is not the current
directory. Moreover, U-Boot preprocesses the input file and puts the
result in the output directory. So iasl does not know where the real
source file came from.
Add a -I option to produce the correct behaviour. We could add an option
to not preprocess the .asl source, but for now that seems unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than keying everything off ACPIGEN, use the main
GENERATE_ACPI_TABLE option to determine whether the core ACPI code
is included. Make sure these option are not enabled in SPL/TPL since we
never generate tables there.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current EFI implementation confuses pointers and addresses. Normally
we can get away with this but in the case of sandbox it causes failures.
Despite the fact that efi_allocate_pages() returns a u64, it is actually
a pointer, not an address. Add special handling to avoid a crash when
running 'bootefi hello'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this option is missing a header file, a function prototype and
the qfw driver needs a header included.
Fix these problems so we can enable this option on sandbox. This will
increase the build coverage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is enabled for quite a few boards which don't create ACPI tables.
Tidy this up by dropping the option for some boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some ARM boards are using ACPI now. It seems that U-Boot should support
this method. Add ARM to the list of archs which can generate ACPI tables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow this to be used on any arch. Also convert to using macros so that
we can check the CONFIG option in C code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These have sadly found their way to ARM now. Allow any arch to support
generating ACPI tables.
Disable this for the tools build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- A number of cleanups to Python code based on running pylint
- Integrate changes so that we can run "make pylint" and compare the
results to a current baseline. Keep this as a manual check for now.
- Improve functionality of moveconfig.py
- pci: iproc: Set all 24 bits of PCI class code
There are over 200 errors in this file. Fix some of them, starting at the
beginning of the file. Future work can continue this effort.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is quite a bit of ad-hoc code reading from files. The
most common case is to read the file as lines. Put it in a function and
set the unicode encoding correctly.
Avoid writing back to a file when there are obviously no changes as this
speeds things up slightly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present there is quite a bit of ad-hoc code writing to files. The
treatment of newlines is different in some of them. Put it in a function
and set the unicode encoding correctly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python 2 is not supported anymore and Python 3 has had subprocess.DEVNULL
since version 3.3 which was released in 2012. Drop the unnecessary check.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This is a newer library and is now preferred for Python scripts. Update
the code to use it instead of optparse
Use 'args' instead of 'options' throughout, since this is the term used
in that module. Also it helps to avoid confusion with CONFIG options, a
term that is used in this file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Quite a few places use double quotes. Fix this to be consistent with
other Python code in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It is useful to be able to find out which boards define a particular
option, or combination of options. This is not as easy as grepping the
defconfig files since many options are implied by others.
Add a -f option to the moveconfig tool to permit this. Update the
documentation to cover this, including a better title for the doc page.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This doesn't work anymore, since the Kconfig update. The script has no
tests so we did not notice. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* assert does not need parentheses
* add module docstring
* fix misspelled constant True
* limit lines to 100 characters
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
At present the Python code in U-Boot is somewhat inconsistent, with some
files passing pylint quite cleanly and others not.
Add a way to track progress on this clean-up, by checking that no module
has got any worse as a result of changes.
This can be used with 'make pylint'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Re-generate pylint.base]
Add some empty __init__ files for binman, buildman and dtoc so that
pylint is able to recognise these as Python modules and produce more
useful pylint output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Register 0x43c in its low 24 bits contains PCI class code.
Update code to set all 24 bits of PCI class code and not only upper 16 bits
of PCI class code.
Use standard U-Boot macro (PCI_CLASS_BRIDGE_PCI << 8) for constructing all
24-bits of PCI class for PCI bridge Normal decode.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Roman Bacik <roman.bacik@broadcom.com>
- Assorted dumpimage/mkimage fixes, allow setting the signature
algorithm on the command line with mkimage
- Bugfix to the misc uclass, CONFIG_MP / CMD_MP Kconfig logic improved,
updated Xen platform MAINTAINERS entry and fixed vexpress_aemv8a_semi
booting.
Add Kconfig option(CONFIG_CMD_MP) to enable or disable multiprocessor
commands. Compile cmd/mp.c based on CONFIG_CMD_MP.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The component st_size of struct stat is of type off_t. Depending on the
system printing it using %ld leads to a warning:
tools/mkimage.c:438:54: warning: format '%ld' expects argument of type
'long int', but argument 5 has type
'off_t' {aka 'long long int'} [-Wformat=]
438 | "%s: Bad size: \"%s\" is not valid image: size %ld < %u\n",
| ~~^
| |
| long int
| %lld
When comparing an off_t value to a 32bit integer we should not convert to
uint32_t but to off_t which may be wider.
Reported-by: Milan P. Stanić <mps@arvanta.net>
Fixes: 331f0800f1 ("mkimage: allow -l to work on block devices on Linux")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
This permits to prepare FIT image description that do not hard-code the
final choice of the signature algorithm, possibly requiring the user to
patch the sources.
When -o <algo> is specified, this information is used in favor of the
'algo' property in the signature node. Furthermore, that property is set
accordingly when writing the image.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
The actual opt string is inlined - and different. Seems this was a
left-over from older versions of 603e26f763.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The write operation in misc_ops already takes a "const void *" buffer,
but misc_write() takes a mutable "void *". There's no reason for this,
so make misc_write() consistent with the standard write() prototype.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
fit_verify_header fails if it detects unit addresses "@". However, this
will break tools like dumpimage on fit images which worked with previous
versions of the tool (e.g. 2020.04 vs 2021.07). As an example the output
of:
dumpimage -l <fit image>
is:
FIT description: U-Boot fitImage for Linux Distribution
Created: Thu Jan 1 01:00:00 1970
Image 0 (kernel@1)
Description: Linux kernel
Created: Thu Jan 1 01:00:00 1970
Type: Kernel Image
Compression: gzip compressed
Data Size: 6442456 Bytes = 6291.46 KiB = 6.14 MiB
Architecture: AArch64
OS: Linux
Load Address: 0x80080000
Entry Point: 0x80080000
Hash algo: sha256
Hash value: ...
Image 1 (fdt@freescale_fsl-s32g274a-evb.dtb)
Description: Flattened Device Tree blob
Created: Thu Jan 1 01:00:00 1970
Type: Flat Device Tree
Compression: uncompressed
Data Size: 39661 Bytes = 38.73 KiB = 0.04 MiB
Architecture: AArch64
Hash algo: sha256
Hash value: ...
Default Configuration: 'conf@freescale_fsl-s32g274a-evb.dtb'
Configuration 0 (conf@freescale_fsl-s32g274a-evb.dtb)
Description: 1 Linux kernel, FDT blob
Kernel: kernel@1
FDT: fdt@freescale_fsl-s32g274a-evb.dtb
Hash algo: sha256
Hash value: unavailable
But with newer version it shows:
dumpimage -l <fit image>
GP Header: Size d00dfeed LoadAddr 62f0a4
This commit will output a warning that unit addresses were detected but
will not fail:
dumpimage -l <fit image>
Image contains unit addresses @, this will break signing
...
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <eichest@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
fit_extract_contents does a fit_check_format even thought it was already
checked during imagetool_verify_print_header.
Therefore, this check is not necessary. This commit removes the
redundancy.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <eichest@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 270f8710f9 ("crc32: Add crc32 implementation using
__builtin_aarch64_crc32b") enabled the usage of ARMv8 CRC instructions
by default, for all arm64 builds. And indeed all Arm Ltd. v8 Cortex-A
cores support the instructions, and they are mandatory starting with
architecture revision v8.1, so realistically every known hardware
implementation should support them.
The Arm Fastmodel however defaults to the bare minimum ARMv8 feature set
by default, which means v8.0 without the CRC instructions, so U-Boot
hangs very early at the moment, without any output (the boot-wrapper or
TF-A printing the last visible lines).
Support for those instructions can be enabled on the model command line
by either:
-C cluster0.cpu0.enable_crc32=1 (for each core)
or by using a higher architecture revision by default:
-C cluster0.has_arm_v8-1=1 (for each cluster)
Of course any arch revision higher than v8.1 would work as well.
But for the sake of a smooth out-of-the-box experience, let's just
disable the usage of those instructions in the defconfig, to avoid
random hangs without any clues.
Reported-by: Ross Burton <ross.burton@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Since commit 9855034397 ("fdt: Don't call board_fdt_blob_setup()
without OF_BOARD") board_fdt_blob_setup() is no more called on
STM32MP platforms in trusted boot which hangs during boot process.
Enable OF_BOARD flag to fix this issue.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add the partition name and remove the line number in error messages
of treat_partition_list() to provide correct information to user of
STM32CubeProgrammer.
The "line number" value was confusing because it is incorrect here;
the index in part_array[] is not aligned with the line number in
the parsed Layout file, because the empty lines and the lines beginning
by '#' are skipped during the first parsing in parse_flash_layout().
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Solve compilation issue on undefined CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV when
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC is deactivated on STMicroelectronics boards
defconfig
Fixes: 9f97193616 ("board: stm32mp1: use CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV when available")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Synchronize DH DHCOM DTs with Linux commit 25960cafa06e ("Linux 5.15.12").
There is no functional change to the resulting DTs. The eeprom0 alias and
PHY reset GPIO are now reinstated in SoM u-boot dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Synchronize DH DHCOR DTs with Linux commit 25960cafa06e ("Linux 5.15.12").
There is no functional change to the resulting DTs. The eeprom0 alias is
now reinstated in SoM u-boot dtsi, the PHY reset GPIO is reinstated in AV96
u-boot dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Device tree alignment with Linux kernel v5.16-rc5
- ARM: dts: stm32: set otg-rev on stm32mp151
- ARM: dts: stm32: use usbphyc ck_usbo_48m as USBH OHCI clock on stm32mp151
- ARM: dts: stm32: fix AV96 board SAI2 pin muxing on stm32mp15
- ARM: dts: stm32: fix SAI sub nodes register range
- ARM: dts: stm32: fix STUSB1600 Type-C irq level on stm32mp15xx-dkx
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Default value for CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_SINGLEWORD and
CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR are only needed when
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_GENERIC is used.
This patch avoids to define these configs when an other bootcount backend
is activated, for example for CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Today the bootcount is not managed by the Linux kernel for STM32MP15 as
we don't have driver to update the used backup register in TAMP and the
recovery command still executes the normal bootcmd with
'altbootcmd=run bootcmd'.
So the bootcount feature is never used, the config CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
and the associated environment variable 'altbootcmd' can be removed to
reduce the U-Boot size.
Each boards can re-enable this feature later in their defconfig, if it is
needed, with the expected backend, for example CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_GENERIC
or CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV.
CC: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This patch configures U-Boot SPL for DHCOR SoM to permit DFU upload of
SPL and subsequent u-boot.itb for recovery or commissioning purposes.
To start U-Boot on DHCOR based board, e.g. Avenger96, proceed as follows:
- Install dfu-util on the host PC (in debian this is package 'dfu-util')
- Power off the Avenger96 board.
- Connect both USB-serial console and USB-OTG microB ports to host PC.
- Switch Avenger96 to USB boot mode -- BOOT0..2 switches all set to 0.
- Power on the Avenger96 board.
- Verify using '$ dmesg' that a new device has been detected as follows:
New USB device found, idVendor=0483, idProduct=df11, bcdDevice= 2.00
New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3
Product: DFU in HS Mode @Device ID /0x500, @Revision ID /0x0000
Manufacturer: STMicroelectronics
- Upload U-Boot SPL:
$ dfu-util -a 1 -D u-boot-spl.stm32
- Upload U-Boot proper:
$ dfu-util -a 0 -D u-boot.itb
- At this point, SPL will wait for user to press "Ctrl-C" on serial
console. When ready to interact with U-Boot, press Ctrl-C to start
the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
In case the SoC reports the boot device type is USB, it means the SPL was
loaded via BootROM DFU mode. Currently the spl_boot_device() returns boot
device as USB host, change it to DFU instead, so the SPL can continue the
DFU boot and load U-Boot via DFU.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When booting from QSPI, the boot ROM appears to mux the QSPI
pins, but it's not guaranteed to be setup when booting from
eMMC. Fix this by explicitly configuring the pinmux.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-04-rc1-2
Documentation:
* describe printf() format codes
UEFI
* enable more algorithms for UEFI image verification, e.g. SHA256-RSA2048
General
* simplify printing short texts for GUIDs
* provide a unit test for printing GUIDs
Use moveconfig.py script to convert define CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS
and CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT to Kconfig and move these entries
to defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
[trini: Re-switch to IS_ENABLED check in spi-nor-core.c, re-run migration]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Prepare migration to Kconfig.
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT becomes boolean and
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS define the MAX size, also used
for detection when CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT=y
(CFI_MAX_FLASH_BANKS = CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS).
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS become mandatory when
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT is activated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Replace CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS by CFI_FLASH_BANKS to prepare
Kconfig migration and avoid to redefine CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS
in cfi_flash.h.
After this patch CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS should be never used in
the cfi code: use CFI_MAX_FLASH_BANKS for struct size or CFI_FLASH_BANKS
for number of CFI banks which can be dynamic.
This patch modify all the files which include mtd/cfi_flash.h.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tidy up the warnings reported by checkpatch.pl to prepare next patches
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Falcon mode is very useful in improving boot speed. A question that
Falcon mode asks is "Where do I look for the kernel". With MMC boot
media, the correct answer is CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR.
The scope of this patch is to move this to Kconfig.
It is possible for a system to support Falcon mode from NOR but not
MMC. In that case, mmc_load_image_raw_os() would not be used. To
address this, conditionally compile mmc_load_image_raw_os() when
SPL_FALCON_BOOT_MMCSD, instead of SPL_OS_BOOT.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Move spl_start_uboot to its own guard in spl_mmc.c, rerun migration]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use IS_ENABLED() instead, to reduce the number of build paths.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
- fdt_support: Add fdt_for_each_node_by_compatible() helper macro
(Marek)
- turris_omnia: Fixup SATA or PCIe nodes at runtime in DT blob (Pali)
- pci_mvebu: Add support for Kirkwood PCIe controllers (Pali)
- SPL: More verifications for kwbimage in SPL (Pali)
- mvebu: Remove comphy_update_map() (Pali)
- Minor misc stuff
- Disable CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR for android configs
- meson64_android: define raw parts for bootloader to permit flashing with fastboot
- vim3: configure serial# from ethaddr to permit using fastboot like sei510/610
After next branch was merged to v2022.01 release, U-Boot on A3720 started
printing "<debug_uart>" line on UART during booting. There is no need to
print this debug line by default, so disable it via config option
CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_ANNOUNCE in all config files for Armada 3720 boards.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This weak function is not used anymore, so completely remove it.
Private struct comphy_map is not used by any board code anymore, so move it
into private driver header file comphy_core.h.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Code in board_fix_fdt() already detects connected MOX modules so there is
no need to have custom comphy_update_map() function for setting serdes
speeds.
This change sets phy-mode for MOX SFP module (when present) to sgmii.
Comphy driver then sets sgmii serdes speed for this module to 1.25G.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Placing Unicode control codes <U+0080><U+0093> in the middle of a comment
does not make much sense. Let's get rid of all Unicode in
drivers/ram/octeon/octeon3_lmc.c.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use the preferred
if (IS_ENABLED(X))
instead of
#ifdef X
where possible.
There are still places where this is not possible or is more complicated
to convert in this file. Leave those be for now.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Checkpatch warns about using uint32/16/8_t instead of u32/16/8.
Use the preferred types.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Print the wrong srcaddr (spl_image->offset) in error message also for
SATA case.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Last 4 bytes of kwbimage boot image is checksum. Verify it via the new
spl_check_board_image() function which is called by U-Boot SPL after
loading kwbimage.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit 9baab60b80 ("SPL: Add support for parsing board / BootROM specific
image types") added support for loading board specific image types.
This commit adds support for a new weak function spl_parse_board_header()
which is called after loading boot image. Board may implement this function
for checking if loaded board specific image is valid.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Each boot mode has its own kwbimage specified by blockid. So check that
kwbimage is valid by blockid.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add parameter spl_boot_device to spl_parse_board_header(), which allows
the implementations to see from which device we are booting and do
boot-device-specific checks of the image header.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There are certain restrictions for kwbimage offset and blocksize.
Validate them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Kirkwood uses macros KW_DEFADR_PCI_MEM and KW_DEFADR_PCI_IO for base
address of PCIe mappings. Size of PCIe windows is not defined in any macro
yet, so export them in new KW_DEFADR_PCI_MEM_SIZE and KW_DEFADR_PCI_IO_SIZE
macros.
Kirkwood arch code already maps mbus windows for io and mem, so avoid
calling mvebu_mbus_add_window_by_id() function which would try to do
duplicate window mapping.
Kirkwood PCIe controllers already use "marvell,kirkwood-pcie" DT compatible
string, so mark pci_mvebu.c driver as compatible for it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
On of the MiniPCIe ports on Turris Omnia is also a mSATA port. Whether
it works in SATA or PCIe mode is determined by a strapping pin, which
value is read from the MCU.
We already determine which type of card is connected when configuring
SerDeses.
But until now we left both SATA and PCIe port 0 nodes in device tree
enabled, and so the SATA driver is probed in U-Boot / Linux even if we
know there is no mSATA card, and similarly PCIe driver tries to link on
port 0 even if we know there is mSATA card, not a PCIe card.
Fixup device tree blob to disable SATA node if mSATA card is not
present, and to disable PCIe port 0 node if mSATA card is present.
Do this for U-Boot's DT blob before relocation and also for kernel DT
blob before booting.
This ensures that software does not try to use SATA or PCIe HW when
corresponding PHY is not configured.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored and fixed some issues ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add macro fdt_for_each_node_by_compatible() to allow iterating over
fdt nodes by compatible string.
Convert various usages of
off = fdt_node_offset_by_compatible(fdt, start, compat);
while (off > 0) {
code();
off = fdt_node_offset_by_compatible(fdt, off, compat);
}
and similar, to
fdt_for_each_node_by_compatible(off, fdt, start, compat)
code();
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Khadas vim3 and vim3l defconfigs introduced with:
* f89b90d2d9 ("configs: add khadas-vim3{l}_android for AOSP support")
* 425f06f86e ("configs: prepare khadas-vim3{l}_ab_android for AOSP support")
were based on an outdated defconfig prior to the ede1f4f297 ("configs:
amlogic: Disable CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR when unnecessary") cleanup.
Disable CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR for the android configs as well to
stay consistent.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20220112084023.2858375-1-mkorpershoek@baylibre.com
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Xilinx changes for v2022.04-rc1
gpio:
- Add modepin driver
net:
- Save random mac addresses to eth variable
zynqmp gem:
- Add support for mdio bus DT description
- Add support for reset and SGMII phy configuration
- Reduce timeout for MDIO accesses
zynqmp clk:
- Fix clock handling for gem and usb
phy:
- Add zynqmp phy/serdes driver
serial:
- Add one missing compatible string
microblaze:
- Symbol alignement
- SPL fixups
- Code cleanups
zynqmp:
- Various dt changes, DP pre-reloc, gem resets, gem clocks
- Switch SOM to shared psu configuration
- Move dcache handling to firmware driver
- Workaround gmii2rgmii DT description issue
- Enable broadcasts again
- Change firmware enablement logic
- Small adjustement in firmware driver
versal:
- Support new mmc@ DT nodes
- Fix run time variable handling
- Add missing I2C_PMC ID for power domain
Right now the code explicitly limits us to sha1,256 hashes with RSA2048
encryption. But the limitation is artificial since U-Boot supports
a wider range of algorithms.
The internal image_get_[checksum|crypto]_algo() functions expect an
argument in the format of <checksum>,<crypto>. So let's remove the size
checking and create the needed string on the fly in order to support
more hash/signing combinations.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The ESRT test may try to print a GUID if an error occurs.
Implement the %pU print code.
Correct the ESRT test to use %pU instead of %pUl to avoid the output
of character 'l'.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
For printing GUIDs with macro EFI_ENTRY use %pUs instead of %pUl to provide
readable debug output.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add a unit test for the %pUs printf code.
Use ut_asserteq_str() for checking string results.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
CONFIG_PARTITION_TYPE_GUID=y is needed for testing some GPT related
functionality.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Use printf code %pUs to print the text representation of the partition type
GUID.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
In different places text representations are used for GUIDs, e.g.
* command efidebug
* command part list for GPT partitions
To allow reducing code duplication introduce a new printf code %pUs.
It will call uuid_guid_get_str() to get a text representation. If none is
found it will fallback to %pUl and print a hexadecimal representation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Currently uuid_guid_get_str() is only built if
CONFIG_PARTITION_TYPE_GUID=y.
To make it usable for other GUIDs compile it if CONFIG_LIB_UUID=y.
The linker will take care of removing it if it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Power domain driver sends PM fragment to PMUFW. It is sent for every node
which is listed in DT. But some nodes could be already enabled but driver
is not capable to find it out. That's why it blinly sents request for every
listed IP. When PMUFW response by XST_PM_ALREADY_CONFIGURED error code
there is no need to show any error message because node is already enabled.
That's why cover this case with message when DEBUG is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/8c15ef0b68cf191f693d3d010f70ac24cfd8171f.1642163135.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
Function prototypes must not be guarded with ifdef tests. Doing so
prevents us from doing:
if (CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(FOO))
func();
as that results in a warning when CONFIG_FOO is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The clock delay of the RMII/RGMII interface is controlled by SCU340~35C.
These values are obtained by measurement and experiments so we simply
use macro to define them.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
There are 4 MDIO bus controllers in AST2600 SOC. Each of them can
connect to one or more PHY chips and is flexible to work with the 4 MAC
devices in AST2600. On AST2600 EVB, MDIO 0,1,2,3 connect to the PHY
chips used by MAC 0,1,2,3 respectively.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add support of the MAC controller of Aspeed AST2600 SOC. The MAC
controller is the same with AST2500, except it has stand-alone MDIO
hardware block.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add support for DM_MDIO to connect to PHY. For the systems that have a
stand-alone MDIO hardware block, enable CONFIG_DM_MDIO to use driver
model for MDIO devices.
Signed-off-by: Dylan Hung <dylan_hung@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This patch adds node for mmc/sd controller found on Action Semi OWL
S700 SoC.
Since, upstream Linux binding has not been merged for S700 MMC/SD
controller, Changes are put in u-boot specific dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
This Synchronizes the Actions Semi S700 SoC DT changes from
commit "g58e1100fdc59" ("Linux v5.16-rc3").
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
This commit adds SD/MMC clocks, and provides .set/get_rate callbacks
for SD/MMC device present on Actions OWL S700 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
This commit introduces get/set_rate callbacks, these are dummy at
the moment, and can be used to get/set clock for various devices
based on the clk id.
Signed-off-by: Amit Singh Tomar <amittomer25@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Changes to the am33xx device (33e9021a) trees have been merged in from
the upstream linux kernel which now means the device tree uses the new
pins format (as of 5.10) where the confinguration can be stores as a
separate configuration value and pin mux mode which are then OR'd
together.
This patch adds support for the new format to u-boot so that
pinctrl-cells is now respected when reading in pinctrl-single,pins
Signed-off-by: Anthony Bagwell <anthony.bagwell@hivehome.com>
[BUG]
When passing a btrfs with NO_HOLE feature to U-boot, and if one file
contains holes, then the hash of the file is not correct in U-boot:
# mkfs.btrfs -f test.img # Since v5.15, mkfs defaults to NO_HOLES
# mount test.img /mnt/btrfs
# xfs_io -f -c "pwrite 0 4k" -c "pwrite 8k 4k" /mnt/btrfs/file
# md5sum /mnt/btrfs/file
277f3840b275c74d01e979ea9d75ac19 /mnt/btrfs/file
# umount /mnt/btrfs
# ./u-boot
=> host bind 0 /home/adam/test.img
=> ls host 0
< > 12288 Mon Dec 27 05:35:23 2021 file
=> load host 0 0x1000000 file
12288 bytes read in 0 ms
=> md5sum 0x1000000 0x3000
md5 for 01000000 ... 01002fff ==> 855ffdbe4d0ccc5acab92e1b5330e4c1
The md5sum doesn't match at all.
[CAUSE]
In U-boot btrfs implementation, the function btrfs_read_file() has the
following iteration for file extent iteration:
/* Read the aligned part */
while (cur < aligned_end) {
ret = lookup_data_extent(root, &path, ino, cur, &next_offset);
if (ret < 0)
goto out;
if (ret > 0) {
/* No next, direct exit */
if (!next_offset) {
ret = 0;
goto out;
}
}
/* Read file extent */
But for NO_HOLES features, hole extents will not have any extent item
for it.
Thus if @cur is at a hole, lookup_data_extent() will just return >0, and
update @next_offset.
But we still believe there is some data to read for @cur for ret > 0
case, causing we read extent data from the next file extent.
This means, what we do for above NO_HOLES btrfs is:
- Read 4K data from disk to file offset [0, 4K)
So far the data is still correct
- Read 4K data from disk to file offset [4K, 8K)
We didn't skip the 4K hole, but read the data at file offset [8K, 12K)
into file offset [4K, 8K).
This causes the checksum mismatch.
[FIX]
Add extra check to skip to the next non-hole range after
lookup_data_extent().
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
The code is cross-ported from BLAKE2 reference implementation
(https://github.com/BLAKE2/BLAKE2).
With minimal change to remove unused macros/features.
Currently there is only one user inside U-boot (btrfs), and since it
only utilize BLAKE2B, all other favors are all removed.
Signed-off-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
[trini: Rename ROUND to R to avoid clash with <linux/bitops.h>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Drop the remaining ifdefs around header includes, to fix an old TODO.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Not all architectures define <asm/gpio.h> and even on those that do, the
header cannot be included for all boards without causing various build
failures.
Since common/board_r.c only needs gpio_hog_probe_all() declaration, include
<asm-generic/gpio.h> and drop the associated ifdef.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
asm/mmu.h include is currently guarded by CONFIG_ADDR_MAP ifdef because
the header is only present on arm and powerpc. In order to remove the
dependency on this header and the associated ifdef, move init_addr_map()
declaration to init.h, since it is only called during the common init
sequence.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Add a return value to init_addr_map and use it directly in the
post-relocation init sequence, rather than using a wrapper stub.
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Add a return value to kgdb_init and use it directly in the post-relocation
init sequence, rather than using a wrapper stub. Also, move the "KGDB"
print message inside kgdb_init().
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Commit 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support") removed (in 2017) the
last code that made use of bedbug debugger support. Since there aren't
any boards left that define either CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG or a real
bedbug_init(), drop this feature from u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Factor out armv7m fragment to spl_perform_fixups(), which is an arch/board
specific function designed for this purpose.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Fix fastboot flash bug.
If the downloading file size is equal to the partition size, "fastboot
flash" can't work, at least in sunxi platform, because used an
uninitalized point: ep->desc.
This patch also fixed 'data abort' bug in am335x platform.
Reproduce: fastboot flash loader1 spl/sunxi-spl.bin.
Signed-off-by: qianfan Zhao <qianfanguijin@163.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Currently the pxa3xx driver does not set the udevice in the mtd_info
struct and this prevents the mtd from parsing the partitions via DTS
like for SPI-NOR.
So simply set the mtd->dev to the driver udevice.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Let am335x_evm use the CPSW or PRUSS ethernet.
- Implement timer_get_boot_us in the omap timer driver
- gpmc bitflip, QSPI clock calculation on am437x, da8xx_gpio bugfixes
- Assorted K3 updates
Second set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2022.04 cycle:
This small feature set includes few changes for sama7g5 and sama7g5ek:
turn blue led on at boot, changes required for the Rev4 of the board,
better sync with the Linux DT with regards to the new DT nodes.
CONFIG_PHANDLE_CHECK_SEQ will allow different sequence number for nodes
that have the same name, but they are different.
In sama7g5ek case, there are multiple 'i2c@600' nodes which are child
nodes of different parent 'flexcom' nodes.
These are different i2c busses even if the node is the same, and have to be
differentiated.
Without this config, the sequence number 0 is reused for two i2c busses, and
this is something that we have to avoid:
Looking for 'i2c' at 4704, name i2c@600
- serial0, /ahb/apb/serial@e1824200
- i2c0, /ahb/apb/flexcom@e181c000/i2c@600
Found seq 0
i2c_post_bind: i2c@600, seq=0
Looking for 'i2c' at 6236, name i2c@600
- serial0, /ahb/apb/serial@e1824200
- i2c0, /ahb/apb/flexcom@e181c000/i2c@600
Found seq 0
i2c_post_bind: i2c@600, seq=0
After this patch:
Looking for 'i2c' at 4704, name i2c@600
- serial0, /ahb/apb/serial@e1824200
- i2c0, /ahb/apb/flexcom@e181c000/i2c@600
- i2c1, /ahb/apb/flexcom@e2818000/i2c@600
Found seq 1
Before the patch:
=> i2c bus
Bus 0: i2c@600
Bus 0: i2c@600 (active 0)
52: eeprom@52, offset len 1, flags 0
53: eeprom@53, offset len 1, flags 0
=>
After the patch:
=> i2c bus
Bus 0: i2c@600
Bus 1: i2c@600 (active 1)
52: eeprom@52, offset len 1, flags 0
53: eeprom@53, offset len 1, flags 0
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
The rev4 of the board sama7g5ek has the eeproms on flexcom8 instead of
flexcom1.
Initialize flexcom8 with required pincontrol and move the eeproms accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Add Flexcom8 node with required referenced nodes as phandles.
Since Flexcom8 is present in Linux, take the node exactly as-is from Linux.
Some nodes are referenced in Linux as phandles, the dma and the gic.
Add them as well to the file, even if they are unused by Uboot.
This is a step towards having the U-boot DT equivalent with the DT in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
For configurations with gmii2rgmii and external phy the DT nodes link
should be gem->gmii2rgmii->phy. But due to limitation in Linux driver
the DT is mentioned as gem->phy and gmii2rgmii->phy as shown in below DT.
ethernet@ff0c0000 {
compatible = "cdns,zynqmp-gem\0cdns,gem";
status = "okay";
interrupt-parent = <0x04>;
interrupts = <0x00 0x3b 0x04 0x00 0x3b 0x04>;
reg = <0x00 0xff0c0000 0x00 0x1000>;
clock-names = "pclk\0hclk\0tx_clk\0rx_clk\0tsu_clk";
#address-cells = <0x01>;
#size-cells = <0x00>;
#stream-id-cells = <0x01>;
iommus = <0x0d 0x875>;
power-domains = <0x0c 0x1e>;
clocks = <0x03 0x1f 0x03 0x69 0x03 0x2e 0x03 0x32 0x03 0x2c>;
phy-handle = <0x0e>;
phy-mode = "gmii";
xlnx,ptp-enet-clock = <0x00>;
local-mac-address = [ff ff ff ff ff ff];
phandle = <0x4d>;
mdio {
#address-cells = <0x01>;
#size-cells = <0x00>;
phandle = <0x4e>;
ethernet-phy@1 {
reg = <0x01>;
rxc-skew-ps = <0x708>;
txc-skew-ps = <0x708>;
phandle = <0x0e>;
};
gmii_to_rgmii_0@8 {
compatible = "xlnx,gmii-to-rgmii-1.0";
phy-handle = <0x0e>;
reg = <0x08>;
phandle = <0x4f>;
};
};
};
Since same DT is used in Linux and U-Boot we need to workaround this
issue by using the gmii2rgmii node which points to phy and we should
ignore the gem pointing to phy directly.
Do this workaround by updating priv->phydev->node value with
priv->phy_of_node only if it is not valid node.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/641eb13425ffe80e0743f60cf90d0f940577b9e9.1642162085.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
This driver supports power domains for the power management
controller found on Apple SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These are necessary to make sure the power domains needed for the
serial console are availble in the pre-relocation phase.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This synchronizes the device trees with those that are in the
process of being upstreamed into Linux. This is mostly the
current state of the device trees on the asahilinux branch
with a few extra bits used by OpenBSD. This includes device
trees for machines that were still missing.
There are still some differences that will hopefully be resolved
soon.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The am335x-ice-v2 board's Ethernet ports can be configured
in 'MII' or 'RMII' mode to be connected to 'PRUSS' or 'CPSW'
Ethernet subsystems.
This patch sets the environment variable 'ice_mii' to
'mii' or 'rmii' accordingly. Based on that we choose the
appropriate board devicetree i.e. 'am335x-ice-v2.dtb' or
'am335x-ice-v2-prueth.dtb'.
Since there are 2 Ethernet ports with 2 modes, there can be 4
configurations but for now we consider both ports in different modes
to be an invalid configuration and prevent boot in that case.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
[Amjad: use overlay instead of using new am335x-ice-v2-prueth.dtb]
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Make prueth_is_mii be marked __maybe_unused]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the case of an erased (sub)page both the data and ECC are all 0xFF
bytes. This fails the normal ECC verification, as the computed ECC of
all-0xFF is not also 0xFF. The GPMC NAND driver attempted to detect
erased pages by checking that the ECC bytes are all-0xFF, but this had
two problems:
1) bitflips in the data were not corrected, so the data looked not-erased
2) bitflips in the ECC bytes were reported as uncorrectable ECC errors
The equivalent Linux driver [1] correctly handles this by counting the
number of 0-bits in the combination of data and ECC bytes. If the number
of 0-bits is less than the amount of bits correctable by the selected
ECC algorithm, then it is treated as an erased page with correctable
bitflips.
Implement similar, though simplified, logic in omap_correct_data_bch().
[1] see omap_elm_correct_data() in omap2.c
Signed-off-by: David Rivshin <drivshin@allworx.com>
On AM4372 the SPI_GCLK input gets its clock from the PRCM module which
divides the PER_CLKOUTM2 frequency (192MHz) by a fixed factor of 4.
See AM437x Reference Manual in section 27 QSPI >> 27.2 Integration.
The QSPI_FCLK therefore needs to take this factor into account and
becomes (192000000 / 4).
Signed-off-by: Stefan Mätje <stefan.maetje@esd.eu>
To make the OMAP DM timer driver useful for the timing of
bootstages, we need to implement timer_get_boot_us(..).
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
The GPIO bank numbers do not appear in the device tree,
so make the gpio name based on the address
(ie gpio@42110000_25 vs 25)
Signed-off-by: chao zeng <chao.zeng@siemens.com>
The fastboot protocol uses per default the UDP port 5554. In some cases
it might be needed to change the used port. The fastboot utility provides
a way to specifiy an other port number to use already.
fastboot -s udp:192.168.1.76:1234 boot fastboot.img
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
NXP's mEMAC reference manual, Chapter 6.5.5 "MDIO Ethernet Management
Interface usage", specifies to poll the BSY (0) bit in the CFG/STAT
register to wait until a transaction has finished, not bit 31 in the
data register.
In the Linux kernel, this has already been fixed in commit 26eee0210ad7
("net/fsl: fix a bug in xgmac_mdio").
This patch changes the register in the fman_mdio and fsl_ls_mdio
drivers.
As the MDIO_DATA_BSY define is no longer in use, this patch also removes
its definition from the fsl_memac header.
Signed-off-by: Markus Koch <markus@notsyncing.net>
Reviewed-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reduce the missing phy-handle log message to debug message. It is
possible for ethernet DT node to have no phy-handle e.g. in case
of a fixed-link connection. Furthermore, drop the FEC: prefix,
which is a copy-paste error and rather print the ethernet device
name.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This driver is based on an older downstream TI kernel, with
changes and cleanups to work with mainline device-tree bindings.
Signed-off-by: Dominic Rath <rath@ibv-augsburg.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The sja1105_check_device_id() function contains logic to work without
changing the device tree on reworked boards, one of which I have (the
NXP LS1021A-TSN normally has a SJA1105T, but I have a version with a
resoldered SJA1105Q which is pin compatible). This logic is taken from
the Linux driver.
However this logic gets shortcircuited in U-Boot by an earlier check for
the exact device ID specified in the device tree. So the reworked board
does not probe the SJA1105Q switch. Remove this duplicated logic and let
the automatic device ID detection do its job.
Fixes: f24b666b22 ("net: dsa: add driver for NXP SJA1105 L2 switch")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
If the DSA API is going to allow drivers to do things such as:
- phy_config in dsa_ops :: port_probe
- phy_startup in dsa_ops :: port_enable
then it would actually be good if the ->port_probe() method would
actually be called in all cases before the ->port_enable() is.
Currently this is true for user ports, but not true for the CPU port,
because the CPU port does not have a udevice registered for it (this is
all part of DSA's design). So the current issue is that after
phy_startup has finished for the CPU port, its phydev->speed is an
uninitialized value, because phy_config() was never called for the
priv->cpu_port_fixed_phy, and it is precisely phy_config() who copies
the speed into the phydev in the case of the fixed PHY driver.
So we need to simulate a probing event for the CPU port by manually
calling the driver's ->port_probe() method for the CPU port.
Fixes: 8a2982574854 ("net: dsa: introduce a .port_probe() method in struct dsa_ops")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This will allow consumers to choose a pxe label at runtime instead of
having to prompt the user. One good use-case for this, is choosing
whether or not to apply a dtbo depending on the hardware configuration.
e.g: for TI's AM335x EVM, it would be convenient to apply a particular
dtbo only when the J9 jumper is on PRUSS mode. To achieve this, the
pxe menu should have 2 labels, one with the dtbo and the other without,
then the "pxe_label_override" env variable should point to the label with
the dtbo at runtime only when the jumper is on PRUSS mode.
This change can be used for different use-cases and bring more
flexibilty to consumers who use sysboot/pxe_utils.
if "pxe_label_override" is set but does not exist in the pxe menu,
the code should fallback to the default label if given, and no failure
is returned but rather a warning message.
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Call dram_init_banksize() from spl_board_init() otherwise TFTP download
fails due to lmb_get_free_size() not able to find unreserved region due
to lack of DRAM size info. Required to support Ethernet boot on AM64x.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
On certain TI SoC, like AM64x there is a CPSW3G which supports 2
external independent MAC ports for single CPSW instance.
It is not possible for Ethernet driver to register more than one port
for given instance.
This patch modifies top level CPSW NUSS as UCLASS_MISC and binds
UCLASS_ETH to individual ports so as to support bring up more than one
Ethernet interface in U-Boot.
Note that there is no isolation in the since, CPSW NUSS is in promisc
mode and forwards all packets to host.
Since top level driver is now UCLASS_MISC, board files would need to
instantiate this driver explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Probe toplevel AM65 CPSW NUSS driver from misc_init_r() when driver
is enabled. Since driver is modeled as UCLASS_MISC, we need to
explicitly probe the driver. Use common misc_init_r() that entire
K3 family of SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Driver has a bug in that it uses rflow_in_use bitmap when setting up free rflow range
from TISCI but use rflow_map for reservation in __udma_reserve_rflow()
Fix this by dropping rflow_in_use bitmap array and use rflow_map for
PKTDMA. BCDMA does not need rflow_in_use either.
This fixes CPSW3g not able to get DMA channels at R5 SPL on AM64x
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
In case of xSPI bootmode OSPI flash is in DDR mode and needs to be accessed
in multiple of 16bit accesses Hence we cannot parse sysfw.itb FIT image
directly on OSPI flash via MMIO window. So, copy the image to internal
on-chip RAM before parsing the image.
Moreover, board cfg data maybe modified by ROM/TIFS in case of HS platform
and thus cannot reside in OSPI/xSPI and needs to be copied over to
internal OCRAM.
This unblocks OSPI/xSPI boot on HS platforms
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Tested-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Currently only the PADCFG registers of the main domain are unlocked.
Also unlock PADCFG registers of MCU domain, so MCU pin muxing can be configured by u-boot or Linux.
Signed-off-by: Michael Liebert <liebert@ibv-augsburg.de>
Tested-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-04-rc1
Documentation:
* Fix building HTML documentation of readthedocs.io
* Add ARM Juno board documentation
* Build requirements for Alpine Linux
* Include DM headers in API documentation
UEFI:
* Fix section alignment of EFI binaries
* Fix header length of RISC-V EFI binaries allowing to run them on EDK II
* Remove kaslr-seed from device tree if the EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL is provided
Other:
* Let 'part list' show all 128 GPT partitions
- A number of fixes in various subsystems. This includes having the phy
uclass track power-on and init counts as this should resolve some
tricky functional problems on a number of platforms.
Document the return value in efi_init(). Fix up @sizep in efi_info_get().
Use Return: instead of @return
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
At present some 32-bit settings are used with the 64-bit app. Fix this by
separating out the two cases.
Be careful not to break the 64-bit payload, which needs to build a 64-bit
EFI stub with a 32-bit U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Christian Melki <christian.melki@t2data.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
That script is not intended for use with EFI, so update the logic to avoid
using it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Christian Melki <christian.melki@t2data.com>
Add an empty CPU init function to avoid fiddling with low-level CPU
features in the app. Set up the C runtime correctly for 64-bit use
and avoid clearing BSS, since this is done by EFI when U-Boot is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the 'efi' command only works in the EFI payload. Update it to
work in the app too, so the memory map can be examined.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
At present this function requires a pointer to struct efi_entry_memmap
but the only field used in there is the desc_size. We want to be able
to use it from the app, so update it to use desc_size directly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this code is inline in the app and stub. But they do the same
thing. The difference is that the stub does it immediately and the app
doesn't want to do it until the end (when it boots a kernel) or not at
all, if returning to UEFI.
Move it into a function so it can be called as needed.
Add a comment showing how to store the memory map so that it can be
accessed within the app if needed, for debugging purposes only. The map
can change without notice.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If variable dfu_alt_info is not defined duplicate messages are displayed.
=> efidebug boot dump
Scanning disk mmc2.blk...
Scanning disk mmc1.blk...
Scanning disk mmc0.blk...
Found 3 disks
No EFI system partition
"dfu_alt_info" env variable not defined!
Probably dfu_alt_info not defined
"dfu_alt_info" env variable not defined!
Probably dfu_alt_info not defined
Remove the 'Probably dfu_alt_info not defined' message.
Instead write a warning if the variable contains no entities.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
U-Boot, in some occasions, injects a 'kaslr-seed' property on the /chosen
node. That would be problematic in case we want to measure the DTB we
install in the configuration table, since it would change across reboots.
The Linux kernel EFI-stub completely ignores it and only relies on
EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL for it's own randomness needs (i.e the randomization
of the physical placement of the kernel). In fact it (blindly) overwrites
the existing seed if the protocol is installed. However it still uses it
for randomizing it's virtual placement.
So let's get rid of it in the presence of the RNG protocol.
It's worth noting that TPMs also provide an RNG. So if we tweak our
EFI_RNG_PROTOCOL slightly and install the protocol when a TPM device
is present the 'kaslr-seed' property will always be removed, allowing
us to reliably measure our DTB.
Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
A GPT partition table typically has 128 entries. If a partition table
contains a partition 128 'part list' should be able to list it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
For GPT partition tables the 'part list' command stops at the first invalid
partition number. But Ubuntu has images with partitions number
1, 12, 13, 14, 15
In this case only partition 1 was listed by 'part list'.
Fixes: 38a3021edc ("disk: part_efi: remove indent level from loop")
Reported-by: Alexandre Ghiti <alexandre.ghiti@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Alexandre Ghiti <alexandre.ghiti@canonical.com>
The alignment of sections in the EFI binaries generated by U-Boot is
incorrect.
According to the PE-COFF specification [1] the minimum value for
FileAlignment is 512. If the value of SectionAlignment is
less then the page size, it must equal FileAlignment.
Let's set both values to 512 for the ARM and RISC-V architectures.
[1] https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/debug/pe-format
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
EDK II refuses to load the EFI binaries created by U-Boot.
The reason is an incorrect PE-COFF header. The number of
data directories does not match NumberOfRvaAndSizes.
This leads to a failed consistency check in
PeCoffLoaderGetPeHeader():
SizeOfOptionalHeader - HeaderWithoutDataDir) !=
NumberOfRvaAndSizes * sizeof(DATA_DIRECTORY))
Fixes: 9afaeec6ef ("riscv: Complete efi header for RV32/64")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/fdtaddr.h
and add the devfdt API to the HTML documentation;
these functions are NOT compatible with live tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/ofnode.h
and add the device tree node API to the HTML documentation;
the ofnode functions are compatible with Live tree or with flat
device tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/read.h
and add the device read from device tree API to the HTML
documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/devres.h
and add the driver model device resource API, devres_*(),
to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/device.h
and add the driver model device API to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/devres.h
and add the associated driver model API to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/dm/uclass.h
and add the driver model UCLASS API to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The Juno Arm development board is an open, vendor-neutral, Armv8-A
development platform.
Add documentation that briefly outlines the hardware, and describes
building and installation of U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sudeep Holla <sudeep.holla@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_PHANDLE_CHECK_SEQ is outside of the menu 'Library routines'
thus it's invisible in menuconfig and cannot be selected.
Fix this by moving the 'endmenu' after the PHANDLE_CHECK_SEQ definition
Fixes: c589132a1d ("fdt: Use phandle to distinguish DT nodes with same name")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some new line feeds at the end of print messages to make things
easier to read on the console. The other env options do this so
this is just an omission for FAT env.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
On boards using the RK3399 SoC, the USB OHCI and EHCI controllers share
the same PHY device instance. While these controllers are being stopped
they both attempt to power-off and deinitialize it, but trying to
power-off the deinitialized PHY device results in a hang. This usually
happens just before booting an OS, and can be explicitly triggered by
running "usb start; usb stop" in the U-Boot shell.
Implement a uclass-wide counting mechanism for PHY initialization and
power state change requests, so that we don't power-off/deinitialize a
PHY instance until all of its users want it done. The Allwinner A10 USB
PHY driver does this counting in-driver, remove those parts in favour of
this in-uclass implementation.
The sandbox PHY operations test needs some changes since the uclass will
no longer call into the drivers for actions matching its tracked state
(e.g. powering-off a powered-off PHY). Update that test, and add a new
one which simulates multiple users of a single PHY.
The major complication here is that PHY handles aren't deduplicated per
instance, so the obvious idea of putting the counts in the PHY handles
don't immediately work. It seems possible to bind a child udevice per
PHY instance to the PHY provider and deduplicate the handles in each
child's uclass-private areas, like in the CLK framework. An alternative
approach could be to use those bound child udevices themselves as the
PHY handles. Instead, to avoid the architectural changes those would
require, this patch solves things by dynamically allocating a list of
structs (one per instance) in the provider's uclass-private area.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com> - Rock960
BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES should only be added if the corresponding u-boot
command is enabled otherwise the build will fail.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Kubik <piotr_kubik@vp.pl>
Apple's ARMv8 cores don't implement EL3 and therefore don't
provide a PSCI implementation. So don't attempt to use
PSCI to reset on machines using Apple SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Previously, a subpage with an uncorrectable error followed by a subpage
with a correctable error would return an erroneous correctable status.
Signed-off-by: Joel Peshkin <joel.peshkin@broadcom.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reporting the return value should always be done on error conditions,
this way the developer can start debugging issues with more knowledge
in-hand.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Dionne-Riel <samuel@dionne-riel.com>
The function was missing from exports, even though it loooks like the
intent of the implementation in sscanf.c was to have it exported.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Dionne-Riel <samuel@dionne-riel.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Calling 'nvme scan' followed by 'nvme detail' crashes U-Boot on Turris
Omnia with the following error:
undefined instruction
pc : [<0a000000>] lr : [<7ff80bfc>]
reloc pc : [<8a8c0000>] lr : [<00840bfc>]
sp : 7fb2b908 ip : 0000002a fp : 02000000
r10: 04000000 r9 : 7fb2fed0 r8 : e1000000
r7 : 0c000000 r6 : 03000000 r5 : 06000000 r4 : 01000000
r3 : 7fb30928 r2 : 7fb30928 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 00000000
Flags: nZCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Code: 0f0fb4f0 0f0fb4f0 0f0fb4f0 0f0fb4f0 (f0f04b0f)
Resetting CPU ...
This happens when nvme_print_info() tries to return to the caller. It
looks like this error is caused by trying to allocate 8 KiB of memory
on the stack by the two uses of ALLOC_CACHE_ALIGN_BUFFER().
Use malloc_cache_aligned() to allocate this memory dynamically instead.
This fixes 'nvme detail' on Turris Omnia.
Note that similar change was applied to file drivers/nvme/nvme.c in past by
commit 2f83481dff ("nvme: use page-aligned buffer for identify command").
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This test checks for output specific to the sandbox blk device
"sandbox_host_blk", mark it as sandbox specific.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Attempt to handle cases with a downstream port of a PCIe switch where
link training never completes and the link continues switching between
speeds indefinitely with the data link layer never reaching the active
state.
It has been observed with a downstream port of the ASMedia ASM2824 Gen 3
switch wired to the upstream port of the Pericom PI7C9X2G304 Gen 2
switch, using a Delock Riser Card PCI Express x1 > 2 x PCIe x1 device,
P/N 41433, wired to a SiFive HiFive Unmatched board. In this setup the
switches are supposed to negotiate the link speed of preferably 5.0GT/s,
falling back to 2.5GT/s.
However the link continues oscillating between the two speeds, at the
rate of 34-35 times per second, with link training reported repeatedly
active ~84% of the time, e.g.:
02:03.0 PCI bridge [0604]: ASMedia Technology Inc. ASM2824 PCIe Gen3 Packet Switch [1b21:2824] (rev 01) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
[...]
Bus: primary=02, secondary=05, subordinate=05, sec-latency=0
[...]
Capabilities: [80] Express (v2) Downstream Port (Slot+), MSI 00
[...]
LnkSta: Speed 5GT/s (downgraded), Width x1 (ok)
TrErr- Train+ SlotClk+ DLActive- BWMgmt+ ABWMgmt-
[...]
LnkCtl2: Target Link Speed: 8GT/s, EnterCompliance- SpeedDis+, Selectable De-emphasis: -3.5dB
Transmit Margin: Normal Operating Range, EnterModifiedCompliance- ComplianceSOS-
Compliance De-emphasis: -6dB
[...]
Forcibly limiting the target link speed to 2.5GT/s with the upstream
ASM2824 device makes the two switches communicate correctly however:
02:03.0 PCI bridge [0604]: ASMedia Technology Inc. ASM2824 PCIe Gen3 Packet Switch [1b21:2824] (rev 01) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
[...]
Bus: primary=02, secondary=05, subordinate=09, sec-latency=0
[...]
Capabilities: [80] Express (v2) Downstream Port (Slot+), MSI 00
[...]
LnkSta: Speed 2.5GT/s (downgraded), Width x1 (ok)
TrErr- Train- SlotClk+ DLActive+ BWMgmt- ABWMgmt-
[...]
LnkCtl2: Target Link Speed: 2.5GT/s, EnterCompliance- SpeedDis+, Selectable De-emphasis: -3.5dB
Transmit Margin: Normal Operating Range, EnterModifiedCompliance- ComplianceSOS-
Compliance De-emphasis: -6dB
[...]
and then:
05:00.0 PCI bridge [0604]: Pericom Semiconductor PI7C9X2G304 EL/SL PCIe2 3-Port/4-Lane Packet Switch [12d8:2304] (rev 05) (prog-if 00 [Normal decode])
[...]
Bus: primary=05, secondary=06, subordinate=09, sec-latency=0
[...]
Capabilities: [c0] Express (v2) Upstream Port, MSI 00
[...]
LnkSta: Speed 2.5GT/s (downgraded), Width x1 (downgraded)
TrErr- Train- SlotClk+ DLActive- BWMgmt- ABWMgmt-
[...]
LnkCtl2: Target Link Speed: 5GT/s, EnterCompliance- SpeedDis-
Transmit Margin: Normal Operating Range, EnterModifiedCompliance- ComplianceSOS-
Compliance De-emphasis: -6dB
[...]
Make use of this observation then and attempt to detect the inability to
negotiate the link speed automatically, and then handle it by hand. Use
the Data Link Layer Link Active status flag as the primary indicator of
successful link speed negotiation, but given that the flag is optional
by hardware to implement (the ASM2824 does have it though), resort to
checking for the mandatory Link Bandwidth Management Status flag showing
that the link speed or width has been changed in an attempt to correct
unreliable link operation (the ASM2824 does set it too).
If these checks indicate that link may not operate correctly, then poll
the Data Link Layer Link Active status flag along with the Link Training
flag for the duration of 200ms to see if the link has stabilised, that
is either that the Data Link Layer Link Active status flag has been set
or that Link Training has been inactive during at least the second half
of the interval.
If that has indicated failure, restrict the target speed to 2.5GT/s,
request a link retrain and check again if the link has stabilised. If
that does not work either, then restore the original speed setting and
claim defeat, otherwise we are done.
NB interestingly enough with the ASM2824 vs PI7C9X2G304 configuration
referred above asking the ASM2824 to retrain with a higher target link
speed once the 2.5GT/s speed has been negotiated makes the two devices
successfully negotiate 5.0GT/s. Lifting the 2.5GT/s speed restriction
would however prevent our workaround from working with an OS that issues
a reset and that is unaware of the problem. This is because the devices
would then try to negotiate a higher link speed from scratch and fail,
while the sticky property of the Target Link Speed setting will keep the
2.5GT/s speed restriction across a reset.
Keep the 2.5GT/s speed restriction then, conservatively, if functional
once applied.
Signed-off-by: Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@orcam.me.uk>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CHUNK_TYPE_RAW buffer is not aligned, and flash sparse images by
fastboot will report "Misaligned operation" if DCACHE is enabled.
Flashing Sparse Image
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [84000028, 84001028]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [84001034, 84002034]
CACHE: Misaligned operation at range [8401104c, 8401304c]
Fix it
Signed-off-by: qianfan Zhao <qianfanguijin@163.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
These hardcoded values were calculated from CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE macro. Now
this macro is configurable via Kconfig, so calculate values 0x0030/0x4030
at compile time via CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE option. Values 0x0030/0x4030
represents offset of CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE from address 0x40000000.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Memory layout in the comment is from Armada XP platform which uses load
address 0x40004030. DB-88f6720 is Armada 375 platform which uses same load
address as Armada 38x which is 0x40000030.
Currently SPL support for Armada 375 is unfinished and does not work. There
is missing Serdes initialization and DDR3 training code. So nobody noticed
that CONFIG_SPL_* options are not correct.
Fix at least CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE constant and remove incorrect comments
about memory layout. So it is not misleading.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Do not check for kwbimage configuration file when just showing information
about existing kwbimage file.
The check for kwbimage configuration file is required only when creating
kwbimage, not when showing information about image or when extracting data
from image.
With this change, it is possible to call mkimage -l and dumpimage -l also
for existing kwbimage file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When there is no -p argument for dumpimage tool specified, extract the main
data image from kwbimage file. This makes dumpimage consistent with other
image formats.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Despite the official specification, BootROM does not look at the lowest bit
of ext field but rather checks if ext field is non-zero.
Moreover original Marvell doimage tool puts into the mhdr->ext field the
number of extended headers, so basically it sets ext filed to non-zero
value if some extended header is present.
Fix U-Boot dumpimage and kwboot tools to parse correctly also kwbimage
files created by Marvell doimage tool, in the same way as the BootROM is
doing it when booting these images.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To regenerate kwbimage from existing image, it is needed to have kwbimage
config file. Add a new option to generate kwbimage config file from
existing kwbimage when '-p 1' option is given.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For debugging purposes it is good to know where the binary image would be
loaded and also it is needed to know if printed size is image size or the
size of header together with image.
Make it unambiguous by showing that printed size is not the size of the
whole header, but only the size of executable code, and print also the
executable offset of this binary image. Load/execute address is the offset
relative to the base address (either 0x40004000 or 0x40000000).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Data delay is stored as 8-bit number in kwbimage structure. Ensure the
given value is at most 255.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
BootROMs on pre-A38x SoCs enabled its output on UART by default, but A38x'
BootROM has its output on UART disabled by default.
To enable BootROM output on A38x SoC, it is required to set DEBUG flag
(which only enables BootROM output and nothing more) in kwbimage. For UART
images this DEBUG flag is ignored by BootROM.
Enable kwbimage DEBUG flag for all A38x boards.
With this change BootROM prints the following (success) information on UART
before booting U-Boot kwbimage:
BootROM - 1.73
Booting from SPI flash
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This alignment is required only for platforms based on Sheeva CPU core
which are A370 and AXP. Now when U-Boot build system correctly propagates
LOAD_ADDRESS there is no need to have enabled 128-bit boundary alignment on
platforms which do not need it. Previously it was required because load
address was implicitly rounded to 128-bit boundary and U-Boot build system
expected it and misused it. Now with explicit setting of LOAD_ADDRESS there
is no guessing for load address anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
U-Boot SPL for mvebu platform is not compiled as position independent.
Therefore it is required to instruct BootROM to load U-Boot SPL at the
correct address. Loading of kwbimage binary code at specific address can be
now achieved by the new LOAD_ADDRESS token as part of BINARY command in
kwbimage config file.
Update mvebu Makefile to put value of $(CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE) into
LOAD_ADDRESS token when generating kwbimage.cfg from kwbimage.cfg.in.
It is required to update regex for sed to find replacement tokens at any
position on a line in kwbimage config file and not only at the beginning of
the line. This is because LOAD_ADDRESS is specified at the end of line
containing the BINARY command.
It looks like all Armada boards set CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to value
0x40004030 or 0x40000030. Why this value? It is because main kwbimage
header is at address 0x40004030 or 0x40000000 and it is 32 bytes long.
After the main header there is the binary header, which consist of 1 byte
for type, 3 bytes for size, 1 byte for number of arguments, 3 reserved
bytes and then 4 bytes for each argument. After these arguments comes the
executable code.
So arguments start at address 0x40004028 or 0x40000028. Before commit
e6571f38c9 ("arm: mvebu: Remove dummy BIN header arguments for SPL
binary") there were two (dummy) arguments, which resulted in load address
of 0x40004030 or 0x40000030, always. After that commit (which removed dummy
arguments), load address stayed same due to the 128-bit alignment done by
mkimage.
This patch now reflects the dependency between $(CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE),
load address and dummy kwbimage arguments, and allows the user to adjust
$(CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE) config option to some other value.
For unsupported values, when mkimage/kwbimage cannot set chosen load address
as specified by $(CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE), the build process now fails,
instead of silently generating non-working kwbimage.
Removal of this alignment between $(CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE) and LOAD_ADDRESS
can only be done by compiling U-Boot SPL as position independent. But this
currently is not possible for 32-bit ARM version of U-Boot SPL.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
BootROM loads kwbimage header to L2-SRAM and BootROM reserve only 192 kB for it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Function image_headersz_v1() may return zero on fatal errors.
In this case the function already printed an error message.
Check the return value of image_headersz_v1() in kwbimage_generate(),
and exit on zero value with EXIT_FAILURE.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
ARM executable code included in kwbimage binary header, which is not
position independent, needs to be loaded and executed by BootROM at the
correct fixed address.
Armada BootROMs load kwbimage header (in which the executable code is also
stored) at fixed address 0x40004000 or 0x40000000 which is mapped to
L2-SRAM (L2 Cache as SRAM). Address 0x40004000 is used on Armada platforms
with Sheeva CPU core (A370 and AXP) where BootROM uses MMU with 0x4000
bytes for MMU translation table. Address 0x40000000 is used on all other
platforms.
Thus the only way to specify load and execute address of this executable
code in binary kwbimage header is by filling dummy arguments into the
binary header, using the same mechanism we already have for achieving
128-bit boundary alignment on A370 and AXP SoCs.
Extend kwbimage config file parser to allow to specify load address as
part of BINARY command with syntax:
BINARY path_to_binary arg1 arg2 ... argN LOAD_ADDRESS address
If the specified load address is invalid or cannot be used, mkimage will
throw fatal error and exit. This will prevent generating kwbimage with
invalid load address for non-position independent binary code.
If no load address is specified, kwbimage will not fill any the dummy
arguments, thus it will behave the same as before this change.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For other changes it is required to know if CPU core is Sheeva or not.
Therefore add a new command CPU for specifying CPU.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Usage of $(call cmd,...) is standard way to call other commands which
generate things.
It also has the advantage of printing build information in the form
KWBCFG arch/arm/mach-mvebu/kwbimage.cfg
if verbosity is disabled, and printing the build command otherwise.
Note that the '#' character needs to be escaped in Makefile when used as
value for make variable assignment.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Preserve the order of BINARY, DATA and DATA_DELAY commands as they appear
in the input file. They may depend on each other.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Register set header consists of sequence of DATA commands followed by
exactly one DATA_DELAY command. Thus if we are generating image with
multiple DATA_DELAY commands, we need to create more register set headers.
Fix calculation of image size with multiple DATA_DELAY commands and
correctly set pointer to struct register_set_hdr_v1 when initializing new
register set header.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Deduplicate code that finishes OPT_HDR_V1_REGISTER_TYPE header by
extracing it into separate function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is a cleaned up and fixed version of a patch
mv_ddr: a380: fix SPLIT_OUT_MIX state decision
in each pattern cycle the bus state can be changed
in order to avoide it, need to back to the same bus state on each
pattern cycle
by
Moti Boskula <motib@marvell.com>
The original patch is not in Marvell's mv-ddr-marvell repository. It was
gives to us by Marvell to fix an issues with DDR training on some
boards, but it cannot be applied as is to mv-ddr-marvell, because it is
a very dirty draft patch that would certainly break other things, mainly
DDR4 training code in mv-ddr-marvell, since it changes common functions.
I have cleaned up the patch and removed stuff that seemed unnecessary
(when removed, it still fixed things). Note that I don't understand
completely what the code does exactly, since I haven't studied the DDR
training code extensively (and I suspect that no one besides some few
people in Marvell understand the code completely).
Anyway after the cleanup the patch still fixes isssues with DDR training
on the failing boards.
There was also a problem with the original patch on some of the Allied
Telesis' x530 boards, reported by Chris Packham. I have asked Chris to
send me some logs, and managed to fix it:
- if you look at the change, you'll notice that it introduces
subtraction of cur_start_win[] and cur_end_win[] members, depending on
a bit set in the current_byte_status variable
- the original patch subtracted cur_start_win[] if either
BYTE_SPLIT_OUT_MIX or BYTE_HOMOGENEOUS_SPLIT_OUT bits were set, but
subtracted cur_end_win[] only if the first one (BYTE_SPLIT_OUT_MIX)
was set
- from Chris Packham logs I discovered that the x530 board where the
original patch introduced DDR training failure, only the
BYTE_HOMOGENEOUS_SPLIT_OUT bit was set, and on our boards where the
patch is needed only the BYTE_SPLIT_OUT_MIX is set in the
current_byte_status variable
- this led me to the hypothesis that both cur_start_win[] and
cur_end_win[] should be subtracted only if BYTE_SPLIT_OUT_MIX bit is
set, the BYTE_HOMOGENEOUS_SPLIT_OUT bit shouldn't be considered at all
- this hypothesis also gains credibility when considering the commit
title ("fix SPLIT_OUT_MIX state decision")
Hopefully this will fix things without breaking anything else.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
I got an
<dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc>: host mxlb.ispgateway.de[80.67.18.126] said:
554 Sorry, no mailbox here by that name. (in reply to RCPT TO command)
when sending e-mail to dirk.eibach@gdsys.cc.
Drop Dirk Eibach from MAINTAINERS of board/gdsys/a38x and
board/gdsys/mpc8308. The latter would be left maintainerless, add
Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc> (he is also maintainer of the former
board).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Before commit 4c289425752f ("mv_ddr: a38x: add support for ddr async
mode"), Asynchornous Mode was only used when the CPU Subsystem Clock
Options[4:0] field in the SAR1 register was set to value 0x13: CPU at
2 GHz and DDR at 933 MHz.
Then commit 4c289425752f ("mv_ddr: a38x: add support for ddr async
mode") added support for Asynchornous Modes with frequencies other than
933 MHz (but at least 467 MHz), but the code it added to check for
whether Asynchornous Mode should be used is wrong: it checks whether the
frequency setting in board DDR topology map is set to value other than
MV_DDR_FREQ_SAR.
Thus boards which define a specific value, greater than 400 MHz, for DDR
frequency in their board topology (e.g. Turris Omnia defines
MV_DDR_FREQ_800), are incorrectly put into Asynchornous Mode after that
commit.
The A38x Functional Specification, section 10.12 DRAM Clocking, says:
In Synchornous mode, the DRAM and CPU clocks are edge aligned and run
in 1:2 or 1:3 CPU to DRAM frequency ratios.
Change the check for whether Asynchornous Mode should be used according
to this explanation in Functional Specification.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Add MVEBU PCIe configs
- Also add SYS_THUMB_BUILD to keep u-boot image size within 512K
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The DT properties for the "enable-arbiter" and "keep-config" config
knobs were previously named inconsistently:
- The u-boot driver used "nand-enable-arbiter" and "nand-keep-config"
names, without Marvell prefixes.
- The Linux driver uses "marvell,nand-keep-config" ("enable-arbiter"
does not exist anymore in recent kernels, but it also used to be
"marvell,nand-enable-arbiter").
- The device trees almost all use "marvell," prefixed names, except for
one single instance of "nand-enable-arbiter" without vendor prefix.
This commit standardizes on the vendor prefixed version, making the
u-boot driver read from DT props "marvell,nand-enable-arbiter" and
"marvell,nand-keep-config". The one device tree using the unprefixed
version is also changed to use the new naming.
This has the side effect of making the previously no-op "marvell,"
config knobs already present in some DTs actually do something. This was
likely the original intention of the DT authors, but note that this
commit was not tested on every single impacted board.
Signed-off-by: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
As explained in commit 3bedbcc3aa ("arm: mvebu: a38x: serdes: Don't
overwrite read-only SAR PCIe registers") it is required to set Maximum Link
Width bits of PCIe Root Port Link Capabilities Register depending of number
of used serdes lanes. As this register is part of PCIe address space and
not serdes address space, move it into pci_mvebu.c driver.
Read number of PCIe lanes from DT property "num-lanes" which is used also
by other PCIe controller drivers in Linux kernel. If this property is
absent then it defaults to 1. This property needs to be set to 4 for every
mvebu board which use PEX_ROOT_COMPLEX_X4 or PEX_BUS_MODE_X4.
Enabling of PCIe port needs to be done afer all registers in PCIe address
space are properly configure. For this purpose use new mvebu-reset driver
(part of system-controller) and remove this code from serdes code.
Because some PCIe ports cannot be enabled individually, it is required to
first setup all PCIe ports and then enable them.
This change contains also all required "num-lanes" and "resets" DTS
properties, to make pci_mvebu.c driver work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Enabling and disabling PCIe ports is done via address space of system
controller. All 32-bit Armada SoCs use low 4 bits in SoC Control 1 Register
for enabling and disabling some or more PCIe ports. Correct mapping needs
to be set in particular DTS files.
DT API for mvebu-reset is prepared for implementing resets also for other
HW blocks, but currently only PCIe is implemented via index 0.
Currently this driver is not used as PCIe ports are automatically enabled
by SerDes code executed by U-Boot SPL. But this will change in followup
patches.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
After function mvebu_pcie_probe() returns U-Boot DM expects that PCIe link
is already up. In followup patches link initialization will be moved from
SPL to proper and therefore explicitly link up delay is required.
Delay mvebu_pcie_probe() for 100ms to ensure that PCIe link is up after
function finish. In the case when no card is connected to the PCIe slot,
this will delay probe time by 100ms, which should not be problematic.
This change fixes detection and initialization of some QCA98xx cards on
the first serdes when configured in x1 mode. Default configuration of
the first serdes on A385 is x4 mode, so it looks as if some delay is
required when x4 is changed to x1 and card correctly links with A385.
Other PCIe serdes ports on A385 are x1-only, and so they don't have this
problem.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
In first phase just parse DT properties and fill struct mvebu_pcie. In
second phase setup all PCIe links (without enabling them). And in the last
third phase enable all PCIe links and create UCLASS_PCI device for each
one.
Because parsing of DT is done before UCLASS_PCI is created, we cannot use
DM for this action anymore. So remove .of_to_plat callback and replace it
by ad-hoc function for parsing DT properties and filling struct mvebu_pcie.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
SoC specific macro SOC_REGS_PHY_BASE is used for two things:
* calculation of base PCIe port address
* filling PCIe register with address of internal registers
For calculating base PCIe port address use function
ofnode_translate_address() which translates DT "assigned-addresses" to
final PCIe port address.
And for calculating address of internal registers use untranslated and
translated DT "assigned-addresses".
Basically this change reads SOC_REGS_PHY_BASE address indirectly from DT.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Function mvebu_pcie_port_parse_dt() is called only from
mvebu_pcie_of_to_plat() function. Both these function parse DT properties
required to setup mvebu pcie. So inline mvebu_pcie_port_parse_dt() function
into mvebu_pcie_of_to_plat() to have all code related to parsing DT
properties at one place.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Do not call pci_set_region() for resources which were not properly mapped.
This prevents U-Boot to access unmapped memory space.
Update MBUS_PCI_MEM_SIZE and MBUS_PCI_IO_SIZE macros to cover all PCIe MEM
and IO ranges. Previously these macros covered only address ranges for the
first PCIe port. Between MBUS_PCI_IO_BASE and MBUS_PCI_MEM_BASE there is
space for six 128 MB long address ranges. So set MBUS_PCI_MEM_SIZE to value
of 6*128 MB. Similarly set MBUS_PCI_IO_SIZE to 6*64 KB.
Function resource_size() returns zero when start address is 0 and end
address is -1. So set invalid resources to these values to indicate that
resource has no mapping.
Split global PCIe MEM and IO resources (defined by MBUS_PCI_*_* macros)
into PCIe ports in mvebu_pcie_bind() function which allocates per-port
based struct mvebu_pcie, instead of using global state variables
mvebu_pcie_membase and mvebu_pcie_iobase. This makes pci_mvebu.c driver
independent of global static variables (which store the state of
allocation) and allows to bind and unbind the driver more times.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
A385 controlcenterdc board does not use PCI DM properly and touches some
PCIe devices directly in its board code.
This controlcenterdc spl_board_init() function expects that PCIe link is
already initialized. Link itself is initialized in a38x serdes code but
this will change in future and link initialization will be postponed from
U-Boot SPL to proper U-Boot.
So explicitly enable PCIe link 2 in spl_board_init() function via
SoC Control Register 1 to not break this code by future changes. This board
has PCIe link 2 just x1, so no additional initialization (except enabling
PCIe port) is needed.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
The only user of board_pex_config() weak function is A385 controlcenterdc
board. It looks like that code in its board_pex_config() function needs to
be executed after PCIe link is up. Therefore put this code into
spl_board_init() function which is called after a38x serdes initialization,
and therefore it is after the serdes hws_pex_config() function finishes
(which is the state before this change).
With this change completely remove board_pex_config() function as it is not
used anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This implementation is intended to be copied to other projects and
modified, to as to foster a standard means of communcating runtime
information between firmware projects.
The GPL-2 license is too restrictive for some projects, e.g. those
intended as reference implementations rather than designed for
collaborative open-source development.
Update the license to make this easier to share.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
FIx up various minor errors and add the API documentation to the bloblist
docs, since it is quite useful to see it in the same place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we do support allocating the bloblist but the Kconfig is a bit
strange, since we still have to specify an address in that case. Partly
this is because it is a pain to have CONFIG options that disappears when
its dependency is enabled. It means that we must have #ifdefs in the code,
either in the C code or header file.
Make use of IF_ENABLED_INT() and its friend to solve that problem, so we
can separate out the location of bloblist into a choice. Put the address
and size into variables so we can log the result.
Add the options for SPL as well, so we can use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We typically refer to the different U-Boot builds that a board runs
through as phases. This avoids confusion with the word 'stage' which is
used with bootstage, for example. Fix up some bloblist Kconfig help
which uses the wrong term.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if someone adds a tag in the middle of the list it works well
enough within a U-Boot build. But if these tags are used in another
project, or with an older version of SPL, the numbers make become
inconsistent.
Use explicit tag numbers that never change, to resolve this problem.
Allocate areas for existing U-Boot tags and set up an area for use by
projects and vendors, as well as for private use. Keep tags above
0x10000 unallocated for now.
Update bloblist_tag_name() and the tests to work with this new setup.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The EC event log tag is no-longer used. The vboot handoff is now handled
by the vboot context instead.
Drop these unused tags.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems best to put the magic number right at the start of the bloblist
header, so it is easier to check. This is how devicetree works.
Make this change now, before other projects make use of bloblist. Other
changes may be needed / discussed, but that is TBD.
Add a checker function as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some bright sparks have decided that a cast on a constant cannot be a
constant, so offsetof() produces this warning on clang-10:
include/intel_gnvs.h:113:1: error: static_assert expression is not an
integral constant expression
check_member(acpi_global_nvs, unused2, GNVS_CHROMEOS_ACPI_OFFSET);
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/linux/kernel.h:284:2: note: expanded from macro 'check_member'
offsetof(struct structure, member) == (offset), \
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/linux/stddef.h:20:32: note: expanded from macro 'offsetof'
^
include/intel_gnvs.h:113:1: note: cast that performs the conversions of
a reinterpret_cast is ot allowed in a constant expression
include/linux/stddef.h:20:33: note: expanded from macro 'offsetof'
Fix it by using the compiler built-in version, if available. This syncs
the function to the same implementation as Linux v5.16 in this header
file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When genboardscfg.py is run on machines with 255 or more cores, the
process will consume more than 1024 file descriptors, which is a common
standard ulimit for user processes. As a consequence it will fail with a
lenghty Python trace, with the almost hidden message:
OSError: [Errno 24] Too many open files
It's somewhat questionable whether that level of parallelity is actually
useful for genboardscfg, so we limit the *default* number of jobs to the
safe number of 240, to avoid the problem.
If a user persists, she can still force a higher number via the -j
parameter - hopefully having raised the ulimit accordingly beforehand.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot define loff_t as long long. But the header
/usr/include/linux/types.h may not define it.
This has lead to a build error on Alpine Linux.
So let's use long long instead of loff_t for
the size parameter of function os_get_filesize().
Reported-by: Milan P. Stanić <mps@arvanta.net>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Milan P. Stanić <mps@arvanta.net>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Python doesn't naturally support tilde (~) as a user-home marker in
paths, but git-config does. So we need to resolve it before continuing.
We also shouldn't blindly join the top-level tree with the aliasesfile
path, because it might be an absolute path.
This resolves warnings like the following:
Warning: Cannot find alias file '/path/to/source/tree/~/.git-email'
Seen when git-config is like:
$ git config sendemail.aliasesfile
~/.git-email
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <briannorris@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
The commit 3ad3077848 ("dm: core: device: enable power domain in probe")
introduced enabling power domain when device is probed.
By checking this sequence in Linux kernel was found that power domain is
handled first followed by pinctrl setting.
This patch is switching this order to follow Linux kernel that power
domains are handled first follow by pinctrl setting.
The issue was found on Xilinx Kria SOM where firmware is blocking setting
up pin configuration/muxes without enabling power domain for the specific
IP first.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Somewhere along the way, someone misspelt "invalid" and it got copied
everywhere. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Fix binman fake blob support to write outside source directory
- Azure now has stages in the pipeline
- Update to latest focal tag for containers in CI.
- Finish dropping LynxOS
- Add migration message for timer code
Add compatible and data platform struct for sam9x60 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Rely on the new watchdog timer driver and the sysreset uclass to
reset the system. This gets rid of hard-coded addresses and
should work on systems based on the new M1 Pro and M1 Max SoCs
as well.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-on: Apple M1 Macbook
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a node for the watchdog timer based on the proposed Linux
device tree bindings.
Remove the old reboot node which was a watchdog timert node in
disguise using a preliminary device tree binding.
Signed-off-by: Sven Peter <sven@svenpeter.dev>
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-on: Apple M1 Macbook
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver supports the watchdog timer found on Apple's M1 SoC.
On systems that use these SoC, the watchdog timer is the primary
way to reboot the system.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Sven Peter <sven@svenpeter.dev>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-on: Apple M1 Macbook
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Model names are SM-A{3,5,7}20, just SM-{3,5,7}20 could also refer to
SM-J{3,5,7}20 or SM-T{3,5,7}20.
Fixes: 3e2095e960 ("board: samsung: add support for Galaxy A series
of 2017 (a5y17lte)")
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Reviewed-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
a7y17lte is called SM-A720F, and a3y17lte SM-A320F. a3y17lte also
should select PINCTRL_EXYNOS78x0, not the (non-existent)
PINCTRL_EXYNOS7880, and it has an Exynos 7870 SoC and not 7880.
Fixes: 3e2095e960 ("board: samsung: add support for Galaxy A series
of 2017 (a5y17lte)")
Signed-off-by: Henrik Grimler <henrik@grimler.se>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Some boards still use the old timer mechanism. Set a deadline for them to
update to driver model. Point to some examples as well.
This needs a bit of a strange rule to avoid an error on some boards.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
LynxOS needed the do_bootm_lynxkdi() function that got removed in
7e713067ee ("Remove LYNX KDI remainders") - and that function needed
a lynxkdi_boot() function, where the last implementation had been
removed in 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support") already. Looks
like this OS is definitely not supported anymore, so remove it from
the corresponding lists.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
At present binman writes fake blobs to the current directory. This is not
very helpful, since the files serve no useful purpose once binman has
finished. They clutter up the source directory and affect future runs,
since the files in the current directory are often used in preference to
those in the board directory.
To avoid these problems, write them to the output directory instead.
Move the file-creation code to the Entry base class, so it can be used by
any entry type that needs it. This is required since some entry types,
such as Entry_blob_ext_list, are not subclasses of Entry_blob.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use a unique number instead of the current 203, which is used by 203_fip
as well. Reformat the code to avoid a long line.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Follow what we do in GitLab CI where we break the jobs up in to stages
such that if earlier and often quicker sanity tests fail we don't run
everything else.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building for i.mx8m boards with binman, a few more additional
files are created which should be removed when running 'make clean'
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
sh7751 platform uses standard format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1.
Commit 72c2f4acd7 ("pci: sh7751: Convert to DM and DT probing") which did
conversion of PCI sh7751 driver to DM, broke access to config space as that
commit somehow swapped device and function bits in config address.
Fix all these issues by using new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS() which
calculates Config Address correctly.
Also remove nonsense function sh7751_pci_addr_valid() which was introduced
in commit 72c2f4acd7 ("pci: sh7751: Convert to DM and DT probing")
probably due to workarounded issues with mixing/swapping device and
function bits of config address which probably resulted in non-working
access to some devices. With correct composing of config address there
should not be such issue anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: 72c2f4acd7 ("pci: sh7751: Convert to DM and DT probing")
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
mcf5445x platform uses standard format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1. So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
x86 platform uses standard format of Config Address for PCI Configuration
Mechanism #1. So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI sh7780 driver uses standard format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI mediatek driver uses extended format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1 but with cleared Enable bit.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_EXT_ADDRESS() with clearing
PCI_CONF1_ENABLE bit and remove old custom driver address macros.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI fsl driver uses extended format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_EXT_ADDRESS().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI tegra driver uses extended format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1 but with cleared Enable bit.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_EXT_ADDRESS() with clearing
PCI_CONF1_ENABLE bit and remove old custom driver address function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI mvebu driver uses extended format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_EXT_ADDRESS() and remove old custom
driver address macros.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI msc01 driver uses standard format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1 but with cleared Enable bit.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS() with clearing PCI_CONF1_ENABLE
bit and remove old custom driver address macros.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI mpc85xx driver uses extended format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_EXT_ADDRESS().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
PCI gt64120 driver uses standard format of Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1.
So use new U-Boot macro PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS() and remove old custom driver
address macros.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Lot of PCI and PCIe controllers are using standard Config Address for PCI
Configuration Mechanism #1 or its extended version.
So add PCI_CONF1_ADDRESS() and PCI_CONF1_EXT_ADDRESS() macros into U-Boot's
pci.h header file which can be suitable for most PCI and PCIe controller
drivers. Drivers do not have to invent their own macros and can use these
new U-Boot macros.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is common to set all base address bits to one and all limit address bits
to zero for disabling address forwarding. Forwarding is disabled when base
address is higher than limit address, so this change should not have any
effect.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If U-Boot does not have any I/O resource for assignment then disable I/O
forwarding in PCI bridge autoconfiguration code. Default initial state of
PCI bridge IO registers is unspecified, therefore they can be in enabled if
U-Boot does not touch them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Function dm_pciauto_prescan_setup_bridge() configures base address
registers, therefore it should read type of IO from base address registers
(and not from limit address registers).
Note that base and limit address registers should have same type, so this
change is just usage correction and has no functional change on correctly
working hardware.
Fixes: 8e85f36a8f ("pci: Fix configuring io/memory base and limit registers of PCI bridges")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Macro XR3PCI_ECAM_OFFSET is unused and in case it would be needed in future
it can be replaced by standard PCIE_ECAM_OFFSET macro from pci.h file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
We want to replace '#ifdef' by 'if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_...))' in our code.
Therefore functions should be defined unconditionally even if they are not
implemented.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
When failing to send a command because the hardware is busy, return
EBUSY to indicate the cause instead of just -1.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit 263ddfc345 ]
The initial clock setting should be through sysctl register only,
while the mmc_set_clock() will call mmc_set_ios() introduce other
configurations like bus width, mode, and so on.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This builds on the previous patch by converting yet more preprocessor
macros to C ifs. This is split off so that the changes adapted from
Micheal's patch may be clearly distinguished from the ones I have
authored myself.
MMC_SUPPORTS_TUNING should really get a Kconfig conversion. And DM_GPIO
needs some -ENOSYS stubs when it isn't defined.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit 52faec3182 ]
Make the code cleaner and drop the old-style #ifdef constructs where it is
possible.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit 7e48a028a4 ]
First, we need the waterlevel setting for PIO mode only. Secondy, both DMA
setup code is identical for both directions, except for the data pointer.
Thus, unify them.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit b1ba1460a4 ]
Use the dma_{map,unmap}_single() calls. These will take care of the
flushing and invalidation of caches.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit da86e8cfcb ]
SDMA can only do DMA with 32 bit addresses. This is true for all
architectures (just doesn't apply to 32 bit ones). Simplify the code and
remove unnecessary CONFIG_FSL_LAYERSCAPE.
Also make the error message more concise.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit commit 08197cb8df ]
Drop redundant code for non-removable feature. "non-removable" property
has been read in mmc_of_parse().
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[ set MMC_CAP_NONREMOVABLE in plat->cfg.host_caps ]
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit 07bae1de38 ]
This patch is to clean up bus width setting code.
- For DM_MMC, remove getting "bus-width" from device tree.
This has been done in mmc_of_parse().
- For non-DM_MMC, move bus width configuration from fsl_esdhc_init()
to fsl_esdhc_initialize() which is non-DM_MMC specific.
And fix up bus width configuration to support only 1-bit, 4-bit,
or 8-bit. Keep using 8-bit if it's not set because many platforms
use driver without providing max bus width.
- Remove bus_width member from fsl_esdhc_priv structure.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
[ converted if statement to switch ]
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[ fsl_esdhc commit 5b05fc0310 ]
Voltage validation should be done by CMD8. Current comparison between
mmc_cfg voltages and host voltage capabilities is meaningless.
So drop current comparison and let voltage validation is through CMD8.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
U-boot prefers DM_MMC + BLK for MMC. Now eSDHC driver has already
support it, so let's force to use it.
- Drop non-BLK support for DM_MMC introduced by below patch.
66fa035 mmc: fsl_esdhc: fix probe issue without CONFIG_BLK enabled
- Support only DM_MMC + BLK (assuming BLK is always enabled for DM_MMC).
- Use DM_MMC instead of BLK for conditional compile.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The return type of EVP_PKEY_get0_RSA() is const struct rsa_st *.
Our code drops the const qualifier leading to
In file included from tools/lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c:1:
./tools/../lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c: In function ‘rsa_add_verify_data’:
./tools/../lib/rsa/rsa-sign.c:631:13: warning:
assignment discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type
[-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
631 | rsa = EVP_PKEY_get0_RSA(pkey);
| ^
Add a type conversion.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- disable CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR when unnecessary on amlogic based configs
- meson64_android: add board specific env settings, in order to support VIM3/L for android
- add changes to support VIM3/L android boot by using meson64_android.h config
All i.MX8MQ boards have been converted to binman, which makes it
necessary to flash both flash.bin and u-boot.itb to get a bootable
system. Prior to the conversion, only flash.bin was needed.
Such new requirement breaks existing distro mechanisms to generate the
final binary because the extra u-boot.itb is now required.
Generate a final flash.bin that can be used again as a single bootable
binary to keep the original behavior.
After this change the SPL binary is called spl.bin, which is a more
descriptive name for its purpose, and can still be used standalone (for
example, for secure boot purposes).
Also update imx8mq_evk.rst to remove the u-boot.itb copy step.
This is a cherry-pick of 028abfd9b1 ("imx8mm-evk: Generate a single
bootable flash.bin again") adjusted to apply to i.MX8MQ.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Since commit f7ac30b042, the pin muxing for mmc was removed from the
board file to be managed by DM_MMC which requires PINCTRL to work. It
made the change for sabrelite but nitrogen configs were forgotten.
Signed-off-by: Gary Bisson <gary.bisson@boundarydevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
Fastboot support has been broken on platforms using dwc2 controller
since the gadget gets its max packet size from it.
This patch is the equivalent of 723fd5668f which fixed the same issue
but for the chipidea controller.
Fixes: 27c9141b11 ("usb: gadget: fastboot: use correct max packet size")
Signed-off-by: Gary Bisson <gary.bisson@boundarydevices.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
CMD_DM is useful for showing the whole DM tree.
Enable it via "imply CMD_DM".
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Increase CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET to avoid the environment region to
overlap with U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
After the conversion to DM the SD card shows up as 'mmc 2'
device.
Adjust the 'mmcdev' and the distro command 'func' accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Currently, imx6q udoo board fails to boot like this:
U-Boot SPL 2022.01-rc3-00061-g95ca715adad3 (Dec 18 2021 - 18:04:40 -0300)
Trying to boot from MMC1
The reason is that the eSDHC controller is not initialized in SPL.
Initialize the eSDHC controller in SPL via C code as DM is not
used in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
- A large number of updates for i.MX8 platforms. We update buildman /
binman to be able to fake binaries if needed, for CI, and tell the user
the binary won't work. Update platforms to build again with these
changes.
The binman node is part of the imx8mm-u-boot.dtsi file which
is duplicated in imx8mm-kontron-n801x-s-u-boot.dtsi and causes
a build error. Remove the duplicate.
Fixes: 3cbb31f0e848 ("arm64: dts: imx8mm: use common binman configuration")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The binman node is part of the imx8mm-u-boot.dtsi file which
is duplicated in phycore-imx8mm-u-boot.dtsi and causes a build
error. Remove the duplicate.
Fixes: 3cbb31f0e848 ("arm64: dts: imx8mm: use common binman configuration")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Use binman to pack images.
Note that imx8mm_venice supports several boards via multiple DTB's thus
in the fit node we must use:
- fit,fdt-list = "of-list"
- fdt-SEQ
- config-SEQ
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Rather than using odd implicit blob-ext naming, explicitly specify the
type to be of blob-ext and therefore also simplify the node naming.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
With the move to using binman to generate SPL aka u-boot-spl-ddr.bin and
U-Boot proper aka u-boot.itb every board now covers such configuration
in its own U-Boot specific device tree include. Move the comon part of
that configuration to the common imx8mm-u-boot.dtsi include file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
After all these board switch to binman, we could use common imximage.cfg
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
The standard 1GB Nano was converted to binman, but the 2G version
was neglected. Convert it to binman as well.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Somewhere along the line, the board stopped being able to boot.
Rather than just fixing the issue, let's fix the issue and migrate
to binman to eliminate a warning when using custom imx tools for
generating the binary.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
To eliminate a warning when using custom imx tools for generating
a binary, use binman to generate flash.bin.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While converting to binman for an imx8mq board, it has been found that
building in the u-boot CI fails. This is because an imx8mq requires an
external binary (signed_hdmi_imx8m.bin). If this file cannot be found
mkimage fails.
To be able to build this board in the u-boot CI a binman option
(--fake-ext-blobs) is introduced that can be switched on via the u-boot
makefile option BINMAN_FAKE_EXT_BLOBS. With that the needed dummy files are
created.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Revert a clk change, to enable some platforms to work again
- Updates to the udoo NEO family of boards to work correctly
- Fix SiFive Unleashes/Unmatched boards booting
- Update rockchip maintainer entry
This reverts commit 92f1e9a4b3.
The aforementioned patch causes massive breakage on all platforms which
have 'assigned-clock' DT property in their DT which references any clock
that are not supported by the platform clock driver. That can easily
happen either in SPL, or because the clock driver is reduced. Currently
it seems all iMX8M are affected and fail to boot altogether.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@oss.nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
By default the Model information from DT is printed:
CPU: Freescale i.MX6SX rev1.2 996 MHz (running at 792 MHz)
CPU: Extended Commercial temperature grade (-20C to 105C) at 63C
Reset cause: POR
Model: UDOO Neo Basic
Board: UDOO Neo FULL
I2C: ready
As the udoo basic DT is used, such output may be confusing.
Improve it by only printing the Board model instead, which is
read from the board identification GPIOs.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tommaso Merciai <tomm.merciai@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Tommaso Merciai <tomm.merciai@gmail.com>
Currently, the board model is not printed correctly:
Board: UDOO Neo UNDEFINED
Read the model type in SPL and store it the internal OCRAM, so that
U-Boot proper can retrieve it correctly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable support for USB and USB storage on the UDOO Neo.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The ethernet has a RMII not RGMII, also needs DM_MDIO and finally
initialise it later in the process as it's not needed that early on
and not everything is ready so it locks up the device.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
This fixes booting from the mSD card from both SPL and when
using it for the OS booting. It also cleans up a few mmc
booting bits that are no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
When using QEMU to have a quick test of booting U-Boot S-mode payload
directly without the needs of preparing the SPI flash or SD card images
for SiFive Unleashed board, as per the instructions [1], it currently
does not boot any more.
This was caused by the OF_PRIOR_STAGE removal, as gd->fdt_blob no longer
points to a valid DTB. OF_BOARD is supposed to replace OF_PRIOR_STAGE,
hence we need to add the OF_BOARD logic in board_fdt_blob_setup().
[1] https://qemu.readthedocs.io/en/latest/system/riscv/sifive_u.html#running-u-boot
Fixes: 2e8d2f8843 ("riscv: Remove OF_PRIOR_STAGE from RISC-V boards")
Fixes: d6f8ab30a2 ("treewide: Remove OF_PRIOR_STAGE")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In AOSP, both VIM3 and VIM3L have 2 bootloader flavors,
depending on A/B enablement.
For example, for vim3l, the naming is:
- u-boot_kvim3l_noab.bin : legacy support
- u-boot_kvim3l_ab.bin : A/B support
Prepare a defconfig to support u-boot_kvim3_ab.bin and
u-boot_kvim3l_ab.bin.
This is identical to khadas-vim3{l}_ab_android but will be updated in
the next commit.
Also update partitioning tables for A/B support.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211122152207.219023-4-mkorpershoek@baylibre.com
On Meson GXL, GXM, AXG, G12A, G12B & SM1 SoCs, we can generate an unique
MAC address if none valid found in the eFuses storage.
Only the GXBB based boards doesn't have a fallback way to generate an
unique MAC address, so we rely on CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR to have
a valid one.
An exception is the Radxa Zero board who doesn't have Ethernet on board
so depends on an (or multiple) eventual USB adapters, so leaving the
CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR configs seems safer.
Suggested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Vyacheslav Bocharov <adeep@lexina.in>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211122110710.1038893-1-narmstrong@baylibre.com
Recent changes caused fields in the image main header to be modified
after the header checksum had already been computed. Move the checksum
computation to once again be the last operation performed on the header.
Fixes: 2b0980c240 ("tools: kwbimage: Fill the real header size into the main header")
Signed-off-by: Pierre Bourdon <delroth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Perform reset before core initialization.
Standard flow which close to 99% users are using getting all IPs out of
reset that there is no need to reset IP again. This is because of all low
level initialization is done in previous bootloader stage.
In SOM case these IPs are not touched by previous bootloader stage that's
why reset needs to be called before IP is accessed to make sure that it is
in correct state.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/5ae1c85b282d632bb62030f1f24a0065661b9153.1638804318.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
Xilinx DTS files are using two way how to describe ethernet phy.
The first (already supported) has phy as subnode of gem node.
eth {
phy-handle = <&phy0>;
phy0: ethernet-phy@21 {
...
};
};
The second has mdio subnode (with mdio name) which has phy subnode. This
structure allow hadling MDIO reset signal (based on Linux mdio.yaml)
eth {
phy-handle = <&phy0>;
mdio {
phy0: ethernet-phy@21 {
...
};
};
};
This patch adds support for the second case where mdio subnode
is found driver will look at its parent to find out which gem is handling
MDIO bus.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/6748007f0b6db9554d7a4b52352dce23ca403f9d.1638798796.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
Current code assumes that the vector base address is always at 0x0.
However, this value is configurable for MicroBlaze, so update the
__setup_exceptions routine to work with any vector base address.
The r4 register is reserved for the vector base address inside
__setup_exceptions and the function prologe/epilogue are also updated to
save and restore r4.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130163358.2531677-9-ovidiu.panait@windriver.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Microblaze is one the last two users of the CONFIG_SYS_RESET_ADDRESS
macro (the other is arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/cpu.c, but the macro is not
defined anywhere in powerpc code, so it should be removed there too).
Replace CONFIG_SYS_RESET_ADDRESS usage in start.S with
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE. If the reset address should really be
user-configurable, a new Kconfig option could be added.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130163358.2531677-6-ovidiu.panait@windriver.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT and SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT if CONFIG_SPL=y, in
order to fix the following link failures:
common/spl/spl.o: in function `board_init_r':
common/spl/spl.c:755: undefined reference to `puts'
...
common/spl/spl.o: in function `board_init_r':
common/spl/spl.c:756: undefined reference to `hang'
common/spl/spl.c:740: undefined reference to `memset'
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130163358.2531677-4-ovidiu.panait@windriver.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
board_fdt_blob_setup() uses the _end symbol to find the dtb in the non-spl
case. In order to allow microblaze builds to compile successfully with
CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE, the _end symbol must be defined. Align microblaze with
the other architectures and use _end symbol rather than __end to mark the
end of the u-boot binary.
Signed-off-by: Ovidiu Panait <ovidiu.panait@windriver.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211130163358.2531677-2-ovidiu.panait@windriver.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
DTBs are explicitly listed in the image source file for this board, and
this list already became outdated.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
The memory layout is taken from the device tree passed to us by
m1n1, so there is no need to define this.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SMSC driver is using the old driver model.
Init the virtio system in vexpress64.c so that the network device is
discovered.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Capture x0 in lowlevel_init.S as potential fdt address. Modify
board_fdt_blob_setup to use fdt address from either vexpress_aemv8.h
or lowlevel_init.S.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Move env var address values to #defines so they can be reused elsewhere.
Rename env var names to those recommended in the README and modify
addresses to allow more space for the kernel.
Fix issue where fdt is called with invalid arguments when booting
without a ramdisk.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Rename from vexpress_aemv8a.h -> vepxress_aemv8.h as new FVPs may not be
v8-A. No change in behavior.
This is towards future work to enable support for the FVP_BaseR.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Create a new documentation section for Arm Ltd boards with a sub-page
for the VExpress64 boards (FVP-A and Juno).
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When using a recent kernel with a bunch of compiled-in
stuff the kernel image easily becomes bigger than 8 MB
yielding this error:
Loading Kernel Image
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
Fix this by bumping to SZ_64MB.
Cc: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Since EFI does not relocate and uses the same global_data pointer
throughout the board-init process, drop this unnecessary setup, to avoid
a hang.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Show the revision of this table as it can be important.
Also update the 'efi table' entry to show the actual address of the EFI
table rather than our table that points to it. This saves a step and the
intermediate table has nothing else in it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This provides access to EFI tables after U-Boot has exited boot services.
It is not needed in the app since boot services remain alive and we can
just call them whenever needed.
Add a comment to explain this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The stub checks for failure with efi_init(). Add this for the app as well.
It is unlikely that anything can be done, but we may as well stop.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
At present each of these has its own static variable and helper functions.
Move them into a shared file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This should return false when the EFI app is running, since UEFI has done
the required low-level init. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
At present only 4KB of spare space is left in the DTB when building the
EFI app. Increase this to 32KB so there is plenty of space to insert the
binman definition. This cannot be expanded later (as with OF_SEPARATE)
because the ELF image has already been built.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviwed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
If the 'bootm' command is not enabled then this code is not available and
this causes a link error. Fix it.
Note that for the EFI app, there is no indication of missing code. It just
hangs!
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
At present this is disabled, but it should work so long as the kernel does
not need EFI services. Enable it and add a note about remaining work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present only the backspace key is supported in U-Boot, when running as
an EFI app. Add support for arrows, home and end as well, to make the CLI
more friendly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When starting the app, locate all block devices and make them available
to U-Boot. This allows listing partitions and accessing files in
filesystems.
EFI also has the concept of 'disks', meaning boot media. For now, this
is not obviously useful in U-Boot, but add code to at least locate these.
This can be expanded later as needed.
We cannot use printf() in the early stub or app since it is not compiled
in
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Add some long overdue instructions for building and installing U-Boot on
Allwinner SoC based boards.
This describes the building process, including TF-A and crust, plus
installation to SD card, eMMC and SPI flash, both from Linux and U-Boot
itself. Also describe FEL booting.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Currently we allow and explicitly check a single shared page with
StandAloneMM. This is dictated by OP-TEE which runs the application.
However there's no way for us dynamically discover the number of pages we
are allowed to use. Since writing big EFI signature list variable
requires more than a page, OP-TEE has bumped the number of shared pages to
four.
Let's remove our explicit check and allow the request to reach OP-TEE even
if it's bigger than what it supports. There's no need to sanitize the
number of pages internally. OP-TEE will fail if we try to write more
than it's allowed. The error will just trigger later on, during the
StMM access.
While at it add an error message to help users figure out what failed.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <apalos@gmail.com>
- various fixes to the sandbox display support
- support for showing a logo without splash screen config
- support for BMP drawing to depths other than 16bpp
- tests for the different types of supported BMP images
- support showing a logo when running coreboot via qemu
Pull request for efi-2022-01-rc4-4
UEFI:
* allow for more than 16 KiB UEFI variable size when using StMM
Others:
* make watchdog sysreset compatible with separate poweroff driver
* avoid OpenSSL deprecation warnings
- Merge a large number of CONFIG migration patches. Most of these are
taking existing migrations and re-running them. A few of these needed
additional minor conversions done first, so that more complex
dependencies could be expressed. In the end we now have CI jobs to
ensure that no migrated symbols are used in board config header files.
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_JFFS2_DEV
CONFIG_JFFS2_LZO
CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND
CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_OFFSET
CONFIG_JFFS2_PART_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_88F5182
CONFIG_BOARD_IS_OPENRD_BASE
CONFIG_BOARD_IS_OPENRD_CLIENT
CONFIG_BOARD_IS_OPENRD_ULTIMATE
CONFIG_D2NET_V2
CONFIG_FEROCEON
CONFIG_FEROCEON_88FR131
CONFIG_INETSPACE_V2
CONFIG_KW88F6192
CONFIG_KW88F6281
CONFIG_KW88F6702
CONFIG_NET2BIG_V2
CONFIG_NETSPACE_LITE_V2
CONFIG_NETSPACE_MAX_V2
CONFIG_NETSPACE_MINI_V2
CONFIG_NETSPACE_V2
CONFIG_SHEEVA_88SV131
At this point mv-plug-common.h is now only an include of mv-common.h so
remove that indirection.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are a number of symbols that are never defined, only referenced in
code imported from the Linux kernel or similar. Drop them from the list.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The only place we use CONFIG_CPU_ARMV8 was in the arm_dcc serial driver.
Switch this to CONFIG_ARM64 today, and if in the future we need finer
granularity tuning here, a new CONFIG_SERIAL option needs to be
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that all symbols that exist in Kconfig no longer also have boards
setting them in the board config.h file, add a CI test to catch new
instances of this, and fail.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to finish moving this symbol to Kconfig for all platforms, we
need to do a few more things. First, for all platforms that define this
to a function, introduce CONFIG_DYNAMIC_SYS_CLK_FREQ, similar to
CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DDR_CLK_FREQ and populate clock_legacy.h. This entails
also switching all users from CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ to get_board_sys_clk()
and updating a few preprocessor tests.
With that done, all platforms that define a value here can be converted
to Kconfig, and a fall-back of zero is sufficiently safe to use (and
what is used today in cases where code may or may not have this
available). Make sure that code which calls this function includes
<clock_legacy.h> to get the prototype.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This CONFIG option is used in one of two ways. The first way is that it
is defined to a static value, of an unsigned long size. The second way
is that it is defined to something, typically a function, to determine
this value at run time.
However, in a few cases that function returns a static value. Change
that to using the static value directly.
In the case of using something at run time, convert everything to using
a function of the same name and prototype. This will allow for further
cleanups.
Finally, we have a few cases where the function is just not used, so
drop it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When we have CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DDR_CLK_FREQ set is the only time we should
have this function, so guard it so that we can include <clock_legacy.h>
in this file later on.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When we have CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DDR_CLK_FREQ set is the only time we should
have this function, so guard it so that we can include <clock_legacy.h>
in this file later on.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The values CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ_C100 and CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ_C110 are
only used in one place and not changed by the board config file. Move
these out of the CONFIG namespace and in to the CFG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In order to finish this conversion we need to add a symbols for
SPL_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT and TPL_SYS_NAND_SELF_INIT as there are cases
there where we need to, or need to not, use that framework as things
stand.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CLK
We move the exiting option to common/Kconfig near the other options to
control the contents of board_init_f() and note that this is a legacy
option. We further restrict this to where the call is going to be
non-empty, for the SoCs that had only been using this for some
MMC-related clocks.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In the case of CONFIG_SYS_FDT_ADDR this was being used to modify the
default value of fdt_addr / fdt_addr_r, which is not something to expose
in this manner and is not otherwise done. The case of SYS_ENV_ADDR is
similar but only done on the pic32mzdask platform, for scriptaddr.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_VID
CONFIG_VOL_MONITOR_INA220
CONFIG_VOL_MONITOR_IR36021_READ
CONFIG_VOL_MONITOR_IR36021_SET
CONFIG_VOL_MONITOR_LTC3882_READ
CONFIG_VOL_MONITOR_LTC3882_SET
To finish this migration, we first need to introduce CONFIG_SPL_VID as
some platforms only use this code in full U-Boot while others use it in
SPL as well. To make the Kconfig logic clearer, guard all of the
sub-options with a if VID || SPL_VID check. Finally, add Kconfig
options for the remaining related options that did not previously have
one.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_IMMR
We do this by consolidating the SYS_IMMR options we have and providing
defaults.
We also, in the few places where M68K was also sharing code with these
platforms, define it within the file to CONFIG_SYS_MBAR to match usage.
This should be cleaned up longer term.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START
CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END
This is removing unused defines and correcting the default value to be
0x0 as we are a hex symbol.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Because of how these symbols work, and the remaining board config.h file
uses, we need to do these at the same time. In some cases we just get
to move rather directly to the defconfigs. A few cases require manual
intervention.
For the case of the eb_cpu5282 we need to select HW_WATCHDOG for the
target, given how it's implemented.
For the cases of m53menlo, dh_imx6, display5, and display5_factory we
disable SPL watchdog support as the particular combination of options
they want would require either more symbols or enabling SPL_DM.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_DRIVER_ECC_LAYOUT
In order to do this conversion, expose this option to the user and
use "save" not "safe" in the text.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
This fixes a few platforms where the option was not taking effect as
intended.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option is used as part of configuring the default environment for a
number of platforms. However, it is always set to 1 and the only time
it is part of Kconfig, it is used in a hard-coded manner. Hard-code the
value in the environment instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_FSL_IFC
This is done via select statements to match previous logic.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS
CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS
CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ
CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE
As part of this, we use Kconfig to provide the defaults now that were
done in include/spi_flash.h. We also in some cases change from using
CONFIG_ENV_SPI_FOO to CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_FOO as those were the values in
use anyhow as ENV was not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is a "hex" prompt but the default value was given as an int.
Switch the default to hex (0x0) and remove the defconfigs that were
using the default, but as hex before.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
If clk_get_by_name() returns 0 it means it executed successfully while now
we consider it as an error. So let's check if return value is negative to
be an error. Otherwise this prevents "axi" and "disp_axi" to be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
It is useful to boot coreboot (with U-Boot as a payload) from qemu. Add
a sample script to show how to do this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable this for boards with a display, unless they are using the SPLASH
feature.
This shows a U-Boot logo on boards with a display, which seems like a
useful thing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Show the U-Boot logo by default. This is only 7KB in size so seems like
a useful default for boards that enable a display.
If SPLASH_SCREEN is enabled, it is not enabled by default, so as not to
conflict with that feature.
Also disable it for tests, since we don't want to complicate the output.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This driver is obsolete and only used by nokia_rx51. It should be deleted.
For now, drop the VIDEO_LOGO code to avoid confusion with the new
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
Note that this option depends on CONFIG_DM_VIDEO now, since cfb_console is
deprecated. The only relevant code is now in splash.c
Drop the check for DM_VIDEO in that file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this uses RGB555 format for blitting to a display. Sandbox uses
565 and that seems to be more normal for BMP as well. Update the code
accordingly and add a test.
Note that this likely breaks the theadorable board so we may need to
discuss supporting both formats.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this code to use write_pix8() rather than writing the pixels only
for a single supported display depth. This allows us to support any
depth.
Add some more tests too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the code that writes to a pixel is quite convoluted. It uses a
colour map which is in the uclass and the same code is repeated in
different places within video_bmp_display().
As a first step, create a function which can write a pixel from the
bitmap, no matter what the display depth. Use any provided palette
directly, rather than using the uclass version.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This does not work with sandbox at present. Fix it up to use map_sysmem()
to convert an address to a pointer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a few more tests for BMP rendering. Use a back door into the sandbox
SDL driver to adjust the resolution at runtime.
The truetype code does not support 8bpp. Add this so that the display is
not blank when running in this mode.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The intention is for the copy base to start halfway through the
frame-buffer area. At present is it actually below the frame buffer,
which could have anything in it (probably it is malloc space). Fix
this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If U-Boot starts with the frame buffer set to 16bpp but then runs a test
that uses 32bpp, there is not enough space. Update the driver to use the
maximum possible frame-buffer size, to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The video driver uses this for debugging, but if used before relocation it
crashes at present. Avoid trying to output debugging before the console is
ready.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When unit tests are run they currently create a new window. Update the
code so that the old one is removed first. This avoids the confusion as to
which one is active.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present sandbox only supports 16 and 32bpp depths, since those are the
easy ones with SDL.
We can support other depths by manually converting the pixel formats. Add
support for this, to enable an 8ppp (monochrome) format.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Our Gitlab CI buildsystem is set up to treat warnings as errors.
With OpenSSL 3.0 a lot of deprecation warnings occur.
With the patch compatibility with OpenSSL 1.1.1 is declared.
In the long run we should upgrade our code to use the current API.
A -Wdiscarded-qualifiers warning is muted by casting.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The watchdog system reset driver can reboot the device but it cannot power
it off. If power off is requested, the driver should not reset the system
but leave powering off to one of the other system reset drivers.
As power cycling is typically not a feature of a watchdog driver the reset
types SYSRESET_POWER and SYSRESET_POWER_OFF shall both be excluded.
Fixes: 17a0c14164 ("dm: sysreset: add watchdog-reboot driver")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently we allow and explicitly check a single shared page with
StandAloneMM. This is dictated by OP-TEE which runs the application.
However there's no way for us dynamically discover the number of pages we
are allowed to use. Since writing big EFI signature list variable
requires more than a page, OP-TEE has bumped the number of shared pages to
four.
Let's remove our explicit check and allow the request to reach OP-TEE even
if it's bigger than what it supports. There's no need to sanitize the
number of pages internally. OP-TEE will fail if we try to write more
than it's allowed. The error will just trigger later on, during the
StMM access.
While at it add an error message to help users figure out what failed.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <apalos@gmail.com>
Merge v8 of Simon's series to make CONFIG_OF_BOARD a boolean option.
Quoting him:
With Ilias' efforts we have dropped OF_PRIOR_STAGE and OF_HOSTFILE so
there are only three ways to obtain a devicetree:
- OF_SEPARATE - the normal way, where the devicetree is built and
appended to U-Boot
- OF_EMBED - for development purposes, the devicetree is embedded in
the ELF file (also used for EFI)
- OF_BOARD - the board figures it out on its own
The last one is currently set up so that no devicetree is needed at all
in the U-Boot tree. Most boards do provide one, but some don't. Some
don't even provide instructions on how to boot on the board.
The problems with this approach were covered in another patch[1], since
removed from this series.
In practice, OF_BOARD is not really distinct from OF_SEPARATE. Any board
can obtain its devicetree at runtime, even it is has a devicetree built
in U-Boot. This is because U-Boot may be a second-stage bootloader and its
caller may have a better idea about the hardware available in the machine.
This is the case with a few QEMU boards, for example.
So it makes no sense to have OF_BOARD as a 'choice'. It should be an
option, available with either OF_SEPARATE or OF_EMBED. This would allow
rpi3, for example, to run with the devicetree provided by the prior
bootloader.
This series makes this change, adding various missing devicetree files
(and placeholders) to make the build work.
To make the 'prior stage' side of things more deterministic, a new
OF_HAS_PRIOR_STAGE is added, which cannot be disabled by updated a board's
defconfig. This should help to prevent mistakes.
It also adds a run-time message showing where the devicetree came from,
as well as warnings if the board's expected flow is not being used. This
comes originally from the 'standard passage' series, which depends on
this series.
It also provides a few qemu clean-ups discovered along the way. The
qemu-riscv64_spl problem is fixed.
Please see [2] for discussion on the v6 series.
I put Heinrich's Tested-by tag[3] for the series onto the three devicetree
patches (ARM and RISC-V) that I think it most affects. It isn't possible
to apply a tag to a whole series at present and in any case there are
changes in v7.
This series is available at u-boot-dm/ofb-working
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/20211207001209.3467163-2-sjg@chromium.org/
[2] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/20211205133207.GW1220664@bill-the-cat/T/#mcd8c0258827fbc1bb3000b7ff9ba0929df1ddcb2
[3] https://lore.kernel.org/u-boot/93913911-4d20-d28f-ee04-739985184c5e@canonical.com/raw
Rockchip BootRom supports new idb header v2 instead of legacy version.
Add support for it so that we can generate image for new SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Yi Liu <liuyi@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable efuse support for reading the cpuid#, serial# and generate a
board unique mac address
Signed-off-by: Sjoerd Simons <sjoerd@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The USB controller index must be separated from the type argument,
otherwise the preboot command fails with the error:
Error: Wrong USB controller index format
Add the missing space to fix fastboot mode here.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
PX30.Core is an EDIMM SOM based on Rockchip PX30 from Engicam.
C.TOUCH 2.0 is a general purpose carrier board with capacitive
touch interface support.
10.1" OF is a capacitive touch 10.1" Open Frame panel solutions.
PX30.Core needs to mount on top of C.TOUCH 2.0 carrier with pluged
10.1" OF for creating complete PX30.Core C.TOUCH 2.0 10.1" Open Frame.
Add support for it.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Sync the px30 devicetree files from linux-next tree.
commit <14ce8069f48b> ("lib/stackdepot: allow optional init and
stack_table allocation by kvmalloc() - fixup3")
Note, this path even sync rk3326 files as it depends on px30.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
dmc node is specific to U-Boot, it is always better practice
to maintain U-Boot specific nodes into -u-boot.dtsi files
in order to maintain Linux dts file sync compatibility.
Move the dmc into px30-u-boot.dtsi, also add dmc node
explicitly in rk3326-odroid-go2-u-boot.dtsi since it is
using px30.dts.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Long gone is the time a custom TF-A was needed for Puma, upstream TF-A
works just fine now.
The flashing instructions are updated to match how newer rkdeveloptool
and rkbin work.
Finally, rkbin provides a way to flash SPI via USB OTG interface so
let's document that.
Cc: Quentin Schulz <foss+u-boot@0leil.net>
Signed-off-by: Quentin Schulz <quentin.schulz@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The Odroid Go Advance has a hardware random number generator present.
The device does not have an upstream Linux driver, but does have a
U-Boot driver. Add the appropriate node so that the hardware RNG can be
used in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Allow the kaslr-seed value in the chosen node to be set from a hardware
rng source.
Tested on a Rockchip PX30 (Odroid Go Advance), you must have loaded
the devicetree first and prepared it for editing. On my device the
workflow goes as follows:
setenv dtb_loadaddr "0x01f00000"
load mmc 0:1 ${dtb_loadaddr} rk3326-odroid-go2.dtb
fdt addr ${dtb_loadaddr}
fdt resize
kaslrseed
and the output can be seen here:
fdt print /chosen
chosen {
kaslr-seed = <0x6f61df74 0x6f7b996c>;
stdout-path = "serial2:115200n8";
};
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running, if the devicetree failed to come from the expected source,
show a warning, e.g:
U-Boot ...
DRAM: 128 MiB
Core: 42 devices, 11 uclasses, devicetree: separate
Warning: Unexpected devicetree source (not from a prior stage)
Warning: U-Boot may not function properly
Flash: 64 MiB
...
These warnings should only appear if the board config has been changed, or
the prior stage is broken.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
U-Boot always needs some sort of a device tree in the build. Some boards
never actually use this, at least in production systems, since a prior
firmware stage sets one up and passes it to U-Boot. At present the only
mechanism to do that is with custom function (OF_BOARD), but future work
will include a standard way of doing this ('standard passage').
It can be confusing to see a device tree emitted from the U-Boot build in
this situation. Add an option to drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Boards which define OF_HAS_PRIOR_STAGE must define OF_BOARD at present,
since a custom function is the only way to obtain the devicetree at
runtime.
Add a build error when this requirement is not met, to avoid accepting
any patches which break this requirement.
Add an allowlist for boards which use it, currently none. This allowlist
can be updated for local development, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: change of_whitelist to of_allowlist]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Use this new Kconfig instead of OF_BOARD, so we know for sure which boards
obtain their devicetree from a prior stage. Leave sandbox alone since it
does not. Also don't touch xilinx_versal_virt since it does not have a
specific TARGET Kconfig.
This option implies OF_BOARD for now, but with future work standard
passage may be used instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Add rpi_4_32b and rpi_arm64 to the list of boards converted]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When U-Boot is started from another firmware program, not just a prior
phase of U-Boot, special behaviour is typically used. In particular, the
device tree may come from that prior stage.
At present this is sort-of indicated by OF_BOARD, although the
correlation is not 1:1, since that option simply means that the board has
a custom mechanism for obtaining the device tree. For example, sandbox
defines OF_BOARD. Also the board_fdt_blob_setup() function can in fact
make use of the devicetree in U-Boot if it wishes, as used by
dragonboard410c until very recently.
Add an explicit Kconfig for this situation. Update the OF_BOARD option to
more-accurately reflect what it is doing, e.g. for sandbox.
Drop the docs in the README as it is out of date.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It can be confusing to figure out where the devicetree came from. It seems
important enough to warrant a message during boot. Add information about
the number of devices and uclasses too since it is helpful to have some
idea what is going on with driver model.
Report the devicetree source in bdinfo too.
This looks something like this, with > marking the new line.
U-Boot 2021.10-00190 (Oct 30 2021 - 09:01:29 -0600)
DRAM: 128 MiB
> Core: 42 devices, 11 uclasses, devicetree: passage
Flash: 64 MiB
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this override function is called even when OF_BOARD is not
enabled. This makes it impossible to disable this feature and in fact
makes the OF_BOARD option useless.
Reinstate its intended purpose, so that it is possible to switch between
the appended devicetree and one provided by the board's custom function.
A follower patch adds warnings for this scenario, but for now we don't
have a Kconfig that definitively tells us that OF_BOARD should be used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function should only be called when OF_CONTROL is enabled. It
fails in fdtdec_prepare_fdt() anyway, since gd->fdt_blob stays as NULL
if OF_CONTROL is not enabled.
Drop this useless check.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This logic is a bit convoluted for one function. Move the mulit-FIT part
into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
At present one must hack the Makefile to see what is going on with these
files. Also it doesn't quite work correctly.
Fix this by using an environment variable for debugging. Update the docs
also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This was added as a hack to work around not having an in-tree devicetree.
Now that this is fixed it is not needed.
Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This should not be a separate option from OF_SEPARATE. It is a run-time
option to override the devicetree, even if present.
Move the option out of the choice.
Disable BINMAN_FDT for a few boards which don't actually use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an empty version of this file, so that we can at least build this
board when devicetrees are required.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This uses QEMU virt which creates its own devicetree.
Add an empty version of this file, so that we can at least build this
board when devicetrees are required.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an empty devicetree file for these boards. It seems to be possible to
obtain a real one from another bootloader called 'bolt' but I will leave
this to the maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an empty file to prevent build errors when building with
CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE enabled.
Unfortunately there are no build instructions in the U-Boot tree to enable
a real file to be created.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an empty version of this file, so that we can at least build this
board when devicetrees are required.
The real devicetree is created by the Xen project on-the-fly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sync these file, obtained from Linux v5.15.
Add a note for the maintainer, and SPDX lines where they are missing.
The added lines are:
SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 OR BSD-3-Clause
Note, this matches the text in those files, but is not the same as the
GPL-2.0 of some files.
[1] https://releases.linaro.org/android/reference-lcr/juno/7.1-17.05/
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Sync these files, obtained from Linux v5.15.
This adds a devicetree file for rpi_4 which was not there before.
Testing shows no change so far as I can see:
- boots to U-Boot prompt on rpi0, rpi2
- boots to distro on rpi3
- boots to distro on rpi4
I am assuming that syncing with Linux is safe, but the maintainer should
know for sure.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This uses QEMU virt which creates its own devicetree.
Copy the existing empty version of this file, so splitting the existing
qemu-virt into two, since anyone actually trying to use this will need a
different devicetree for 32- and 64-bit machines.
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canaonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This uses QEMU virt which creates its own devicetree.
Add an empty version of this file, so that we can at least build this
board when devicetrees are required.
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canaonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This uses QEMU virt which creates its own devicetree.
Add an empty version of this file, so that we can at least build this
board when devicetrees are required.
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canaonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
QEMU currently generates a devicetree for use with U-Boot. Explain how to
obtain it.
Also explain how to merge it to produce a devicetree with the U-Boot
features included.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Without this option QEMU appears to hang. Add it to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
doc/usage/index.rst in branch origin/next includes usage/environment twice.
Remove the duplicate entry.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The global data pointer is not used in this driver, remove it's
declaration.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use more appropriate resource_size() function when working with data in
struct resource.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Function mvebu_pcie_setup_wins() sets up all other BARs, so move setup of
BAR[0] to this function to have common code at one place.
In the past, commit 193a1e9f19 ("pci: pci_mvebu: set BAR0 after memory
space is set") moved setup of BAR[0] to another location, due to ath10k
not working in kernel, but the reason why was unknown, but it seems to
work now, and we think the issue then was cause by the PCIe Root Port
presenting itself as a Memory Controller and therefore U-Boot's code
have overwritten the BAR. Since the driver now ignores any write
operations to PCIe Root Port BARs, this should not be an issue anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit "fw_setenv: lock the flash only if it was locked before"
checks for Locked status with uninitialized erase data.
Address by moving the test for MEMISLOCKED.
Fixes: 8a726b852502 ("fw_setenv: lock the flash only if it was locked before")
Signed-off-by: Joakim Tjernlund <joakim.tjernlund@infinera.com>
Testing on Armada XP with an EEPROM using register address with size
of 2 has shown, that the register address bytes are sent to the I2C
EEPROM in the incorrect order. This patch swabs the address bytes so
that the correct address is transferred to the I2C device.
BTW: This worked without any issues before migrating Armada XP to
DM I2C.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Tested-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
There is no point to hide/disable fatal errors via debug() macro.
Print fatal errors loudly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Include file debug_uart.h already contains documentation how to use it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no maintainer entry for serial_mvebu_a3700.c. Add entry with Pali
and Stefan as maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no maintainer entry for pci-aardvark.c. Add entry for
pci-aardvark.c and pci_mvebu.c with Pali and Stefan as maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is a backport from Marvell U-Boot:
https://github.com/MarvellEmbeddedProcessors/u-boot-marvell
commit 381d029e7a ("fix: serdes: a38x, a39x: Improve USB3 electrical
configuration")
Improves electrical USB3 receiver jitter tolerance test:
- De-Emphasize force, in functional mode the transmitter should always
have 3.5db de-emphasize, so we are forcing it.
- After forcing De-Emphasize, choose 3.5db (After forcing, default is
6dB so need to change it to 3.5dB).
- Align90 set to 0x58 - this is the sample point in the receiver, after
the clock is recovered this sampler samples at the chosen value, usually
it is supposed to be 0x60(which is the center of the eye), but sometimes
after adding jitter and ISI the center of the eye can move slightly and
the sample point is not necessarily the exact center, and after
optimization (searching the middle of the eye manually) it was seen that
the center of the eye is actually 0x58 and not 0x60.
- FFE Res and FFE Cap set to 0xE & 0xF respectively: improves this
settings is adequate according to how the USB3 spec defines the
interconnect, thus improves USB3 jitter tolerance settings.
- Change the resolution of the DFE to 0x3 which is 6mV(highest
resolution) , this avoids the DFE to saturate and cease to work.
- HPF set to 0x3 which is 5Khz high pass filter, the function of the HPF
is to filter the low frequency patterns(below 5Khz) to make sure that
the signal is not a noise, the setting before was 0x1(205Khz), and the
change came since the USB3 CP0 pattern, that is used in the USB3 jitter
tolerance testing, is similar to PRBS15, which has 2^15=32768bits which
is 32768*200ps (200ps is one Unit interval in USB3(5Gbps)) = 6.5us,
which is in frequency terms: 152Khz. since the PRBS15 is a random
pattern and can theoretically have once in a while a pattern that will
be at frequency of 152Khz, hence the previous setting (205khz HPF) can
possibly filter this pattern which can cause to an error in the
receiver, thus this change to avoid such scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <eichest@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: René Straub <rene.straub@netmodule.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The electrical serdes configuration for USB3 expects an array as data
argument. For USB3 the second value is used (see data_arr_idx = USB3 =
1). However, because only one value is inside the array mv_seq_exec is
accessing an invalid element and the serdes is configured wrongly.
This wrong initialization is leading to an unreliable detection
mechanism for some USB3 devices. We were able to reproduce the issue
regularly with an LTE modem from Sierra Wireless (SM7455) where it was
not detected as USB3 device in 1/3 of all tests.
This commit fixes the issue by setting data_arr_idx to 0. This is the
same value as the original U-Boot from Marvell is using. There it is
called FIRST_CELL which is a define for 0.
See: https://github.com/MarvellEmbeddedProcessors/u-boot-marvell
commit 56f963ce4c ("fix: serdes: a38x, a39x: Fix USB3 serdes DB
initialization")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Eichenberger <eichest@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: René Straub <rene.straub@netmodule.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move Turris MOX specific remove_disabled_nodes() to fdt_support with
name fdt_delete_disabled_nodes(), so that others can potentially use it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The pre-relocation board topology reading in board_fix_fdt() is
unstable: sometimes wrong data are read from the SPI bus.
This is due to wrong order of SPI bus configuration instructions: we
first need to set the pins to SPI mode, and only after that configure
the bus.
Also add a 1ms delay before enabling chip-select, so that the clock pin
is high for some time before reading the bus.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable eth1 node in U-Boot's device-tree if a network module (SFP, Topaz
or Peridot) is detected.
This is required for proper detection of eth1 comphy in a3700 comphy
driver by the following patches.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It is better to find DT nodes by compatible strings or aliases instead
of path.
There were issues with Linux some DTBs having different names of some
nodes, e.g.
internal-regs
instead of
internal-regs@d0000000
This should be a generic fix for such issues.
Also since fdt_support now contains needed functions, we can drop our
own implementations.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add functions
fdt_node_offset_by_pathf(),
fdt_create_phandle_by_pathf(),
fdt_set_status_by_pathf()
to get node offset, get/create node phandle and set status for node
given by path/alias formatted with sprintf.
Add functions
fdt_create_phandle_by_compatible(),
fdt_set_status_by_compatible()
to get/create node phandle and set status for first node given by
compatible.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This function does not necessarily create a new phandle. If a phandle
exists, no new phandle is created.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The macro __constant_cpu_to_be32() uses ___constant_swab32(), which for
some reason is not defined and causes the following error during
compilation:
include/linux/byteorder/little_endian.h:28:52: warning:
implicit declaration of function ‘___constant_swab32’;
did you mean ‘__builtin_bswap32’? [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
#define __constant_cpu_to_be32(x) ((__force __be32)___constant_swab32((x)))
Declare all ___constant_swabXX() macros.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
No functional change intended. This patch switches from the legacy I2C
API to the DM I2C API, so that this code can be used with DM I2C
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After all Armada XP boards have been switched over from legacy I2C
support to DM I2C, let's now also convert this serdes code to use
the DM I2C API.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
No functional change intended. This patch switches from the legacy I2C
API to the DM I2C API, so that this code can be used with DM I2C
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move to the DM I2C version, so that this board will not get dropped from
mainline.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Pull request for efi-2022-01-rc4-3
Documentation:
* add Calxeda Highbank/Midway board documentation
Bug fixes:
* call part_init() in blk_get_device_by_str() only for MMC
* fix an 'undefined' error in some driver model macros
Due to a non-existing parameter name in macro's, use of those macro's will
cause a compiler error of "undefined reference".
Unfortunately, dm test doesn't fail because a wrong name ("&dev", hence it
is accidentally a valid name in the context of a caller site) is passed on.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Fixes: f262d4ca4b ("dm: core: Add a way to read platdata for all
child devices")
Fixes: 903e83ee84 ("dm: core: Add a way to iterate through children,
probing each")
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In blk_get_device_by_str(), the comment says: "Updates the partition table
for the specified hw partition."
Since hw partition is supported only on MMC, it makes no sense to do so
for other devices.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Calxeda servers are using U-Boot as the primary bootloader, which
was shipped as part of a firmware upgrade package.
Even though the machines are considered legacy at this point, the port
still works, so deserves some documentation.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In strange cases it is possible for fdtgrep to find nothing to output.
Typically this means that the resulting SPL device tree is not going to
allow anything to boot, but at present the tree is actually invalid,
since it only has an END tag in the struct region.
The FDT spec requires at least a root node. So add a special case to
include at least this, if the FDT_REG_SUPERNODES flag is set.
This ensures that grepping an empty tree still produces a valid tree.
Also add comments to the enum since it is not completely obvious from
the names now.
The typical symptom of this problem is a message from binman:
pylibfdt error -11: FDT_ERR_BADSTRUCTURE
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When outputting a devicetree we should not align the struct section to a
16-byte boundary. The normal position is fine, which is 8-byte aligned.
This avoids leaving adding 8 extra zero bytes in the output tree in the
case where the reserved section is empty (i.e has 16 zero bytes).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the 'missing-msg' for blobs for more detailed output on missing system
firmware and SEBoot blobs.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Mikhaylov <ivan.mikhaylov@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix minor typos:
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Instead of joining hard coded '..' to the run-time path of the executable,
take just a dirname out of it. Besides that, use $(srctree) where it makes
sense.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Importing libraries in Python caches the bytecode by default.
Since we run scripts in source tree it ignores the current directory
settings, which is $(srctree), and creates cache just in the middle
of the source tree. Move cache to the current directory.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
This format is used in firmware binaries so we may as well supported it.
With this patch binman supports creating, listing and updating FIPs, as
well as extracting files from one, provided that an FDTMAP is also present
somewhere in the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for this format which is used by ARM Trusted Firmware to find
firmware binaries to load.
FIP is like a simpler version of FMAP but uses a UUID instead of a name,
for each entry.
It supports reading a FIP, writing a FIP and parsing the ATF source code
to get a list of supported UUIDs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2022.04 cycle:
This feature set includes : support for the new QSPI hardware on
sama7g5, small fixes on sam9x60 and sama7g5, some additions of commands
and PIO controller on sam9x60/sam9x60ek.
Double peripheral RBF configuration are needed on some devices or boards
to stabilize the IO configuration system.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sin Hui Kho <sin.hui.kho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This patch triggers warm reset to recover the MPFE NoC from corruption
due to high frequency transient clock output from HPS EMIF IOPLL at
VCO startup after peripheral RBF is programmed.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sin Hui Kho <sin.hui.kho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
The romcode_initswstate register need to be set with FSBL_IMAGE_IS_VALID
value if the current FSBL image is found valid, otherwise BootROM will
look for next subsequent valid FSBL image when warm reset is triggered.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Sin Hui Kho <sin.hui.kho@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
New SoC's of AT91 family with ARM-9 core includes a regular timer and a 64-bit
timer.This patch adds a compile time option to the Makefile such that the old
timer driver is chosen and compiled as default if none of timer configuration
options are explicitly defined in the board configs.
Signed-off-by: Hari Prasath <Hari.PrasathGE@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Define LOG_CATEGORY to allow filtering with log command
for generic clock and CCF clocks.
This patch also change existing printf, debug and pr_ macro
to log_ or dev_ macro.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reorder include files in the U-Boot expected order:
the common.h header should always be first,
followed by other headers in order,
then headers with directories,
then local files.
It is a preliminary step for next patch.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Improve clk_get_rate() @return documentation that otherwise is a bit
ambiguous. At the moment I expect to return 0 as error since the return
type is 'ulong', instead the function really returns negative value in
case the corresponding function pointer is null and returns 0 if the clock
is invalid.
Signed-off-by: Giulio Benetti <giulio.benetti@benettiengineering.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
PCI Bridge which represents aardvark PCIe Root Port has Expansion ROM Base
Address register at offset 0x30 but its meaning is different than PCI's
Expansion ROM BAR register. Only address format of register is same.
In reality, this device does not have any configurable PCI BARs. So ensure
that write operation into BARs (including Expansion ROM BAR) is noop and
registers always contain zero address which indicates that bars are
unsupported.
Fixes: cb056005dc ("arm: a37xx: pci: Add support for accessing PCI Bridge on root bus")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The PCI Bridge which represents mvebu PCIe Root Port has Expansion ROM
Base Address register at offset 0x30 but its meaning is different that
of PCI's Expansion ROM BAR register, although the address format of
the register is the same.
In reality, this device does not have any configurable PCI BARs. So
ensure that write operation into BARs (including Expansion ROM BAR) is a
noop and registers always contain zero address which indicates that BARs
are unsupported.
Fixes: a7b61ab58d ("pci: pci_mvebu: Properly configure and use PCI Bridge (PCIe Root Port)")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Since u32 takes up 4 bytes, we need to divide the number of u32s by 4
for cfgcache.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The ethernet PHY must be reset on AV96, however DWMAC currently does
not support the MDIO-bus PHY GPIO reset bindings and the ethernet MAC
PHY reset property is going away on next DT sync. Add PHY specific
reset bindings to trigger the PHY reset and fix sporadic ethernet
malfunctions, until the next DT sync.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add script to read U-Boot from SD card and write it to matching
locations in the SPI NOR, thus making the SPI NOR bootable. The
script erases the entire SPI NOR, including U-Boot environment,
to make sure the installation is clean. To retain environment
from current running U-Boot, run 'saveenv' after running the
'update_sf' script.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The USB hub on STM32MP1 DHCOM boards needs to wait a bit longer until
the USB Vbus is stable. Increase the USB power-good delay to 1 s.
This adds default-undefined STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV variable into
stm32mp15_common.h to reduce duplication in board-specific config
files adding custom environment.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The alternate function of PD20 is 4 as per the datasheet of
sama7g5 and not 5 as defined earlier.
Fixes: 558378a4cd ("ARM: mach-at91: add support for new SoC sama7g5")
Signed-off-by: Hari Prasath <Hari.PrasathGE@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
The resync of the device trees from Linux 5.16-rc3 caused aliases
to appear on the MMC devices which changed the numbering.
This changed the default boot device and caused boot failure.
Update the mmcdev variable to reflect the new aliases.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The resync of the device trees from Linux 5.16-rc3 caused aliases
to appear on the MMC devices which changed the numbering.
This broke the reading/writing of the environmental variables,
so update the defconfig accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The rzg2_beacon_defconfig creates an image for RZ/G2[MNH] and
as such creates three different device trees and each of them
have a corresponding -u-boot.dtsi file which are basically
copies of each other. Create a common include file to be
referenced by each of the respective board-u-boot.dtsi files
to reduce duplicate code and simplify support going forward.
This also restores some lost functionality from the device
tree re-sync and updates the MAINTAINER file to include all
beacon-renesom device tree files.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The device trees for the Beacon RZ/G2[MNH] boards have undergone
some changes over time, so resync them now.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The RZ/G2 series uses an external clock as a reference to the AVB.
If this clock is controlled by an external programmable clock,
it must be requested by the consumer or it will not turn on.
In order to do this, update the driver to use bulk enable and
disable functions to enable clocks for boards with multiple clocks.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Pull request efi-2022-01-rc4-2
UEFI:
* correctly handle missing TPM device
* prepare for block devices for U-Boot as EFI app
# gpg: Signature made Fri 10 Dec 2021 04:29:20 AM EST
# gpg: using RSA key 6DC4F9C71F29A6FA06B76D33C481DBBC2C051AC4
# gpg: Good signature from "Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>" [unknown]
# gpg: aka "[jpeg image of size 1389]" [unknown]
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: 6DC4 F9C7 1F29 A6FA 06B7 6D33 C481 DBBC 2C05 1AC4
Add a block driver which handles read/write for EFI block devices. This
driver actually already exists ('efi_block') but is not really suitable
for use as a real U-Boot driver:
- The operations do not provide a udevice
- The code is designed for running as part of EFI loader, so uses
EFI_PRINT() and EFI_CALL().
- The bind method probes the device, which is not permitted
- It uses 'EFI' as its parent device
The new driver is more 'normal', just requiring its platform data be set
up in advance.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
UCLASS_EFI_LOADER is used for devices created by applications and
drivers loaded by U-Boots UEFI implementation.
This patch provides a new uclass (UCLASS_EFI_MEDIA) to be used for devices
that provided by a UEFI firmware calling U-Boot as an EFI application.
If the two uclasses can be unified, is left to future redesign.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
These names are better used for access to devices provided by an EFI
layer. Use EFI_LOADER instead here, since these are only available in
U-Boot's EFI_LOADER layer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
When the TCG2 protocol is installed in efi_tcg2_register(),
TPM2 device must be present.
tcg2_measure_pe_image() expects that TCP2 protocol is installed
and TPM device is available. If TCG2 Protocol is installed but
TPM device is not found, tcg2_measure_pe_image() returns
EFI_SECURITY_VIOLATION and efi_load_image() ends with failure.
The same error handling is applied to
efi_tcg2_measure_efi_app_invocation().
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
There are functions that calls tcg2_agile_log_append() outside
of the TCG protocol invocation (e.g tcg2_measure_pe_image).
These functions must to check that TCG2 protocol is installed.
If not, measurement shall be skipped.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit modify efi_tcg2_register() to return the
appropriate error.
With this fix, sandbox will not boot because efi_tcg2_register()
fails due to some missing feature in GetCapabilities.
So disable sandbox if EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL is enabled.
UEFI secure boot variable measurement is not directly related
to TCG2 protocol installation, tcg2_measure_secure_boot_variable()
is moved to the separate function.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Literally adhering to the docs gave this wrong output:
U-Boot> setenv fdtaddr 0x87f00000
U-Boot> fdtaddr $fdtaddr
Unknown command 'fdtaddr' - try 'help'
Fixes: d80162cfc5 ("doc: Document how to apply fdt overlays")
Signed-off-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This fixes two regressions: eMMC operation on boards with WiFi (so using
three MMC devices), and a repeated wrong error message in USB gadget
mode (fastboot, ums).
The sunxi MUSB glue driver has some code to check for external VBUS
presence when it's going to use the MUSB host mode, and it warns if
there is VBUS provided through the cable (in sunxi_musb_enable()).
This code was apparently copied to the USB gadget detection code
(g_dnl_board_usb_cable_connected()), but here we actually *expect*
external VBUS power, so a warning is wrong and confusing.
So far this message rarely triggered, but a recent patch (6fa41cdd19)
changed this:
===========================
=> ums 0 mmc 2
UMS: LUN 0, dev mmc 2, hwpart 0, sector 0x0, count 0xe90000
A charger is plugged into the OTG
/A charger is plugged into the OTG
\A charger is plugged into the OTG
|A charger is plugged into the OTG
-A charger is plugged into the OTG
....
===========================
Remove the message for the gadget cable detection call, and just return
the status of the VBUS detection, as this is what the callers are after.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Commit 03510bf621 ("sunxi: only include alias for eMMC when mmc2
used") protected the eMMC alias in U-Boot's DT stub the with the
associated Kconfig symbol, but was actually using the wrong name.
Fix the name of the symbol to match what's defined in Kconfig and what
the defconfig files actually use.
Fixes: 03510bf621 ("sunxi: only include alias for eMMC when mmc2 used")
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reported-by: 5kft@5kft.org
Reviewed-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
QSPI0 has a MX66LM1G45G SPI NOR flash connected.
Enable the controller and describe the flash.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
sama7g5 embedds an OSPI and a QSPI controller:
1/ OSPI0 Supporting Up to 200 MHz DDR. Octal, TwinQuad, Hyperflash
and OctaFlash Protocols Supported.
2/ QSPI1 Supporting Up to 90 MHz DDR/133 MHz SDR.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
sama7g5 QSPI has:
1/ One Octal Serial Peripheral Interfaces (QSPI0) Supporting Up to
200 MHz DDR. Octal, TwinQuad, Hyperflash and OctaFlash Protocols Supported
2/ One Quad Serial Peripheral Interfaces (QSPI1) Supporting Up to
90 MHz DDR/133 MHz SDR
The QSPI controller of SAMA7G5 uses different clock domains, hence extra
synchronization operations must be performed before accessing some
registers. Differentiate between the versions of the IP using has_gclk.
Differentiate between QSPI0 and QSPI1 with has_octal.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
binman refactoring to improve section handling
bloblist - allow it to be allocated
sandbox config-header cleanup
# gpg: Signature made Sun 05 Dec 2021 10:14:24 PM EST
# gpg: using RSA key B25C0022AF86A7CC1655B6277F173A3E9008ADE6
# gpg: issuer "sjg@chromium.org"
# gpg: Good signature from "Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>" [unknown]
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: B25C 0022 AF86 A7CC 1655 B627 7F17 3A3E 9008 ADE6
This is not needed anymore. Drop it to simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CONFIG_SYS_ATA_PORT_ADDR is not used in the code anymore. Drop it and use
ATA_PORT_ADDR() locally instead.
Drop CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE and CONFIG_IDE_SWAP_IO which are also
unused.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not used by sandbox since it uses driver model for the timer.
Drop it.
Also update the tools_only build to avoid build errors, since it does
actually build U-Boot too. Enable DM so we can use CONFIG_TIMER,
disable EFI_LOADER to avoid an error about board_quiesce_devices() and
disable NET to avoid having to define CONFIG_AVB_BUF_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This can go in the related header file. Drop the CONFIG option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
At present there are Kconfig options for tracing, but sandbox uses
plain #defines to set them. Correct this and make the tracing command
default to enabled so that this is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes it is useful to have a list of related external blobs in a
single entry. An example is the DDR binaries used by meson. There are
9 files in total. Add support for this, so we don't have to have a
separate entry for each.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases entries encapsulate other data and it is useful to access
the data within. An example is the fdtmap which consists of a 16-byte
header, followed by a devicetree.
Provide an option to specify an alternative format when extracting files.
In the case of fdtmap, this is 'fdt', which produces an FDT file which can
be viewed with fdtdump.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If an older version of binman is used to list images created by a newer
one, it is possible that it will contain entry types that are not
supported. At present this produces an error.
Adjust binman to use a plain 'blob' entry type to cope with this, so the
image can at least be listed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is necessary to symlink files containing external blobs into
the U-Boot tree in order for binman to find them. This is not very
convenient.
Add two new environment/Makefile variables to help with this. Add
documentation as well, fixing a related nit.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Typically the bloblist is positioned at a fixed address in memory until
relocation. This is convenient when it is set up in SPL or before
relocation.
But for EFI we want to set it up only when U-Boot proper is running. Add
a way to allocate it using malloc() and update the documentation to cover
this aspect of bloblist.
Note there are no tests of this feature at present, nor any direct testing
of bloblist_init().
This can be added, e.g. by making this option controllable at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the constructor to work in the recommended way, where the node
properties are read in a separate function. This makes it more similar to
entry_Section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This currently uses _cbfs_entries[] to store entries. Since the entries
are in fact valid etypes, we may as well use the same name as
entry_Section uses, which is _entries. This allows reusing more of the
code there (in a future patch).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is easier to understand this file if reading the entries comes before
obtaining the contents, since that is the order in which Binman proceeds.
Move the function down a bit.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Expand this to explain subclassing better and also to tidy up formatting
for rST.
Fix a few pylint warnings to avoid dropping the score.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The ObtainContents() and GetEntryContents() methods in this file read
every single entry in the section. This is the common case.
However when one of the entries has had its data updated (e.g. with
'binman replace') we don't want to read it again from the file. Allow
the entry to be skipped, for this purpose. This is currently done in the
CBFS implementation, so adding it here will allow that to use more of
the entry_Section code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This method is currently marked private. However it is useful to be able
to subclass it, since much of the entry_Section code can be reused. Rename
it.
Also document one confusing part of this code, so people can understand
how to add a test for this case.
Fix up a few pylint warnings to avoid regressing the score.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a -V option which shows the version number of binman. For now this
just uses a local 'version' file. Once the tool is packaged in some way
we can figure out an approach that suits.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update this file to improve the pylint score a little. The remaining item
is:
Function name "ParseArgs" doesn't conform to snake_case naming style
which needs some binman-wide renaming.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the same technique as with binman to load this module from the U-Boot
tree if available. This allows running tests without having to specify
the PYTHONPATH variable.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When compiled with -Og for better debugability u-boot ends up in a stack
overflow using
gcc (Ubuntu 11.2.0-7ubuntu2) 11.2.0
GNU Binutils for Ubuntu 2.37
putchar(ch) is defined as a macro which ends up calling U-Boot's putc()
implementation instead of the glibc one, which calls os_putc() ...
Let's use fputc(ch, stdout) instead as fputc() does not exist in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* fixes the bug in function bind_drivers_pass that for
CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE=n and no entries in the driver_info list,
i.e. n_ents == 0, the processor steps into the first loop iteration
despite the loop condition being false.
* the Xilinx Zynq-7000 device would eventually hang due to an attempted
access to an invalid memory address
* the bug is fixed by changing the type of idx from uint to int
Board: zynq-zybo
Target: ARM
Compiler: arm-none-eabi-gcc 9.2.1
Signed-off-by: Alexander Preissner <fpga-garage@preissner-muc.de>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable saving environment to SPI flash memory on SiFive
Unmatched.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Skibo <thomas-git@skibo.net>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Configure SPI flash devices into SPL. Add SPI boot option to spl.c.
Document how to format flash for booting.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Skibo <thomas-git@skibo.net>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This patch updates Microchip MPFS Icicle Kit support. For now,
add Microchip I2C driver, set environment variables for
mac addresses and default build for SBI_V02.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The device tree split into .dtsi and .dts files, common
device node for eMMC/SD, enable I2C1, UART1 for console
instead of UART0, enable the DDR 2GB memory and in
that 288MB memory is reserved for fabric buffer.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add I2C driver code for the Microchip PolarFire SoC.
This driver supports I2C data transfer and probe for I2C
slave addresses.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Remove the microchip compatible string and default compatible "cdns,macb"
support both 32-bit and 64-bit DMA access.
Signed-off-by: Padmarao Begari <padmarao.begari@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add boot command "bootcmd_ram" to support autoboot from RAM.
This feature could be useful at the very initial state of chip design
when there is only a minimal set of peripheral. (e.g. without mmc and mac ..etc)
The kernel image is default to be loaded at 0x2000000 via debug port,
and the following script serves as an example:
spl()
{
cmd="riscv64-linux-gdb -q \
-ex \"target remote $host:$port\" \
-ex \"load\" \
-ex \"thread apply all set \\\$pc=&_start\" \
-ex \"thread apply all set \\\$a0=\\\$mhartid\" \
-ex \"thread apply all set \\\$a1=<dtb address>\" \
-ex \"restore u-boot.itb binary 0x200000\" \
-ex \"restore Image binary 0x2000000\" \
-ex \"c\" \
spl/u-boot-spl
"
echo $cmd
eval $cmd
}
The address where the kernel is loaded can be altered by
changing the value of KERNEL_IMAGE_ADDR.
Signed-off-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The gpio_request_by_name() returns zero in case of success, however the
conditional return value check in gpio_request_by_name() checks only for
(ret != -ENOENT) and if the condition is true, returns ret outright.
This leads to a situation where successful gpio_request_by_name() return
leads to immediate successful eth_phy_of_to_plat() return as well, and
to skipped parsing of "reset-assert-us" and "reset-deassert-us", so the
PHY driver operates with valid reset GPIO, but with assert/deassert times
set to default, which is 0, instead of the values from DT. This breaks
PHY reset.
Fix this by checking if return value is non-zero and then for this one
single allowed non-zero return value, -ENOENT.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
It turns out that in custom designs if the system is reset
multiple times in conjunction with a slight increase in external
temperature, the felix switch starts to behave in a strange way:
packets are no longer received on the ENECT interface connected
to the L2switch internal port (the TX side of internal port stops working
or the packets do not reach there. It is not very clear where
the packets remain blocked. None of the counters points to a disruption
in the L2switch)
The issue is not reproducible on NXP reference designs.
It was observed that by adding the switch core reset, the problem
goes aways, even if intensive testing in temperature chambers
is applied.
The current patch performs soft reset on the switch core to ensure proper
operation of the L2switch.
Signed-off-by: Radu Bulie <radu-andrei.bulie@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
socat is a very powerful tool to work with socets (and not only)
in UNIX systems. Let's add support for it in netconsole.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Ferry Toth <fntoth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This symbol is not used anywhere in the code. Just enable in couple of
defconfigs but it does nothing that's why remove it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Wait for the read/write transfer finish bit get actually cleared,
this does not happen immediately on at least SoCFPGA Gen5.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
When, for various reasons, a bad FIT image is used where a loadable
image is marked as 0 length, attempt is made for a 0 length allocation and
read of 0 byte read operation.
Instead provide warning in log and skip attempting to do such a load.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add a message on probe in driver model core when the default
pinctrl selection failed.
This message is displayed only when the pinctrl API is
implemented, i.e. when result is not ENOSYS.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use the return value ENOSYS for unsupported API
- pinctrl_generic_set_state
- pinctrl_select_state
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The helper macro CONFIG_IS_ENABLED and CONFIG_VAL are not real
configurations and they are no more present in u-boot.cfg so they can
be removed in config_whitelist.txt.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The two helpers macros CONFIG_IS_ENABLED and CONFIG_VAL are defined in
include/linux/kconfig.h but they are not real configurations; they can
be safely removed in the generated configuration file "u-boot.cfg".
This patch simplifies the comparison of this U-Boot configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Finish converting CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND, CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND,
CONFIG_RAMBOOTCOMMAND, CONFIG_NFSBOOTCOMMAND, all of
CONFIG_SYS_[BO]R[0-7]_PRELIM, CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST and
CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE.
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_BR4_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_OR4_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_BR5_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_OR5_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_BR6_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_OR6_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_BR7_PRELIM
CONFIG_SYS_OR7_PRELIM
This also introduces CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM_BOOL as not all platforms
that can set these values do so. Add the relevant SYS_BRx_PRELIM_BOOL
to platforms that had not been previously migrated.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_USE_BOOTCOMMAND
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
CONFIG_RAMBOOTCOMMAND
CONFIG_NFSBOOTCOMMAND
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- add nor1 device support for DFU command
- remove CONFIG_STM32_IPCC from stm32mp15 defconfigs
- enable simple framebuffer node for splashscreen for stm32mp1
- use lower-case hex for address for stm32 MCU and MPU's device tree
- define LOG_CATEGORY for stmfx pinctrl driver
- add support for probing bus voltage level translator
- add custom PHY reset bindings on AV96
- enable KSZ90x1 PHY driver on DHCOR
- stm32mp1 DDR update:
- add DDR read data eye training
- remove DDR calibration result
- remove DDR tuning support
- compute DDR size from DDRCTL registers
- DHSOM boards:
- increase USB power-good delay
- add update_sf script to install U-Boot into SF
- increase PHY auto-negotiation timeout to 20 seconds
- fix SoM and board coding strap GPIO handling
- auto-detect uSD level translator
Add support of mtd backend for nor1 when this device is present on the
board, on STM32MP157C-EV1 for example, as the support of several MTD
spi-nor instance are now supported with commit b7f060565e ("mtd:
spi-nor: allow registering multiple MTDs when DM is enabled").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Since the commit f42045b2e7 ("stm32mp15: replace CONFIG_TFABOOT when
it is possible") the function stm32mp1_ddr_setup is always called so the
__maybe_unused can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Compute the DDR size from DDR controller register (mstr and addrmap)
in U-Boot proper as the DDR information are useful only for SPL
but not for U-Boot proper, for example with TFABOOT.
This patch simplify U-Boot DT when several DDR size are supported
and support of next SOC in STM32MP family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The IPCC mailbox is only used for communication with M4 firmware but
it is not used in the stm32 remoteproc driver; it was planed but the
support of this mailbox in remoteproc for STM32MP15x is dropped.
So the associated drivers and config CONFIG_STM32_IPCC can be
deactivated to reduce the U-Boot size; the CONFIG_DM_MAILBOX can be
also deactivated as the mailbox UCLASS is no more used.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Enable an existing simple framebuffer node in the Linux kernel device
tree and the add the associated reserved memory node to preserved the
resources (clock, memory) used by the stm32 video driver to display
the splashscreen = background in exlinux.conf file.
These resources will be released by the Linux driver only when the
associated driver is ready to avoid transition issues during the Linux
kernel initialization between U-Boot splash screen and the final display.
See Linux documentation for details:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer.yaml
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Align the framebuffer size on MMU_SECTION_SIZE in kernel, = max 2MB for
LPAE for armV7, to avoid issue with the simple frame buffer activation,
when U-Boot add a reserved memory in the kernel device tree to preserve
the splash screen until Linux driver initialization.
See Linux documentation for details:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer.yaml
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add a new function to activate an existing simple frame buffer node
and add the associated reserved memory, with no-map properties.
This device tree update is only done when the video device is active
and the video buffer is used.
This patch uses '#if CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_VIDEO)' because
gd->video_bottom and gd->video_top are only defined when CONFIG_DM_VIDEO
is activated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the helper function video_is_active() to test if one video device
is active.
This function can be used in board code to execute operation
only when the display is probed / really used.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Rename the function named lcd_dt_simplefb* to fdt_simplefb* to be aligned
with the associated file name fdt_simplefb.h/fdt_simplefb.c
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Rename the file lcd_simplefb.c to fdt_simplefb.c to be aligned
with the configuration name and with the associated include file
./include/fdt_simplefb.h
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_LCD_DT_SIMPLEFB
This patch also renames this config to CONFIG_FDT_SIMPLEFB as the code in
common/lcd_simplefb.c support CONFIG_LCD and CONFIG_VIDEO.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Remove the DDR interactive command tuning, as the support of a predefined
DDR PHY tuning is removed for STM32MP1 driver in SPL and in TF-A
and the result of this tuning will be never used.
Moreover this SW tuning procedure can failed on some hardware
configuration (to many BIST errors and no convergence); it will be no
more supported in the next delivery of the DDR utilities included in
the CubeMX tool of STMicroelectronics.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The support of a predefined DDR PHY tuning result is removed for
STM32MP1 driver because it is not needed at the supported frequency
when built-in calibration is executed.
The calibration parameters were provided in the device tree by the
optional node "st,phy-cal", activated in ddr helper file by the
compilation flag DDR_PHY_CAL_SKIP and filled with values generated
by the CubeMX DDR utilities.
This patch
- updates the binding file to remove "st,phy-cal" support
- updates the device trees and remove the associated defines
- simplifies the STM32MP1 DDR driver and remove the support of
the optional parameter "st,phy-cal"
After this patch, the built-in calibration is always executed
and the calibration registers are moved in the phy dynamic part;
that allows manual tests.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the read data eye training = training for optimal read valid placement
(RVTRN) when the built-in calibration is executed for LPDDR2 and LPDDR3.
This training is supported on the PUBL integrated in the STM32MP15x
DDR subsystem and it is not required for DDR3.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The uSD level translator on DHSOM and Avenger96 are optional, however it
is possible to auto-detect it. This is done by setting SD CMD line high,
and then testing whether signal level on CK line matches the signal level
on CKIN line. If so, the uSD level translator is present, otherwise it is
not populated.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add support for testing whether bus voltage level translator is present
and operational. This is useful on systems where the bus voltage level
translator is optional, as the translator can be auto-detected by the
driver and the feedback clock functionality can be disabled if it is
not present.
The translator test sets CMD high to avoid interfering with a card, and
then verifies whether signal set on CK is detected on CKIN. If the signal
is detected, translator is present, otherwise the CKIN feedback clock are
disabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Yann Gautier <yann.gautier@foss.st.com>
The ethernet PHY must be reset on AV96, however DWMAC currently does
not support the MDIO-bus PHY GPIO reset bindings and the ethernet MAC
PHY reset property is going away on next DT sync. Add PHY specific
reset bindings to trigger the PHY reset and fix sporadic ethernet
malfunctions, until the next DT sync.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add script to read U-Boot from SD card and write it to matching
locations in the SPI NOR, thus making the SPI NOR bootable. The
script erases the entire SPI NOR, including U-Boot environment,
to make sure the installation is clean. To retain environment
from current running U-Boot, run 'saveenv' after running the
'update_sf' script.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The USB hub on STM32MP1 DHCOM boards needs to wait a bit longer until
the USB Vbus is stable. Increase the USB power-good delay to 1 s.
This adds default-undefined STM32MP_BOARD_EXTRA_ENV variable into
stm32mp15_common.h to reduce duplication in board-specific config
files adding custom environment.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Using mmc.dtbo from rpi-firmware to switch the controller for the SD
card slot from sdhci to sdhost causes the numbering to change; the
SD card is then not recognized at boot. Add to the range checked.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The Raspberry Pi Foundation released the new Zero 2 W which we
want to detect, so we can detect the correct device tree file name.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The Raspberry Pi Foundation has updated their documentation so update
the URL to the latest place to find the HW device revision codes.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-01-rc4
Documentation:
* describe how to enable Virtio RNG on QEMU ARM
UEFI:
* enable testing the TCG2 protocol
* support TPM event log passed from firmware
tpm_tis_remove() leads to calling tpm_tis_ready() with the IO region
unmapped and chip->locality == -1 (locality released). This leads to a
crash in mmio_write_bytes().
The patch implements these changes:
tpm_tis_remove(): Unmap the IO region after calling tpm_tis_cleanup().
tpm_tis_cleanup(): Request locality before IO output and releasing
locality.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Firmwares before U-Boot may be capable of doing tpm measurements
and passing them to U-Boot in the form of eventlog. However there
may be scenarios where the firmwares don't have TPM driver and
are not capable of extending the measurements in the PCRs.
Based on TCG spec, if previous firnware has extended PCR's, PCR0
would not be 0. So, read the PCR0 to determine if the PCR's need
to be extended as eventlog is parsed or not.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The current tpm2_pcr_read is hardcoded using SHA256. Make the
actual command to TPM configurable to use wider range of algorithms.
The current command line is kept as is i.e limited to SHA-256 only.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Platforms may have support to measure their initial firmware components
and pass the event log to u-boot. The event log address can be passed
in property tpm_event_log_addr and tpm_event_log_size of the tpm node.
Platforms may choose their own specific mechanism to do so. A weak
function is added to check if even log has been passed to u-boot
from earlier firmware components. If available, the eventlog is parsed
to check for its correctness and further event logs are appended to the
passed log.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
With TPM emulation enabled in u-boot-test-hooks we should also provide the
tpm2 command used for the test/py/tests/test_tpm2.py test.
One of the Python TPMv2 tests expects sandbox specific values. So disable
it on other platforms.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Sometimes UART stops transmitting characters after UART clock is changed
back to XTAL. In this state UART fifo is always full. Kernel during early
boot wants to print output on UART and is waiting for non-empty UART fifo.
Which leads to CPU hangup without any (debug) output on UART.
Marvell Armada 3700 Functional Specifications says that for programming
fractional divisor registers it is required to disable UART, enable
loopback mode, reset fifos, program registers, disable loopback mode,
release reset of fifos and enable UART.
But these steps do not fix above mentioned issue that UART hangup. Also
gating UART clock does not help. And even resetting UART state machines do
not help.
Experiments showed that UART fifo is unblocked after board is being reset
(during board reset UART HW transmit UART fifo even CPU is not executing
kernel/bootloader anymore).
And another experiments showed that same workaround can be achieved also
by external reset of UART HW (without need to reset board).
So do not implement any of "Marvell recommended" steps from Functional
Specifications as they do not work. And rather prior changing parent clock
back to XTAL, do external reset of UART HW. This operation also resets all
UART registers, so basically it also sets UART clock to default, which is
XTAL. It is unknown why UART hangups and enters such broken state.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit aeb0ca64db ("arm: mvebu: turris_omnia: disable MCU watchdog in
SPL when booting over UART") disabled MCU watchdog when booting over
UART to ensure that watchdog does not reboot the board before UART
transfer finishes.
But if UART transfer fails for some reason, or if U-Boot binary crashes,
then board hangs forever as there is no watchdog running which could
reset it.
To fix this issue, enable A385 watchdog with very high timeout before
disabling MCU watchdog to ensure that even slow transfer can finish
successfully before watchdog timer expires and also to ensure that if
board hangs for some reason, watchdog will reset it.
Omnia's MCU watchdog has fixed 120 seconds timer and it cannot be
changed (without updating MCU firmware). A385 watchdog by default uses
25 MHz input clock and so the largest timeout value (2^32-1) can be
just 171 seconds. But A385 watchdog can be switched to use NBCLK (L2) as
input clock (on Turris Omnia it is 800 MHz clock) and in this case final
watchdog clock frequency is calculated as:
freq = NBCLK / 2 / (2 ^ R)
So A385 watchdog on Turris Omnia can be configured to at most 1374
seconds (about 22 minutes). We set it to 10 minutes, which should be
enough even for bigger U-Boot binaries or slower UART transfers.
Both U-Boot and Linux kernel, when initializing A385 watchdog, switch
watchdog timer to 25 MHz input clock, so usage of NBCLK input clock in
U-Boot SPL does not cause any issues.
Fixes: aeb0ca64db ("arm: mvebu: turris_omnia: disable MCU watchdog in SPL when booting over UART")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The common emulation Makefile has a dependency on a non-existent
qemu_capsule.o when building with support for capsule update enabled
(CONFIG_EFI_RUNTIME_UPDATE_CAPSULE=y).
The code which was in qemu_capsule.c has been completely moved to
lib/efi_loader/efi_capsule.c by commit 7a6fb28c8e ("efi_loader: capsule:
add back efi_get_public_key_data()").
Remove the false dependency.
This fixes the following build error:
make[1]: *** No rule to make target 'board/emulation/common/qemu_capsule.o', needed by 'board/emulation/common/built-in.o'. Stop.
Fixes: commit 47a25e81d3 ("Revert "efi_capsule: Move signature from DTB to .rodata"")
Signed-off-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add an entry in maintainers for fastboot. It is starting off orphaned, but
hopefully someone can pick it up.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Lukasz has not been very responsive in reviewing clock patches. Add
myself as a maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
At present an Exception is raised if a command fails. This is a very broad
class and makes it difficult for callers to catch the error without also
catching other things, like programming bugs.
Change it to ValueError to make this easier.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the collection function used by pytest is quite strict on the
naming of the functions it detects. In particular it requires the name of
the test to be repeated in the function name.
This is not enforced anywhere else, but instead the tests are silently
omitted from the pytest run. This affects a few dozen tests.
The rule does not seem to have any particular purpose. Relax it, so that
all tests that use the UNIT_TEST() macro will run, regardless of the name
of the test function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the hexdump tests are disabled in sandbox_flattree. This is
good, because they do not pass. Enable the required Kconfig so that they
will, when enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function that returns the number of devices in a uclass. This can be
helpful in sizing an array that needs to hold a list of them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In some cases it is useful to search just by a partial name, such as
when looking for a sibling device that has a common name substring. Add
helper functions to handle these requirements.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we support reading a string list a string at a time. Apart
from being inefficient, this makes it impossible to separate reading of
the devicetree into the of_to_plat() method where it belongs, since any
code which needs access to the string must read it from the devicetree.
Add a function which returns the string property as an array of pointers
to the strings, which is easily used by clients.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The details for of_property_read_string_helper() and
ofnode_read_string_index() are a little inaccurate. Fix up the comments to
avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This method is currently called after the platform data has been freed.
But the pre_unbind() method may wish to access this, e.g. to free some
data structures stored there.
Split the unbinding of devices into two pieces, as is done with removal.
This corrects the problem.
Also tidy a code-style issue in device_remove() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These functions currently lack tests so add some. The error handling
differs betwee livetree and flattree at present, so only check the error
codes with livetree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Before relocation there is generally not as much available memory and not
that much console output. At present the console-output buffer is the same
side before and after relocation. Add a separate Kconfig option to remove
this limitation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When ext is NULL we cannot dereference it. Update the code flow to avoid
this, so that layout_mbr_partitions() can be used with partition tables
that do not include an extended partition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this command considers the partitions to be identical if the
start and size are smaller than expected. It should check that they are
the same. Fix this and tidy up the code style a little.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
At present the MMC uclass assumes that the only child it can have is a
block device. Update this so we can add a bootmethod too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide a way for sandbox MMC to present data from a backing file. This
allows a filesystem to be created on the host and easily served via an
emulated mmc device.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When running a program on the host, allow input to be passed in as stdin.
This is needed for running sfdisk, for example.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Otherwise the updated image will end up in the temporary folder that is
purged after completion.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This command is fairly complicated so documentation is useful.
Unfortunately I an not sure how the MTD side of things works and cannot
find information about that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This text should never change during execution, so it makes sense to
use a const char * so that it can be declared as const in the code.
Update struct cmd_tbl with a const char * pointer for 'help'.
We cannot make usage const because of the bmode command, used on mx53ppd
for example.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
GNU has a very useful third argument to match() but this is not supported
in the POSIX awk.
Update the code to cope, so that the script is POSIX-compliant.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Mark Kettenis <mark.kettenis@xs4all.nl>
Pull request for efi-2022-01-rc3-2
Test:
* fix pylint warnings
UEFI:
* disable interrupts before removing devices in ExitBootServices()
* implement poweroff in efi_system_reset() on sandbox
* allow booting via EFI even if some block device fails
* there is no os.path.unlink() method
* don't inherit from object
* add module docstring
* move imports to the top
* avoid unused variable
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* don't inherit from object
* imports should be on the top level
* avoid unused variable names
* avoid unnecessary else after raise
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
UEFI code is always little-endian. Remove a superfluous test.
Remove a superfluous type conversion.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
If we call efi_clear_os_indications() before initializing the memory store
for UEFI variables a NULL pointer dereference occurs.
The error was observed on the sandbox with:
usb start
host bind 0 sandbox.img
load host 0:1 $kernel_addr_r helloworld.efi
bootefi $kernel_addr_r
Here efi_resister_disk() failed due to an error in the BTRFS implementation.
Move the logic to clear EFI_OS_INDICATIONS_FILE_CAPSULE_DELIVERY_SUPPORTED
to the rest of the capsule code.
If CONFIG_EFI_IGNORE_OSINDICATIONS=y, we should still clear the flag.
If OsIndications does not exist, we should not create it as it is owned by
the operating system.
Fixes: 149108a3eb ("efi_loader: clear OsIndications")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Our algorithm for creating USB device paths may lead to duplicate device
paths which result in efi_disk_register() failing. Instead we should just
skip devices that cannot be registered as EFI block devices.
Fix a memory leak in efi_disk_add_dev() caused by the duplicate device
path.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
If we look at the path that bootm/booti take when preparing to boot the
OS, we see that as part of (or prior to calling do_bootm_states,
explicitly) the process, bootm_disable_interrupts() is called prior to
announce_and_cleanup() which is where udc_disconnect() /
board_quiesce_devices() / dm_remove_devices_flags() are called from. In
the EFI path, these are called afterwards. In efi_exit_boot_services()
however we have been calling bootm_disable_interrupts() after the above
functions, as part of ensuring that we disable interrupts as required
by the spec. However, bootm_disable_interrupts() is also where we go
and call usb_stop(). While this has been fine before, on the TI J721E
platform this leads us to an exception. This exception seems likely to
be the case that we're trying to stop devices that we have already
disabled clocks for. The most direct way to handle this particular
problem is to make EFI behave like the do_bootm_states() process and
ensure we call bootm_disable_interrupts() prior to ending up in
usb_stop().
Cc: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This change implements an SCMI transport for agent interfacing the
OP-TEE SCMI service. OP-TEE provides an SCMI PTA (Pseudo-TA) for
non-secure world to send SCMI messages over an identified channel.
The driver implemented here uses a SMT shared memory for passing
messages between client and server.
The implementation opens and releases channel resources for each
passed SCMI message so that resources allocated (sessions) or
registered (shared memory areas) in OP-TEE firmware are released for
example before relocation as the driver will likely allocate/register
them back when probed after relocation.
The integration of the driver using dedicated config switch
CONFIG_SCMI_AGENT_OPTEE is designed on the model posted to the
U-Boot ML by Patrick Delaunay [1].
Link: [1] https://lore.kernel.org/all/20211028191222.v3.4.Ib2e58ee67f4d023823d8b5404332dc4d7e847277@changeid/
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Introduce compatible "linaro,scmi-optee" for SCMI transport channel
based on an OP-TEE service invocation.
Define "linaro,optee-channel-id" property to identify the OP-TEE SCMI
channel used by the protocol(s). OP-TEE SCMI transport can either use
shared memory or a static shared memory buffer identified by the DT.
These bindings were posted to the Linux kernel DT bindings mailing list
and acked by maintainer [1].
Link: [1] https://lore.kernel.org/linux-arm-kernel/20211029102118.GG6526@e120937-lin/T/
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Add two configs CONFIG_SCMI_AGENT_MAILBOX and CONFIG_SCMI_AGENT_SMCCC
to select the supported agents as all the agents are not supported.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Some boards need to change the tx/rx delay config in order for
gigabit Ethernet to work.
In Linux commit bbc4d71d6354 ("net: phy: realtek: fix rtl8211e rx/tx
delay config"), Realtek documented the bits for overriding the delays
from the hardware straps.
Copy the logic from linux, so the delay config is set from the PHY's
interface type (the phy-mode property in the device tree).
This removes the need for a one-off workaround for the Pine A64+ board.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
priv->promisc is used as the parameter of the set_promisc() call
which accepts a bool type instead of char.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
set_promisc() call accepts the parameter of a bool type. Make it
clear by using true instead of 1.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
If using OF_CONTROL, fdtcontroladdr is set to the fdt used to configure
U-Boot. When using PXE, if no fdt is defined in the menu file, and
there is no fdt at fdt_addr, add fall back on fdtcontroladdr too.
We are developing board support for the Armv8r64 FVP using
config_distro_bootcmd. We are also using OF_BOARD and would like the
PXE boot option to default to the fdt provided by board_fdt_blob_setup.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The VCI string sent during bootp of U-Boot-SPL is corrupt. This is
because the byte counter is not adjusted within the bootp_extended()
function when the VCI string is added. We fix this.
Signed-off-by: Walter Stoll <walter.stoll@duagon.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The sja1105 is a 5-port switch that uses a DM_DSA driver. Its 5th (CPU)
port is connected internally to the eth2 port of the LS1021A SoC.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The eth aliases are for correct probing order, so that each Ethernet
port will get a predictable MAC address from the environment.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The list of ports which support SGMII depending on switch generation is
available here:
https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/networking/dsa/sja1105.html#port-compatibility-matrix
SGMII can either be used to connect to an external PHY or to the host
port. In the first case, the use of in-band autoneg is expected, in the
last, in-band autoneg is expected to be turned off (fixed-link). So the
driver supports both cases.
SGMII support means configuring the PCS and PMA. The PCS is a Synopsys
Designware XPCS, in Linux this has a separate driver but here it is
embedded within the sja1105 driver. If needed it can be taken out later,
although we would need a UCLASS_PCS for it, which we don't have atm.
Nonetheless, I did go all the way to export an internal MDIO bus for PCS
access, because it is nice to be able to debug the PCS through commands
such as:
=> mdio read ethernet-switch@1-pcs 4 1f.0
Reading from bus ethernet-switch@1-pcs
PHY at address 4:
31.0 - 0x1140
The internal MDIO bus is not registered with DM because there is no
udevice on it, as mentioned. But the XPCS code can still be ripped out,
as needed.
I did not add support for 2500base-x because I do not expect this
interface type to be used as a boot source for anybody, it would just
add unnecessary bloat.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The SJA1105 driver is largely reused from Linux. Its programming model
is that it is blank out of reset, and it waits for a static
configuration stream over SPI, which contains all runtime parameters (it
has no notion of "default values").
Keeping a binary array for the configuration stream would have meant
that aspects such as the CPU port and the MAC speeds could have not been
configured easily, and would have been static and board-dependent.
Live-patching the binary array means recalculating the static config
table CRCs, which is not a fun process.
So we create an abstraction over the static config tables, using the
packing API, same as in Linux. The tables are kept as C structures, and
the binary configuration stream is constructed on-the-go, with CRC and
all.
All static config tables instantiated in this driver are mandatory.
The hardware reference manual can be found at:
https://www.nxp.com/docs/en/user-guide/UM10944.pdf
For tagging, a simplified version of tag_8021q from Linux is used. The
VLAN EtherType is the same (0xdadb) but since we don't want switching in
U-Boot, there is no reason to have a TX VLAN and an RX VLAN for each
port. We just need the RX VLANs to act as the unique pvid of each
front-panel port, to decode the switch port number. The RX VLAN is used
for both RX and TX.
The device tree bindings are the same as in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Instead of trying to guess which operating modes need in-band
negotiation to be active and which ones don't, parse the available
information from the device tree. That will be correct in the cases we
can already guess, and more.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Certain serial SERDES protocols like 1000base-x, 2500base-x, SGMII,
USXGMII can operate either in a mode where the PHY (be it on-board or
inside an SFP module) passes the link parameters (speed, duplex, pause)
to the MAC through in-band through control words standardized by IEEE
802.3 clause 37, or in a mode where the MAC must configure (force) its
link parameters based on information obtained out-of-band (MDIO reads,
guesswork etc).
In Linux, the OF node property named "managed" is parsed by the phylink
framework, and the convention is that if a driver uses phylink, then the
presence of this property means that in-band autoneg should be enabled,
otherwise it shouldn't.
To be compatible with the OF node bindings of drivers that use phylink
in Linux, introduce parsing support for this property in U-Boot too.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
In the current DSA switch driver API, only the udevice of the switch
(belonging to UCLASS_DSA) is exposed, as well as an "int port" argument.
So drivers do not have access to the udevice of individual ports
(belonging to UCLASS_ETH), one of the reasons being that not all ports
have an associated UCLASS_ETH udevice.
However, all DSA ports have an OF node, and in some cases the driver
needs a handle to it, for all ports including the CPU port. Example: the
following Linux per-port device tree property:
managed = "in-band-status";
states whether a port should operate with clause 37 in-band autoneg
enabled or not.
This patch exposes a function which can be called by individual drivers
as needed.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The Freescale TSEC can be a DSA master, and the ports of the attached
DSA switch can have different MAC addresses compared to the TSEC.
Nonetheless, the TSEC must receive the packets on behalf of those switch
ports. Therefore, implement the promiscuous mode method to allow DSA to
set this.
Note that the init_registers() function called from eth_ops :: start
overwrites this setting. There is no reason why the RCTRL register
should be zero-initialized, so just stop clearing it so that the setting
we applied in eth_ops :: set_promisc sticks.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The VSC8502 is a Microchip (formerly Microsemi, formerly Vitesse)
dual port, gigabit Ethernet copper PHY which supports the MII, GMII and
RGMII MAC-side interfaces.
Of these, I could only test RGMII, and my board needed RGMII delays to
be applied by software, so I am able to confirm that this patch handles
that properly.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
It was wrongly set to "MR", fix it.
Fixes: 52e2565bfb ("spi: atmel-quadspi: Add verbose debug facilities to monitor register accesses")
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Add dm command for driver model low level access and
gpio command for query and control gpio pins.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
Scripts:
* Update spelling.txt
LMB:
* remove extern keyword in lmb.h
* drop unused lmb_size_bytes()
Test:
* test truncation in snprintf()
Documentation:
* add include/lmb.h to HTML documentation
UEFI:
* reduce non-debug logging output for measured boot
* fix use after free in measured boot
* startup the tpm device when installing the protocol
* implement EFI_EVENT_GROUP_BEFORE_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES
* record capsule result only if capsule is read
Due to U-Boot's lazy binding mentality the TPM is probed but not properly
initialized. The user can startup the device from the command line
e.g 'tpm2 startup TPM2_SU_CLEAR'. However we can initialize the TPM during
the TCG protocol installation, which is easier to use overall.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
As described in the TCG spec [1] in sections 7.1.1 and 7.1.2 the FinalEvent
table should include events after GetEventLog has been called. This
currently works for us as long as the kernel is the only EFI application
calling that. Specifically we only implement what's described in 7.1.1.
So refactor the code a bit and support EFI application(s) calling
GetEventLog. Events will now be logged in both the EventLog and FinalEvent
table as long as ExitBootServices haven't been invoked.
[1] https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/EFI-Protocol-Specification-rev13-160330final.pdf
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
We have implemented all what is new in UEFI specification 2.9 and relevant
for U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Implement the EFI_EVENT_GROUP_BEFORE_EXIT_BOOT_SERVICES event group
handling.
Add the definition of EFI_EVENT_GROUP_AFTER_READY_TO_BOOT.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Record capsule update result only if the capsule file is
successfully read, because the capsule GUID is not sure when
the file can not be read or the file is not a capsule.
Without this fix, if user puts a dummy (non-capsule) file
under (ESP)EFI/UpdateCapsule, U-Boot causes a synchronous
abort.
This also fixes use-after-free bug of the 'capsule' variable.
Fixes: c74cd8bd08 ("efi_loader: capsule: add capsule_on_disk support")
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
log_info() is used for the debug level logging statement
which should use log_debug() instead. Convert it to reduce the
log output.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This commit adds the comment for efi_system_table and
efi_configuration_table structure.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This list is used by checkpatch.pl. The Linux v5.15 version has several
words that where mispelled in U-Boot too.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The extern keyword is not needed in include/lmb.h to declare functions.
Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Correct Sphinx style comments in include/lmb.h
Add the logical memory block API to the HTML documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Defining static functions in includes should be avoided.
Function lmb_is_nomap() is only used in the unit test.
So move it to the unit test.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
If bootloader was updated without running oem format, reboot will cause
boot loop because the SYSTEM stage fails.
Add a final PANIC stage running fastboot to permit recovery.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
This can lead to GPT and BCB errors even if fastboot was selected early
by usb rom boot and the eMMC is blank/invalid.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
This should use the provided U_BOOT_DRIVER() macro so that the driver gets
added to the appropriate linker list. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 7c9dcfed50 ("pinctrl: meson: rework gx pmx function")
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com> on libretech-cc
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
- An assortment of fixes related to GD, GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC, and the lmb
- Environment fix on synquacer developmentbox
- Fix for get_info is not valid in partition code
In case U-Boot enters relocation with GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC, skip the
relocation. The code still has to set up new_gd pointer and new
stack pointer.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In case U-Boot starts with GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC, the U-Boot code is
not relocated, however the stack and heap is at the end of DRAM
after relocation. Reserve a LMB area for the non-relocated U-Boot
code so it won't be overwritten.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Even if U-Boot has relocation disabled via GD_FLG_SKIP_RELOC , the
relocated stage of U-Boot still picks GD from new_gd location. The
U-Boot itself is not relocated, but GD might be, so copy the GD to
new GD location even if relocation is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@oss.nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some case, get_info() interface can be NULL, add this check to stop
from crash.
Signed-off-by: schspa <schspa@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Without default setting of gd->env_addr, U-Boot will cause
a synchronous abort if the env-variables on the SPI flash is
broken or not saved corectly. Set gd->env_addr correctly.
This reverts commit 535870f3b0.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
- NVMe updates
- TI AM64x related USB updates
- Update PCIe CAM support macros, add PCI CAM support as well
- AST2600, Apple (ARM64) pinctrl drivers
- ARM-specific DEBUG uart inconsistencies fixed
- MediaTek MMC improvement
- aspeed: Support secure boot chain with FIT image verification
Add and Enable USB SuperSpeed Host Port in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Consulting to "NVM Express® Base Specification, revision 2.0".
If more PRP List pages are required, then the last entry of
the PRP List contains the Page Base Address of the next PRP
List page. The next PRP List page shall be memory page aligned.
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Shawn Lin <shawn.lin@rock-chips.com>
Most NVME devcies maintain data in internal cache for an uncertain
times, and u-boot has no method to force NVME to flush cache.
So this patch adds FUA to avoid data loss caused by power off after data
programming.
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
When booting U-Boot in crosvm, the virtual machine emulates a PCI cam
device, not the PCI-E 'ecam' device normally seen on e.g. QEMU. This
PCI device can be supported with only trivial changes to the ecam
driver.
Instead of adding a completely new driver which is identical besides the
initialization step, add support for the PCI version to the existing
driver.
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Cc: Ram Muthiah <rammuthiah@google.com>
AST2600 leverages the FIT hash/signature verification to fulfill
secure boot trust chain. To improve the performance and save SW
code size for those crypto operations, the two HW crypto engine,
HACE and ACRY, are enabled.
However, both of the engines can only access to data stored in
DRAM space. Therefore, we need to move the FIT image into DRAM
before the booting.
This patch update the CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND to execute the pre-defined
ENV variable which consists of FIT image copy to memory and booting.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Enable SPL FIT image load and verification support.
The HW accelerated SHA is also available with the
newly added support of the HACE HW hash engine.
The SPL thumb build is also enabled to keep the binary
less than 64KB to fit into the Aspeed secure boot design.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Return CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR pointing to DRAM space for
spl_get_load_buffer() to allow generic SPL image loading
code (e.g. FIT and Ymodem) to store data in DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Hash and Crypto Engine (HACE) is designed to accelerate the
throughput of hash data digest, and symmetric-key encryption.
Signed-off-by: Johnny Huang <johnny_huang@aspeedtech.com>
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add YCLK enable for HACE, the HW hash engine of
ASPEED AST2600 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
The AST2600 SRAM has been extended to 88KB since A1
chip revision. This patch updates the SRAM size to
offer more space for early stack/heap use.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Fix inconsistent function parameter name of the hash algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Fixes: 92055e138f ("image: Drop if/elseif hash selection in calculate_hash()")
Reviewed-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With the recent changes on mmc driver, we saw that the boot is ~5 secs
longer compared to v2021.07 on mediatek platforms.
This regression is seen during mmc_init and caused by the following
patch [1].
Indeed since we did not support poll dat0, we fulfilled the condition
of [1] and a delay of 500 ms was added for every __mmc_switch call.
By adding the support of wait_dat0(), we now don't need to mdelay
during mmc_init anymore.
[1]: https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/patch/1629192034-64056-1-git-send-email-ye.li@nxp.com/
Signed-off-by: Julien Masson <jmasson@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Some boards do not enable SPL_SERIAL so cannot use the debug UART. Add
this condition to the code and drop use of the preprocessor while we are
here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@vrull.eu>
Enable this to permit early debugging. Due to the way qmeu works, the
input clock can be zero and things still work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we don't init the debug UART in the generic ARM code, but
instead leave it to individual machines to handle. This is not the
way it is supposed to work.
Add the required init to the crt files. This ensures that the UART
is available as early as possible and that the announcement appears
when it should, if enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A few boards enable CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_BOARD_INIT but do not define the
required init function. Fix this by disabling the debug UART.
With snow the debug UART is enabled but the driver CONFIG is not. Fix this
too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Lot of PCIe controllers are using ECAM addressing. So add common ECAM
macros into U-Boot's pci.h header file which can be suitable for most
PCI controller drivers.
Replace custom ECAM address macros in every PCI controller driver by new
ECAM macros from U-Boot's pci.h header file.
Similar macros are defined also in Linux kernel. There is a small
difference between Linux and these new U-Boot macros.
U-Boot's PCIE_ECAM_OFFSET() takes device and function numbers in separate
arguments. Linux's PCIE_ECAM_OFFSET() takes device and function numbers
encoded in one argument. The reason is that U-Boot's PCI_DEVFN() macro is
different than Linux's PCI_SLOT() macro. So having device and function
numbers in separate arguments makes code more straightforward.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This driver supports both pin muxing and GPIO support for the
pin control logic found on Apple SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Without get_desc, the tpm command will not provide a
description of the device in 'tpm device' or 'tpm info'.
Due to the characteristics of the Atmel TPM it isn't
possible to determine certain attributes (e.g open/close
status) without using the TPM stack (compare Infineon
and ST TPM drivers), so just print out the chip model
and udevice name as the identifier.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This driver was broken due to an empty offset byte being prepended
at the start of every transmission.
The hardware does not mimic an EEPROM device with registers so
an offset byte is not required.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This command is not compiled by default and has not been updated alongside
changes to the tpmv1 API, such as passing the TPM udevice to the relevant
functions.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
To quote Simon:
One barrier to completing the 7-year-long Kconfig migration is that
the default environment is implemented using ad-hoc CONFIG options.
At present U-Boot environment variables, and thus scripts, are defined
by CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS.
It is not really feasible to move the environment to Kconfig as it is
hundreds of lines of text in some cases.
Even considering the current situation, it is painful to add large
amounts of text to the config-header file and dealing with quoting and
newlines is harder than it should be. It would be better if we could just
type the script into a text file and have it included by U-Boot.
This is already supported by the CONFIG_USE_DEFAULT_ENV_FILE feature. But
that does not support use of CONFIG options or comments, so is best suited
for use by other build systems wanting to define the U-Boot environment.
Add a feature that brings in a .env file associated with the board
config, if present. To use it, create a file board/<vendor>/<board>.env or
use CONFIG_ENV_SOURCE_FILE to set a filename.
The environment variables should be of the form "var=value". Values can
extend to multiple lines. This series converts the existing environment
documentation to rST and updates it to explain how to use this.
This has different semantics in different places. Go with the bootm method
and put it in a common function so that the behaviour is consistent in
U-Boot. Update the docs.
To be clear, this changes the way that 'bootelf' and standalone boot
work. Before, if autostart was set to "fred" or "YES", for example, they
would consider that a "yes". This may change behaviour for some boards,
but the only in-tree boards which mention autostart use "no" to disable
it, which will still work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
These conflict with real-word addresses. Use locally administered
MAC addresses and a suitable IPv4 address from 192.0.2.0/24
(TEST-NET-1).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Make various other updates suggested during review of the rST conversion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Make various updates suggested during review of the rST conversion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Use a text file for the environment instead of the #define settings.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
At present U-Boot environment variables, and thus scripts, are defined
by CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS. It is painful to add large amounts of text
to this file and dealing with quoting and newlines is harder than it
should be. It would be better if we could just type the script into a
text file and have it included by U-Boot.
Add a feature that brings in a .env file associated with the board
config, if present. To use it, create a file in a board/<vendor>
directory, typically called <board>.env and controlled by the
CONFIG_ENV_SOURCE_FILE option.
The environment variables should be of the form "var=value". Values can
extend to multiple lines. See the README under 'Environment Variables:'
for more information and an example.
In many cases environment variables need access to the U-Boot CONFIG
variables to select different options. Enable this so that the environment
scripts can be as useful as the ones currently in the board config files.
This uses the C preprocessor, means that comments can be included in the
environment using /* ... */
Also support += to allow variables to be appended to. This is needed when
using the preprocessor.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Tested-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Move this from the README to rST format.
Drop i2cfast since it is obviously obsolete and breaks the formatting.
Other changes and improvements are in a following patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This is a complicated set of #defines and it is painful to convert to a
text file. We can (once pending patches are applied) provide the same
functionality with bootmethod. Drop this for sandbox to allow conversion
to a text-file environment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Xilinx changes for v2022.01-rc3
sdhci:
- Fix emmc mini case with missing firmware interface
zynqmp:
- Restore JTAG interface if required
- Allow overriding board name
- Add support for DLC21
- Fix one fallthrought statement description
- Use config macro instead of name duplication
- Save multiboot to variable
firmware:
- Handle ipi_req errors better
- Use local buffer in case user doesn't need it instead of NULL/0 location
spi:
- gqsi: Fix write issue at low frequencies
net:
- gem: Disable broadcasts
Compiler is not happy:
common/image-board.c: In function ‘boot_get_kbd’:
common/image-board.c:902:17: warning: implicit declaration of function ‘do_bdinfo’ [-Wimplicit-function-declaration]
902 | do_bdinfo(NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
| ^~~~~~~~~
Move the forward declaration to a header.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove the extra (empty) argument passed to str8w, causing the following
error:
<instantiation>:40:47: error: too many positional arguments
str8w r0, r3, r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, ip, , abort=19f
^
u-boot/arch/arm/lib/memcpy.S:240:5: note: while in macro instantiation
17: forward_copy_shift pull=16 push=16
^
Note: no functional change intended.
Fixes: d8834a1323 ("arm: Use optimized memcpy and memset from linux")
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
Fix dfu_alt_info to use nor1 instead of the device name.
This reverts a part of commit 59bd18d4c4 ("configs: synquacer:
Remove mtdparts settings and update DFU setting") because the
commit a4f2d83414 ("mtd: spi: nor: force mtd name to "nor%d"")
changed the mtd device naming scheme to nor%d.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The subdivision name "TQ Components" hasn't been in use for a long time.
Rename the vendor directory to "tq", which also matches our Device Tree
vendor prefix.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
Cap end of relocations by the binary size.
Linkers like to insert some auxiliary sections between .rela.dyn and
.bss_start. These sections don't make their way to the final binary, but
reloc_rela still tries to relocate them, resulting in attempted read
past the end of file.
When linking U-Boot with ld.lld, the STATIC_RELA feature (enabled by
default on arm64) breaks the build. After this patch, U-Boot can be
linked successfully with and without CONFIG_STATIC_RELA.
Originally-from: Elena Petrova <lenaptr@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: David Brazdil <dbrazdil@google.com>
Cc: Scott Wood <scottwood@freescale.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This ensures the USB_MUSB_PIO_ONLY config is set to an apppropriate
value from the changes enabling USB_MUSB_GADGET does.
Namely, USB_MUSB_PIO_ONLY default to =y on USB_MUSB_SUNXI being y.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Dionne-Riel <samuel@dionne-riel.com>
For testing the TPM drivers and the EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL we need the tool
swtpm.
Once we move to Ubuntu Impish we can take libtpms from package libtpms-dev.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Both U-Boot proper and SPL entries were using the same description.
Fixes: b55881dd ("bootstage: Add SPL support")
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With CONFIG_SYSRESET_WATCHDOG=y the sandbox can use a watchdog based system
reset.
To make this work calling sandbox_wdt_expire_now() must lead to a reset.
With this change we can test the development suggested in
[PATCH 0/4] Improved sysreset/watchdog uclass integration
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-August/458656.html
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For successful execution of the watchdog test we need both the GPIO as well
as the SANDBOX watchdog.
Avoid a build failure for CONFIG_WDT_GPIO=n.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Correct an error in the tpl-dtb parameter to binman. At present the TPL
rule follows SPL but this is not correct, if TPL uses of-platdata, for
example.
Fixes: f99cbe4e86 ("fdt: Update Makefile rules with the new OF_REAL Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Instead of pretending that we don't have environment to force searching
default environment in env_get_default(), get the data from the
default_environment[] buffer directly.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The env_get_f() function returns -1 on failure. Returning 0 means that
the variable exists, and is empty string.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Do not set GD_FLG_ENV_READY nor GD_FLG_ENV_DEFAULT if failed importing
in env_set_default().
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
WIth EFI we must embed the devicetree in an ELF image so that it is loaded
as part of the executable file. We want it to include the binman
definition in there also, which in some cases cannot be created until the
ELF (u-boot) is built. Add an option to binman to support writing the
updated dtb to the ELF file u-boot.out
This is useful with the EFI app, which is always packaged as an ELF file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman needs to be able to update the contents of an ELF file after it has
been build. To support this, add a function to locate the position of a
symbol's contents within the file.
Fix the comments on bss_data.c and Symbol while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present any error from the 'make' command is silently swallowed by the
test system. Fix this by showing it when detected.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Exception base class is a very vague and could be confusing to the
test system. Use the more specific ValueError exception instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This symbol has been functionally dead for a long time. Remove the last
and recent re-introductions of setting it, and update the whitelist so
it will not be re-introduced again.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_TRACE
CONFIG_TRACE_BUFFER_SIZE
CONFIG_TRACE_EARLY
CONFIG_TRACE_EARLY_ADDR
CONFIG_TRACE_EARLY_SIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH
CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET
CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE
CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV
CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- A number of pxe related cleanups and related re-organization.
- A few related pxe/sysboot/extlinux improvements
- Remove some dead code.
- Update Azure to use a newer Windows build environment
- Add a .get_maintainer.conf file
- A few minor TI SoC platform updates
The driver supports the ds1339 as well, which was probably intended by
the author but prevented by a typo. Fix the typo.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
We need to filter out NET_ETH_START errors because we have to enable
networking in order to propagate the MAC addresses to the DT while there
is no network driver for the prueth in U-Boot yet.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
This got lost while fixing up the condition in
board/siemens/iot2050/board.c
Fixes: b55881dd ("bootstage: Add SPL support")
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 4b2be78ab6 ("time: Fix get_ticks being non-monotonic") has
broken boot on chiliboard platform, as it requires '/chosen/tick-timer'
in device-tree. This resulted in following panic message:
Could not initialize timer (err -19)
Provide missing chosen property in device-tree to fix chiliboard
support.
Signed-off-by: Marcin Niestroj <m.niestroj@grinn-global.com>
Since commit e57c7c5c42 ("get_maintainer.pl: update from Linux kernel
v5.13-rc6") only the top level MAINTAINERS file is used. This is because
this commit (accidentally) disabled the search of MAINTAINERS files
(find_maintainer_files is set to 0 again). Before that, commit
b79372ae94 ("scripts/get_maintainer.pl: enable find_maintainer_files")
explicitly enabled that feature. Nowadays, we also have to set
maintainer_path to a directory.
To fix it and enable recursive search of MAINTAINERS, create a
configuration file to set these two variables.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
The last board that used to set CONFIG_LYNXKDI has been removed in
commit 242836a893 ("powerpc: ppc4xx: remove pcs440ep support"),
doc/README.lynxkdi only talks about a MPC8260 board being supported,
and the mpc8260 support has been removed four years ago in commit
2eb48ff7a2 ("powerpc, 8260: remove support for mpc8260") already,
and common/lynxkdi.c only consists of an "#error" statement these
days, so it seems like the LYNX KDI code is dead code nowadays.
Let's remove it now.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Refactor this code so that we can call the 'pxe get' command without going
through the command-line interpreter. This makes it easier to get the
information we need, without going through environment variables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The only difference between the three helpers is the filesystem type.
Factor this out and call the filesystem functions directly, instead of
through the command-line interpreter. This allows the file size to be
obtained directly, instead of via an environment variable.
We cannot do the same thing with PXE's tftpboot since there is no API
at present to obtain information about the file that was read. So there
is no point in changing pxe_getfile_func to use a ulong for the address,
for example.
This is as far as the refactoring can go for the present.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
It is pretty strange that the pxe code uses the 'filesize' environment
variable find the size of a file it has just read.
Partly this is because it uses the command-line interpreter to parse its
request to load the file.
As a first step towards unwinding this, return it directly from the
getfile() function. This makes the code a bit longer, for now, but will be
cleaned up in future patches.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
This function no longer makes sense, since it is pretty easy to prepend
the boot directory to the filename. Drop it and update its only caller.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The 'bootfile' environment variable is read in the bowels of pxe_util to
provide a directory to which all loaded files are relative.
This is not obvious from the API to PXE and it is strange to make the
caller set an environment variable rather than pass this as a parameter.
The code is also convoluted, which this feature implemented by
get_bootfile_path().
Update the API to improve this. Unfortunately this means that
pxe_setup_ctx() can fail, so add error checking.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Both the syslinux and pxe commands use essentially the same code to parse
and run extlinux.conf files. Move this into a common function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
There are a few more blank lines than makes sense for readability. Also
free() handles a NULL pointer so drop the pointless checks.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Move the header file into the main include/ directory so we can use it
from the bootmethod code. Move the C file into boot/ since it relates to
booting.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Move this into the context to avoid a global variable. Also rename it
since the current name does not explain what it actually affects.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
At present the PXE functions pass around a pointer to command-table entry
which is very strange. It is only needed in a few places and it is odd to
pass around a data structure from another module in this way.
For bootmethod we will need to provide some context information when
reading files.
Create a PXE context struct to hold the command-table-entry pointer and
pass that around instead. We can then add more things to the context as
needed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Put the function comments in the header file so that the full API can we
examined in one place.
Expand the comments to cover parameters and return values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Quite a lot of the code in common/relates to booting and images. Before
adding more it seems like a good time to move the code into its own
directory.
Most files with 'boot' or 'image' in them are moved, except:
- autoboot.c which relates to U-Boot automatically running a script
- bootstage.c which relates to U-Boot timing
Drop the removal of boot* files from the output directory, since this
interfers with the symlinks created by tools and there does not appear
to be any such file from my brief testing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Artem Lapkin <email2tema@gmail.com>
- device-tree sync-up with Linux for ls1028a
- fixes/update in fsl-ddr driver, fsl-validate, lx2162a, fsl-mc,
spintable code, configs, qspi node, pci
- enable EFI_SET_TIME support in sl28
- powerpc: Drop -mstring
TPM drivers have currently no maintainers. Add myself since I contributed
the TIS implementation.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
A previous patch added support for an mmio based TPM.
Add an example in QEMU on it's usage
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
A previous commit is adding an MMIO TPMv2 driver. Include in the default
qemu arm configs, since we plan on using them on EFI testing
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Add support for devices that expose a TPMv2 though MMIO.
Apart from those devices, we can use the driver in our QEMU setups and
test TPM related code which is difficult to achieve using the sandbox
driver (e.g test the EFI TCG2 protocol).
It's worth noting that a previous patch added TPMv2 TIS core functions,
which the current driver is consuming.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
There's a lot of code duplication in U-Boot right now. All the TPM TIS
compatible drivers we have at the moment have their own copy of a TIS
implementation.
So let's create a common layer which implements the core TIS functions.
Any driver added from now own, which is compatible with the TIS spec, will
only have to provide the underlying bus communication mechanisms.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
With the upcoming TPM2 API, some of the functions name are part of the new
header file. So switch conflicting internal function names and defines.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canaonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
With the upcoming TPM2 API, some of the functions name are part of the new
header file. So switch conflicting internal function names and defines.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
UEFI specification does not require that BootOrder is defined.
In current implementation, boot variable measurement fails and
returns EFI_NOT_FOUND if BootOrder is not defined.
This commit correcly handles this case, skip the boot variable
measurement if BootOrder is not defined.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
- DHSOM update:
- Remove nWP GPIO hog
- Increase SF bus frequency to 50Mhz and enable SFDP
- Disable video output for DHSOM
- Disable EFI
- Enable DFU_MTD support
- Create include file for STM32 gpio driver private data
- Split board and SOC STM32MP15 configuration
- Device tree alignement with v5.15-rc6 for STM32MP15
- Add binman support for STM32MP15x
- Normalise newlines for stm32prog
- Update OTP shadow registers in SPL
We should avoid #ifdef in C modules and the unused functions
are eliminated by the linker.
Use the more readable IS_ENABLE() instead.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
In some part of STM32MP15 support the CONFIG_TFABOOT can be replaced
by other config: CONFIG_ARMV7_PSCI and CONFIG_ARM_SMCCC.
This patch also simplifies the code in cpu.c, stm32mp1_ram.c and
clk_stml32mp1.c as execution of U-Boot in sysram (boot without SPL and
without TFA) is not supported: the associated initialization code is
present only in SPL.
This cleanup patch is a preliminary step to support SPL load of OP-TEE
in secure world, with SPL in secure world and U-Boot in no-secure world.
Reported-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Remove the dependency on CONFIG_TFABOOT in stm32mp Kconfig
- always activate the ARCH config: CONFIG_ARCH_SUPPORT_PSCI
and CONFIG_CPU_V7_HAS_NONSEC
- CONFIG_ARMV7_NONSEC is deactivated in trusted defconfig
- the correct sysreset driver is activated in each defconfig:
CONFIG_SYSRESET_PSCI or SYSRESET_SYSCON
Reported-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Currently the upper OTP (after 57) are shadowed in U-Boot proper,
when TFABOOT is not used.
This choice cause an issue when U-Boot is not executed after SPL,
so this BSEC initialization is moved in SPL and no more executed in U-Boot,
so it is still executed only one time.
After this patch this BSEC initialization is done in FSBL: SPL or TF-A.
To force this initialization in all the case, the probe of the BSEC
driver is forced in SPL in the arch st32mp function: spl_board_init().
Even if today BSEC driver is already probed in STM32MP15x clock driver
clk_stm32mp1.c because get_cpu_type() is called in
stm32mp1_get_max_opp_freq() function.
Reported-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The nWP GPIO hog was used to unlock the SPI NOR write protect when U-Boot
used to operate the SPI NOR in 1-1-1 mode. Now that the SPI NOR is operated
in 1-1-4 mode, the hog has adverse effects and causes transfer corruption,
since the hogged pin is also the IO2 pin. Remove the hogs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The stm32 gpio driver private data are not needed in arch include files,
they are not used by code except for stm32 gpio and pincontrol drivers,
using the same IP; the defines for this IP is moved in a new file
"stm32_gpio_priv.h" in driver/gpio.
This patch avoids to have duplicated file gpio.h for each SOC
in MPU directory mach-stm32mp and in each MCU directory arch-stm32*
and allows to remove CONFIG_GPIO_EXTRA_HEADER for all STM32.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add a configuration file "stm32mp15_st_common.h" to handle the
STMicroelectronics boards configuration and rename stm32mp1.h to
"stm32mp15_common.h" to handle the generic STM32MP15x series configuration.
The configuration file "dh_stm32mp1.h" is also renamed to
"stm32mp15_dh_dhcom" for the configuration of board based on the
dhelectronics STM32MP15x SOM.
In the STMicroelectronics board configuration the default bootcmd
"bootcmd_stm32mp" is updated to only select the extlinux file found on
SD-Card on STM32MP15x EV1 for boot from NOR device.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Device tree alignment with Linux kernel v5.15-rc6
- Set {bitclock,frame}-master phandles on ST DKx
- Add coprocessor detach mbox on stm32mp15x-dkx boards
- Add coprocessor detach mbox on stm32mp157c-ed1 board
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use binman to add the stm32image header on SPL binary for basic boot
or on U-Boot binary when it is required, i.e. for TF-A boot without FIP
support, when CONFIG_STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE is activated.
The "binman" tool is the recommended tool for specific image generation.
This patch allows to suppress the config.mk file and it is a preliminary
step to manage FIT generation with binman.
The init_r parsing of U-Boot device tree to search the binman
information is not required for STM32MP15, so the binman library
can be removed in U-Boot (CONFIG_BINMAN_FDT is deactivated).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The missing trailing newline could confuse check-config.sh if the
definition of an option was on the first line of the next file that
find(1) happened to return.
Signed-off-by: William Grant <wgrant@ubuntu.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Field srcaddr in kwbimage v0 needs to be adjusted similarly like in v1.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Kwbimage v0 has similar alignment requirements as v1.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fill the real header size without padding into the main header
This allows to reduce final image when converting image to another format
which does not need additional padding.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently kwbimage header is always aligned to 4096 bytes. But it does not
have to be aligned to such a high value.
The header needs to be just 4-byte aligned, while some image types have
additional alignment restrictions.
This change reduces size of kwbimage binaries by removing extra padding
between header and data part.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This change allows to convert image from one format to another without need
to include unnecessary padding (e.g. when target image format has smaller
alignment requirement as source image format).
Do it by storing real image data size without padding to the kwbimage
header.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
xmodem block size is 128 bytes, therefore it is possible to transfer only
images with size multiple of 128 bytes. kwboot automatically pads image
with zero bytes at the end to align it to 128 bytes boundary.
Do this padding when generating image to allow uploading with other xmodem
tools or older kwboot versions.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There are more unused enums and function prototypes. Remove them. The
function kwbimage_check_params() does not return enum kwbimage_cmd_types,
but a boolean value returned as int.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
kwbimage v0 sldo has 32-bit data checksum at the end like kwbimage v1.
Use same data checksum validation for both v0 and v1 image types.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
kwbimage must have valid blockid member instead of zero value. Thus if
config file does not contain BOOT_FROM command, use by default the value
for SPI booting (which is probably the most common).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For documentation purposes update struct main_hdr_v0 to include information
where version of the image must be stored. For kwbimage v0 it obviously
must be 0. By default all image header memory is initialized to zero,
therefore this change has no functional effect.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These two commands allow to specify custom setting of UART port used for
printing BootROM messages.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Header file mach/cpu.h already defines MBUS_PCI_MEM_SIZE macro which
defines size of MBUS_PCI_MEM_BASE window. So use global MBUS_PCI_MEM_SIZE
macro instead of locally defined PCIE_MEM_SIZE macro. Both macros have same
definition.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It is useful to see kwboot version in the boot log output for debugging
purposes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Properly calculate and align image header size to xmodem block size.
Kirkwood v0 images do not have stored total size of header in header
structure itself like it is for v1 images. So kwbheader_size() calculates
size by traversing image structure itself. Aligning is done in kwboot by
putting zero padding bytes between the header and data part.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The Sunxi boards only support a 16 second watchdog timeout. This is too
short to boot Linux. The UEFI specification requires 300 seconds as
default timeout.
Change the default for CONFIG_WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART for ARCH_SUNXI.
Fixes: b147bd3607 ("sunxi: Enable watchdog timer support by default")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CONFIG_FSL_ENETC is not explicitly enabled in the NXP LS1028A config
files, instead it is selected by CONFIG_MSCC_FELIX_SWITCH, a state of
matters which is fragile.
CONFIG_MSCC_FELIX_SWITCH depends on CONFIG_DM_DSA, which depends on
CONFIG_PHY_FIXED.
Not all LS1028A boards did enable CONFIG_PHY_FIXED, which resulted in
all of Ethernet being compiled out.
This patch makes sure that CONFIG_PHY_FIXED is enabled for all LS1028A
boards, and CONFIG_FSL_ENETC as well - don't rely on that fragile
selection done by the Felix switch config.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In the current code, it doesn't reset the cursors of LUT entry and
StreamID at the beginning of the fixup, so it can result in LUT entry
setup and msi-map mismatch and LUT entries and StreamID leaking
when reload and fixup the DTB.
This patch move the initialization of LUT entry and StreamID cursors
to the beginning of the fixup to resolve the issues.
Signed-off-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Use moveconfig.py script to convert CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR,
CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR and CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH to Kconfig and
move these entries to defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
LS1046A-QDS board requires updation in few environment configs in TFA
defconfigs of the board.
Following are the changes:
- Update CONFIG_ENV_ADDR
- Update CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE
- Enable CONFIG_SYS_RELOC_GD_ENV_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
LS1046A-QDS has CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SST, CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_EON and
CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_STMICRO defines present in header. Move these entries
from header to defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
I'd like to keep informed about ls1028a.dtsi changes. For now, there is
no top-level entry for any layerscape specific files. Instead, add the
file entry to my board MAINTAINERS file.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Don't use efi_allocate_pages(). The allocated memory isn't carved out of
the lmb allocations. The memory might then be allocated twice.
Particulary, this might happened with the fdt_high/initrd_high feature
which will relocate the fdt/ramdisk. This might then overlap with the
spin table.
Instead use memalign() which allocates on memory on the heap which is
correctly carved out by lmb.
Please note, that the memory is later reserved in the device tree as
well as in the EFI memory map in ft_fixup_cpu() (in
arch/arm/cpu/armv8/fsl-layerscape/fdt.c).
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable support to update the board via the DFU protocol and make it
possible to export the block devices via USB mass storage protocol.
This will not work out of the box, yet. You have to change the dr_mode
of the usb0 controller to peripheral manually to make it work. True, OTG
support will hopefully coming soon.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Now that the DWC3 USB driver has support for the layerscape platform,
use it. This will have the benefit that peripheral mode will work.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add support for the proper dwc3 device tree binding support as specified
in the offical device tree spec.
Initially, add support for the LS1028A support. Other SoCs should be
easy to add by just adding the corresponding compatible string.
Unfortunately, the device trees of all other layerscape SoCs are not
converted and uses a wrong compatible string only known in u-boot.
To maintain backwards compatibility with current u-boot device trees,
add the generic "fsl,layerscape-dwc3" compatible string.
OTG mode is not supported yet. The dr_mode in the devicetree will either
have to be set to peripheral or host.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[backport from linux commit d9612c2f0449e24983a8b689603210486a930c90]
Enable the undefined length INCR burst type and set INCRx.
Different platform may has the different burst size type.
In order to get best performance, we need to tune the burst
size to one special value, instead of the default value.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
[backport from linux commit db2be4e9e30c6e43e48c5749d3fc74cee0a6bbb3]
Add adjust_frame_length_quirk for writing to fladj register
which adjusts (micro)frame length to value provided by
"snps,quirk-frame-length-adjustment" property thus avoiding
USB 2.0 devices to time-out over a longer run
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Both dr_mode and maximum-speed properties are usually optional. Drivers
will still try to fetch the properties nonetheless, which leads to error
messages, although they are no errors. Change pr_err() to pr_debug().
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Instead of looking at all USB (host) devices, just search all DWC3
device tree nodes. This will (1) fix a panic if of_match is zero and (2)
also apply the fixup if the controller is in peripheral mode. Both
happen when the DWC3 USB controller driver is used.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Check that all matching nodes have the correct compatible and that there
is at least one match.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add a helper to iterate over all nodes with a given compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Now that everything is prepared, copy the fsl-ls1028a.dtsi from the
linux kernel v5.14.12.
Notable changes:
- second watchdog added
- the number of chip selects of the SPI controller is now correct and
reflects what the hardware offers
- the LPUARTs have the correct clock parent
- USB controllers are enabled by default, which was already the case
before this sync because all board enabled all the USB controller
nodes. A linux patch to fix this is pending.
- the eSDHC controller changes from big-endian to little-endian, but
that property seems to be not used at all.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Disable the PCIe controllers by default, just like in the linux device
tree. But there is one catch, for linux they are enabled in-place by the
bootloader. Obviously, this doesn't work for the bootloader. Thus we
explicitly enable the controllers in the -u-boot.dtsi files.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
To make the synchronization of the u-boot device tree with the one from
linux easier, move the I/O window to the one which is specified in the
linux device tree. The actual value shouldn't matter as long as it
mapped to the corresponding memory window of the PCIe controller which
is a 32GiB window at 80_0000_0000h (first controller) or 88_0000_0000h
(second controller).
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This property is unused in the layerscape PCIe controller driver and not
present in the linux device tree. Remove it to be similarly.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The official bindind of the PCIe controller of the ls1028a has the
following compatible string:
compatible = "fsl,ls1028a-pcie";
Additionally, the resource names and count are different. Update the
driver to support this binding and change the entry in the ls1028a
device tree.
Cc: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The official ls1028a binding of the driver uses the following as
compatibles:
compatible = "fsl,ls1028a-dwc3", "snps,dwc3";
Change the ls1028a device tree and add this new compatible to the fsl
specific xhci driver, otherwise the generic dwc3 driver will be used
with the compatibles above.
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The driver will look for a named resource "ecc-addr", but this isn't the
official binding. In fact, the official device tree binding
documentation doesn't mention any resource names at all. But it is safe
to assume that it's the linux ones we have to use if we want to be
compatible with the linux device tree. Thus rename "ecc-addr" to
"sata-ecc" and convert all the users in u-boot.
While at it, also rename "sata-base" to "ahci" although its not used at
all.
This change doesn't affect the SATA controller on the ZynqMP.
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The official ls1028a binding of the driver uses the following as
compatibles:
compatible = "fsl,ls1028a-lpuart";
Add the missing compatible to the driver and update the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The official ls1028a binding of the driver uses the following as
compatibles:
compatible = "fsl,ls1028a-dspi", "fsl,ls1021a-v1.0-dspi";
Add the missing compatible to the driver and update the device tree.
We can use the fallback "fsl,ls1021a-v1.0-dspi", because the endianness
is determined by the little-endian property and not by the compatible
string itself. Further, we won't need and specific details on the DMA
configuration (which is different on the LS1021A). If it's ever needed,
we can later add the more specific "fsl,ls1028a-dspi" compatible to the
driver.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
According to the linux device tree specification the compatible string
is:
compatible = "arm,sp805", "arm,primecell";
Fix all users in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting them into the new location, keep them sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
While at it fix the indentation.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting it into the new location, keep it sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting them into the new location, keep them sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
While at it fix the indentation.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting them into the new location, keep them sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting them into the new location, keep them sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting them into the new location, keep them sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting them into the new location, keep them sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting them into the new location, keep them sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting it into the new location, keep it sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
While inserting them into the new location, keep them sorted by the
register base offset just like in the linux kernel device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
To keep the device tree similar to the linux kernel one, we need to move
all CCSR related devices into the /soc node. To keep the patches easy to
review, we initially add an empty /soc node and populate it piece by
piece.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Nowadays, both boards boot using the TF-A BL1/BL2 and SPL isn't used at
all. The property is not needed, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This node is some hodgepodge between the ddr controller node at SoC
offset 0x1080000 and some static memory size of 2GiB. Remove this bogus
node because it doesn't seem to be used at all.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
There is no "fsl,ls1028a-gpu" compatible string. It is solely for the
proprietary driver which will never be open source. Lately, linux gained
support for the open source etnaviv driver for the GPU (although there
is still support for the DisplayPort PHY missing to get actual graphics
output). Thus, instead of supporting some proprietary driver, switch
over to the open source one, which also have an official device tree
binding.
Cc: Andy Tang <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Adds check for memory clock variable before calculating caslat_actual.
Set mclk_ps to slowest DIMM supported if mclk_ps is found zero.
Signed-off-by: Maninder Singh <maninder.singh_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This has not been supported by toolchains for some time and has been
putting out a warning. Drop this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Remove "num-cs" property from device-tree as it is no longer used by
qspi driver anymore.
Also, specify status as "disabled" and enable qspi support in respective
board dts files. This will also help in aligning node properties with
other board properties.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Document the update image and how to use the EFI UpdateCapsule.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
In order to add other Kontron boards to the docs alongside the existing sl28 board,
we need to reduce the levels of the sections and change the title.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Acked-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Enable support for update over EFI UpdateCapsule mechanism. This board
doesn't support setting EFI variables after ExitBootservices().
Therefore, we are also enabling EFI_IGNORE_OSINDICATIONS.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
[Rebased]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Generate a FIT update image during build. The image will be called
"u-boot.update" and can be used to build an EFI UpdateCapsule or during
DFU mode. Although, the latter isn't supported because there is no USB
OTG driver yet.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Allow EFI to actually set the time before ExitBootServices().
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Increase fdt blob size for lx2160 and lx2162 series
to fix below errors/warnings during device tree fixup.
Unable to update property /soc/spi@2100000:status, err=FDT_ERR_NOSPACE
Unable to update property /soc/spi@2110000:status, err=FDT_ERR_NOSPACE
Unable to update property /soc/spi@2120000:status, err=FDT_ERR_NOSPACE
WARNING: could not set reg FDT_ERR_NOSPACE.
WARNING unable to set iommus: FDT_ERR_NOSPACE
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Disabling PCIE support currently lead to a crash because the code for
erratum A010315 is still run. Add a conditional to only select
CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A010315 when CONFIG_PCIE_LAYERSCAPE is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alban Bedel <alban.bedel@aerq.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Fix Bad Shift operator issue in step_to_string function
by adding an if check
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Singh <priyanka.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Fix possible divide by zero issue in fsl_ddr_set_memctl_regs
by adding an if check
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Singh <priyanka.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Fix possible divide by zero issue in get_memory_clk_period_ps
by adding a check
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Singh <priyanka.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
to fix following checkpatch warnings.
Use 'if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG...))' instead of '#if or #ifdef' where
possible
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Cc: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
At present the counter never hits the comparitor in this case. Add a
special case.
This ensures that the snow backlight works when at full brightness.
Fixes: 76c2ff3e5f video: backlight: fix pwm's duty cycle calculation
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
According to ./include/linux/kconfig.h,
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OF_BOARD) expands to 0
when CONFIG_SPL_BUILD is defined because
there is no CONFIG_SPL_OF_BOARD.
Use #if defined instead.
Fixes: 2e8d2f8843 ("riscv: Remove OF_PRIOR_STAGE from RISC-V boards")
Signed-off-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This patch adds memcpy_fromio and memcpy_toio definitions for some device
drivers which have these definitions, like cadence_qspi_apb.c
Signed-off-by: Wei Fu <wefu@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-01-rc2
Documentation:
* improve description of mmc rescan
* remove obsolete PPC documenation
UEFI
* Provide unit test for the EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL
* Implement add EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL.SubmitCommand
* Start the implementation of a 64 bit EFI app
* Reduce rcar3_salvator-x image size
Currently output of dfu commands ends on a line with leading hash signs
('#'). The succeeding output should be placed on a new line.
After writing updates via dfu print a new line.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
rcar3_salvator-x u-boot.img is very close to the 0x100000 size limit.
Disable support for Unicode capitalization.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This commit adds the missing EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL selftest
and Measured Boot selftest in lib/efi_selftest.
This selftest includes PE/COFF image measurement test, some PCR values are
different in each architecture. With that, this commit also adds pre-built
versions of lib/efi_selftest/efi_miniapp_file_image_exit.c for PE/COFF
image measurement test for 32-bit arm, arm64, ia32, x86_64, riscv32 and
riscv64. Prebuilding avoids the problem of reproducible builds.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Make the test 'onrequest'.
Add code comments to the includes with the binaries.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The current EFI video driver only works when running in the stub. In that
case the stub calls boot services (before jumping to U-Boot proper) and
copies the graphics info over to the efi table. This is necessary because
the stub exits boot services before jumping to U-Boot.
The app maintains access to boot services throughout its life, so does not
need to do this. Update the driver to support calling boot services
directly.
Enable video output for the app. Note that this uses the
EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL protocol, even though it mentions vesa.
A sample qemu command-line for this case is:
qemu-system-x86_64 -bios /usr/share/edk2.git/ovmf-ia32/OVMF-pure-efi.fd
-drive id=disk,file=try.img,if=none,format=raw -nic none
-device ahci,id=ahci -device ide-hd,drive=disk,bus=ahci.0
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a function to return this information along with a stub for the
efi_info_get() function, since calling it otherwise hangs U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This variable is already defined by the EFI code. Drop the duplicate
definition when building a 64-bit EFI app.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Most modern platforms use 64-bit EFI so it is useful to have a U-Boot app
that runs under that. Add a (non-functional) build for this.
Note that --whole-archive causes the gcc 9.2 linker to crash, so disable
this for now. Once this is resolved, things should work.
For now, avoid mentioning the documentation for the 64-bit app, since it
does not work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Most EFI implementations use 64-bit but U-Boot only supports running as
a 32-bit app at present. While efi-x86_payload64 does boot from 64-bit
UEFI it immediately changes back to 32-bit before starting U-Boot.
In order to support a 64-bit U-Boot app, update the Kconfig to add an
option for 32/64 bit. Update the prompt for the existing option so it is
clear it relates to the stub. Move both up to just under the choice that
controls them, since this looks better and the menu.
Use CONFIG_EFI_APP in the Makefile instead of CONFIG_TARGET_EFI_APP,
since the latter is specific to a single target and we will have two.
Memory size is set to 32MB for now so that it can run on qemu without
increasing the default memory size. We may need to increase the default
later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
For the EFI app, we must embed the devicetree in the ELF file since that
is the only thing that is run by UEFI. Drop the warning to avoid
confusion.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
There is no need to avoid driver model for networking. Drop this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It is quite complicated to run U-Boot on QEMU since we have four
different builds and they must use different versions of qemu and the
UEFI binaries.
Add a script to help. It requires U-Boot itself to be built. Once that
is done you can use this script to build an image for use with qemu and
optionally run it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit adds the EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL.SubmitCommand
required in the TCG PC Client PFP spec.
SubmitCommand enables to send the raw command to the TPM device.
To implement this api, tpm2_submit_command() is added
into tpm-v2.c.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
As we discussed in ML, currently a device tree is the only place
to store public keys for capsule authentication. So __weak is not
necessary for now.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Provide human readable descriptions of the speed nodes instead of the name
of constants from the code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The related boards have been removed four years ago already, in
commit 98f705c9ce ("powerpc: remove 4xx support"), so this README
file is not required anymore.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The PPC440 support has been removed in commit 98f705c9ce
("powerpc: remove 4xx support"). This patch removes this obsolete
file as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F
CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT
CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building a system that has both TPL and SPL_OS_BOOT, code which
tests for CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT will be built and enabled in TPL, which is
not correct. While there is no CONFIG_TPL_OS_BOOT symbol at this time
(and likely will not ever be) we can use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OS_BOOT) in
these common paths to ensure we only compile these parts in the SPL
case.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
For the symbols which are both hard-coded as enabled and used, move to
Kconfig. The rest of the CONFIG_YAFFS namespace is unselected anywhere,
so we leave it as is.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Instead of hardcoding the watchdog for reset, and the PMIC for poweroff,
use the sysreset framework to manage the available poweroff/reset
backends. This allows (as examples) using the PMIC to do a cold reset,
and using a GPIO to power off H3/H5 boards lacking a PMIC. Furthermore,
it removes the need to hardcode watchdog MMIO addresses, since the
sysreset backends can be discovered using the device tree.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The sysreset uclass unconditionally provides a definition of the
reset_cpu() function. So does the sunxi board code. Fix the build with
SYSRESET enabled by omitting the function from the board code in that
case. The code still needs to be kept around for use in SPL.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add an option to automatically register watchdog devices with the
wdt_reboot driver for use with sysreset. This allows sysreset to be a
drop-in replacement for platform-specific watchdog reset code, without
needing any device tree changes.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently, the wdt_reboot driver always gets its watchdog device
reference from an OF node. This prevents selecting a watchdog at
runtime. Move the watchdog device reference to the plat data, so
the driver can be bound with the reference pre-provided. The
reference will still be acquired from the OF node if it is not
already provided.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These driver probe functions are not (and should not be) called from
outside the respective driver source files. Therefore, the functions
should be marked static.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
None of the sysreset drivers do anything beyond providing sysreset
uclass ops. They should depend on the sysreset uclass.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- pci_mvebu: Fix access to config space and PCIe Root Port (Pali)
- a37xx: pci: Program the data strobe for config read requests (Pali)
- kwboot: Misc improvements and fixes (Pali)
When allocate the GPD ring, and tell its address to the controller, then
the driver starts or resumes the QMU, the controller will try to access
the first GPD, so need flush the first one to avoid wrong GPD status.
Reported-by: Xin Lin <Xin.Lin@mediatek.com>
Signed-off-by: Chunfeng Yun <chunfeng.yun@mediatek.com>
According to the Armada 3720 Functional Specification Data Strobe applies
for both read and write config requests.
Data strobe bits configure which bytes from the start address should be
returned for read request. Set value 0xf (all 4 bits) into Data Strobe
register to read all four bytes from specified 32-bit config space
register. Same value for Data Strobe register is programmed by Linux
pci-aardvark.c driver for config read requests.
Without this patch pci-aardvark driver sets data strobe register only
during config write operations. So any followup config read operations
could result with just partial datai returned (if previous write operation
was not 32-bit wide). This patch fixes it and ensures that config read
operations always read all bytes from requested register.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After successful transfer of whole image only two things can happen:
- BootROM starts execution of data block, which changes UART baudrate
back to 115200 Bd,
- board crashes and causes CPU reset
In both cases UART baudrate is reset to the default speed. So there is
no need to send special magic sequence to inform kwboot that baudrate is
going to be reset and kwboot does not need to wait for this event and
can do it immediately after BootROM acknowledges end of xmodem transfer.
Move ARM code for sending magic sequence from main baudrate change
section to binhdr_pre section which is executed only before changing
baudrate from the default value of 115200 Bd to some new value. Remove
kwboot code waiting for magic sequence after successful xmodem transfer.
Rationale: sometimes when using very high UART speeds, magic sequence is
damaged and kwboot fails at this last stage. Removal of this magic
sequence makes booting more stable.
Data transfer protocol (xmodem) is using checksums and retransmit, so it
already deals with possible errors on transfer line.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The ARM code we inject into the image to change baudrate back to the
default value of 115200 Baud, which is run after successful UART transfer
of the whole image, cannot use stack as at this stage stack pointer is not
initialized yet.
Stack can only be used when BootROM is executing binary header, to
preserve state of registers, since BootROM expects that.
Change the ARM baudrate code to not use stack at all and put binary
header specific pre + post code (which stores and restores registers) into
separate arrays.
The baudrate change code now jumps at it's end and expects that there is
either code which returns to the BootROM or jumps to the original exec
address.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Older Armada SoCs have custom ARMv5te compatible core which does not
support movt instruction. So replace mov + movt instruction pair used for
immediate move construction by mov + orr instructions which are supported
also by ARMv5te.
After this change kwboot ARM code should be compatible with any 32-bit ARM
core compatible by ARMv2 or new. At least GNU AS does not throw any error
or warning.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Increase loop cycles from 600000 to 2998272, which should increase delay
from 1ms to about 5ms on 1200 MHz CPU.
The Number 2998272 was chosen as the nearest value around 3000000 which can
be encoded into one ARM mov instruction. It avoids usage of movt instruction
which is not supported by ARMv5te cores.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Kwboot puts each xmodem packet to kernel queue, then waits until all bytes
of that packet are transmitted over UART and then waits for xmodem reply
until it is received into kernel queue.
If some reply is received during the time we are waiting until all bytes
are transmitted, then kernel puts them into the queue and returns it to
kwboot in next read() call.
So there is no need to wait (with tcdrain() function) until all bytes from
xmodem packet are transmitted over UART, since any reply received either
during that time or after is returned to kwboot with the next read().
Therefore do not call tcdrain() after each xmodem packet sent. Instead
directly wait for any reply after putting xmodem packet into write kernel
queue.
This change could speed up xmodem transfer in case tcdrain() function waits
for a longer time.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After the trasfer of last header packet, it is possible that baudrate
change pattern is received, and also that NAK byte is received so that
the packet should be sent again.
Thus we should not clear the baudrate change state when sending retry
of that packet.
Move code for initializing state variables from kwboot_xm_recv_reply()
to kwboot_xm_sendblock().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently when kwboot receive some garbage reply which does not understand,
it waits 1s before it tries to resend packet again.
The most common error on UART is that receiver sees some bit flipped which
results in invalid reply.
This behavior slows down xmodem transfer over UART as basically on every
error kwboot is waiting one second.
To fix this, try to resend xmodem packet for first 3 attempts immediately
without any delay. If broken reply is received also after the 3 attempts,
continue retrying with 1s delay like it was before.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch does not change behavior of the code, just allows to implement
new changes more easily.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Size of the header stored in kwbimage may be larger than real used size in
the kwbimage header. If there is unused space in kwbimage header then use
it for growing it. So update code to calculate used space of kwbimage
header.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This ensures that kwboot_img_grow_hdr() function still sees valid kwbimage
header.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Expression (hdrsz % KWBOOT_XM_BLKSZ) is non-zero therefore expression
(KWBOOT_XM_BLKSZ - hdrsz % KWBOOT_XM_BLKSZ) is always less than value
KWBOOT_XM_BLKSZ. So there is no need to add another modulo. Also rename
variable `offset` to `grow` which better describes what is stored in
this variable.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It is hard to debug why kwboot is failing when the last message is
'Finishing transfer' and no additional output. So show verbose message when
kwboot finished transfer and is waiting for baudrate change magic sequence.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
For kwbimage v1, tell BootROM to send BootROM messages to UART port number
0 (used also for UART booting) with default baudrate (which should be
115200) and do not touch UART MPP configuration.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If data part of image is modified, update 4-byte data checksum.
It looks like A385 BootROM does not verify this checksum for image
loaded via UART, but we do not know if other BootROMs are also ignoring
it. It is always better to provide correct checksum.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Some vendor U-Boot kwbimage binaries (e.g. those for A375) have load
address set to zero. Therefore it is not possible to inject code which
changes baudrate back to 115200 Bd before the data part.
So instead inject it after the data part and change kwbimage execution
address to that offset. Also store original execution address into
baudrate change code, so after it changes baudrate back to 115200 Bd, it
can jump to orignal address.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Data part of the image contains 4-byte checksum. Validate it when
processing the image.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SPI image header and data parts do not have to be aligned to 128 byte
xmodem block size. So reserve additional memory for aligning header part
and additional memory for aligning data part.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Explicitly disable 2 stop bits by clearing CSTOPB flag, disable modem
control flow by clearing CRTSCTS flag and do not send hangup after closing
device by clearing HUPCL flag.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Explicitly zero out the rfds fd_set with FD_ZERO() before using it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Root Complex should be the default mode, let's set it explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that PCI Bridge is working, U-Boot's CONFIG_PCI_PNP code automatically
enables memory access and bus mastering when it is needed. So do not
prematurely enable memory access and bus mastering.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
PCI Bridge is always accessible also when link is down. So move detection
of link up from mvebu_pcie_of_to_plat() function to mvebu_pcie_valid_addr()
function which is used when accessing PCI config space.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Functions mvebu_pcie_get_local_bus_nr() and mvebu_pcie_get_local_dev_nr()
are not used, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The mysterious "Memory controller" PCI device which is present in PCI
config space is improperly configured and crippled PCI Bridge which acts
as PCIe Root Port for endpoint PCIe card.
This PCI Bridge reports in PCI config space incorrect Class Code (Memory
Controller) and incorrect Header Type (Type 0). It looks like HW bug in
mvebu PCIe controller but apparently it can be changed via mvebu registers
to correct values.
The worst thing is that this PCI Bridge is crippled and its PCI config
registers in range 0x10-0x34 alias access to internal mvebu registers which
have different functionality as PCI Bridge registers. Moreover,
configuration of PCI primary and secondary bus numbers (registers 0x18
and 0x19) is done via totally different mvebu registers via totally strange
method and cannot be done via PCI Bridge config space.
Due to above fact about PCI config range 0x10-0x34, allocate a private
cfgcache[] buffer in the driver, to which PCI config access requests to
the 0x10-0x34 space will be redirected in mvebu_pcie_read_config() and
mvebu_pcie_write_config() functions. Function mvebu_pcie_write_config()
will also catch writes to PCI_PRIMARY_BUS (0x18) and PCI_SECONDARY_BUS
(0x19) registers and set PCI Bridge primary and secondary bus numbers via
mvebu's own method.
Also, Expansion ROM Base Address register (0x38) is available, but at
different offset 0x30. So recalculate register offset before accessing PCI
config space.
After these steps U-Boot sees working PCI Bridge and CONFIG_PCI_PNP code
can finally start enumerating all PCIe devices correctly, even with more
complicated PCI topology. So update also mvebu_pcie_valid_addr() function
to reflect state of the real device topology.
Each PCIe port is de-facto isolated and every PCI Bridge which is part of
PCIe Root Complex is also isolated, so put them on separate PCI buses as
(local) device 0.
U-Boot already supports enumerating separate PCI buses, real (HW) bus
number can be retrieved by "PCI_BUS(bdf) - dev_seq(bus)" code, so update
config read/write functions to properly handle more complicated tree
topologies (e.g. when a PCIe switch with multiple PCI buses is connected
to the PCIe port).
Local bus number and local device number on mvebu are used for determining
which config request type is used (Type 0 vs Type 1). On normal non-broken
PCIe hardware it is done by primary and secondary bus numbers. So correctly
translate settings between these numbers to ensure that correct config
requests are sent over the PCIe bus.
As bus numbers are correctly re-configured, it does not make sense to print
some initial bogus configuration during probe, so remove this debug code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When reading 8 or 16 bits from config space, use appropriate readb() or
readw() calls. This ensures that PCIe controller does not read more bits
from endpoint card as asked by read_config() function.
Technically there should not be an issue with reading data from config
space which are not later used as there are no clear-by-read registers.
But it is better to use correct read operation based on requested size.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Current implementation of write_config() is broken for PCI_SIZE_8 or
PCI_SIZE_16 as it always uses writel(), which means that write operation
is always 32-bit, so upper 24 bits for PCI_SIZE_8 and upper 16 bits for
PCI_SIZE_16 are cleared.
Fix this by using writeb() and writew(), respectively.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Fixes for x86 build with Clang/LLVM compiler
- Tangier ACPI changes
- Edison SD card detect pin fix
- EFI on x86 doc update with latest instructions
- PXE utility fixes to align with latest x86 zboot implementation
There are two PCB designs in the wild which use the opposite
signaling for SD card detection. This makes U-Boot working
in one case and failing in the other. Quirk this out by
disconnecting SD card detection pin from the PCB by switching
it to mode 3. In the disconnected state the read value is always
the same and inverted to what we are expecting in the code.
BugLink: https://github.com/edison-fw/meta-intel-edison/issues/136
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
We would need to quirk out the Card Detect case and for that we allow
configuring the SD/SDIO family of pins.
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When building U-Boot with clang, it notices that the i8254.h include
guard does not work correctly due to a typo. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: fixed the other same typo at the end of the same file]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There is no point to use Method() for the constant.
Replace it with Name() defined object. For the _STA
case it saves 3 bytes per each entry.
Before: 2881
After: 2833
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
bootm and zboot accept different arguments:
> bootm [addr [arg ...]]
> - boot application image stored in memory
> passing arguments 'arg ...'; when booting a Linux kernel,
> 'arg' can be the address of an initrd image
> zboot [addr] [size] [initrd addr] [initrd size] [setup] [cmdline]
> addr - The optional starting address of the bzimage.
> If not set it defaults to the environment
> variable "fileaddr".
> size - The optional size of the bzimage. Defaults to
> zero.
> initrd addr - The address of the initrd image to use, if any.
> initrd size - The size of the initrd image to use, if any.
In the zboot flow, the current code will reuse the bootm args and attempt
to pass the initrd arg (argv[2]) as the kernel size (should be argv[3]).
zboot also expects the initrd address and size to be separate arguments.
Let's untangle them and have separate argv/argc locals.
Signed-off-by: Zhaofeng Li <hello@zhaofeng.li>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing intructions in the U-Boot on EFI doc do not work with
the latest QEMU. Update the doc with the correct instructions, as
well as using the new OVMF URL link.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Environment tidy-ups
patman 'postfix' support
fix binman test race condition causing a timeout error
# gpg: Signature made Sun 31 Oct 2021 03:36:55 PM EDT
# gpg: using RSA key B25C0022AF86A7CC1655B6277F173A3E9008ADE6
# gpg: issuer "sjg@chromium.org"
# gpg: Good signature from "Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>" [unknown]
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: B25C 0022 AF86 A7CC 1655 B627 7F17 3A3E 9008 ADE6
Check sizeof(default_environment) against ENV_SIZE in a static_assert()
instead of runtime.
Only check if !USE_HOSTCC (for in fw_env tool ENV_SIZE expands to a
variable, and cannot be checked statically) nad
!DEFAULT_ENV_INSTANCE_EMBEDDED, for in that case the default_environment
variable is not set.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes we use uchar and sometimes char for the default environment
array. By always using char, we can get rid of some explicit casts.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Various freescale boards set gd->env_addr to default_environment in
board_init(), conditional on CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE, but this is
redundant, since it is done by env_init() before board_init() is called.
Let the env subsystem handle this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Mian Yousaf Kaukab <ykaukab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This board sets gd->env_addr to default_environment in board_init(), but
the board has environment in SPI flash according to defconfig. Let the
env API handle environment automatically.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
env_flash_init() (both implementations) assigns default environment if
ENV_INVALID, but this is done in the generic env_init() function, which
calls this initializer, so drop it from here.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use spaces instead of tabs in assignments, since there are no lines to
align assignment values to.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
env_nowhere_init() assigns default environment if ENV_INVALID, but this
is done in the generic env_init() function, which calls this
initializer, so drop it from here.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
env_nvram_init() assigns default environment if ENV_INVALID, but this is
done in the generic env_init() function, which calls this initializer,
so drop it from here.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
env_nand_init() says the environment is valid even if it is assigning
default environment due to not being able to access nand pre-reloaction
(determined by macro values). Change this to ENV_INVALID and let the
generic env_init() function, which calls this initializer, assign the
default environment.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
env_sf_init_addr() says the environment is valid even if it is assigning
default environment due to CRC failure. Change this to ENV_INVALID and
let the generic env_init() function, which calls this initializer,
assign the default environment.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The function env_sf_init_addr() assigns number literals (1) instead of
ENV_VALID to gd->env_valid. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the if clause we use tabs and in the else clause spaces. Let's use
spaces in the if clause too.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When linking the final u-boot binary with LLD, the following link errors
are seen:
ld.lld: error: can't create dynamic relocation R_386_32 against local
symbol in readonly segment; recompile object files with
-fPIC or pass '-Wl,-z,notext' to allow text relocations
in the output
>>> defined in arch/x86/cpu/start.o
>>> referenced by arch/x86/cpu/start.o:(.text.start+0x32)
[...]
>>> defined in arch/x86/cpu/start16.o
>>> referenced by arch/x86/cpu/start16.o:(.start16+0x1C)
According to Nick Desaulniers:
"This is a known difference between GNU and LLVM linkers; the GNU
linkers permit relocations in readonly segments (making them not read
only), LLVM does not (by default)."
Since U-Boot apparently seems to use relocations in readonly segments,
change the global linker flags to permit them when linking with LLD by
specifying '-z notext'.
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present testThreadTimeout() assumes that the expected timeout happens
first when building the section, but it can just as easily happen at the
top-level image. Update the test to cope with both.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The data blob apparently does not need to be modified through the fit
field of the image_sign_info struct so make it point to const to avoid
the need to cast away constness in functions that assign a pointer to
const data to the field.
fit_image_setup_verify already had to cast away constness as it assigned
a const void * argument to the field. The cast can now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Lounento <hannu.lounento@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Revert GIC LPI changes that need to be reworked.
- mvebu SATA booting bugfix
- Samsung Galaxy S9/S9+(SM-G96x0), Samsung Galaxy A and Apple M1
platform support.
Samsung Galaxy A3, A5, A7 (2017) - middle class Samsung smartphones.
U-boot can be used as chain-loaded bootloader to gain control
on booting vanilla linux(and possibly others) kernels
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Samsung S9 SM-G9600 - Snapdragon SDM845 version of the phone,
for China \ Hong Kong markets.
Has unlockable bootloader, unlike SM-G960U (American market version),
which allows running u-boot as a chain-loaded bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Hi-end qualcomm chip, introduced in late 2017.
Mostly used in flagship phones and tablets of 2018.
Features:
- arm64 arch
- total of 8 Kryo 385 Gold / Silver cores
- Hexagon 685 DSP
- Adreno 630 GPU
Tested only as second-stage bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Allows to change clock frequency of debug uart,
thus supporting wide range of baudrates.
Enable / disable functionality is not implemented yet.
In most use cases of SDM845 (i.e. mobile phones and tablets)
it's not needed, because qualcomm first stage bootloader leaves it
initialized, and on the other hand there's no possibility to
replace signed first stage bootloader with u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Generic Interface (GENI) Serial Engine (SE) based uart
can be found on newer qualcomm SOCs, starting from SDM845.
Tested on Samsung SM-G9600(starqltechn)
by chain-loading u-boot with stock bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Dzmitry Sankouski <dsankouski@gmail.com>
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Provide preliminary instructions on how to get U-Boot to run on
Apple Silicon Macs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add preliminary device trees for the Apple M1 mini (2020) and
Apple M1 Macbook Pro 13" (2020). Device tree bindings for
the Apple M1 SoC are still being formalized and these device
trees will be synchronized with the Linux kernel as needed.
The device trees in this commit are based on the initial Apple
M1 device trees from Linux 5.13, nodes for dart, pcie, pinctrl,
pmgr, usb based on bindings on track for inclusion in Linux
5.15 and 5.16 and nodes for i2c, mailbox, nvme, pmu, spmi and
watchdog that don't have a proposed binding yet.
These device trees are provided as a reference only as U-Boot
uses the device tree passed by the m1n1 bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The DART is an IOMMU that is used on Apple's M1 SoC. This driver
configures the DART such that it operates in bypass mode which is
enough to support DMA for the USB3 ports integrated on the SoC.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Apple M1 SoCs include an S5L UART which is a variant of the S5P
UART. Add support for this variant and enable it by default
on Apple SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for Apple's M1 SoC that is used in "Apple Silicon"
Macs. This builds a basic U-Boot that can be used as a payload
for the m1n1 boot loader being developed by the Asahi Linux
project.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Add MAINTAINERS entry]
This uclass is intended to manage IOMMUs on systems where the
IOMMUs are not in bypass mode by default. In that case U-Boot
cannot ignore the IOMMUs if it wants to use devices that need
to do DMA and sit behind such an IOMMU.
This initial IOMMU uclass implementation does not implement and
device ops and is intended for IOMMUs that have a bypass mode
that does not require address translation. Support for IOMMUs
that do require address translation is planned and device ops
will be defined when support for such IOMMUs will be added.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use proper SATA macro for boot_device switch in spl_boot_device() function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: 2226ca1734 ("arm: mvebu: Load U-Boot proper binary in SPL code based on kwbimage header")
Stop using the device tree as a source for ad-hoc information.
This reverts commit 2ae7adc659.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
[trini: Also make board/broadcom/bcmns3/ns3.c fail clearly now]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Ad-hoc bindings that are not part of the upstream device tree / bindings
are not allowed in-tree. Only bindings that are in-progress with
upstream and then re-synced once agreed upon are.
This reverts commit af288cb291.
Cc: Hou Zhiqiang <Zhiqiang.Hou@nxp.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reported-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
This allows specifying partitions using more extended syntax. This is
particularly useful to access eMMC hardware partitions. For example,
this allows something like
ums 0 mmc 0.0,0.1,0.2,0.3
to expose four LUNs for each of the four default eMMC hardware
partitions. Note that the comma syntax was already present, and this
syntax is already documented.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
dev_err seems to be moved to different header file. Include
dm/device_compat.h file to compile properly.
Fixes: 69dae8902b ("linux/compat.h: Remove redefinition of dev_xxx macros")
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Now that the three M/N/H variants can be built from one config,
rename the defconfig file to be more generic since it supports multiple
RZ/G2.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Both Ethernet and USB drivers get their reference clocks from
the versaclock. Enable that driver and the common clock driver
by default.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Now that TARGET_BEACON_RZG2M can handle all the work that
was done with TARGET_BEACON_RZG2N and TARGET_BEACON_RZG2H,
remove them since they just create more duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The three different boards share the same board file and only differ
in terms of which SoC is being used. By enabling FIT on
TARGET_BEACON_RZG2M, it can support all three boards and elimate
duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
There are three boards from Beacon, RZ/G2 M/N/H which all
use the same board file, but different device trees.
Add code to automatically select the proper device tree
based on the CPU type.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
JetHome has own MAC OUI. Add jethub-j100 board file. Update config.
Signed-off-by: Vyacheslav Bocharov <adeep@lexina.in>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This adds support for amlogic efuse write and provides two subcommands
of "sm" command: "efuseread" and "efusewrite" to read/write bytes between
memory and efuse.
Signed-off-by: Vyacheslav Bocharov <adeep@lexina.in>
[narmstrong: fixed indent at end of patch]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
There are 4 registers (PERIPHID{0-3}) that contain the ID of MCI.
For MMCs' with peripheral id 0x02041180 and 0x03041180, H/W flow control
needs to be enabled for multi block writes (MMC CMD 18).
Signed-off-by: Usama Arif <usama.arif@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
It doesn't need to follow more sequence to do the hwparititioning,
because SD doesn't support hwpartitioning feature.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add option to extend the hardware partition to the maximum size by
using the '-' dash sign instead of $cnt parameter. This is useful
in case we want to switch the entire eMMC user area into pSLC mode,
especially in case the device may be populated with different size
eMMCs. With this change, we do not have to calculate the number of
blocks of the user area manually.
To switch the pSLC mode for user area, use e.g. the following.
WARNING: This is a one-time irreversible change.
=> mmc hwpartition user enh 0 - wrrel on complete
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Adds an implementation of the wait_dat0 MMC operation for the DM SDHCI
driver, allowing the driver to continue when the card is ready rather
than waiting for the worst case time on each MMC switch operation.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Adds an implementation of the wait_dat0 MMC operation for the Freescale
eSHDC driver, allowing the driver to continue when the card is ready
rather than waiting for the worst case time on each MMC switch operation.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
- mvebu: Fix usage of BIN header arguments (Pali)
- mvebu: turris_omnia: Fix MTD partitions order for Linux (Pali)
- mvebu: nandpagesize support for kwbimage v1 (Pali)
kwbimage v1 has also nandpagesize field. So set it to zero for both image
versions when image is not signed.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The NAND_PAGE_SIZE command is already supported by mkimage for v0 images,
but not for v1 images.
A38x and A39x BootROM supports reading NAND flash page size from v1 image
in the same way as Kirkwood BootROM from v0 image. It it documented in A38x
and A39x Functional Specification.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Linux enumerates MTD partitions in DTB order, while the fdt_add_subnode()
function puts a new subnode at the beginning.
To fix this, put MTD partitions into DTB in reverse order.
Fixes: 92f36c8e74 ("arm: mvebu: turris_omnia: fixup MTD partitions in Linux' DTB")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
U-Boot SPL binary does not read BIN header arguments, so passing some dummy
values 0000005b and 00000068 has no effect for U-Boot SPL code.
Probably these two values comes from old Marvell DDR training code which
was separated from U-Boot and used it for some configuration.
Seems that two 32-bit values were specified here to ensure SPL code
alignment to 128-bit boundary as it is required e.g. for A370 or AXP
processors. Main kwbimage header is 64-byte long which is aligned to
128-bit boundary. Optional kwbheader is 32-bit long, number of BIN header
arguments is stored in 32-bit number. So for alignment to 128-bit boundary
is needed 64-bit padding which exactly these two 32-bit dummy arguments
provided.
Now when mkimage correctly aligns start of executable code in BIN header to
128-bit boundary, there is no requirement to put dummy argument values into
kwbimage. So remove them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Important detail is availability of kwbimage BIN header arguments passed
via r0 and r1 registers by BootROM.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
ARM executable code inside the BIN header on some mvebu platforms
(e.g. A370, AXP) must always be aligned with the 128-bit boundary. This
requirement can be met by inserting dummy arguments into BIN header.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
ARM executable code inside the BIN header on some mvebu platforms
(e.g. A370, AXP) must always be aligned with the 128-bit boundary. This
requirement can be met by inserting dummy arguments into BIN header.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
OF_HOSTFILE is used on sandbox configs only. Although it's pretty
unique and not causing any confusions, we are better of having simpler
config options for the DTB.
So let's replace that with the existing OF_BOARD. U-Boot would then
have only three config options for the DTB origin.
- OF_SEPARATE, build separately from U-Boot
- OF_BOARD, board specific way of providing the DTB
- OF_EMBED embedded in the u-boot binary(should not be used in production
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit adds the DeployedMode and AuditMode variable
measurement required in TCG PC Client Platform Firmware
Profile Specification.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
This commit adds the UEFI GPT disk partition topology
measurement required in TCG PC Client Platform Firmware
Profile Specification
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Free() checks if its argument in NULL. There is no need for the caller to
do the same.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Correct the test on RNG device presence,when ret is equal to 0,
before to call dm_rng_read function.
Without this patch the RNG device is not used when present (when ret == 0)
or a data abort occurs in dm_rng_read when CONFIG_DM_RNG is activated but
the RNG device is not present in device tree (ret != 0 and devp = NULL).
Fixes: 92fdad28cf ("lib: uuid: use RNG device if present")
CC: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
CC: Torsten Duwe <duwe@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The padding pss is only supported on u-boot and tools since
commit 2bbed3ff8c ("image: Use Kconfig to enable FIT_RSASSA_PSS on host")
This commit adds the config SPL_FIT_RSASSA_PSS to support
the padding pss in the SPL.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit adds a check on the padding in the function rsa_verify_key
to avoid using a NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
First two fields are reversed compared to what is expected by the SCMI
specification.
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
Fixes: 6038884483 ("clk: add clock driver for SCMI agents")
TCG PC Client Platform Firmware Profile Specification
requires to measure the SMBIOS table that contains static
configuration information (e.g. Platform Manufacturer
Enterprise Number assigned by IANA, platform model number,
Vendor and Device IDs for each SMBIOS table).
The device- and environment-dependent information such as
serial number is cleared to zero or space character for
the measurement.
Existing smbios_string() function returns pointer to the string
with const qualifier, but exisintg use case is updating version
string and const qualifier must be removed.
This commit removes const qualifier from smbios_string()
return value and reuses to clear the strings for the measurement.
This commit also fixes the following compiler warning:
lib/smbios-parser.c:59:39: warning: cast to pointer from integer of
different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
const struct smbios_header *header = (struct smbios_header *)entry->struct_table_address;
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Not all SPI flashes and controllers can do continuous transfer longer
than 16 MiB, so perform the DFU read in 16 MiB chunks.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Make sure to (if applicable) flush the D-cache, invalidate I-cache,
and disable MMU and caches before jumping to OPTEE.
This fixes the SDP->SPL->OPTEE boot flow on iMX6Q and most likely on
some other ARM SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
In multiple places we need the default GUID matching a variable name.
The patch provides a library function. For secure boot related variables
like 'PK', 'KEK', 'db' a lookup table is used. For all other variable
names EFI_GLOBAL_VARIABLE is returned.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
UEFI variable names are typically constants and hence should be defined as
const. Unfortunately some of our API functions do not define the parameters
for UEFI variable names as const. This requires unnecessary conversions.
Adjust parameters of several internal functions to tre UEFI variable names
as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The commit 47a25e81d3 ("Revert "efi_capsule: Move signature from DTB to
.rodata"") failed to revert the removal of efi_get_public_key_data().
Add back this function and move it under lib/efi_loader so that other
platforms can utilize it. It is now declared as a weak function so that
it can be replaced with a platform-specific implementation.
Fixes: 47a25e81d3 ("Revert "efi_capsule: Move signature from DTB to
.rodata"")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This reverts commit a7e4f905d2.
The description originally written by Sughosh is still valid
even after the commit 47a25e81d3 ("Revert "efi_capsule: Move signature
from DTB to .rodata"") was applied.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
This reverts commit d428e81266.
We have agreed with removing dtb-related stuff from mkeficapsule
command even if the commit 47a25e81d3 ("Revert "efi_capsule: Move
signature from DTB to .rodata"") was applied.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This commit fixes the following compilation warning
of boottime->install_configuration_table() function.
lib/efi_selftest/efi_selftest_tcg2.c:475:46:
warning: passing argument 1 of ‘boottime->install_configuration_table’
discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-qualifiers]
ret = boottime->install_configuration_table(&smbios_guid, dmi);
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Support for the PPC74xx processors has been removed in commit
d928664f41 ("powerpc: 74xx_7xx: remove 74xx_7xx cpu support")
more than 6 years ago already. So the corresponding README file
can now be removed, too.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Support for PPC4XX processors has been removed. So we should not mention it
in the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Currently the MMC environment driver supports storing redundant environment
only in one eMMC partition at different offsets. This is sub-optimal, since
if this one boot partition is erased, both copies of environment are lost.
Since the eMMC has two boot partitions, add support for storing one copy of
environment in each of the two boot partitions.
To enable this functionality, select CONFIG_SYS_REDUNDAND_ENVIRONMENT to
indicate redundant environment should be used. Set CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART
to 1 to indicate environment should be stored in eMMC boot partition. Set
CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET equal to CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND, and both to the offset
from start of eMMC boot partition where the environment should be located.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The loads srec loading may overwrite piece of U-Boot accidentally.
Prevent that by using LMB to detect whether upcoming write would
overwrite piece of reserved U-Boot code, and if that is the case,
abort the srec loading.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the environment is stored in eMMC hardware boot partition, the environment
driver first stores the currently selected eMMC boot partition, then does the
requested operation, and then restores the original boot partition settings.
In case the environment operation fails, the boot partition settings are also
restored.
The 'env erase' implementation in the MMC environment driver lacks the path
which restores the boot partition. This could lead to various failure modes,
like the system boots the wrong copy of bootloader etc. Fix this by filling
in the missing restoration path.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
- Add and enable watchdog driver
- Prepare for SYSRESET driven AXP poweroff
- Prepare for SoCs without MMC2
- Some fixes for extending SPL (SPL-DM for RISC-V)
- Some preparations for proper VBUS management
- Fix secure monitor move
Allwinner R329 has no MMC2.
Only include the code of MMC2 if the base address of it is defined.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@sipeed.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Some Allwinner SoCs (e.g. R329) doesn't have a MMC2 controller at all,
and on boards that we do not utilize MMC2, the alias for it is just
useless.
Only include the alias when we specify CONFIG_MMC_SUNXI_EXTRA_SLOT to 2.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@sipeed.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
For some reason, the watchdog was disabled in the H616 device tree. Most
likely this is a copy-paste from the H6 device tree: the H6 watchdog is
disabled because it is broken in some chips. However, there is no
evidence of issues with the H616 watchdog.
Enable the watchdog node so it can be used by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
A watchdog helps recover from hangs or failure to boot an OS. It can
also be used by the sysreset framework to intentionally reset the
system. Now that a driver is available, let's enable this functionality
on sunxi boards.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This driver supports the sun4i/sun6i/sun20i watchdog timers.
They have a maximum timeout of 16 seconds.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The sunxi clock driver exposes a reset controller, so it selects the
reset controller framework. Ensure that dependency is also satisfied
when building the driver for the SPL.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The more recent Allwinner SoCs BootROMs can actually load SPL images
larger than 32KB. We use this on the H616 to fit the extra code needed
for the PMIC into the image, and have provisions in board.c to respect
that larger SPL size when booting from MMC.
However the sunxi SPL SPI loader has a hardcoded load offset of 32KB,
which will fail on the H616.
To fix this, use the same algorithm we use for MMC: if the SPL size is
smaller than 32KB, we use 32KB, otherwise we expect the U-Boot payload
directly after the SPL code.
This prepares for SPI booting with larger SPLs like on the H616.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The AXP PMICs have the ability to power off the system. The existing
code for this is duplicated for each PMIC variant, and uses the legacy
non-DM "pmic_bus" interface. When SYSRESET is enabled, this can all be
replaced with a sysreset device using the DM_PMIC interface.
Since the trigger bit is the same on all PMIC variants, use the register
definitions from the oldest supported PMIC.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The sysreset uclass has an option to provide the do_poweroff() function.
When that option is enabled, the AXP power drivers should not provide
their own definition.
For the AXP305, which is paired with 64-bit systems where TF-A provides
PSCI, there is another possible conflict with the PSCI firmware driver.
This driver can be enabled even if CONFIG_PSCI_RESET is disabled, so
make sure to use the right symbol in the condition.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
A single DM-based driver should be able to support some feature for
several PMIC variants where the interface is the same. For example,
all PMIC variants use the same register bit to trigger poweroff.
However, currently only definitions for a single PMIC are available at
a time. This requires drivers to use #ifdefs and different indentifiers
for each variant they support.
Let's simplify this by making register definitions for all variants
available from the header. Then no preprocessor conditions are needed;
the driver can use the register definition from any variant that
supports the relevant feature.
An exception is the GPIO-related definitions, which do not use unique
identifiers. So for now, keep them like before. They will be cleaned up
along with the GPIO driver.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This header attempted to avoid multiple inclusion using a header guard.
But the preprocessor symbol was never defined, so the guard had no
effect. Fix this by defining the symbol.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When adding eGON support to mkimage, the struct boot_file_head
definition was moved to its own header. This is the only thing
mksunxiboot needed out of asm/arch/spl.h. Clean up the relative
include by switching to new header.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
commit 1ebfc0c631 ("sunxi: A23/A33/H3: Move sun8i secure monitor to
SRAM A2") attempted to move the secure monitor to SRAM A2. But not all
sun8i SoCs have SRAM A2, so a check was put in for SUNXI_SRAM_A2_SIZE to
avoid breaking the other SoCs.
However, because the header providing SUNXI_SRAM_A2_SIZE was not
included, this unintentionally skipped the new definitions on all SoCs.
Fix this by including the right header.
Fixes: 1ebfc0c631 ("sunxi: A23/A33/H3: Move sun8i secure monitor to SRAM A2")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The device tree binding provides for getting VBUS state from a device
referenced by phandle, as an optional alternative to using a GPIO. In
U-Boot, where there is no power supply class, this VBUS detection will
be implemented using a regulator device and its get_enable method.
Let's hook this up to the PHY driver.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The Linux driver checks the VBUS detection GPIO first; then VBUS power
supply; then finally assumes VBUS is present. When adding VBUS power
supply support, we want to match that order, so we get the same behavior
in case both a GPIO and a power supply are provided in the device tree.
So refactor the function a bit to remove the early return, and use the
same "assume VBUS is present" final fallback.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Both of these messages log the GPIO number of the ID detection GPIO,
which is not terribly useful, especially in the VBUS detection function.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
sunxi-common.h defines CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR to put SPL's BSS in
DRAM. Due to this, we must select SPL_SEPARATE_BSS, or else SPL will
attempt to load its DTB from the wrong address (after BSS in DRAM).
This change fixes booting with SPL_OF_CONTROL=y.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Errata ERR050568 description says that "Flash access by FlexSPI AHB
command may not work with platform frequency equal to 300 MHz" on
LS1028A.
By default, smaller length reads(equal to RX FIFO size) are done by IP
bus and larger length reads using AHB bus. For adding errata workaround,
use IP bus to read entire flash contents and disable AHB path when
platform frequency is 300Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add support for disabling AHB bus and read entire flash contents via IP
bus only. Please note, this enables IP bus read using a quirk which can
be enabled directly in device-type data or in existence of an errata
where AHB bus may need to be disabled.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The mt25qu512a supports 4K or 64K sectors, so adding
SECT_4K to enable 4K sector usage.
Tested on Intel n5x hardware with QSPI carrier card
Signed-off-by: Kris Chaplin <kris.chaplin@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
[jagan: droped Tested-by of patch author and datasheet link]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The original purpose of mtd_erase_callback() in Linux at the time it was
imported to U-Boot, was to inform the caller that erasing is done (since
it was an asynchronous operation).
All supplied callback methods in U-Boot do nothing, but the
mtd_erase_callback() function was (until previous patch) grossly abused
in U-Boot's mtdpart implementation for completely different purpose.
Since we got rid of the abusement, remove the mtd_erase_callback()
function and the .callback member from struct erase_info entirely, in
order to avoid such problems in the future.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The _erase() method of the mtdpart driver, part_erase(), currently
implements offset shifting (for given mtdpart partition) in a weird way:
1. part_erase() adds partition offset to block address
2. parent driver's _erase() method is called
3. parent driver's _erase() method calls mtd_erase_callback()
4. mtd_erase_callback() subtracts partition offset from block address
so that the callback function is given correct address
The problem here is that if the parent's driver does not call
mtd_erase_callback() in some scenario (this was recently a case for
spi_nor_erase(), which did not call mtd_erase_callback() at all), the
offset is not shifted back.
Moreover the code would be more readable if part_erase() not only added
partition offset before calling parent's _erase(), but also subtracted
it back afterwards. Currently the mtd_erase_callback() is expected to do
this subtracting since it does have to do it anyway.
Add the more steps to this procedure:
5. mtd_erase_callback() adds partition offset to block address so that
it returns the the erase_info structure members as it received them
6. part_erase() subtracts partition offset from block address
This makes the code more logical and also prevents errors in case
parent's driver does not call mtd_erase_callback() for some reason.
(BTW, the purpose of mtd_erase_callback() in Linux is to inform the
caller that it is done, since in Linux erasing is done asynchronously.
We are abusing the purpose of mtd_erase_callback() in U-Boot for
completely different purpose. The callback function itself has empty
implementation in all cases in U-Boot.)
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
The spi_nor_erase() function does not call mtd_erase_callback() as it
should.
The mtdpart code currently implements the subtraction of partition
offset in mtd_erase_callback().
This results in partition offset being added prior calling
spi_nor_erase(), but not subtracted back on return. The result is that
the `mtd erase` command does not erase the whole partition, only some of
it's blocks:
=> mtd erase "Rescue system"
Erasing 0x00000000 ... 0x006fffff (1792 eraseblock(s))
jedec_spi_nor spi-nor@0: at 0x100000, len 4096
jedec_spi_nor spi-nor@0: at 0x201000, len 4096
jedec_spi_nor spi-nor@0: at 0x302000, len 4096
jedec_spi_nor spi-nor@0: at 0x403000, len 4096
jedec_spi_nor spi-nor@0: at 0x504000, len 4096
jedec_spi_nor spi-nor@0: at 0x605000, len 4096
jedec_spi_nor spi-nor@0: at 0x706000, len 4096
This is obviously wrong.
Add proper calling of mtd_erase_callback() into the spi_nor_erase()
function.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
This check is already done in all callers: mtdcore's mtd_write() /
mtd_erase(), legacy spi_nor_write() / spi_flash_erase(). No reason to do
this here as well.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Check for zero length in the legacy spi_flash_read() /
spi_flash_write() / spi_flash_erase() functions.
On zero length, return 0 immediately, don't call the underlying method.
Rationale:
- these legacy functions call the _read(), _write() and _erase() methods
of struct mtd
- the DM callers of these methods already check for zero length
- making all callers of these methods check for zero length makes it
possible to remove the check from implementations of these _read(),
_write() and _erase() methods
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The cleanup code of spi_nor_erase() function calls write_disable(), but
does not return it's return value even in case of failure. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
The cleanup code of the spi_nor_erase() function overwrites the ret
variable with return value of clean_bar(), even if the ret variable is
already set. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
The S25FL256L is a part of the S25FL-L family and has the same feature set
as S25FL128L except the density.
The datasheet can be found in the following link.
https://www.cypress.com/file/316171/download
The S25FL256L is 32MB NOR Flash that does not support Bank Address
Register. This fixup is activated if CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR is enabled and
returns ENOTSUPP in setup() hook to avoid further ops.
Tested on Xilinx Zynq-7000 FPGA board.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Pull request for efi-2022-01-rc1
Documentation:
Use Sphinx 3.43.
Move system reset documentation to HTML
UEFI:
Fix linking EFI apps with LLVM
Fix alignment of loaded image
Correct simple network protocol test
Code cleanup
Refactoring of env_get_char() etc.
Update buildman to use gcc-11.1.0
Use in-container toolchain for nokia_rx51 CI test
# gpg: Signature made Thu 21 Oct 2021 09:34:07 PM EDT
# gpg: using RSA key B25C0022AF86A7CC1655B6277F173A3E9008ADE6
# gpg: issuer "sjg@chromium.org"
# gpg: Good signature from "Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>" [unknown]
# gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a trusted signature!
# gpg: There is no indication that the signature belongs to the owner.
# Primary key fingerprint: B25C 0022 AF86 A7CC 1655 B627 7F17 3A3E 9008 ADE6
Move the following functions from cmd/nvedit.c to env/common.c:
env_set_ulong()
env_set_hex()
env_get_hex()
eth_env_get_enetaddr()
eth_env_set_enetaddr()
env_get()
from_env()
env_get_f()
env_get_ulong()
since these functions are not specific for U-Boot's CLI.
We leave env_set() in cmd/nvedit.c, since it calls _do_env_set(), which
is a static function in that file.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In the past the env_match() function was used to match envs with
- name, i.e. string "name"
- variable assignment, i.e. string "name=other_value"
The latter is not the case anymore, since the env_match() function is
now used only in env_get_f(), and so we can simplify the function into
a simple strncmp() with an additional comparison to '='.
Let's do this, and since the resulting function is quite simple, let's
also inline its code into env_get_f().
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Copy the value of the found variable into given buffer with memcpy()
instead of ad-hoc code.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently the env_get_f() function's return value behaves weirdly: it
returns the number of bytes written into `buf`, but whether this is
excluding the terminating NULL-byte or including it depends on whether
there was enough space in `buf`.
Change the function to always return the actual length of the value of
the environment variable (excluding the terminating NULL-byte) on
success. This makes it behave like sprintf().
All users of this function in U-Boot are compatible with this change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The `nxt` variable actually points to the terminating null-byte of the
current env var, and the next env var is at `nxt + 1`, not `nxt`. So a
better name for this variable is `end`.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since we no longer use env_get_char() to access n-th character of
linearized environment data, but rather access the arrays themselves, we
can convert the iteration to use string pointers instead of position
indexes.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is a relic from the past when environment was read from
underlying device one character at a time.
It is used only in the case when getting an environemnt variable prior
relocation, and the function is simple enough to be inlined there.
Since env_get_char() is being changed to simple access to an array, we
can drop the failing cases and simplify the code (this could have been
done before, since env_get_char() did not fail even before).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function was used by other parts of U-Boot in the past when
environment was read from underlying device one character at a time.
This is not the case anymore.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This comment is not true since commit 6215bd4c1f ("api: Use hashtable
function for API_env_enum").
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit b2cdef4861 ("env: restore old env_get_char() behaviour")
dropped the .get_char() method from struct env_driver, but left the two
existing implementations (eeprom and nvram) in case someone would use
them by overwriting weak function env_get_char_spec().
Since this was never done in the 3.5 years, let's drop these methods and
simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function actually returns:
- the number of bytes written into @buf excluding the terminating
NULL-byte, if there was enough space in @buf
- the number of bytes written into @buf including the terminating
NULL-byte, if there wasn't enough space in @buf
- -1 if the variable is not found
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix up the header's include guard to contain the definition of
dm_priv_to_rw(), which was erroneously added outside of it, by moving
its #endif to the end of the file (i.e. where it belongs). This removes
the risk of compilation errors resulting from the redefinition of that
function where the header might have been (indirectly) included more
than once.
Fixes: cfb9c9b77c ("dm: core: Use separate priv/plat data region")
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While CI has been using gcc-11.1.0 for a long time, we have not updated
buildman to match. Correct this omission.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Instead of fetching an arm toolchain to use, run the test with the one
that's already in the container image.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On the iMX7ULP uCOM board, OP-TEE uses the memory region defined by the
maximum DRAM address minus CONFIG_OPTEE_TZDRAM_SIZE, so subtract
CONFIG_OPTEE_TZDRAM_SIZE from the available DRAM size to avoid
conflicts.
Note the OPTEE boot process itself subtracts the DRAM region it
lives in from the memory map passed to Linux.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable the EQoS i.MX driver in defconfig, also enable the PHYLIB
to facilitate the case that only has FEC enabled.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Since we uses the DTS and PHY reset gpio in EQoS driver to do the
reset, remove the duplicated codes from board file.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
i.MX8MP EVK has two ethernet ports. Add relevant nodes and properties
for EQoS port to the EVK DTS file.
In -u-boot.dtsi, change the u-boot eqos compatible string, add PHY
reset gpio and remove assigned clocks as not supported in CCF.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
i.MX8MP has two ENET controllers, have to update the function to
enable loading two MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
When boot.bin is configured for secure boot the CSU will disable the
JTAG interface on all cases.
Some boards might rely on this interface for flashing to QSPI in which
case those systems might end up bricked during development.
This commit will restore the interface under CSU control
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20211013134800.19452-1-jorge@foundries.io
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
As stated in comment above the code, CRS response can be returned to OS
only for 4-byte PCI_VENDOR_ID config read request. So fix the code.
Fixes: 1d7ad68559 ("arm: a37xx: pci: Handle propagation of CRSSVE bit from PCIe Root Port")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We can only select SPL_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT if SPL is enabled, otherwise
we get a warning about unmet dependencies on platforms that don't use
SPL.
Fixes: cf47a8cf8f ("arm: mvebu: Select SPL_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT on ARMADA_32BIT")
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
PCI Bridge which represents Aardvark PCIe Root Port does not have
configurable bars.
So ensure that write operation to bars registers on PCI Bridge is noop and
bars registers always contain zero address which indicates that bars are
unsupported.
After this change U-Boot 'pci bar 0.0.0' command does not show any
allocated bars for PCI Bridge device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: cb056005dc ("arm: a37xx: pci: Add support for accessing PCI Bridge on root bus")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Instead of declaring CONFIG_SPL_DRIVERS_MISC in board config header,
select it in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Instead of declaring CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE dependant on
CONFIG_SPL_BUILD in board config header, select
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We are printing board information in checkboard() function, which is
called from the default weak implementation of show_board_info().
Rename checkboard() to show_board_info(). This throws away the weak
implementation of show_board_info().
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently we always overwrite ethaddrs with those from EEPROM.
In order to allow user to use a cloned MAC address in U-Boot, change the
code so that it sets ethaddr variables only if they aren't set or are
invalid.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently we overwrite ethaddr and eth1addr only if these variables
don't exist.
Better overwrite them even if the env variable exists, but is invalid -
eth_env_get_enetaddr_by_index() checks for validity.
Refactor the code to use a for cycle.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Handle reset button even if we can't configure modules.
This happens if we fail retrieving reset GPIO with which we can reset
the modules.
(Note that this GPIO is different from reset button GPIO.)
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We are printing board information in last_stage_init(), but U-Boot has
dedicated function, show_board_info(), for this.
Move code which prints board information (board version, serial number,
module topology, ...) to show_board_info().
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reorder the definitions in Turris MOX' board config header, drop the
comment relics from when this file was copied, fix indentation.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move the config option CONFIG_I2C_MV to a Kconfig option
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MV and move the default definition from config header
files into defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move config options CONFIG_LAST_STAGE_INIT and
CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE to turris_mox_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There are two Linux ioctls which implements tcsendbreak() functionality:
TCSBRK and TCSBRKP
TCSBRK with non-zero parameter implements tcdrain() and with zero parameter
implements tcsendbreak() for duration of 0.25s.
TCSBRKP with zero parameter is same as TCSBRK and with non-zero parameter
implements tcsendbreak() for duration in deciseconds specified by
parameter. TCSBRKP does not have to be provided by older toolchain
versions.
So tcsendbreak() has to either use TCSBRK with zero parameter or TCSBRKP
with any parameter.
Fix code to use TCSBRKP and fallback to TCSBRK with 0.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The function show_eeprom is missing int i if debug is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When compiling U-Boot with ld.lld as the linker, the helloworld EFI app
example fails to link:
LD lib/efi_loader/helloworld_efi.so
ld.lld: error: section: .dynamic is not contiguous with other relro
sections
LLD will always create RELRO program header regardless of target
emulation, whereas BFD may automatically disable it for unsupported
targets. Add -znorelro to disable it explicitly in all cases.
Signed-off-by: Alistair Delva <adelva@google.com>
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Nick Desaulniers <ndesaulniers@google.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The 'efidebug boot dump' command should not display the VenMedia() device
path node preceding the device path of the initial ram disk.
By letting efi_dp_from_lo() skip the VenMedia() device path node we can
simplify the coding.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Parameter size is never used in function efi_dp_from_lo(). Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Instead of copying a GUID and then using a pointer to the copy for calling
guidcmp(), just pass the pointer to the orginal GUID.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
We are ignoring the alignment communicated via the PE/COFF header.
Starting 5.10 the Linux kernel will loudly complain about it. For more
details look at [1] (in linux kernel).
So add a function that can allocate aligned EFI memory and use it for our
relocated loaded image.
[1] c32ac11da3f83 ("efi/libstub: arm64: Double check image alignment at entry")
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Vincent Stehlé <vincent.stehle@arm.com>
Acked-by: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When using a file to store UEFI variables we must make sure that secure
boot related variables are not loaded from this file. With commit
9ef82e2947 ("efi_loader: don't load signature database from file")
this has already been implemented for variables defined in the UEFI
specification. As most Linux distributions use Shim we should do the same
for Shim's MOK database.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
It is useful to see some basic EFI info with the command as it forms part
of the information about a board.
Add a hook for this and show the table address as a start.
While here, fix an invalid cast in setup_efi_info(). Note that this
function is using a data structure defined by Linux so we cannot change
it. Also note that ulong is used since this is the standard in U-Boot
(>6k uses), despite there being quite a bit of the more verbose uintptr_t
(930 uses).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The setup routines are called from zimage but don't really belong in the
zimage header. Add a new EFI header to house these. Add comments so it is
clear what the functions do.
Note that these functions are x86-specific. The zimage business is not
used on other architectures.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
At present this information is stripped when linking. It is useful to keep
it around. Strip it from the .efi files instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Separate this out slightly from the payload, with a new entry.
We might consider renaming EFI PAYLOAD to EFI LOADER, but that would
require quite a lot of file changes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This code should never have been added as it builds a new feature on top
of legacy code. This has already been improved with the dependency on BLK.
Add a dependency on DM_ETH also, to avoid needing to deal with this old
code.
Boards which want EFI_LOADER should migrate to driver model first.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Repeatedly receive the packets until the receive buffer is empty.
If the buffer is empty, EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL::Receive()
returns EFI_NOT_READY. We don't need to use the wait_for_event()
every time.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Do not check EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_RECEIVE_INTERRUPT in packet
receiving loop. This depends on the implementation and not
related to whether the packet can be received or not.
Whether the received packets are available or not is ensured
by wait_for_packet, and that is already done in the loop.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
According to the UEF specification v2.9, the main purpose of the
EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_PROTOCOL::GetStatus() is for checking the link
status via EFI_SIMPLE_NETWORK_MODE::MediaPresent.
So this uses net->get_status() for checking the link status before
running network test.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
mkeficapsule is used to create capsules for UEFI firmware update.
To ease inclusion into U-Boot tools packages of Linux distributions we
should add it to the tools-only_defconfig.
Provide dummy values for CONFIG_AVB_BUF_ADDR, CONFIG_AVB_BUF_SIZE to
satisfy Kconfig.
Suggested-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The PPC 440 support has been removed in commit 98f705c9ce
("powerpc: remove 4xx support") already, so this file is
certainly not required anymore.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huth <thuth@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Complete the Sphinx documentation in include/sysreset.h
Add the include to the generated HTML documentation of the U-Boot API.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
For enums documented according to the requirements in chapter
"Structure, union, and enumeration documentation" of
https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/doc-guide/kernel-doc.html
errors occur with Sphinx 2.4.4 which disappear with Sphinx 3.4.3,
e.g.
/builds/u-boot/custodians/u-boot-efi/doc/api/sysreset:6:
./include/sysreset.h:60:Unknown interpreted text role "enum".
Sphinx 3.4.3 is the version used by Debian in the current release.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add code to build the eMMC variant of the Colibri iMX6ULL, i.e. the
'Colibri iMX6ULL 1GB' which has a eMMC instead of the raw NAND used
on other SKUs.
Related-to: ELB-4056, ELB-4057
Signed-off-by: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Integrate new Toradex SKU 0062 Colibri iMX6ULL 1GB IT. This commit
basically adjusts three parameters of the RAM settings:
Increase density from 4Gb to 8Gb
Increase ROW address from 15 to 16
Increase tRFC (refresh command time) from 260 to 350
This timing is valid for all Toradex Colibri iMX6ULL SKUs
Related-to: ELB-4055, ELB-4057
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Add new i.MX 6ULL and 8M Plus SKUs to ConfigBlock handling:
0062: Colibri iMX6ULL 1GB IT (eMMC)
0063: Verdin iMX8M Plus Quad 4GB IT
0064: Verdin iMX8M Plus Quad 2GB Wi-Fi / BT IT
0065: Verdin iMX8M Plus QuadLite 1GB IT
0066: Verdin iMX8M Plus Quad 8GB Wi-Fi / BT
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Restore "Is the module an IT version? [y/N]" for "cfgblock create"
interactive mode command, which was leading to invalid detection
of 0051 Colibri iMX8DX 1GB WB module;
Fixes: a5b5ad4d85 ("toradex: tdx-cfg-clock: add new i.mx 8m mini/plus skus")
Related-to: ELB-3482
Signed-off-by: Denys Drozdov <denys.drozdov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Also take over maintainership of remaining Toradex SoMs as Oleksandr
has left our company.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
CC: Oleksandr Suvorov <cryosay@gmail.com>
After the conversion to binman in commit 8996e6b7c6 ("imx8mm_evk: switch
to use binman to pack images"), it is necessary to flash both flash.bin and
u-boot.itb to get a bootable system. Prior to this commit, only flash.bin
was needed.
Such new requirement breaks existing distro mechanisms to generate the
final binary because the extra u-boot.itb is now required.
Generate a final flash.bin that can be used again as a single
bootable binary to keep the original behavior.
After this change the SPL binary is called spl.bin, which is a more
descriptive name for its purpose, and can still be used standalone
(for example, for secure boot purposes).
Also update imx8mm_evk.rst to remove the u-boot.itb copy step.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
NXP used to setup the gpmi clock root from gpmi_clk in early versions
in their downstream BSP. [1]
However on mainline the gpmi clock root was always setup from enfc
since the beginning of the i.MX 6 series SoCs, which is still the same
today. [2]
NXP followed the mainline approach at some point and changed
setup_gpmi_io_clk to setup gpmi clock root from enfc which left faulty
code behind in our board file. [3]
This commit follows the change of NXP as it improves the performance of
the NAND from ~1.2 MiB/s to ~12 MiB/s. [3]
This change was verified to work in recovery-mode and u-boot loaded
from NAND on all four Colibri iMX6ULL SKUs from Toradex.
The frequency used to read the NAND, measured on RE# (Read Enable):
before this patch: 1.4 MHz
after this patch: 22 MHz
in Linux Kernel: 50 MHz
[1] https://source.codeaurora.org/external/imx/uboot-imx/tree/arch/arm/cpu/armv7/mx6/clock.c?h=nxp/imx_v2016.03_4.1.15_2.0.0_ga#n62
[2] commit 23608e23fd ("i.mx: add the initial support for freescale i.MX6Q processor")
[3] https://source.codeaurora.org/external/imx/uboot-imx/commit/?id=7a82a19ceabfb04bbc1591a67c99751748781c7d
Signed-off-by: Philippe Schenker <philippe.schenker@toradex.com>
Finally, found the root cause of the issue already once mentioned back
here [2] which caused the following error message during boot:
imx_wdt watchdog@30280000:
pinctrl_select_state_full: uclass_get_device_by_phandle_id: err=-19
Turns out while the watchdog node itself was already u-boot,dm-spl its
pinctrl node was not which caused it to be unavailable at that early
stage. Note that any and all other boards I checked also seem to be
missing this. However, I can't judge whether or not they might indeed
need a similar fix or not.
[2] https://marc.info/?l=u-boot&m=161786572422973
Fixes: commit d304e7ace3
("ARM: imx8m: Fix reset in SPL on Toradex iMX8MM Verdin")
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable and set preboot var with fdtfile evaluation.
It will be checked and run immediately before starting the
CONFIG_BOOTDELAY countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
entering interactive mode.
This provides possibility to use different boot cmds in interactive mode
without manual setting fdtfile value, as it it's already evaluated
before entering interactive mode.
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Variable "kernel_image" is used in boot.scr script only, that sets its
own default value to the constant string @@KERNEL_IMAGETYPE@@ in case
"kernel_image" is not set.
The default name of the kernel image shipped with BSP 5.x is "Image.gz".
Setting kernel_image="Image" as a pre-defined u-boot variable
breaks booting systems with modern versions of boot.scr, whereas
renaming it fixes booting with modern scripts and does not break working
of earlier versions of boot.scr.
While at it also update the copyright period, rather than hard-coding
fdtfile default fdt_board to dev for the Verdin iMX8M Mini and fix its
closing #endif comment.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Prepare for DEK blob encapsulation support through "dek_blob" command.
On ARMv8, u-boot runs in non-secure, thus cannot encapsulate a DEK blob
for encrypted boot.
The DEK blob is encapsulated by OP-TEE through a trusted application
call. U-boot sends and receives the DEK and the DEK blob binaries
through OP-TEE dynamic shared memory.
To enable the DEK blob encapsulation, add to the defconfig:
CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT=y
CONFIG_FAT_WRITE=y
CONFIG_CMD_DEKBLOB=y
Taken from NXP's commit 56d2050f40 ("imx8m: Add DEK blob encapsulation
for imx8m").
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Turns out Microship (formerly Micrel) meanwhile integrated proper
support for the DLL setup on their KSZ9131. Unfortunately, this
conflicts with our previous board code doing that.
Fix this by getting rid of our board code and just relying on the
generic implementation relying on rgmii-id being used as phy-mode.
Fixes: commit c6df0e2ffd
("net: phy: micrel: add support for DLL setup on ksz9131")
Fixes: commit af2d3c91d8
("ARM: dts: imx8mm-verdin: Set PHY mode to RGMII-ID")
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Due to missing configs, CI goes in deadlock until an OOM is tracked. Add
CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR and replace CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS with
CONFIG_IMX_CONFIG.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
CC: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu)" <paul.liu@linaro.org>
CC: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Even if board can be successfuly built, CI goes in deadlock (see thread
on https://www.mail-archive.com/u-boot@lists.denx.de/msg419663.html).
This is caused by SYS_CONFIG set in header file and because defconfig
for the board is out of sync with Kconfig. As result, buildman goes on
to read from stdin until an OOM is reached.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
CC: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Hex and int Kconfig options are supposed to have defaults. This is so we
can configure U-Boot without having to enter particular values for the
items that don't have specific values in the board's defconfig file.
If this rule is not followed, then introducing a new Kconfig can produce
a loop like this:
Break things (BREAK_ME) [] (NEW)
Error in reading or end of file.
Break things (BREAK_ME) [] (NEW)
Error in reading or end of file.
The continues forever since buildman passes /dev/null to 'conf', and
the build system just tries again. Eventually there is so much output that
buildman runs out of memory.
We can detect this situation by looking for a symbol (like 'BREAK_ME')
which has no default (the '[]' above) and is marked as new. If this
appears multiple times in the output, we know something is wrong.
Add a filter function for the output which detects this situation. Allow
it to return True to terminate the process. Implement this termination in
cros_subprocess.
With this we get a nice message:
buildman --board sandbox -T0
Building current source for 1 boards (0 threads, 32 jobs per thread)
sandbox: w+ sandbox
+.config:66:warning: symbol value '' invalid for BREAK_ME
+
+Error in reading or end of file.
+make[3]: *** [scripts/kconfig/Makefile:75: syncconfig] Terminated
+make[2]: *** [Makefile:569: syncconfig] Terminated
+make: *** [Makefile:177: sub-make] Terminated
+(** did you define an int/hex Kconfig with no default? **)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present buildman does not write any output (to the 'out' and 'err)
files if the build terminates with a fatal error. This is to avoid adding
lots of spam to the logs.
However there are times when this is actually useful, such as when the
build fails for an obscure reason such as a Kconfig loop.
Update the logic to always write the output, so that the user gets a clue
as to what is happening.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
io read/write may cause wrong result because they may read/write data
from/to register instead of memory. Add 'volatile' to avoid it.
Signed-off-by: Nick Hu <nick.hu@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The following warning is seen in unleashed.c in a 32-bit build:
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Cast with uintptr_t.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The following warning is seen in sifive_ddr.c in a 32-bit build:
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Change to use dev_read_addr_index_ptr().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The following warning is seen in macb.c in a 32-bit build:
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Change to use dev_read_addr_index_ptr(), or cast with uintptr_t.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
At present there is only devfdt_get_addr_ptr() which only returns
the first <addr, size> pair in the 'reg' property. Add a new API
devfdt_get_addr_index_ptr() to return the indexed pointer.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The following warning is seen in ocores_i2c.c in a 32-bit build:
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Change to use dev_read_addr_ptr().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
dev_read_addr() returns a value of type fdt_addr_t which is a 64-bit
address and plat->base is a pointer. In a 32-bit build, this causes the
following warning seen when building sifive-gpio.c:
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Change to use dev_read_addr_ptr().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
dev_read_addr() returns a value of type fdt_addr_t which is a 64-bit
address and pd->va is a pointer. In a 32-bit build, this causes the
following warning seen when building sifive-prci.c:
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Change to use dev_read_addr_ptr().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The following warning is seen in cache-sifive-ccache.c in a 32-bit build:
warning: cast to pointer from integer of different size [-Wint-to-pointer-cast]
Fix by casting it with uintptr_t.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Commit 47d73ba4f4 ("board: sifive: overwrite board_fdt_blob_setup in u-boot proper")
added a board-specific implementation of board_fdt_blob_setup() which
takes a pointer as the return value, but it does not return anything
if CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE is not enabled. This will cause a build warning
seen when testing booting S-mode U-Boot directly from QEMU, per the
instructions in [1]:
board/sifive/unleashed/unleashed.c: In function ‘board_fdt_blob_setup’:
board/sifive/unleashed/unleashed.c:125:1: warning: control reaches end of non-void function [-Wreturn-type]
Return &_end as the default case.
[1] https://qemu.readthedocs.io/en/latest/system/riscv/sifive_u.html#running-u-boot
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
commit 6bf6d81c11 ("clk: fixed_rate: add dummy enable() function")
implemented .enable, so fixed rate clocks can be used where drivers
might call clk_enable(). Implement the .disable op for the same reason;
some drivers, e.g. USB PHYs, may attempt to disable clocks at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
While we intentionally set -std=gnu11 for building host tools, and have
for quite some time, we never dropped -std=gnu99 from tools/Makefile.
This resulted in passing -std=gnu11 ... -std=gnu99 when building, and
gnu99 would win. This in turn would result now in warnings such as:
tools/mkeficapsule.c:25:15: warning: redefinition of typedef 'u32' is a C11 feature [-Wtypedef-redefinition]
typedef __u32 u32;
^
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This enables the clock controller driver support on TI's SoCs. This will
fix this GPIO issue at boot time:
request_and_set_gpio: Unable to request GPIO_PR1_MII_CTRL
request_and_set_gpio: Unable to request GPIO_MUX_MII_CTRL
request_and_set_gpio: Unable to request GPIO_FET_SWITCH_CTRL
request_and_set_gpio: Unable to request GPIO_PHY_RESET
This issue comes from the fact that the clock controller is not probed.
Enable the TI's clock controller driver support to solve this.
Signed-off-by: Amjad Ouled-Ameur <aouledameur@baylibre.com>
At present U-Boot always builds dtc if CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is defined, even
when DTC is provided. The built dtc is not actually used, so this is a
waste of time.
Update the Makefile logic to build dtc only if one is not provided to the
build with the DTC variable. Add documentation to explain this.
This saves about 3.5 seconds of elapsed time on a clean build of
sandbox_spl for me.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We need this to make building dtc optional. It makes no sense to build our
own dtc if the system one works correctly.
This reverts commit ddb87a0b40.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Bulletproof the default boot command with reset statements in case
any command in the chain would fail. In case a failure were to happen,
the board will reset, increment boot counter and retry the procedure.
In case the failures persist and the boot counter reaches the bootlimit,
U-Boot starts altbootcmd instead of the default bootcmd boot command.
The altbootcmd swaps the default boot partition for the other boot
partition, which is an identical copy or an older copy, and tries
booting from that one instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Build U-Boot in Thumb2 mode for M53Menlo board, this makes better
use of the CPU since the instruction density is higher.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The board can do primary/secondary boot switching, enable the bmode command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Move setting CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND to the mx7ulp_com_defconfig file.
It also allows replacing the default CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND without
code modification.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add redundant environment support as it is required
by SWUpdate.
While at it, place the CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET at 0x100000 to allow
more headroom.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
The previous patches removed OF_PRIOR_STAGE from the last consumers of the
Kconfig option. Cleanup any references to it in documentation, code and
configuration options.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At some point back in 2018 prior_stage_fdt_address and OF_PRIOR_STAGE got
introduced, in order to support a DTB handed over by an earlier stage boo
loader. However we have another option in the Kconfig (OF_BOARD) which has
identical semantics.
So let's remove the option in an effort to simplify U-Boot's config and DTB
management, and use OF_BOARD instead.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At some point back in 2018 prior_stage_fdt_address and OF_PRIOR_STAGE got
introduced, in order to support a DTB handed over by an earlier stage boo
loader. However we have another option in the Kconfig (OF_BOARD) which has
identical semantics.
On RISC-V some of the boards pick up the DTB from a1 and copy it in their
private gd_t. Apart from that they copy it to prior_stage_fdt_address, if
the Kconfig option is selected, which is unnecessary.
So let's switch the config option for those boards to OF_BOARD and define
the required board_fdt_blob_setup() for them.
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
On mvebu this is defined if and only if !ARM64.
Otherwise it is defined for boards with ARCH_MX23, ARCH_TEGRA and
ARCH_ZYNQ, and also for SOC_AR934X (tplink_wdr4300).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This option is only used for
mx23evk_defconfig
mx23_olinuxino_defconfig
which are the only i.MX23 boards.
Add depend on ARCH_MX23 and default to y.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
In preparation for moving this option to Kconfig, rename it to be
consistent with other USB EHCI Kconfig options.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The default configuration of rk3399 EMMC PHY does not enable the
strobe line, and EMMC controller will got data transmission error
at HS400 mode.
Signed-off-by: Yifeng Zhao <yifeng.zhao@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
fix up ppll init freq.
support tclk_emmc.
add freq (26M) for mmc device.
fix up the sfc clk rate unit error.
Change in V2:
remove change id.
Signed-off-by: Elaine Zhang <zhangqing@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The devicetree submitted and approved for the mainline linux kernel is
slightly different than the one present here. This syncs both
devicetrees (for the Rockchip SFC node at least) present on the PX30
and the Odroid Go Advance. Changes include renaming the flash node,
reordering the values in the SFC node for the rk3326-odroid-go2,
changing the name of the cs pinctrl node to cs0, and updating the
u-boot specific tree to utilize the new flash node value.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Brand names are supposed to be written with a capital,
so change them all.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the list of mainline U-boot supported Rockchip boards
rk3188 is placed below under the name rv3188. Give back it's
original name and sort the list in alphabetical order.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The 64 bit rk33xx chips don't have the ROCKCHIP_USB2_PHY IP so
drop the configs as they were likely copied over from other
boards during enablement.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Starting with commit 92f1e9a4b3 ("clk: Detect failure to set
defaults") the clk driver for the PX30 would fail to probe for the
Odroid Go Advance. This patch is to remove the clock for the GPU from
the U-Boot specific devicetree, as that clock is not supported by the
U-Boot clk_px30 driver.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Starting with commit 92f1e9a4b3 ("clk: Detect failure to set
defaults") the clk driver for the PX30 for the Odroid Go Advance would
no longer probe correctly, because setting the cpll and gpu clocks are
not supported with the clk_px30 U-Boot driver. This adds support for
setting the cpll clock to the clk_px30 driver. Another patch will
update the U-Boot specific device-tree to remove the GPU clock which is
not used by U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Remove the latest reference of CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_AMD_CHECK_DQ7 in code
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This define was left over from a previous revision, and was never used.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove some config finishing by _ badly added by
scripts/build-whitelist.sh when joker is used in comments.
for example:
doc/uImage.FIT/command_syntax_extensions.txt:
... #ifdef CONFIG_OF_* | ...
cmd/nvedit.c:# error Define one of CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_{EEPROM| \
FLASH|MMC|FAT|EXT4|\
Remove also configs only used in comments:
- CONFIG_BOOGER in include/linux/kconfig.h
- CONFIG_COMMANDS
- CONFIG_INIT_IGNORE_ERROR
- CONFIG_REG_*
- CONFIG_HOTPLUG : drivers/watchdog/omap_wdt.c:18
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When a test hands on a real board there is no way on the console to obtain
any information about why it hung.
With sandbox we can actually find out that it died and get a signal or
exit code. Add this to make it easier to figure out what happened.
So instead of:
test/py/u_boot_spawn.py:171: in expect
c = os.read(self.fd, 1024).decode(errors='replace')
E OSError: [Errno 5] Input/output error
We get:
test/py/u_boot_spawn.py:171: in expect
c = os.read(self.fd, 1024).decode(errors='replace')
E ValueError: U-Boot exited with signal 11 (Signals.SIGSEGV)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Header type is 7-bit number so use all 7 bits when detecting header type
and not only 2 bits.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Header type is 7-bit number so properly clear upper 8th bit which
indicates multifunction device.
And do not try to show bars for unsupported header types.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Function dm_pci_hose_probe_bus() expects that bus is valid PCI device with
Bridge header type (0x01). So add check before touching PCI config space to
prevent misconfiguring some non-standard device.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
PCI Rom Address is currently supported only for Normal (0x00) and
Bridge (0x01) header types. Fix code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This produces a lot of code output which is not very helpful and is quite
annoying to wade through. Use the short format by default.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If multiple entries are present in the memory-region property, this new
memory-region-names property can be used to specify names for each of
them so that they can be more easily distinguished.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Rather than duplicate the Ethernet MAC address and carveout updating
code for each board, move it to a common location and make it more
reusable.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The EMC frequency tables are created from a training sequence performed
during early boot and passed in via a reserved memory region by nvtboot.
Copy this table to the kernel DTB so that the kernel can use it to scale
the EMC frequency at runtime.
Note that early bootloaders store the EMC table at an address that
currently intersects with the load address of the initial ramdisk. In
order to avoid copying the table to a different address, simply change
the load address for the initial ramdisk in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Support multiple reserved memory regions per device to support platforms
that use both a framebuffer and color conversion lookup table for early
boot display splash.
While at it, also pass along the name, compatible strings and flags of
the carveouts.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reserved memory nodes can have additional flags. Support reading and
writing these flags to ensure that reserved memory nodes can be properly
parsed and emitted.
This converts support for the existing "no-map" flag to avoid extending
the argument list for fdtdec_add_reserved_memory() to excessive length.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The fdtdec_set_carveout() function's parameters are inconsistent with
the parameters passed to fdtdec_add_reserved_memory(). Fix up the order
to make it more consistent.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Reserved memory nodes can have a compatible string list to identify the
type of reserved memory that they represent. Support specifying an
optional compatible string list when creating these nodes.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
When retrieving a given carveout for a device, allow callers to query
the name. This helps differentiating between carveouts when there are
more than one.
This is also useful when copying carveouts to help assign a meaningful
name that cannot always be guessed.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
In order make it possible to use fdtdec_get_carveout() in loops, return
FDT_ERR_NOTFOUND when the passed-in index exceeds the number of phandles
present in the given property.
Signed-off-by: Thierry Reding <treding@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
The current code invalidates the range after the read buffer since the
buffer pointer gets incremented in the read loop. Use a temporary
pointer to make sure we have a pristine pointer to invalidate the
correct memory range after read.
Fixes: 704e040a51 ("nvme: Apply cache operations on the DMA buffers")
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
The DS1307 driver was originally based on the DS1337 driver. However,
the functionality of the clock set/get functions has diverged. In the
original DS1337 driver, the set/get functions did the following:
1) Setting the clock ensured the oscillator was enabled.
2) Getting the clock checked and reset the oscillator-stop flag.
The DS1307 does not have an oscillator-stop flag, but the driver tried
(incorrectly) to emulate this by ensuring the oscillator was running. It
really makes no sense to start a stopped clock without setting it.
This patch makes the DS1307 driver behave like the original DS1337
driver again. For the DS1307 itself, this is just a removal of code,
since there is no oscillator-fail bit to check or reset, and the clock
is started when it is set. Since the DS1307 driver can now also be used
for the DS1337 and DS1340 which do have this bit, add code to handle the
oscillator-stop bit in the same was the original DS1337 driver did --
i.e. report that the oscillator had stopped and clear the flag.
This means that setting the date using the date command (which does both
a get and a set) will now clear the oscillator-stop flag in addition to
setting and starting the clock.
The old-style (non-DM) code has not been updated and will be removed in
a future patch. Note that this older code does not support the DS1337,
as there is a separate driver for this. Also note that the original (DM)
code used the wrong control-register address for the DS1337.
Signed-off-by: Mark Tomlinson <mark.tomlinson@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
This patch optimizes the commit mentioned below by avoiding running
a set of commands which are useless in the case when
size < mydata->sect_size and sect_count would be 0.
Fixes: 5b3ddb17ba ("fs/fat/fat.c: Do not perform zero block reads if there are no blocks left")
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Co-developed-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Add a driver for Macronix raw NAND controller.
This patch referred from linux mxic_nand.c. The difference from the
linux version is described here.
1. In order to adapt to the uboot nand framework, add function
binding (cmdfunc, read_byte, read_buf, write_buf).
2. Added parsing command format to use hardware correctly.
3. Remove the incompatible functions of Uboot.
Signed-off-by: Zhengxun Li <zhengxunli@mxic.com.tw>
strlcat() need to be passed the full buffer length. The incorrect call
caused truncation of partition names for fastboot_raw_partition_... and
fastboot_partition_alias_... env lookup to much less than PART_NAME_LEN.
Fixes: 69a7529831 ("fastboot: Fix possible buffer overrun")
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
- Disable ATAGS for STM32 MCU and MPU boards
- Disable bi_boot_params for STM32 MCU and MPU boards
- Update stm32-usbphyc node management
- Convert CONFIG_STM32_FLASH to Kconfig for STM32 MCU boards
- Convert some USB config flags to Kconfig for various boards
- Convert CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND flag to Kconfig for STM32 F429 board
- Remove specific CONFIG_STV0991 flags
- Remove unused CONFIG_USER_LOWLEVEL_INIT flag
- Add ofdata_to_platdata() callback for stm32_spi driver
- Update for stm32f7_i2c driver
- Remove gpio_hog_probe_all() from STM32 MP1 board
- Fix bind command
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Second set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2022.01 cycle:
This small feature set adds the support for PWM driver for the sama5d2
SoC. It also adds a node in the DT for this SoC.
The bulk of it is Samuel's DM_I2C rework, which removes the nasty I2C
deprecation warnings for most 32-bit boards. It also includes some
smaller refactorings that pave the way for more changes, mostly driven
by needing to support the Allwinner RISC-V SoC later on.
Board wise we gain support for the FriendlyARM NanoPi R1S H5 router
board and official Pinetab support.
Build-tested for all 160 sunxi boards, and boot tested on a A64, A20,
H3, H6, and H616 board. USB, SD card, eMMC, and Ethernet all work there
(where applicable).
Add usb_gadget_handle_interrupts(), usb_gadget_register_driver()
and usb_gadget_unregister_driver() to be able to test
binding usb gadget.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix a regression brings by commit 84f8e36f03 ("cmd: bind: allow to
bind driver with driver data")
As example, the following bind command doesn't work:
bind /soc/usb-otg@49000000 usb_ether
As usb_ether driver has no compatible string, it can't be find by
lists_bind_fdt(). In bind_by_node_path(), which called lists_bind_fdt(),
the driver entry is known, pass it to lists_bind_fdt() to force the driver
entry selection.
For this, add a new parameter struct *driver to lists_bind_fdt().
Fix also all lists_bind_fdt() callers.
Fixes: 84f8e36f03 ("cmd: bind: allow to bind driver with driver data")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reported-by: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Herbert Poetzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Reviewed-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that the last users of legacy I2C (outside of SPL) have been
resolved, we can enable DM_I2C at the sunxi architecture level.
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Two displays supported by the sunxi display driver (each one used by a
single board) require initialization over I2C. Both previously used
i2c_soft; replace this with the i2c-gpio instance that already exists in
those boards' device trees (sun5i-a13-utoo-p66 and sun6i-a31-colombus).
Since the i2c-gpio nodes are not referenced by any other node in the
device trees (the device trees have no panel node), the I2C bus is
selected by its node name.
This panel initialization code was the only i2c_soft user, so the
i2c_soft GPIO setup code can be removed now as well.
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The pmic_bus functions are used in both SPL (for regulator setup) and
U-Boot proper (for regulator setup, SID access, GPIO, and poweroff).
Currently, pmic_bus conflicts with DM_I2C because it uses the legacy I2C
interface. This commit makes pmic_bus dual-compatible with either the
legacy I2C functions or the newly-added PMIC_AXP driver (which uses
DM_I2C). In turn, this allows platforms to start transitioning to DM_I2C
in U-Boot proper, without breaking boards that still depend on the
legacy I2C interface for other reasons.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Instead of using the SoC symbols to decide the bus type, use whichever
bus driver is actually enabled. This allows collapsing all of the AXP2xx
and AXP8xx variants into one "else" case. It also has the advantage of
falling back to I2C when the other bus drivers are disabled; this works
because all of the PMICs support I2C in addition to other interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This bus controller is used to communicate with an X-Powers AXP PMIC.
Currently, various drivers access PMIC registers through a platform-
specific non-DM "pmic_bus" interface, which depends on the legacy I2C
framework. In order to convert those drivers to use DM_PMIC, this bus
needs a DM_I2C driver.
Refactor the rsb functions to take the base address as a parameter,
and implement both the existing interface (which is still needed in
SPL) and the DM_I2C interface on top of them.
The register for switching between I2C/P2WI/RSB mode is the same across
all PMIC variants, so move that to the common header.
There are only a couple of pairs of hardware/runtime addresses used
across all PMIC variants. So far the code expected only the "primary"
pair, but some PMICs like the AXP305 and AXP805 use the secondary pair,
so add support for that to the DM driver as well.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This bus controller is used to communicate with an X-Powers AXP PMIC.
Currently, various drivers access PMIC registers through a platform-
specific non-DM "pmic_bus" interface, which depends on the legacy I2C
framework. In order to convert those drivers to use DM_PMIC, this bus
needs a DM_I2C driver.
Refactor the p2wi functions to take the base address as a parameter,
and implement both the existing interface (which is still needed in
SPL) and the DM_I2C interface on top of them.
The register for switching between I2C/P2WI/RSB mode is the same across
all PMIC variants. Move that to the common header, so it can be used by
both interface implementations.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
AXP_PMIC_BUS enables communication with a specific AXP PMIC at a
PMIC-dependent I2C/P2WI/RSB bus address. It is automatically selected
as a dependency of the PMIC driver. It should not be selectable by the
user when no PMIC is chosen.
AXP_GPIO uses the pmic_bus functions, and also depends on a specific
PMIC header to pick up register definitions.
Both of these changes have no impact on any existing configs, since
the code does not compile if the dependencies are not met.
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
SUN8I_RSB should not be selected by MACH_SUN8I, because the hardware
is not present in half of those SoCs (H3/H5, R40, and V3s). Move the
selection to the SoCs where the hardware actually exists.
As it currently stands, selecting that option also requires using it in
some way, which is not the case for one A80 board. Since we have only
three A80 boards in total, we select it their via their defconfigs.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
[Andre: fixing up Sunchip_CX-A99 build]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
CONFIG_SPL_I2C is the wrong symbol to use here. It is the top-level
Kconfig symbol (not specific to either legacy or DM I2C), whereas the
i2c_init() function is specific to legacy I2C. This change fixes a
build failure when enabling SPL_I2C but not SPL_SYS_I2C_LEGACY.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
These PMICs provide some combination of battery charger, fuel gauge,
GPIOs, regulators, and VBUS routing. These functions are represented
as child nodes in the device tree. Add the minimal driver needed to
probe these child devices and provide the DM_PMIC ops.
Enable the driver by default for SoCs that normally pair with a PMIC.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Now that there is a separate symbol to enable DM_PMIC in SPL, update the
the SPL-specific driver symbols to depend on this new option.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Kconfig symbols for two PMIC drivers (PMIC_AS3722 and DM_PMIC_MC34708)
were missing a dependency on DM_PMIC. To fix this inconsistency, and to
keep it from happening again, wrap the driver section with "if DM_PMIC"
instead of using a "depends on DM_PMIC" clause for each driver.
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This fixes the usage of the USB 3.0-capable port under U-Boot as USB
2.0-only port.
Original patch by Chao Zeng.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Account for the changes done between merge proposal and the final merge.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The macro called MUX_VAL generates a writel instruction with
semicolon at the end. This table was written to use semicolons,
however one was missed:
MUX_VAL(CP(SYS_BOOT2), (IEN | PTD | DIS | M4)) /* GPIO_4 */
Since the extra semicolon is unnecessary with the use of the macro,
remove all of them, and cleanup whitespace.
Reviewed-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Suggested-by: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The patch enables spread spectrum clocking (SSC) for MPU and LCD PLLs.
As reported by the TI spruh73x/spruhl7x RM, SSC is only supported for
the DISP/LCD and MPU PLLs on am33xx/am43xx. SSC is not supported for
DDR, PER, and CORE PLLs.
Calculating the required values and setting the registers accordingly
was taken from the set_mpu_spreadspectrum routine contained in the
arch/arm/mach-omap2/am33xx/clock_am33xx.c file of the u-boot project.
In locked condition, DPLL output clock = CLKINP *[M/N]. In case of
SSC enabled, the reference manual explains that there is a restriction
of range of M values. Since the clk_ti_am3_dpll_round_rate() attempts
to select the minimum possible N, the value of M obtained is not
guaranteed to be within the range required. With the new "ti,min-div"
parameter it is possible to increase N and consequently M to satisfy the
constraint imposed by SSC.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210606202253.31649-6-dariobin@libero.it
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Registers for adjusting the spread spectrum clocking (SSC) have been
added. As reported by the TI spruhl7x RM, SSC is supported only for LCD
and MPU PLLs, but the PRCM_CM_SSC_DELTAMSTEP_DPLL_XXX and
PRCM_CM_SSC_MODFREQDIV_DPLL_XXX registers, as well as the enable field
in the PRCM_CM_CLKMODE_DPLL_XXX registers are mapped for all PLLs (CORE,
MPU, DDR, PER, DISP, EXTDEV).
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210606202253.31649-5-dariobin@libero.it
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Registers for adjusting the spread spectrum clocking (SSC) have been
added. As reported by the TI spruh73x RM, SSC is supported only for LCD
and MPU PLLs, but the CM_SSC_DELTAMSTEP_DPLL_XXX and
CM_SSC_MODFREQDIV_DPLL_XXX registers, as well as the enable field in the
CM_CLKMODE_DPLL_XXX registers are mapped for all PLLs (CORE, MPU, DDR,
PER, DISP).
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210606202253.31649-4-dariobin@libero.it
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
There are five omap3 based boards from LogicPD. Two of them
have added LTO support. Add the remaining three to use LTO.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This adds support for the NanoPi R1S H5 board.
Allwinner H5 SoC
512MB DDR3 RAM
10/100/1000M Ethernet x 2
RTL8189ETV WiFi 802.11b/g/n
USB 2.0 host port (A)
MicroSD Slot
Reset button
Serial Debug Port
WAN - LAN - SYS LED
The dts file is taken from Linux 5.14 tag.
Signed-off-by: Chukun Pan <amadeus@jmu.edu.cn>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Add a driver so the clocks/resets for these peripherals (especially I2C,
RSB, and UART) can be enabled using the normal uclass methods.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently, the I2C clocks are configured in the sunxi board code. Add
the I2C clocks to the DM clock driver so they can be enabled from the
DM I2C driver using the normal uclass methods.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Since the beginning, all banks have had space for 32 pins, even when
not all pins were implemented. Let's use a single constant for the GPIO
bank size here, like the GPIO driver is already doing.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This clarifies which callers must be updated to complete the DM_GPIO
conversion.
The only remaining caller of name_to_gpio in generic code is inside the
!DM_GPIO block in cmd/gpio.c. DM_GPIO is always selected on sunxi, so
that code cannot be reached. And after this commit, there are only two
remaining implementations of name_to_gpio.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
As part of migrating to DM_GPIO and DM_PINCTRL, eventually we will
remove the asm/arch/gpio.h header. In preparation, clean up the various
files that include it.
Some files did not contain any GPIO code at all, so this header was
completely unused.
A few files contained only legacy platform-specific GPIO code for
setting up pin muxes. They were left unchanged, as that code will be
completely removed by the DM_PINCTRL migration.
The remaining files contain some combination of DM_GPIO and legacy GPIO
code. For those, switch to including asm/gpio.h (if it wasn't included
already). Right now, this header provides both sets of functions,
because ARCH_SUNXI selects GPIO_EXTRA_HEADER. This will still be the
right header to include once the DM_GPIO migration is complete and
GPIO_EXTRA_HEADER is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
For some systems, such as the PinePhone, there is no way for the end
user to make sure the system is indeed booting before the boot script is
executed, which takes several seconds. Therefore, it can be useful to
provide early visual feedback as soon as possible.
In order achieve this goal, this patch initializes the status LED (if
configured) in the SPL.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ferraris <arnaud.ferraris@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The only caller of this function was the MMC pinmux code, which used it
to parse a string given from a Kconfig symbol. As the Kconfig symbol has
been converted to a Boolean, this function is no longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Only one board, Yones Toptech BD1078, actually uses a non-default MMC
pinmux. All other uses of these symbols select the default value or an
invalid value. To simplify things, remove support for the unused pinmux
options, and convert the remaining option to a Boolean.
This allows the pinmux to be chosen by the preprocessor, instead of
having the code parse a string at runtime (for a build-time option!).
Not only does this reduce code size, but it also allows this Kconfig
option to be used in a table-driven DM pinctrl driver.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The CCU header is only used by the DM drivers, not any platform code.
Its current location adds an artificial dependency on CONFIG_ARM and
ARCH_SUNXI, which will be problematic when adding the CCU driver for
a RISC-V sunxi platform.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The PineTab device-tree is already in u-boot, this commit adds the
corresponding defconfig, based on pinephone_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Arnaud Ferraris <arnaud.ferraris@collabora.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Move CONFIG_VIDEO_MXS from board headers to Kconfig
and drop it from obsolete cfb_console driver.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
After DM_VIDEO conversion the 'vidconsole' is the correct name
for the frame buffer console. 'video' will not work, so update
the description of the config option.
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
At present U-Boot has a header file called lz4.h for its own use. If the
host has its own lz4 header file installed (e.g. from the 'liblz4-dev'
package) then host builds will use that instead.
Move the U-Boot file into its own directory, as is done with various
other headers with the same problem.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert pixel values when necessary like we do for 16bpp
framebuffers.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add support for 30bpp mode where pixels are picked in 32-bit
integers but use 10 bits instead of 8 bits for each component.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
This function is far too long. Before trying to remove #ifdefs, split out
the code that deals with selecting the FDT into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use boolean variables to deal with the strange #ifdef logic of this
function, so we can remove the #ifdefs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is far too long. Before trying to remove #ifdefs, split out
the code that deals with selecting the ramdisk into a separate function.
Leave the code indented as it was for easier review. The next patch cleans
this up along with checkpatch violations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file has a lot of conditional code and much of it is unnecessary.
Clean this up to reduce the number of build combinations.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is only used in one place and does not need to use the
preprocessor. Move it to the C file and convert it to a normal function.
Drop fit_unsupported() since it is not used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present EFI_SECURE BOOT selects RSA but does not necessarily enable
FIT_SIGNATURE. Mostly this is fine, but a few boards do not enable it,
so U-Boot tries to do RSA verification when loading FIT images, but it
is not enabled.
This worked because the condition for checking the RSA signature is
wrong in the fit_image_verify_with_data() function. In order to fix it
we need to fix this dependency. Make sure that FIT_SIGNATURE is enabled
so that RSA can be used.
It might be better to avoid using 'select' in this situation.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We can use the new host_build() function for this, so drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
This is not needed with Kconfig, since we can use IS_ENABLED() easily
enough. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
This is not needed with Kconfig, since we can use IS_ENABLED() easily
enough. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
This is not needed with Kconfig, since we can use IS_ENABLED() easily
enough and the board code is now in a separate file. Update the only place
where this is used and drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Add a host Kconfig for CRC32. With this we can use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(CRC32)
directly in the host build, so drop the unnecessary indirection.
Add a few more conditions to SPL_CRC32 to avoid build failures as well as
TPL_CRC32. Also update hash.c to make crc32 optional and to actually take
notice of SPL_CRC32.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Add a host Kconfig for FIT_RSASSA_PSS. With this we can use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(FIT_RSASSA_PSS) directly in the host build, so drop the
forcing of this in the image.h header.
Drop the #ifdef around padding_pss_verify() too since it is not needed.
Use the compiler to check the config where possible, instead of the
preprocessor.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Add a host Kconfig for FIT_VERBOSE. With this we can use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(FIT_VERBOSE) directly in the tools build, so drop the
forcing of this in the image.h header.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Add a host Kconfig for OF_LIBFDT. With this we can use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OF_LIBFDT) directly in the tools build, so drop the
unnecessary indirection.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Make use of the host Kconfig for FIT. With this we can use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(FIT) directly in the host build, so drop the unnecessary
indirection.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
We can use the __maybe_unused attribute to avoid some of the #ifdefs in
this file. Update the functions accordingly.
Note: The actual hashing interface is still a mess, with four separate
combinations and lots of #ifdefs. This should really use a driver
approach, e.g. as is done with partition drivers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
At present when building host tools, we force CONFIG_SHAxxx to be enabled
regardless of the board Kconfig setting. This is done in the image.h
header file.
For SPL we currently just assume the algorithm is desired if U-Boot proper
enables it.
Clean this up by adding new Kconfig options to enable hashing on the host,
relying on CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() to deal with the different builds.
Add new SPL Kconfigs for hardware-accelerated hashing, to maintain the
current settings.
This allows us to drop the image.h code and the I_WANT_MD5 hack.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Unfortunately these were removed by mistake. This means that adding hash
support to SPL brings in all software algorithms, with a substantial
increase in code size.
The origin of the problem was renaming them to SPL_FIT_xxx and then these
were removed altogether in a later commit.
Add them back. This aligns with CONFIG_MD5, for example, which has an SPL
variant.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: f5bc9c25f3 ("image: Rename SPL_SHAxxx_SUPPORT to SPL_FIT_SHAxxx")
Fixes: eb5171ddec ("common: Remove unused CONFIG_FIT_SHAxxx selectors")
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
In preparation for enabling CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() on the host build, add
some options to enable the various FIT options expected in these tools.
This will ensure that the code builds correctly when CONFIG_TOOLS_xxx
is distinct from CONFIG_xxx.
Drop some #ifdefs which are immediately unnecessary (many more are in
later patches).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
At present we must separately test for the host build for many options,
since we force them to be enabled. For example, CONFIG_FIT is always
enabled in the host tools, even if CONFIG_FIT is not enabled by the
board itself.
It would be more convenient if we could use, for example,
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(FIT) and get CONFIG_HOST_FIT, when building for the
host. Add support for this.
With this and the tools_build() function, we should be able to remove all
the #ifdefs currently needed in code that is build by tools and targets.
This will be even nicer when we move to using CONFIG(xxx) everywhere,
since all the #ifdef and IS_ENABLED/CONFIG_IS_ENABLED stuff will go away.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Suggested-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk> # b4f73886
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
With the new TOOLS_LIBCRYPTO and some other changes, it seems that we are
heading towards calling this a tools build rather than a host build,
although of course it does happen on the host.
I cannot think of anything built by the host which cannot be described as
a tool, so rename this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Add a macro to handle manually relocating a pointer. Update the iamge code
to use this to avoid needing #ifdefs.
This also fixes a bug where the 'done' flag was not set.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than adding an #ifdef and open-coding this calculation, add a
helper function to handle it. Use this in the image code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To avoid having #ifdefs in a few functions which are completely different
in the board and host code, create a new image-host.c file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To avoid a large #ifdef in the image.c file, move the affected code into
a separate file.
Avoid any style fix-ups for easier review. Those are in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Adjust this function so that preprocessor macros are not needed. With
this, the host build uses more of the same header files as the target
build.
Rather than definining CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN, add a CONSERVE_MEMORY
define, since that is the purpose of the value.
This appears to have no impact on code size from a spot check of a few
boards (snow, firefly-rk3288, boston32r2el, m53menlo).
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The gzip API uses the u64 type in it, which is not available in the host
build. This makes it impossible to include the header file.
We could make this type available, but it seems unnecessary. Limiting the
compression size to that of the 'unsigned long' type seems good enough. On
32-bit machines the limit then becomes 4GB, which likely exceeds available
RAM anyway, therefore it should be sufficient. On 64-bit machines this is
effectively u64 anyway.
Update the header file and implementation to use 'ulong' instead of 'u64'.
Add a definition of u32 for the cases that seem to need exactly that
length. This should be safe enough.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The zstd implementation prints the error in image_decomp() which is
incorrect and does not match other algorithms. Drop this and let the
caller report the error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this function is full of preprocessor macros. Adjust it to
check for an unsupported algorithm after the switch(). This will allow
us to drop the macros.
Fix up the return-value path and an extra blank line while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The existing zstd API requires the same sequence of calls to perform its
task. Create a helper for U-Boot, to avoid code duplication, as is done
with other compression algorithms. Make use of of this from the image
code.
Note that the zstd code lacks a test in test/compression.c and this should
be added by the maintainer.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When passing a data buffer back from a function, it is not always clear
who owns the buffer, i.e. who is responsible for freeing the memory used.
An example of this is where multiple files are decompressed from the
firmware image, using a temporary buffer for reading (since the
compressed data has to live somewhere) and producing a temporary or
permanent buffer with the resuilts.
Where the firmware image can be memory-mapped, as on x86, the compressed
data does not need to be buffered, but the complexity of having a buffer
which is either allocated or not, makes the code hard to understand.
Introduce a new 'abuf' which supports simple buffer operations:
- encapsulating a buffer and its size
- either allocated with malloc() or not
- able to be reliably freed if necessary
- able to be converted to an allocated buffer if needed
This simple API makes it easier to deal with allocated and memory-mapped
buffers.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
According to datasheet, the upper four bits are reserved or used for
reflecting the ECC status of the accumulated pages. The error bits
number for the worst segment of the current page is encoded on lower
four bits. Fix it by masking the upper bits.
This same issue has been already fixed in the linux kernel by:
"mtd: spinand: macronix: Fix ECC Status Read"
(sha1: f4cb4d7b46f6409382fd981eec9556e1f3c1dc5d)
Apply the same fix in the U-Boot driver.
Signed-off-by: Haolin Li <li.haolin@qq.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
DM_GPIO_HOG flag has been replaced by GPIO_HOG flag since a while in
commit 49b10cb492 ("gpio: fixes for gpio-hog support").
And furthermore, gpio_hog_probe_all() is already called in board_r.c.
So gpio_hog_probe() can be removed from stm32mp1.c.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
DM_GPIO_HOG flag has been replaced by GPIO_HOG flag since a while in
commit 49b10cb492 ("gpio: fixes for gpio-hog support").
And furthermore, gpio_hog_probe_all() is already called in board_r.c.
So gpio_hog_probe() can be removed from stm32mp1.c.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The digital filter related computation are present in the driver
however the programming of the filter within the IP is missing.
The maximum value for the DNF is wrong and should be 15 instead of 16.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Today all the I2C instance point on the same global
variable stm32_i2c_setup according the compatible: i2c_priv->setup =
pointer to the same driver data.
This patch changes this driver data (stm32f7_setup and stm32mp15_setup)
to a const struct and move the timing struct 'setup' as element of i2c
privdata, initialized in stm32_ofdata_to_platdata() with the driver
configuration data.
This patch solves issues when several I2C instance have not the same
clock source or not the same configuration: each timing setup is saved
is the I2C privdata.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Commit ca1a4c8632 ("mvebu: select boot device at SoC level") made it
unnecessary for the A385 boards to have their own kwbimage.cfg but as
the x530 was in flight at the time it was added with it's own
kwbimage.cfg. Remove the custom kwbimage.cfg as the SoC level file is
suitable.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Since the CP1 pinctrl is not properly set in the DTS, there is no
need for setting the pinctrl by writing hardcoded values to the MPP
registers.
So, drop the code relating to that.
Fixes: 87c220d0 ("arm: mvebu: mvebu_armada-8k: Add support for initializing iEi Puzzle-M801 networking")
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Current CP1 pinctrl that is set on the Puzzle M801 is incorrect.
CP1 pins are only used for the SMI bus and the MSS I2C, all other
pins are just GPIO-s.
Due to this being set completely wrong, the pinctrl was actually
ended up being hardcoded in the board_early_init_f() step so that
SMI would work.
That is obviously not the right thing to do, so convert the register
hex values that were being written to individual pin modes and set it
in the DTS.
Add the SMI pins to the CP1 MDIO node as otherwise CP1 pinctrl does
not get probed without an consumer.
Fixes: 2ae2b8a2 ("arm: mvebu: Initial iEi Puzzle-M801 support")
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Select SPL_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT on 32bit Armada platforms via Kconfig,
as this was removed from mach/config.h in a2ac2b96 ("Convert
CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT et al to Kconfig").
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fixes: a2ac2b96 ("Convert CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT et al to Kconfig")
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Marek Behún <kabel@kernel.org>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
There were several changes for this structure but the documentation was
not changed at the time. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that PCI Bridge (PCIe Root Port) for Aardvark is emulated in U-Boot,
add support for handling and propagation of CRSSVE bit.
When CRSSVE bit is unset (default), driver has to reissue config
read/write request on CRS response.
CRSSVE bit is supported only when CRSVIS bit is provided in read-only
Root Capabilities register. So manually inject this CRSVIS bit into read
response for that register.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that PCI Bridge is working for the PCIe Root Port, U-Boot's PCI_PNP
code automatically enables memory access and bus mastering when needed.
We do not need to enable it when setting the HW up.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Aardvark does not have a real PCIe Root Port device on the root bus.
Instead it has PCIe registers of PCIe Root Port device mapped in
internal Aardvark memory space starting at offset 0xc0.
The PCIe Root Port itself is normally available as a PCI Bridge device
on the root bus with bus number zero. Aardvark instead has the
configuration registers of this PCI Bridge at offset 0x00 of Aardvark's
memory space, but the class code of this device is Mass Storage
Controller (0x010400), instead of PCI Bridge (0x600400), which causes
U-Boot to fail to recognize it as a P2P Bridge
Add a hook into the pcie_advk_read_config() / pcie_advk_write_config()
functions to redirect access for root bus from PIO transfer to this
internal Aardvark memory space. This will allow U-Boot to access
configuration space of this PCI Bridge which represents PCIe Root Port.
Redirect access to PCI Bridge registers in range 0x10 - 0x34 to driver's
internal buffer (cfgcache[]). This is because at those addresses
Aardvark has different registers, incompatible with config space of a
PCI Bridge.
Redirect access to PCI Bridge register PCI_ROM_ADDRESS1 (0x38) to
Aardvark internal address for that register (0x30).
When reading PCI Bridge register PCI_HEADER_TYPE, set it explicitly to
value Type 1 (PCI_HEADER_TYPE_BRIDGE) as PCI Bridge must be of Type 1.
When writing to PCI_PRIMARY_BUS or PCI_SECONDARY_BUS registers on this
PCI Bridge, correctly update driver's first_busno and sec_busno
variables, so that pcie_advk_addr_valid() function can check if address
of any device behind the root bus is valid and that PIO transfers are
started with correct config type (1 vs 0), which is required for
accessing devices behind some PCI bridge after the root bus.
U-Boot's PCI_PNP code sets primary and secondary bus numbers as relative
to the configured bus number of the root bus. This is done so that
U-Boot can support multiple PCIe host bridges or multiple root port
buses, when internal bus numbers are different.
Now that root bus is available, update code in pcie_advk_read_config()
and pcie_advk_write_config() functions to correctly calculate real
Aardvark bus number of the target device from U-Boot's bus number as:
busno = PCI_BUS(bdf) - dev_seq(bus)
Stefan: Small fix of header masking as suggested by Pali.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Aardvark reports Disabled and Hot Reset LTSSM states as values >= 0x20.
Link is not up in these states, so fix pcie_advk_link_up() function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These are part of SOC_CONTROL_REG1 register, not PEX_CAPABILITIES_REG.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove unused PCIe functions from SerDes code. They are unused and are
duplicated either from generic PCIe code or from pci_mvebu.c.
Remove also unused PCIe macros from SerDes code. They are just obfuscated
variants of standards macros in include/pci.h or in pci_mvebu.c.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This code is trying to parse PCIe config space of PCIe card connected on
the other end of link and then is trying to force 5.0 GT/s speed via Target
Link Speed bits in PCIe Root Port Link Control 2 Register on the local part
of link if it sees that card supports 5.0 GT/s via Max Link Speed bits in
Link Capabilities Register.
The code is incorrect for more reasons:
- Accessing config space of an endpoint card cannot be done immediately.
If the PCIe link is not up, reading vendor/device ID registers will
return all ones.
- Parsing is incomplete, so it can cause issues even for working cards.
Moreover there is no need to force speed to 5.0 GT/s via Target Link Speed
bits on PCIe Root Port Link Control 2 Register. Hardware changes speed from
2.5 GT/s to 5.0 GT/s autonomously when it is supported.
Most importantly, this code does not change link speed at all, since
because after updating Target Link Speed bits on PCIe Root Port Link
Control 2 Register, it is required to retrain the link, and the code for
that is completely missing.
The code was probably needed for making buggy endpoint cards work. Such a
workaround, though, should be implemented via PCIe subsystem (via quirks,
for example), as buggy cards could also affect other PCIe controllers.
Note that this code is fully unrelated to a38x SerDes code and really
should not have been included in SerDes initialization. Usage of magic
constants without names and comments made this SerDes code hard to read and
understand.
Remove this PCIe application code from low level SerDes code. As this code
is configuring only 5.0 GT/s part, in the worst case, it could leave buggy
cards at the initial speed of 2.5 GT/s (if somehow before this change they
could have been "upgraded" to 5.0 GT/s speed even with missing link
retraining). Compliant cards which just need longer initialization should
work better after this change.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
PCI device ID is part of the PCIe controller SoC / revision. For Root
Complex mode (which is the default and the only mode supported currently
by U-Boot and Linux kernel), it is PCI device ID of PCIe Root Port device.
If there is some issue with this device ID, it should be set / updated by
PCIe controller driver (pci_mvebu.c), as this register resides in address
space of the controller. It shouldn't be done in SerDes initialization
code.
In the worst case (a specific board for example) it could be done via
U-Boot's weak function board_pex_config().
But it should not be overwritten globally for all A38x devices.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enabling Common Clock Configuration bit in PCIe Root Port Link Control
Register should not be done unconditionally. It is enabled by operating
system as part of ASPM. Also after enabling Common Clock Configuration it
is required to do more work, like retraining link. Some cards may be broken
due to this incomplete Common Clock Configuration and some cards are broken
and do not support ASPM at all.
Remove this incomplete code for Common Clock Configuration. It really
should not be done in SerDes code as it is not related to SerDes, but to
PCIe subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Device/Port Type bits of PCIe Root Port PCI Express Capabilities Register
are read-only SAR registers and are initialized according to current mode
configured by PCIe controller. Changing PCIe controller mode (from Root
Complex mode to Endpoint mode or the other way) is possible via PCI
Express Control Register (offset 0x41A00), bit 1 (ConfRoot Complex). This
has to be done in PCIe controller driver (in our case pci_mvebu.c). Note
that default mode is Root Complex.
Maximum Link Speed bits of PCIe Root Port Link Capabilities Register are
platform specific and overwriting them does not make sense. They are set by
PCIe controller according to current SerDes configuration. For A38x it is
5.0 GT/s if SerDes supports appropriate speed.
Maximum Link Width bits of PCIe Root Port Link Capabilities Register are
read-only SAR registers, but unfortunately if this is not set correctly
here, then access PCI config space of the endpoint card behind this Root
Port does not work.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add comments to understand what this magic code is doing.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SoC Control 1 Register (offset 0x18204) is already defined by macro
SOC_CONTROL_REG1.
Use macro SOC_CONTROL_REG1 instead of macro SOC_CTRL_REG in ctrl_pex.c
code and remove the other definition.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Replace magic register offsets by macros to make code more readable.
Add comments about what this code is doing.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Subroutines in comphy_usb2_power_up() and comphy_sgmii_power_up() functions
may fail. In this case, do not continue execution of current function and
instead jump to the end. Return value in 'ret' variable is already set.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit 079b35a261 ("arm: a37xx: pci: Increase PCIe MEM size from 16 MiB
to 127 MiB") increased size of PCIe MEM to 127 MiB, which is the maximal
possible size for allocated 128 MiB PCIe window. PCIe IO size in that
commit was unchanged.
Armada 3720 PCIe controller supports 32-bit IO space mapping so it is
possible to assign more than 64 KiB if address space for IO.
Currently controller has assigned 127 MiB + 64 KiB memory and therefore
there is 960 KiB of unused memory. So assign it to IO space by increasing
IO window from 64 KiB to 1 MiB.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: 079b35a261 ("arm: a37xx: pci: Increase PCIe MEM size from 16 MiB to 127 MiB")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove the following STV0991 specific configs:
- CONFIG_STV0991 (never used, only defined in CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS)
- CONFIG_STV0991_HZ (replaced by generic CONFIG_SYS_HZ)
- CONFIG_STV0991_HZ_CLOCK (replaced by generic CONFIG_SYS_HZ_CLOCK)
This patch allows to reduce the file config_whitelist.txt.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Using the tools moveconfig.py to move the following config in the
defconfig files:
CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER
CONFIG_USB_ETHER_ASIX
CONFIG_USB_ETHER_MCS7830
CONFIG_USB_ETHER_SMSC95XX
These option are already migrated since the commit f58ad98a62 ("usb: net:
migrate USB Ethernet adapters to Kconfig") and the commit ae3584498b
("usb: net: migrate CONFIG_USB_HOST_ETHER to Kconfig").
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Reviewed-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This reverts commit d5d726d3cc,
which breaks boards which ship with multiple SD/eMMC sockets.
This stm32mp1.h config is not used only by the ST reference
boards, but all the other STM32MP1 based boards in U-Boot, so
changes to this stm32mp1.h cannot break the other boards.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add protection on presence and order of the phy node sub node
by using the mandatory reg information.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The vbus-supply is an optional property of sub-node connector node.
and no more in the usb phyc node (in first proposed binding).
This regulator for USB VBUS may be needed for host mode.
See the latest kernel binding for details in
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-stm32-usbphyc.yaml.
usbphyc_port0: usb-phy@0 {
reg = <0>;
phy-supply = <&vdd_usb>;
#phy-cells = <0>;
connector {
compatible = "usb-a-connector";
vbus-supply = <&vbus_sw>;
};
};
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Import HS400 support for iMX7ULP B0 from the Linux kernel:
2eaf5a533afd ("mmc: sdhci-esdhc-imx: Add HS400 support for iMX7ULP")
According to IC suggest, need to clear the STROBE_DLL_CTRL_RESET
before any setting of STROBE_DLL_CTRL register.
USDHC has register bits(bit[27~20] of register STROBE_DLL_CTRL)
for slave sel value. If this register bits value is 0, it needs
256 ref_clk cycles to update slave sel value. IC suggest to set
bit[27~20] to 0x4, it only need 4 ref_clk cycle to update slave
sel value. This will short the lock time of slave.
i.MX7ULP B0 will need more time to lock the REF and SLV, so change
to add 5us delay.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Use the common imx8mm-venice-u-boot.dtsi (dtb for the
'DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE) so that it inherits things like binman.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Use the common imx8mm-venice-u-boot.dtsi (dtb for the
'DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE) so that it inherits things like binman.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Use the common imx8mm-venice-u-boot.dtsi (dtb for the
'DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE) so that it inherits things like binman.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
When using SWUpdate, it is necessary to toggle between partitions.
Use the 'mmcpart' environment variable to accomplish that.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
After switch to use binman, no need to use the bash script
to check file exsiting or not. And there is bug that
the script will be executed everytime Makefile is used which is
confusing people.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
When creating flash.bin, the hdmi firmware might not be
copied to U-Boot source tree. Then mkimage will fail.
However we are switching to binman, binman will show the
message if the file not there, and create empty file per
i.MX8MQ binman node. So we not fail mkimage here othersize
CI will fail if hdmi firmware not copied here.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The Kontron SoM-Line i.MX8MM (N801x) by Kontron Electronics GmbH is a SoM
module with an i.MX8M-Mini SoC, 1/2/4 GB LPDDR4 RAM, SPI NOR, eMMC and PMIC.
The matching evaluation boards (Board-Line) have 2 Ethernets, USB 2.0, HDMI/LVDS,
SD card, CAN, RS485 and much more.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Remove board_ehci_hcd_init function that is not used with DM_USB
and replace its functionality with device-tree configuraton that treats
USB HUB RST# as a gpio enable for the usbh1 vbus regulator.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Enable LVDS display detection and panel-specific configuration
Make I2C based LVDS detection and configuration model specific:
- not all boards support LVDS connectors; fail detection that do not
support LVDS to avoid misdetecting an I2C device as a display
- GPIO configuration is panel specific; use panel name where needed
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
We configure network phy configuration for internal delay, LED config,
and clock config. If we leave the phy reset gpio defined in dt the
kernel may issue a reset to the phy and break these configs. While some
may be handled by a kernel phy driver, others may not (typically LED
config).
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
This adds support for i.MX6UL/ULL-based evaluation kits with SoMs by
Kontron Electronics GmbH.
Currently there are the following SoM flavors (SoM-Line):
* N6310: SOM with i.MX6UL-2, 256MB RAM, 256MB SPI NAND
* N6311: SOM with i.MX6UL-2, 512MB RAM, 512MB SPI NAND
* N6411: SOM with i.MX6ULL, 512MB RAM, 512MB SPI NAND
And the according evaluation boards (Board-Line):
* N6310-S: Baseboard with SOM N6310, eMMC, display (optional), ...
* N6311-S: Baseboard with SOM N6311, eMMC, display (optional), ...
* N6411-S: Baseboard with SOM N6411, eMMC, display (optional), ...
Currently U-Boot describes i.MX6UL and i.MX6ULL through separate config
options at compile-time. Though the differences are so minor, that for
the scope of these SoMs we just use a single defconfig that is compatible
with both SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE definition did not account for all areas that
are used by the boot ROM according to the manual, causing boot failures
due to truncated SPL images when actually hitting this limit.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
Synchronize the u-boot and kernel imx device trees, using tuned
script from commit c0157bdcafa1 ("ARM: dts: imx: use generic name bus")
Per devicetree specification, generic names are recommended to be
used, such as bus.
i.MX AIPS is an AHB - IP bridge bus, so we could use bus as node
name.
Script:
sed -i "s/\<aips@/bus@/" arch/arm/dts/imx*.dtsi
sed -i "s/\<aips@/bus@/" arch/arm/dts/vf*.dtsi
sed -i "s/\<aips-bus@/bus@/" arch/arm/dts/imx*.dtsi
sed -i "s/\<aips-bus@/bus@/" arch/arm/dts/vf*.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Update the mx7ulp wdog disable sequence to avoid potential reset
issue in unlock or refresh sequence. Both sequence need two words
write to wdog CNT register in 16 bus clocks window, if miss the
window, the write will cause violation in wdog and reset the chip.
Current u-boot code is using writel() function which has a DMB
barrier to order the memory access. The DMB between two words write
may introduce some delay in certain circumstance, causing the wdog
reset due to 16 bus clock window requirement.
Also, WDOG1 might have been enabled already depending on FUSE hence
we need to be as close as possible to its reconfiguration timing
requirement of 128 bus clock limit.
This patch replaces writel() function by __raw_writel() to avoid such
issue, and improve to check if watchdog is already disabled or
unlocked.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Co-developed-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Co-developed-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
The RX8803 and RX8900 register layouts are compatible with the one of
the RV8803. So add these to the compatibles.
The same compatible strings are used and approved in linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Thiery <heiko.thiery@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Add u-boot.dtsi specific to imx6-apalis with a watchdog enabled.
If OP-TEE is loaded by SPL, it may use a watchdog to handle fails of
u-boot running. Enable the watchdog in SPL to use it by OP-TEE.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since c6df0e2ffd ("net: phy: micrel: add support for DLL setup on ksz9131")
the Micrel PHY driver correctly configures the delay register. The Verdin PHY
is RGMII-ID, so reflect that in DT, otherwise the ethernet no longer works.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Max Krummenacher <max.krummenacher@toradex.com>
Cc: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
The BSP platform LmP supports the board NXP iMX8QM MEK. The
kernel size in LmP exceeds 32Mb. Increase the maximum size
of an uncompressed kernel to fix the following error:
Uncompressing Kernel Image
Error: inflate() returned -5
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
The BSP platform LmP supports the board NXP iMX8M Plus EVK. The
kernel size in LmP exceeds 32Mb. Increase the maximum size
of an uncompressed kernel to fix the following error:
Uncompressing Kernel Image
Error: inflate() returned -5
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
The BSP platform LmP supports the board NXP iMX8M Mini EVK. The
kernel size in LmP exceeds 32Mb. Increase the maximum size
of an uncompressed kernel to fix the following error:
Uncompressing Kernel Image
Error: inflate() returned -5
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
The CAAM on IMX7ULP doesn't support public key hardware acceleration
(PKHA), as in other NXP parts. Disable RSA_FREESCALE_EXP for IMX7ULP
too.
Fixed: f4e9ff7135 ("Kconfig: Don't use RSA_FREESCALE_EXP on IMX")
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
binman conversion made flashing flash.bin
and u-boot.itb necessary. Update binman config
to create a single flash.bin image again.
This updates imx8mp_evk and phyCORE-i.MX8MP as they share the
same binman config.
Updated also imx8mp_evk documentation.
Tested on phyCORE-i.MX8MP.
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
When purchasing imx8mm-cl-iot-gate it is able to customize the
memory size. It could be 1GB, 2GB and 4GB. We implement
board_phys_sdram_size() to detect the memory size for usage.
Signed-off-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paulliu@debian.org>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Cc: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Cc: uboot-imx <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Since derivatives are moving to binman from usage of the FIT generator
script, and considering the warning introduced in f4a43d2925
("Makefile: Warn against using CONFIG_SPL_FIT_GENERATOR"), usage of FIT
generator is discouraged.
Current FIT generator also generates broken output, since commit
3f04db891a ("image: Check for unit addresses in FITs") prohibits using
'@' for unit addresses but the generator script still emits the old
sematics.
Remove the generator script and corresponding call in Makefile, all
derivatives should be migrated to binman in order to provide binary
images.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Zhizhikin <andrey.zhizhikin@leica-geosystems.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Currently imx8mm-cl-iot-gate_defconfig fails to produce a working boot
binary due to the lack of fip.bin:
" BINMAN all
Image 'main-section' is missing external blobs and is non-functional: blob-ext
Some images are invalid"
To make the build process more consistent with the other i.MX8M targets,
split the defconfig in two:
- imx8mm-cl-iot-gate_defconfig: standard defconfig that only
requires ATF / DDR firmware.
- imx8mm-cl-iot-gate-optee_defconfig: "more advanced" defconfig that
requires ATF / Optee / mbedtls / DDR firmware.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Tested-by: Ying-Chun Liu (PaulLiu) <paul.liu@linaro.org>
Display hwmon values by default when using the 'gsc' command.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
After the enforcement of DM_MMC the microSD card is not detected. Fix by
correctly configuring the card detect in the devicetree.
Signed-off-by: Andrej Rosano <andrej.rosano@f-secure.com>
Since the mxs_nand_spl has implemented adjust read offset in
nand_spl_load_image, so we don't need to check the bad block in
nand_spl_adjust_offset. Directly return the offset to continue
read by nand_spl_load_image.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
According to 8MM/MN/MP reference manual, their pad registers only have
4 valid DSE values. And DSE2 and DSE4 are different with current
definitions in iomux-v3.h. Fix the issue to align with manual.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The SD clock disable is wrapped by MMC_SUPPORTS_TUNING. So it
only works when UHS is enabled. However, in SD initialization the
power cycle does not depends on UHS. But the power cycle needs
disable the SD clock before power down.
So this causes a problem when UHS is not enabled. Some cards can't
become ready (ACMD14 timeout) due to the clock is enabled during
power cycle.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Haibo Chen <haibo.chen@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
cherry-picked from NXP code:
719d665a87c6: ("MLK-20467 imx8m: Fix issue for booting signed image through uuu")
which fixes secure boot on imx8m based boards. Problem was
that FIT header and so IVT header too, was loaded to
memallocated address. So the ivt header address coded
in IVT itself does not fit with the real position.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Tested-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
read the address where the IVT header must sit
from IVT image header, loaded from SPL into
an malloced buffer and copy the IVT header
to this address
May make this dependend on SoC ?
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
add hook function spl_load_simple_fit_fix_load()
which is called after fit image header is loaded.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Add new SoC ID for S905Y2 found in Radxa Zero
- pcie_dw_meson: fix usb fail when pci link fails to go up
- Sync Amlogic DT from Linux 5.14
- dwc3-meson-gxl: add AXG compatible
- dts: keep back HW order for MMC devices since change in Upstream Linux
- Cleanup local AXG DT USB nodes now everything is upstream
- distro_bootcmd: run pci enum for scsi_boot just like it is done for nvme_boot
- New Boards:
- Odroid-HC4: a variant of Odroid-C4 with 2 SATA ports (via PCIe-SATA bridge)
- Beelink GS-King X: A variant of the other Beelink board with 2 SATA ports (via USB3-SATA bridge)
- Banana Pi M5: another credit card SBC
- JetHub D1/H1: home automation controllers
- Radxa Zero: another RPi Zero sized SBC
Add documentation bits for the Radxa Zero
Signed-off-by: Christian Hewitt <christianshewitt@gmail.com>
[narmstrong: updated u200 MAINTAINERS]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add a defconfig for the Radxa Zero SBC, using an Amlogic S905Y2 chip.
Signed-off-by: Christian Hewitt <christianshewitt@gmail.com>
[narmstrong: updated u200 MAINTAINERS & add missing CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR from defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add support for new home automation devices.
JetHome Jethub D1 (http://jethome.ru/jethub-d1) is a home automation controller with the following features:
- DIN Rail Mounting case
- Amlogic A113X (ARM Cortex-A53) quad-core up to 1.5GHz
- no video out
- 512Mb/1GB DDR3
- 8/16GB eMMC flash
- 1 x USB 2.0
- 1 x 10/100Mbps ethernet
- WiFi / Bluetooth AMPAK AP6255 (Broadcom BCM43455) IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, Bluetooth 4.2.
- TI CC2538 + CC2592 Zigbee Wireless Module with up to 20dBm output power and Zigbee 3.0 support.
- 2 x gpio LEDS
- GPIO user Button
- 1 x 1-Wire
- 2 x RS-485
- 4 x dry contact digital GPIO inputs
- 3 x relay GPIO outputs
- DC source with a voltage of 9 to 56 V / Passive POE
JetHome Jethub H1 (http://jethome.ru/jethub-h1) is a home automation controller with the following features:
- Square plastic case
- Amlogic S905W (ARM Cortex-A53) quad-core up to 1.5GHz
- no video out
- 1GB DDR3
- 8/16GB eMMC flash
- 2 x USB 2.0
- 1 x 10/100Mbps ethernet
- WiFi / Bluetooth RTL8822CS IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n/ac, Bluetooth 5.0.
- TI CC2538 + CC2592 Zigbee Wireless Module with up to 20dBm output power and Zigbee 3.0 support.
- MicroSD 2.x/3.x/4.x DS/HS cards.
- 1 x gpio LED
- ADC user Button
- DC source 5V microUSB with serial console
Patches from:
- JetHub H1
https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210915085715.1134940-4-adeep@lexina.inhttps://git.kernel.org/amlogic/c/abfaae24ecf3e7f00508b60fa05e2b6789b8f607
- JetHub D1
https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210915085715.1134940-5-adeep@lexina.inhttps://git.kernel.org/amlogic/c/8e279fb2903990cc6296ec56b3b80b2f854b6c79
Signed-off-by: Vyacheslav Bocharov <adeep@lexina.in>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
[narmstrong: removed unused variable value]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
JetHub devices uses its own boot sequence with "rescue" button
Signed-off-by: Vyacheslav Bocharov <adeep@lexina.in>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Beelink GS-King X is a variant of the GS King boards but with an internal
USB to SATA bridge and advanced audio features.
[narmstrong: add missing CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR from defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The Odroid-HC4 is a variant of the Odroid-C4 board but with a PCIe-SATA bridge
instead of the USB3 ports.
[narmstrong: add missing CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR from defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The SCSI device can be a PCIe adapter, so run pcie enum if enabled.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add SCSI target to be able to boot from the SATA disks on the Odroid HC4 using
an on-board AHCI PCIe controller.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Since Linux commmit [1], the order is fixed with aliases, in order to keep the
MMC device order, set it back to HW order in U-Boot dtsi files.
[1] ab547c4fb39f ("arm64: dts: amlogic: Assign a fixed index to mmc devices")
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Upstream Linux uses the "amlogic,meson-axg-usb-ctrl" for AXG SoCs.
This adds it to the compatible list for this driver.
Reported-by: Vyacheslav Bocharov <adeep@lexina.in>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Tested-by: Vyacheslav Bocharov <adeep@lexina.in>
Import Amlogic DT changes from Linux commit 7d2a07b76933 ("Linux 5.14"),
dt-bindings clock changes and new meson-g12b-gsking-x.dts,
meson-sm1-bananapi-m5 & odroid-hc4 boards.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
On Amlogic A311D, when the PCIe link fails disabling the related clocks
makes USB fail. For an unknown reason, this doesn happen on the S905D3 SoC.
Mimic the Linux behavior by not considering a link failure a probe failure,
and continue even if the PCIe link is down.
Reported-by: Art Nikpal <email2tema@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add the SOC ID for the S905Y2 to board info, see below for before/after
tested with a Radxa Zero board:
SoC: Amlogic Meson G12A (Unknown) Revision 28:b (30:2)
SoC: Amlogic Meson G12A (S905Y2) Revision 28:b (30:2)
Signed-off-by: Christian Hewitt <christianshewitt@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
If Coherence Manager were not set in the beginning,
u-boot-spl would sometimes fail to boot to u-boot proper.
Enable CM and I/D cache at the same time in harts_early_init
Signed-off-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
There should be a platform compiled with the new driver.
Enable CONFIG_SYSRESET_SBI for all QEMU boards using SBI.
If you want to test the SBI sysreset driver, disable
CONFIG_SYSRESET_SYSCON.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
bootm_low is used as a base address is used to allocate space for the
FDT blob, initrd, cmdline, etc. when booting Linux. Set the default
value for RISC-V to the start of the first DRAM bank, so platforms can
get their DRAM layout from the device tree, and do not need to define
CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The no-map property is wrongly skipped if a no-map reserved memory
node follows one without that property. Fix this by not remembering
the absence of a no-map property across loop iterations.
Fixes: d4ea649f17 ("riscv: Provide a mechanism to fix DT for reserved memory")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Reviewed-by: Atish Patra <atish.patra@wdc.com>
The RISC-V SBI interface v0.1 provides a function for printing a
character to the console. Even though SBI v0.1 functions are deprecated,
the SBI console is quite useful for early debugging, because it works
without any dcache, memory, or MMIO access in S mode.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
In some cases, the best config cannot be used because the VCO would be
out-of-spec. In these cases, we may need to try a worse combination of r/od
in order to find the best representable config. This also adds a few test
cases to catch this and other (possible) unlikely errors.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Having to copy-paste the same 3 lines makes adding new test cases
error-prone. Use a macro.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Everything here sits in a while (true) loop. However, this introduces a
couple of layers of indentation. We can simplify the code by introducing a
single goto instead of using continue/break. This will also make adding
loops in the next patch easier.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The PLL functions take ulong arguments for rate, but still check if that
rate is negative (which is never true). The correct way to handle this is
to use IS_ERR_VALUE (like is already done in k210_clk_set_rate). While
we're at it, we can move the error checking up into the caller of the pll
set/get rate functions. This also protects our other calculations from
using bogus values for rate.
Fixes: 609bd60b94 ("clk: k210: Rewrite to remove CCF")
Reported-by: Coverity Scan <scan-admin@coverity.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The values of CONFIG_NAND_OMAP_ECCSCHEME map to the enum in
include/linux/mtd/omap_gpmc.h for valid ECC schemes. Make which one we
will use be a choice statement, enumerating the ones which we have
implemented.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_NAND_FSL_ELBC
CONFIG_NAND_FSL_IFC
Note that a number of PowerPC platforms had previously enabled
CONFIG_NAND_FSL_ELBC without CONFIG_MTD_RAW_NAND, and now they no longer
enable the option, reducing the size of a few functions.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We only include <linux/mtd/rawnand.h> in <nand.h> for the forward
declaration of struct nand_chip, so do that directly. Then, include
<linux/mtd/rawnand.h> where required directly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS
In order to do this, introduce a choice for HAS_LARGE/SMALL_BADBLOCK_POS
as those are the only valid values. Use LARGE as the default as no
in-tree boards use SMALL, but it is possible.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPL_NAND_LOAD
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Typically platforms will define CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT based on
CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE / CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE. Switch to this
in preparation for migrating CONFIG_SYS_NAND namespace to Kconfig.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Olaf Mandel <o.mandel@menlosystems.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
OEM_REVISION is 32-bit unsigned number. It should be increased only when
changing software version. Therefore it should not depend on build time.
Change calculation to use U-Boot version numbers and set this revision
to date number.
Prior this change OEM_REVISION was calculated from build date and stored in
the same format.
After this change macro U_BOOT_BUILD_DATE is not used in other files so
remove it from global autogenerated files and also from Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use dev_ function to read the sides and colour to support a live tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use dev_ function to read the name and boolean to support a live tree.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These tests currently run in a particular sequence, with some of them
depending on the actions of earlier tests.
Add a check for sandbox and reset to a known state at the start of each
test, so that all tests can run in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The -z tests don't really need to be part of the main set. Separate them
out so we can drop the test setup/cleans functions and thus run all tests
in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the tests to use separate working directories, so we can run them
in parallel. It also makes it possible to see the individual output files
after the tests have completed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Target code and mkimage share the same hashing infrastructure. If one
is wrong, it's very likely that both are wrong in the same way. Thus
testing won't catch hash regressions. This already happened in
commit 92055e138f ("image: Drop if/elseif hash selection in
calculate_hash()"). None of the tests caught that CRC32 was broken.
Instead of testing hash_calculate() against itself, create a FIT with
containing a kernel with pre-calculated hashes. Then check the hashes
produced against the known good hashes.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The generic GPIO flags binding is shared across many drivers, some of
which need their own xlate function. Factor out the flag translation
code from gpio_xlate_offs_flags so it does not need to be duplicated.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Translation of an OF GPIO specifier should fail if the pin offset is
larger than the number of pins in the GPIO bank.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Translation of a pin name to a device+offset should fail if the offset
is larger than the number of pins in the GPIO bank.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This config is only used by three boards with this SOC. Most other
platforms derive this information from devicetree, and are unlikely
to ever need this config.
Moreover, it is confusing when Kconfig asks for this value under
"Support OPTEE images", but does not do anything with the value.
Move it to imx7 for those boards who still make use of it.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
This value is not used by u-boot, and it should not. The load address
of an OPTEE image is defined by said image. Either a uImage or a FIT
will have a defined load address and entry point. Those values are the
correct ones, not CONFIG_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR.
Commit f25006b96e ("optee: Add CONFIG_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR") justifies
this config by requiring its presence in u-boot's .config for other
images as part of a larger build, claiming it is "the best way".
This argument is not persuasive. U-boot's configuration is driven by
platform requirements, not the other way around. It seems more likely
that the argument is conflating tooling issues with Kconfig. Yocto and
buildroot have excellent mechanisms for defining values across the
board (pun intended). u-boot's Kconfig is the wrong place to do it.
Furthermore, it is not "best" for u-boot because it hardcodes a value
which is then not used. In fact the load address that u-boot uses is
the one derived from the OPTEE image.
Confused yet? I sure was. To prevent future confusion, remove
CONFIG_OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
It is no longer used in u-boot. Information about the TZDRAM location
is usually available in the devicetree as "/reserved-memory/" nodes.
Because this isn't used, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
The configs TZDRAM_BASE and TZDRAM_SIZE are expected to describe the
memory allocated to the OPTEE region. according to according to commit
c5a6e8bd00 ("optee: Add optee_verify_bootm_image()"). The TZDRAM is
with some limitations, described by "/reserved-memory" nodes in the
devicetree.
Consequently TZDRAM_BASE and TZDRAM_SIZE can point to imaginary
regions which have nothing to do with actual DRAM. They are not used
to configure the hardware or set up the Trust Zone Controller (TZC)
for OP-TEE -- the devicetree values are used instead.
When a valid OP-TEE image does not fall within the region described by
these configs, u-boot will refuse to load it. In fact, it mostly
serves to cause "bootm" to reject perfectly good OP-TEE images.
Ironically, someone has to correctly configure the devicetree for
TZDRAM, then go back and enter the same information in Kconfig for
"bootm". To remedy this, do not use TZDRAM_BASE and TZDRAM_SIZE in the
verification of OPTEE images.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Add stub for tee_find_device function when CONFIG_TEE is not activated
to simplify the caller code.
This patch allows to remove the CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OPTEE) tests
for stm32 platform.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Acked-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@inaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
The configuration CONFIG_OPTEE is defined 2 times:
1- in lib/optee/Kconfig for support of OPTEE images loaded by bootm command
2- in drivers/tee/optee/Kconfig for support of OP-TEE driver.
It is abnormal to have the same CONFIG define for 2 purpose;
and it is difficult to managed correctly their dependencies.
Moreover CONFIG_SPL_OPTEE is defined in common/spl/Kconfig
to manage OPTEE image load in SPL.
This definition causes an issue with the macro CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OPTEE)
to test the availability of the OP-TEE driver.
This patch cleans the configuration dependency with:
- CONFIG_OPTEE_IMAGE (renamed) => support of OP-TEE image in U-Boot
- CONFIG_SPL_OPTEE_IMAGE (renamed) => support of OP-TEE image in SPL
- CONFIG_OPTEE (same) => support of OP-TEE driver in U-Boot
- CONFIG_OPTEE_LIB (new) => support of OP-TEE library
After this patch, the macro have the correct behavior:
- CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OPTEE_IMAGE) => Load of OP-TEE image is supported
- CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(OPTEE) => OP-TEE driver is supported
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Both dummy.nbytes and dummy.buswidth may be zero. By not checking
the later, it is possible to trigger division by zero and a crash.
This does happen with tiny SPI NOR framework in SPL. Fix this by
adding the check and returning zero dummy bytes in such a case.
Fixes: 38b0852b0e ("spi: cadence-qspi: Add support for octal DTR flashes")
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Cc: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
[trini: Drop Pratyush's RB as his requested changes weren't made as
Marek disagreed]
This allows to use the watchdog in custom scripts but does not enforce
that the OS has to support it as well.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
To avoid the need of extra boot scripting on AM65x for loading a
watchdog firmware, add the required rproc init and loading logic for the
first R5F core to the watchdog start handler. In case the R5F cluster is
in lock-step mode, also initialize the second core. The firmware itself
is embedded into U-Boot binary to ease access to it and ensure it is
properly hashed in case of secure boot.
One possible firmware source is https://github.com/siemens/k3-rti-wdt.
The board is responsible for providing the firmware as additional
loadable via the U-Boot fit image. The driver will pick up its location
from /fit-images/k3-rti-wdt-firmware then.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
This adds support for the IOT2050 Basic and Advanced devices. The Basic
used the dual-core AM6528 GP processor, the Advanced one the AM6548 HS
quad-core version.
Both variants are booted via a Siemens-provided FSBL that runs on the R5
cores. Consequently, U-Boot support is targeting the A53 cores. U-Boot
SPL, ATF and TEE have to reside in SPI flash.
Full integration into a bootable image can be found on
https://github.com/siemens/meta-iot2050
Based on original board support by Le Jin, Gao Nian and Chao Zeng.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Prepares for the addition of the IOT2050 board which is based on the TI
AM65x. The board comes in four variants, Basic and Advanced, each as
product generation 1 (SR1.0) and 2 (SR2.x), so there are separate dts
files needed. Furthermore, the SPL has its own device tree.
Based on original board support by Le Jin, Gao Nian and Chao Zeng.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
To avoid W=1 build warnings, declare this function as static, since it
is not used outside of this translation module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The function prototype for ft_pci_setup is inside fdt_support.h, we need
to include that header.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To avoid W=1 build warnings, declare this function as static, since it
is not used outside of this translation module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To avoid W=1 build warnings, declare this function as static, since it
is not used outside of this translation module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To avoid W=1 build warnings, declare this function as static, since it
is not used outside of this translation module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To avoid W=1 build warnings, declare this function as static, since it
is not used outside of this translation module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To avoid W=1 build warnings, declare this function as static, since it
is not used outside of this translation module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To avoid W=1 build warnings, declare this function as static, since it
is not used outside of this translation module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To avoid W=1 build warnings, declare this function as static, since it
is not used outside of this translation module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
To avoid a build warning with W=1, provide a function prototype for
dm_pciauto_prescan_setup_bridge, which is a non-static function whose
definition is inside pci_auto.c.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The weak definition of pci_skip_dev from drivers/pci/pci_common.c is not
under CONFIG_DM_PCI_COMPAT, and that definition needs a previous
function prototype declaration to avoid W=1 build warnings.
That prototype is not available due to it being under CONFIG_DM_PCI_COMPAT,
so move it outside of that preprocessor block.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Writing of individual registers was not functioning
correctly as a 0 'offset' byte under DM-managed
I2C was being appended in front of register we
wanted to access.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
The RX8025/RX8035 does not like having it's time registers
set byte-by-byte in separate I2C transactions.
From the note at the top of the file, it appears
target-dependent workarounds have been used in the
past for this.
Resolve this by setting the time registers in a single
I2C transaction.
As part of this, also ensure the '24/12' flag in the RTC
is reset before writing the date (instead of after), otherwise
the RX8035 will clear the seconds and minutes registers.
Tested on Traverse Ten64 (NXP LS1088A) with RX8035.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
The RX8035 is a newer model from EPSON which is
very similar in operation to the RX8025.
The changes mirror similar ones that will be
in Linux 5.15:
https://lore.kernel.org/all/20210709044518.28769-2-matt@traverse.com.au/
The UBOOT_DRIVER ID has also been corrected, previously
it declared itself as rx8010sj_rtc which is a different driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
A search of the tree showed there is only one user
of this driver (soon to be two) - board/socrates
The second user will be the Traverse Ten64 board.
Both these boards have DM_RTC.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
The WDT devices described in the general .dtsi file
should be marked as "disabled" by default.
A WDT should be then enabled in the board specific
.dts file on demands.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Chen <ryan_chen@aspeedtech.com>
This resyncs the dts files for all of the currently in-tree K3
platforms, along with relevant bindings, with the v5.14 Linux Kernel
release. Of note are that the main-navss/mcu-navss nodes were renamed
to main_navss / mcu_navss and so the u-boot.dtsi files needed to be
updated to match.
Tested on j721e_evm and am65x_evm.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Remove the last non-CONFIG_DM boards, and their related unused code.
- Finish a few partial migrations to Kconfig, and remove some redundant
serial related code.
We enforce that DM_SERIAL will have SYS_MALLOC_F enabled and so
SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN will have a value. Remove the build-time check.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A number of platforms are still defining CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE to
the fallback default of "{ 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 }", but
with varying whitespace, or were introduced after the default fallback
was added. Use the default table here.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM by the deadline.
Remove it. As this is the last ARCH_MX25 platform, remove those
references as well.
Cc: Matthias Weisser <weisserm@arcor.de>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM by the deadline.
Remove it. As this is the last armada100 platform, remove that support
as well.
Cc: Prafulla Wadaskar <prafulla@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM by the deadline.
Remove it. As this is the last mx35 platform, remove that support as
well.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Add Pali and Marek as another authors of the kwboot utility.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Change kwboot_img_patch() to avoid code repetition of setting errno to
EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The kwboot utility does not handle EAGAIN / EBUSY errors, it expects
blocking mode on tty - it uses select() to check if data is available.
Disable non-blocking mode by clearing O_NDELAY flag which was set by
open().
We can't just take O_NDELAY from open(), because it is required there
until the CLOCAL flag is set on the tty.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Function kwboot_tty_recv() has its own handling of read timeout, we
don't need to do set it in tty settings.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Retrieve current terminal settings via tcgetattr(), set to raw mode with
cfmakeraw(), enable receiver via CREAD and ignore modem control lines
via CLOCAL.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The tcsetattr() function can return 0 even if baudrate was not changed.
Check whether baudrate was changed to requested value, and in case of
arbitrary baudrate, check whether the set value is within 3% tolerance.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The A38x platform supports more baudrates than just those defined by the
Bn constants, and some of them are higher than the highest Bn baudrate
(the highest is 4 MBd while A38x support 5.15 MBd).
On Linux, add support for arbitrary baudrates. (Since there is no
standard POSIX API to specify arbitrary baudrate for a tty device, this
change is Linux-specific.)
We need to use raw TCGETS2/TCSETS2 or TCGETS/TCSETS ioctls with the
BOTHER flag in struct termios2/termios, defined in Linux headers
<asm/ioctls.h> (included by <sys/ioctl.h>) and <asm/termbits.h>. Since
these headers conflict with glibc's header file <termios.h>, it is not
possible to use libc's termios functions and we need to reimplement them
via ioctl() calls.
Note that the Bnnn constants from <termios.h> need not be compatible
with Bnnn constants from <asm/termbits.h>.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ termios macros rewritten to static inline functions (for type control)
and moved to tools/termios_linux.h ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add support for uploading the boot image (the data part only) at higher
baudrate than the standard one.
The kwboot utility already has -B option, but choosing other baudrate
than the standard one (115200 Bd) can only work for debug mode, not for
booting the device. The BootROM for kwboot supported platforms (Orion,
Kirkwood, Dove, Discovery, AXP, A37x, A38x, A39x) cannot change the
baudrate when uploading boot image via the Xmodem protocol, nor can it
be configured via strapping pins.
So instead we add this support by injecting baudrate changing code into
the kwbimage v1 header as a new optional binary extension. This code is
executed by BootROM after it receives the whole header. The code sends
the magic string "$baudratechange\0" just before changing the baudrate
to let kwboot know that it should also change it. This is because the
injected code is run as the last binary extension, and we do not want
to loose possible output from other possible binary extensions that
came before it (in most cases this is U-Boot SPL).
We also inject the code before the payload (the data part of the image),
to change the baudrate back to the standard value, in case the payload
does not reset UART.
This change improves boot time via UART significantly (depending on the
chosen baudrate), which is very useful when debugging.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ major refactor ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Explicitly check the image size against size of struct main_hdr_v1.
This way the check is more readable, since the `hdrsz` variable
may semantically contain another value.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The beginning of image data must be sent in a separate xmodem block;
the block must not contain end of header with the beginning of data.
Therefore we need to ensure that the image header size is a multiple of
xmodem block size (which is 128 B).
Read the file into a malloc()ed buffer of enough size instead of
mmap()ing it. (If we are going to move the data, most of the pages will
be dirty anyway.) Then move the payload if header size needs to be
increased.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These structures are relevant for several other platforms, mention them
all.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add functions kwbheader_size() and kwbheader_size_for_csum().
Refactor code determining header size to use these functions.
Refactor header checksum determining function.
Remove stuff that is not needed anymore.
This simplifies the code a little and fixes one instance of validating
header size meant for checksum instead of whole header size.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Rename this function to kwbimage_version() and don't cast argument if
not needed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SPI/NOR kwbimage may have destination address set to 0xFFFFFFFF, which
means that the image is not downloaded to DDR but rather it is executed
directly from SPI/NOR. In this case execution address is set to SPI/NOR
area.
When patching image to UART type, change destination and execution
addresses from SPI/NOR XIP area to DDR area 0x00800000 (which is default
for A38x).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Some image types have source address in non-bytes unit; for example for
SATA images, it is in 512 B units.
We need to multiply by unit size when patching image type to UART.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
It is not possible to modify image with secure header due to
cryptographic signature.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Create macro
for_each_opt_hdr_v1
and functions
opt_hdr_v1_size(),
opt_hdr_v1_valid_size(),
opt_hdr_v1_ext(),
opt_hdr_v1_first() and
opt_hdr_v1_next()
to simplify iteration over version 1 optional headers.
This prevents ugly code repetition and makes it nicer to read.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
The kwboot_img_patch_hdr() function already decides if header patching
is needed. Always call this function and deprecate the unneeded command
line option `-p`.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After kwboot sends EOT, BootROM sends back ACK. Add code for handling
this and retry sending EOT on error.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Currently if BootROM fails to respond with ACK/NAK to a xmodem block, we
will be waiting indefinitely for such response.
Make sure that we only wait at most 1 second (blk_rsp_timeo) for ACK/NAK
for each block in case non-xmodem text output is not being expected.
Interpret this timeout expiration as NAK, to try to send the block
again.
On the other hand, if timeout expires without ACK while some non-xmodem
output was already received (DDR training output, for example), we know
that the block was received, since the code is being executed, so in
this case exit with ETIMEDOUT.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When executing header code (which contains U-Boot SPL in most cases),
wait 10s after every non-xmodem character received (i.e. printed by
U-Boot SPL) before timing out.
Sometimes DDR training, which runs in SPL, may be slow.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There is no separation between output from the code from binary header
(U-Boot SPL in most cases) and subsequent kwboot output.
Print '\n' to make distinguishing these two easier.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When sending image header / image data, BootROM does not send any
non-xmodem text output. We should therefore interpret unknown bytes in
the xmodem protocol as errors and resend current packet. This should
improve the transfer in case there are errors on the UART line.
Text output from BootROM may only happen after whole image header is
sent and before ACK for the last packet of image header is received.
In this case BootROM may execute code from the image, which may interact
with UART (U-Boot SPL, for example, prints stuff on UART).
Print received non-xmodem output from BootROM only in this case.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored & simplified ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is a non-functional change that should make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This change is required to implement other features in kwboot.
Split sending header and data parts of the image into two stages.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[ refactored ]
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When progress was not completed, current terminal position is in progress
bar. So print newline before printing error message to make error message
more readable.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Ensure that `pos` is still in range up to the `width` so printing 100%
works also for bigger images. After printing 100% progress reset it to
zero, so that next progressbar can be started.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The compiler complains that we are comparing int with size_t when
compiled with -W.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Function kwboot_xm_makeblock() always returns length of xmodem block. It
is always non-negative and calculated from variable with size_t type. Set
return type of this function to size_t and remove dead code which checks
for negative value.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When kwboot_tty_recv() fails or times out, it does not set the `c`
variable to NAK. The variable is then compared, while it holds either
an undefined value or a value from previous iteration. Set `c` to NAK so
that the other side will try to resend current block, and remove the
now unnecessary break.
In other failure cases return immediately.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Print kwboot's (U-Boot's) version when printing usage.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There are 3 instances in kwboot.c where we need to write() a given
buffer whole (iteratively writing until all data are written), and 2 of
those instances are wrong, for they do not increment the buffer pointer.
Refactor the code into a new function kwboot_write() where it is fixed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The `in` variable is set to -1 in kwboot_terminal() if stdin is not a
tty. In this case we should not look whether -1 is set in fd_set, for it
can lead to a buffer overflow, which can be reproduced with
echo "xyz" | ./tools/kwboot -t /dev/ttyUSB0
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
On 32-bit ARM the compiler complains:
tools/kwbimage.c:547: warning: format ‘%lu’ expects argument of type
‘long unsigned int’, but argument 4 has
type ‘unsigned int’
Fix this by using %zu instead of %lu format specifier.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Rebuild our current docker image so that ca-certificates will be updated
and Let's Encrypt issued certificates will work again.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rebuild our current docker image so that ca-certificates will be updated
and Let's Encrypt issued certificates will work again.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Xilinx changes for v2022.01-rc1
zynq:
- Enable capsule update for qspi and mmc
- Update zed DT qspi compatible string
zynqmp:
- Add missing modeboot for EMMC
- Add missing nand DT properties
- List all eeproms for SC on vck190
- Add vck190 SC psu_init
clk:
- Handle only GATE type clock for Versal
watchdog:
- Update versal driver to handle system reset
Existing driver uses generic watchdog mode which generates a signal to
PLM firmware, but the signal cannot be used to reset the system.
Change driver to use window watchdog basic mode. This window watchdog mode
generates a signal to PLM firmware which decides what action to take upon
expiry of watchdog.
Timeout value for xlnx_wwdt_start will come in milli seconds from wdt
framework. Make changes to load count value accordingly.
Add checks before loading the timer for min and max possible values.
Fix authour email id of Ashok Reddy Soma to long email id.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/1632808919-8600-2-git-send-email-ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Generate dfu_alt_info setup at runtime for capsule update.
Enabling this feature will help with upgrading boards without remembering
what is where.
The similar change was done for ZynqMP by commit b86f43de0b ("xilinx:
zynqmp: Add support for runtime dfu_alt_info setup").
Code needs to be enabled by CONFIG_SET_DFU_ALT_INFO.
And also enable capsule on disk for RAW firmware images with efidebug
command.
Two indexes are supported for SPL flow. Images can be generated like:
./tools/mkeficapsule --raw spl/boot.bin --index 1 capsule1.bin
./tools/mkeficapsule --raw u-boot.img --index 2 capsule2.bin
Then place them to SD card and load them:
load mmc 0 10000000 capsule1.bin && efidebug capsule update -v 10000000
load mmc 0 10000000 capsule2.bin && efidebug capsule update -v 10000000
FSBL flow will also work where only index 1 capsule is used. There
should be enough space for using boot.bin with bitstream too.
Zynq also support multiple boot locations in SPI or MMC but it is not wired
by this patch.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/bea5fc75a87a5971f118b46bab4aa7ca39a629c6.1630061610.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
XHCI firmware upload must be performed only once after initializing the
PCI bridge. This fixes USB stack initialization after calling "usb stop;
usb start" on Raspberry Pi 4B.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Nicolas Saenz Julienne <nsaenz@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The @suse.de address doesn't exist anymore. Update it to something not
dependent on my workplace.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Saenz Julienne <nsaenz@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
During the migration to a single DTSI for the CP110-s specific pinctrl
compatibles were moved to the SoC DTSI as CP0 and CP1 have some specifics.
Namely, CP0 eMMC/SDIO support depends on the mvebu-pinctrl driver setting
the BIT(0) in eMMC PHY IO Control 0 Register to 0 in order for the connect
the eMMC/SDIO PHY to the controller and not use it as a MPP pin multiplexor.
So, the mvebu-pinctrl driver check specifically for the
"marvell,armada-8k-cpm-pinctrl" compatible to clear the that bit.
Issue is that compatibles in the 8040 DTSI were set to "marvell,8k-cpm-pinctrl"
for CP0 and "marvell,8k-cps-pinctrl" for the CP1.
This is obviously incorrect as the pinctrl driver does not know about these.
So fix the regression by applying correct compatibles to the DTSI.
Regression found and tested on the Puzzle M801 board.
Fixes: a0ba97e5 ("arm: armada: dts: Use a single dtsi for cp110 die description")
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robert.marko@sartura.hr>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
i2c changes for 20210928-for-next
- i2c: rcar_i2c: Enable configuring SCL rise and fall times
- i2c: mvtwsi: Add support for DM clocks and resets
- mtd: nand: raw: convert nand_dt_init() to ofnode_xx() interface
- Reintroduce creating internally the "nor%d" style names, in order to
fix some use U-Boot use-cases involving the "mtd" command.
- Fix a regression over the default SPI bus mode shown by having the
compiled default actually start being used. The correct default here
is 0.
- Fix ethernet on imx7d-sdb
- Fix a regression with MTD NAND devices when OF_LIVE is enabled
Commit 0d52bab46 (mx7dsabre: Enable DM_ETH) changed these flags from 0
(aka GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH) to GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW. It claimed to "Also sync
device tree with v5.5-rc1", but in the linux tree, these gpios have
always been GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH ever since this node was introduced
around v4.13 (linux commit 184f39b5).
I'm guessing that the reason for the GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW was to work
around the behaviour of the soft-spi driver back then, which
effectively defaulted to spi-mode 3 and not 0. That was arguably a bug
in the soft-spi driver, which then got fixed in 0e146993bb (spi: add
support for all spi modes with soft spi), but that commit then broke
ethernet on this board.
Fix it by setting the gpios as active high, which as a bonus actually
brings us in sync with the .dts in the linux source tree.
Without this, one gets
Net: Could not get PHY for FEC0: addr 0
No ethernet found.
With this, ethernet (at least ping and tftp) works as expected from
the U-Boot shell.
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Joris Offouga <offougajoris@gmail.com>
Cc: "Christian Bräuner Sørensen" <yocto@bsorensen.net>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
nand_dt_init() is still using fdtdec_xx() interface.
If OF_LIVE flag is enabled, dt property can't be get anymore.
Updating all fdtdec_xx() interface to ofnode_xx() to solve this issue.
For doing this, node parameter type must be ofnode.
First idea was to convert "node" parameter to ofnode type inside
nand_dt_init() using offset_to_ofnode(node). But offset_to_ofnode()
is not bijective, in case OF_LIVE flag is enabled, it performs an assert().
So, this leads to update nand_chip struct flash_node field from int to
ofnode and to update all nand_dt_init() callers.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Force the mtd name of spi-nor to "nor" + the driver sequence number:
"nor0", "nor1"... beginning after the existing nor devices.
This patch is coherent with existing "nand" and "spi-nand"
mtd device names.
When CFI MTD NOR device are supported, the spi-nor index is chosen after
the last CFI device defined by CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS.
When CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT is activated, this config
is replaced by to cfi_flash_num_flash_banks in the include file
mtd/cfi_flash.h.
This generic name "nor%d" can be use to identify the mtd spi-nor device
without knowing the real device name or the DT path of the device,
used with API get_mtd_device_nm() and is used in mtdparts command.
This patch also avoids issue when the same NOR device is present 2 times,
for example on STM32MP15F-EV1:
STM32MP> mtd list
SF: Detected mx66l51235l with page size 256 Bytes, erase size 64 KiB, \
total 64 MiB
List of MTD devices:
* nand0
- type: NAND flash
- block size: 0x40000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1000 bytes
- OOB size: 224 bytes
- OOB available: 118 bytes
- ECC strength: 8 bits
- ECC step size: 512 bytes
- bitflip threshold: 6 bits
- 0x000000000000-0x000040000000 : "nand0"
* mx66l51235l
- device: mx66l51235l@0
- parent: spi@58003000
- driver: jedec_spi_nor
- path: /soc/spi@58003000/mx66l51235l@0
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x10000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000004000000 : "mx66l51235l"
* mx66l51235l
- device: mx66l51235l@1
- parent: spi@58003000
- driver: jedec_spi_nor
- path: /soc/spi@58003000/mx66l51235l@1
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x10000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000004000000 : "mx66l51235l"
The same mtd name "mx66l51235l" identify the 2 instances
mx66l51235l@0 and mx66l51235l@1.
This patch fixes a ST32CubeProgrammer / stm32prog command issue
with nor0 target on STM32MP157C-EV1 board introduced by
commit b7f060565e ("mtd: spi-nor: allow registering multiple MTDs when
DM is enabled").
Fixes: b7f060565e ("mtd: spi-nor: allow registering multiple MTDs when DM is enabled")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
[trini: Add <dm/device.h> to <mtd.h> for DM_MAX_SEQ_STR]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When mdio_register fails, mdio_free should be called on the mdiodev that
was previously allocated with mdio_alloc.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
If mdio_register fails, it is nice to not leave behind dangling
allocated memory.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass DSA_PORT_NAME_LENGTH - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
These functions can return errors, it's best to catch them and trigger
the driver unwind code path.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
dm_mdio_post_probe used to be vulnerable after truncation, but has been
patched by commit 398e7512d8 ("net: Fix Covarity Defect 244093").
Nonetheless, we can use strlcpy like the rest of the code base now,
which yields the same result.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
strncpy() simply bails out when copying a source string whose size
exceeds the destination string size, potentially leaving the destination
string unterminated.
One possible way to address is to pass MDIO_NAME_LEN - 1 and a
previously zero-initialized destination string, but this is more
difficult to maintain.
The chosen alternative is to use strlcpy(), which properly limits the
copy len in the (srclen >= size) case to "size - 1", and which is also
more efficient than the strncpy() byte-by-byte implementation by using
memcpy. The destination string returned by strlcpy() is always NULL
terminated.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Currently the init_phy function may overwrite the priv->interface
property, since it calls tsec_get_interface which tries to determine it
dynamically based on default register values in ECNTRL.
Let's do that only if phy-connection-type happens to not be defined in
the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The felix driver runs only on NXP LS1028A, which most definitely does
not support the parallel 10G interface, just USXGMII, and that only up
to 2.5Gbps (toned down from 10 Gbps via symbol replication).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The enetc driver runs only on NXP LS1028A, which most definitely does
not support the parallel 10G interface, just USXGMII, and that only up
to 2.5Gbps (toned down from 10 Gbps via symbol replication).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
After the discussion here:
https://lore.kernel.org/netdev/20210603143453.if7hgifupx5k433b@pali/
which resulted in this patch:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/patch/20210704134325.24842-1-pali@kernel.org/
and many other discussions before it, notably:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-arm-kernel/patch/1512016235-15909-1-git-send-email-Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com/
it became apparent that nobody really knows what "SGMII 2500" is.
Certainly, Freescale/NXP hardware engineers name this protocol
"SGMII 2500" in the reference manuals, but the PCS devices do not
support any "SGMII" specific features when operating at the speed of
2500 Mbps, no in-band autoneg and no speed change via symbol replication
. So that leaves a fixed speed of 2500 Mbps using a coding of 8b/10b
with a SERDES lane frequency of 3.125 GHz. In fact, "SGMII 2500 without
in-band autoneg and at a fixed speed" is indistinguishable from
"2500base-x without in-band autoneg", which is precisely what these NXP
devices support.
So it just appears that "SGMII 2500" is an unclear name with no clear
definition that stuck.
As such, in the Linux kernel, the drivers which use this SERDES protocol
use the 2500base-x phy-mode.
This patch converts U-Boot to use 2500base-x too, or at least, as much
as it can.
Note that I would have really liked to delete PHY_INTERFACE_MODE_SGMII_2500
completely, but the mvpp2 driver seems to even distinguish between SGMII
2500 and 2500base-X. Namely, it enables in-band autoneg for one but not
the other, and forces flow control for one but not the other. This goes
back to the idea that maybe 2500base-X is a fiber protocol and SGMII-2500
is an MII protocol (connects a MAC to a PHY such as Aquantia), but the
two are practically indistinguishable through everything except use case.
NXP devices can support both use cases through an identical configuration,
for example RX flow control can be unconditionally enabled in order to
support rate adaptation performed by an Aquantia PHY. At least I can
find no indication in online documents published by Cisco which would
point towards "SGMII-2500" being an actual standard with an actual
definition, so I cannot say "yes, NXP devices support it".
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
To avoid a warning with W=1 about this function not having a previous
prototype, declare it as static, because it is not used outside of this
translation module.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
"dev" and "dsa_pdata" are unused inside dsa_port_of_to_pdata.
"dsa_priv" is unused inside dsa_port_probe.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
While adding the logic for DSA to register a fixed-link PHY for the CPU
port, I forgot to pass it to the .port_disable method too, just
.port_enable.
Bug had no impact for felix_switch.c, due to the phy argument not being
used, but ksz9477.c does use it => NULL pointer dereference.
Fixes: fc054d563b ("net: Introduce DSA class for Ethernet switches")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
NXP Legal insists that the following are not fine:
- Saying "NXP Semiconductors" instead of "NXP", since the company's
registered name is "NXP"
- Putting a "(c)" sign in the copyright string
- Putting a comma in the copyright string
The only accepted copyright string format is "Copyright <year-range> NXP".
This patch changes the copyright headers in the networking files that
were sent by me, or derived from code sent by me.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Make sure that the link status returned by phy_startup() is propagated
to the .start() method of struct eth_ops.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
It is an unfortunate reality that some PHY settings done by U-Boot
persist even after the PHY is reset and taken over by Linux, and even
more unfortunate that Linux has come to depend on things being set in a
certain way.
For example, on the NXP LS1028A-RDB, the felix switch ports are
connected to a VSC8514 QSGMII PHY. Between the switch port PCS and the
PHY, the U-Boot drivers enable in-band auto-negotiation which makes the
copper-side negotiated speed and duplex be transmitted from the PHY to
the MAC automatically.
The PHY driver portion that does this is in vsc8514_config():
/* Enable Serdes Auto-negotiation */
phy_write(phydev, MDIO_DEVAD_NONE, PHY_EXT_PAGE_ACCESS,
PHY_EXT_PAGE_ACCESS_EXTENDED3);
val = phy_read(phydev, MDIO_DEVAD_NONE, MIIM_VSC8514_MAC_SERDES_CON);
val = val | MIIM_VSC8574_MAC_SERDES_ANEG;
phy_write(phydev, MDIO_DEVAD_NONE, MIIM_VSC8514_MAC_SERDES_CON, val);
The point is that in-band autoneg should be turned on in both the PHY
and the MAC, or off in both the PHY and the MAC, otherwise the QSGMII
link will be broken.
And because phy_config() is currently called at .port_enable() time, the
result is that ports on which traffic has been sent in U-Boot will have
in-band autoneg enabled, and the rest won't.
It can be argued that the Linux kernel should not assume one way or
another and just reinitialize everything according to what it expects,
and that is completely fair. In fact, I've already started an attempt to
remove this dependency, although admittedly I am making slow progress at
it:
https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/netdevbpf/cover/20210212172341.3489046-1-olteanv@gmail.com/
Nonetheless, the sad reality is that NXP also has, apart from kernel
drivers, some user space networking (DPDK), and for some reason, the
expectation there is that somebody else initializes the PHYs. The kernel
can't do it because the device ownership doesn't belong to the kernel,
so what remains is for the bootloader to do it (especially since other
drivers generally call phy_config() at probe time). This is a really
weak guarantee that might break at any time, but apparently that is
enough for some.
Since initializing the ports and PHYs at probe time does not break
anything, we can just do that.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Some drivers might want to execute code for each port at probe time, as
opposed to executing code just-in-time for the port selected for
networking.
To cater to that use case, introduce a .port_probe() callback method
into the DSA switch operations which is called for each available port,
at the end of dsa_port_probe().
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
This snippet of code has a bothering "if (...) return 0" in it which
assumes it is the last piece of code running in dsa_port_probe().
This makes it difficult to add further code at the end of dsa_port_probe()
which does not depend on MAC address stuff.
So move the code to a dedicated function which returns void and let the
code flow through.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Non DM builds fail with the following error:
drivers/net/tsec.c:641:24: error: 'tsec_get_interface' defined but not used [-Werror=unused-function]
641 | static phy_interface_t tsec_get_interface(struct tsec_private *priv)
Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
In commit b24bb99d cp110 configuration initially done in u-boot
was removed and delegated to atf firmware as smc call.
That commit didn't account for later introduced in d13b740c SATA invert polarity support.
This patch adds support of passing SATA invert polarity flags to atf
firmware during the smc call.
Signed-off-by: Denis Odintsov <shiva@mail.ru>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Cc: Rabeeh Khoury <rabeeh@solid-run.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After getting MTD device via get_mtd_device_nm(), we need to put it with
put_mtd_device(), otherwise we get
Removing MTD device #0 (mx25l6405d) with use count 1
before booting kernel.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
TCG EFI Protocol Specification defines the number_of_algorithms
field in spec ID event to be equal to the number of active
algorithms supported by the TPM device. In current implementation,
this field is populated with the count of all algorithms supported
by the TPM which leads to incorrect spec ID event creation.
Similarly, the algorithm array in spec ID event should be a variable
length array with length being equal to the number_of_algorithms field.
In current implementation this is defined as a fixed length array
which has been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@linaro.org>
CC: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
CC: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The devicetree binding files are in their own directory and use a simple
text format. Add a link for the binding for the /config node, since it
is otherwise hard to find.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Since Albert Aribaud is not maintaining anymore the LaCie Ethernet Disk
mini V2 board, then I am taking over.
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove the driver st_smic.c used in SPEAr products and the associated
config CONFIG_ST_SMI; this driver is no more used in U-Boot after the
commit 570c3dcfc1 ("arm: Remove spear600 boards and the rest of SPEAr
support").
Fixes: 570c3dcfc1 ("arm: Remove spear600 boards and the rest of SPEAr support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
I am taking over responsibility for the GE board from Sebastian Reichel.
Updating the MAINTAINERS files to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
As the lastest spear directories are removed, delete the associated entry
in the MAINTAINERS file:
- arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/spear/
- arch/arm/include/asm/arch-spear/
Fixes: 570c3dcfc1 ("arm: Remove spear600 boards and the rest of SPEAr support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Output like the following is quite irritating:
=> bootefi hello
Scanning disk mmc2.blk...
No valid Btrfs found
Bad magic number for SquashFS image.
** Unrecognized filesystem type **
Scanning disk mmc1.blk...
No valid Btrfs found
Bad magic number for SquashFS image.
** Unrecognized filesystem type **
Scanning disk mmc0.blk...
No valid Btrfs found
Bad magic number for SquashFS image.
** Unrecognized filesystem type **
Albeit a whole disk may be formatted with a filesystem in most cases
a partition table is used and the whole disk (partition number 0) doesn't
contain a filesytem. Some partitions may only contain a blob. Not seeing a
filesytem on the whole disk or on any partition is only worth a debug
message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Our mailmapper script required Python 2 which is no longer maintained.
A main difference when converting to Python 3 is that byte strings are not
character strings. So add conversion and skip over conversion errors.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tpm test cases relies on tpm device setup. Provide an environment
variable "env__tpm_device_test_skip = True" to skip the test case
if tpm device is not present.
Only needed will have to add variable to the py-test framework.
Test runs successfully even this variable is absent.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The KBUILD_BASENAME contains just the name of the compiled module,
in this case 'sequencer', rather than a full path to the compiled
file. Use it to prevent pulling the full path into the U-Boot binary,
which is useless and annoying.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
The SPI NOR bus mode is 0 on this system, update it accordingly.
Increase frequency to 40 MHz and enable SFDP parsing, since the
flashes on this system support that and it is a huge performance
improvement.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This adds support for the DWC_sub31 controllers such as those
found on Apple's M1 SoC. This version of the controller
seems to work fine with the existing driver.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Allow using different PHY interfaces for multiple USB controllers. When no
value is set in DT, we fall back to CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORTSC for now to stay
compatible with current board configurations.
This also adds support for the HSIC mode of the i.MX7.
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@ew.tq-group.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
The MXC_EHCI_MODE_ definitions are redundant. Replace MXC_EHCI_MODE_SERIAL
with the equivalent PORT_PTS_SERIAL.
Only the zmx25 platform is affected.
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@ew.tq-group.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
Pine H64 and Orange Pi 3 both provide a USB3 type A port.
Enable it in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Some platforms, like the Allwinner H6, do not have a separate glue layer
around the dwc3. Instead, they rely on the clocks/resets/phys referenced
from the dwc3 DT node itself. Add support for enabling the clocks/resets
referenced from the dwc3 DT node.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Resetting an XHCI controller inside xhci_register undoes any register
setup performed by the platform driver. And at least on the Allwinner
H6, resetting the XHCI controller also resets the PHY, which prevents
the controller from working. That means the controller must be taken out
of reset before initializing the PHY, which must be done before calling
xhci_register.
The logic in the XHCI core was added to support the Raspberry Pi 4
(although this was not mentioned in the commit log!), which uses the
xhci-pci platform driver. Move the reset logic to the platform driver,
where it belongs, and where it cannot interfere with other platform
drivers.
This also fixes a failure to call reset_free if xhci_register failed.
Fixes: 0b80371b35 ("usb: xhci: Add reset controller support")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This driver is needed for XHCI to work on the Allwinner H6 SoC. The
driver is copied from Linux v5.10.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT is activated,
CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS is replaced by cfi_flash_num_flash_banks,
but this variable is defined in drivers/mtd/cfi_flash.c, which is
compiled only when CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER is activated, in U-Boot
or in SPL when CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT is activated.
This patch deactivates this feature CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS_DETECT
when flash cfi driver is not activated to avoid compilation issue in
the next patch, when CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS is used in spi_nor_scan().
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
nand_dt_init() is still using fdtdec_xx() interface.
If OF_LIVE flag is enabled, dt property can't be get anymore.
Updating all fdtdec_xx() interface to ofnode_xx() to solve this issue.
For doing this, node parameter type must be ofnode.
First idea was to convert "node" parameter to ofnode type inside
nand_dt_init() using offset_to_ofnode(node). But offset_to_ofnode()
is not bijective, in case OF_LIVE flag is enabled, it performs an assert().
So, this leads to update nand_chip struct flash_node field from int to
ofnode and to update all nand_dt_init() callers.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The controller may need to have clocks/resets enabled for it to work.
Add support for this. Since the clocks/resets are optional on some
platforms (per the device tree binding), do not prevent probing the
controller if they are missing.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
The Linux i2c driver supports i2c-scl-rising-time-ns,
and i2c-scl-falling-time-ns, but U-Boot uses hard-coded values
for these values.
Update the calculation by fetching them from the device tree if
present and use the previous values as the default if they are
missing.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
We have individual SOC symbols for each keystone 2 platform. Use the
existing CONFIG_ARCH_KEYSTONE rather than CONFIG_SOC_KEYSTONE to
encompass all of the keystone families.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_OMAP_EHCI_PHY1_RESET_GPIO
CONFIG_OMAP_EHCI_PHY2_RESET_GPIO
CONFIG_OMAP_EHCI_PHY3_RESET_GPIO
To do this, we also introduce CONFIG_HAS_CONFIG_OMAP_EHCI_PHYn_RESET_GPIO
options to get setting the GPIO number.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have one places that uses this symbol and CONFIG_TARGET_OMAPL138_LCDK
works equally well, switch to that.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the main option for handling drivers/dma/keystone_nav* to Kconfig,
and enable it by default. All of the sub-symbols are not configurable,
so remove them from the CONFIG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The COFNIG_KEYSTONE_RBL_NAND option is always enabled for the driver on
keystone platforms, but not older davinci platforms. Use def_bool for
the symbol. For CONFIG_KEYSTONE_NAND_MAX_RBL_PAGE, it's only used within
the driver and derived from another symbol, so remove CONFIG from the
name. Finally, CONFIG_KEYSTONE_NAND_MAX_RBL_SIZE is a bit more fixed.
For now, use the value directly. Long term, as part of DM'ifying NAND,
this should come from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since cm_t35 was removed, CONFIG_CM_T3X does not exist. This lets us
simplify the code in board/compulab/common/eeprom.c a bit.
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: Nikita Kiryanov <nikita@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point in time, all platforms that had previously used
drivers/usb/phy/omap_usb_phy.c have been migrated to DM and related
options. Remove this now unused code and some related unused defines.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This is only used in the aemif driver that is otherwise currently
keystone2 centric. Moving forward, if this is applicable to some other
platform then such base addresses should be able to be obtained via the
device tree. Use KS2_AEMIF_CNTRL_BASE directly now rather than
indirectly.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- At this point there are a large number of Beaglebone boards, refer to
them as a family rather than a growing list.
- Reword customization as we're largely Kconfig-oriented now.
- Remove the NOR section as the relevant defconfigs have long been
removed and the general support was not updated.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In commit b24bb99d cp110 configuration initially done in u-boot
was removed and delegated to atf firmware as smc call.
That commit didn't account for later introduced in d13b740c SATA invert polarity support.
This patch adds support of passing SATA invert polarity flags to atf
firmware during the smc call.
Signed-off-by: Denis Odintsov <shiva@mail.ru>
Cc: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Cc: Rabeeh Khoury <rabeeh@solid-run.com>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
After getting MTD device via get_mtd_device_nm(), we need to put it with
put_mtd_device(), otherwise we get
Removing MTD device #0 (mx25l6405d) with use count 1
before booting kernel.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There are two duplicated declarations for ft_cpu_setup() and
ft_pci_setup().
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Some PCIe controller's read_config() method support indicating error
directly via return value, but some cannot distinguish all-ones (or
all-zeros) read response from an error.
The current code in pci_bind_bus_devices() interprets all-ones /
all-zeros in PCI_VENDOR_ID register as "nothing connected", and
continues the cycle, but an error returned via return value breaks the
cycle.
This is wrong for the PCIe controllers which return this error via
return value.
Handle all errors when reading PCI_VENDOR_ID the same way.
This fixes enumeration of PCI devices for example when there is a PCI
bridge connected behind another PCI bridge and not all ports are
connected to a device, and the controller (for example Aardvark)
translates the UR error (Unsupported Request) as -EOPNOTSUPP.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The cpu nodes in arch/sandbox/dts/test.dts should conform to the devicetree
specification:
* property device_type must be set to "cpu"
* the reg property must be provided
* the cpu nodes must have an address
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for accessing GPIOs using of-plata. This uses the same
mechanism as for clocks, but allows use of the xlate() method so that
the driver can interpret the parameters.
Update the condition for GPIO_HOG so that it is not built into SPL,
since it needs SPL_OF_REAL which is not enabled in sandbox_spl.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function is available but not exported. More generally it does not
really work as intended.
Reimplement it and add a sandbox test too.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is actually a misnomer now, since the phandle info may contain
a driver_info index or a udevice index. Rename it to use the word
'phandle', which seems more accurate. Add a comment while we are here.
Also add a test for this function.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert some of these occurences to C code, where it is easy to do. This
should help encourage this approach to be used in new code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that we have a 'positive' Kconfig option, use this instead of the
negative one, which is harder to understand.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The condition to indicate whether there is a runtime devicetree available
is OF_CONTROL && !OF_PLATDATA. This is a bit unweidly and is repeated in
a lot of places.
Add a new OF_REAL Kconfig which provides this information directly.
Note: This is similar in effect to LIBFDT. We might consider dropping
LIBFDT and using this instead, but this is left for now as we also have
OF_LIBFDT_OVERLAY which it would not make sense to change.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current API is outdated as it requires a devicetree pointer.
Move these functions to use the ofnode API and update this globally. Add
some tests while we are here.
Correct the call in exynos_dsim_config_parse_dt() which is obviously
wrong.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
TCG EFI Protocol Specification defines the number_of_algorithms
field in spec ID event to be equal to the number of active
algorithms supported by the TPM device. In current implementation,
this field is populated with the count of all algorithms supported
by the TPM which leads to incorrect spec ID event creation.
Similarly, the algorithm array in spec ID event should be a variable
length array with length being equal to the number_of_algorithms field.
In current implementation this is defined as a fixed length array
which has been fixed.
Signed-off-by: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@linaro.org>
CC: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
CC: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The devicetree binding files are in their own directory and use a simple
text format. Add a link for the binding for the /config node, since it
is otherwise hard to find.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When printing full help output from a tool, we should be able to handle
a PAGER variable which includes arguments, e.g. PAGER='less -F'.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
Collect the code for printing the full help message of patman, buildman
and binman into a single function in patman.tools.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
vexpress_ca9x4 is seemingly the only board except for qemu_arm which
is able to run U-Boot correctly, using the `-M vexpress-a9` option to
QEMU. Building for qemu_arm and running qemu-system-arm with the `-M
virt` argument has a number of downsides, most importantly that it
only supports virtio storage drivers. This significantly reduces its
usefulness in testing memory card and Flash solutions, especially when
the tested images are from a third party source.
So therefore we reintroduce the vexpress_ca9x4 board in this commit,
with the explicit goal of using it with QEMU.
A number of differences to note from the original:
* Since the board was apparently unmaintained, I have now set myself
as the maintainer.
* The board has been converted to use the driver model, which was the
reason it was removed in the first place.
* The vexpress_ca15_tc2 and vexpress_ca5x2 boards, which were removed
in the same commit, are not necessary for the QEMU use case, and
have been omitted.
* An `mmc0` alias was introduced in the dts file. The mmc is not
detected correctly without this, now that it's based on the device
tree instead of the board's init function.
* A couple of other nodes were removed because they were problematic
when trying to run the UEFI bootmgr. Once again, the primary use
case here is QEMU, and these nodes are not needed for that to work.
* Unnecessary board init code has been removed, thanks to driver model
and device tree.
* `CONFIG_OF_EMBED` has been enabled. I know this goes against
recommended practice, but there doesn't seem to be any other way to
pass the dtb to U-Boot in the QEMU scenario. Using the -dtb argument
does not work, I suppose because U-Boot doesn't use the same
mechanics as the kernel when it's booting.
* Load addresses have been changed to fit QEMU use case.
People wanting to get a more detailed, yet somewhat isolated, diff
between this and the original, can run this command:
git diff c6c26a05b89f25a06e7562f8c2071b60fd0c9eac~1 -- \
$( git diff-tree --diff-filter=A -r --name-only HEAD~1 HEAD)
(Make sure to either check out this commit first, or replace HEAD with
the commit ID of this commit)
Signed-off-by: Kristian Amlie <kristian.amlie@northern.tech>
Simplify the bootm and the spl code by using the new config
CONFIG_SUPPORT_PASSING_ATAGS.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Since Albert Aribaud is not maintaining anymore the LaCie Ethernet Disk
mini V2 board, then I am taking over.
Signed-off-by: Simon Guinot <simon.guinot@sequanux.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remove the driver st_smic.c used in SPEAr products and the associated
config CONFIG_ST_SMI; this driver is no more used in U-Boot after the
commit 570c3dcfc1 ("arm: Remove spear600 boards and the rest of SPEAr
support").
Fixes: 570c3dcfc1 ("arm: Remove spear600 boards and the rest of SPEAr support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
I am taking over responsibility for the GE board from Sebastian Reichel.
Updating the MAINTAINERS files to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.com>
Acked-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
As the lastest spear directories are removed, delete the associated entry
in the MAINTAINERS file:
- arch/arm/cpu/arm926ejs/spear/
- arch/arm/include/asm/arch-spear/
Fixes: 570c3dcfc1 ("arm: Remove spear600 boards and the rest of SPEAr support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Output like the following is quite irritating:
=> bootefi hello
Scanning disk mmc2.blk...
No valid Btrfs found
Bad magic number for SquashFS image.
** Unrecognized filesystem type **
Scanning disk mmc1.blk...
No valid Btrfs found
Bad magic number for SquashFS image.
** Unrecognized filesystem type **
Scanning disk mmc0.blk...
No valid Btrfs found
Bad magic number for SquashFS image.
** Unrecognized filesystem type **
Albeit a whole disk may be formatted with a filesystem in most cases
a partition table is used and the whole disk (partition number 0) doesn't
contain a filesytem. Some partitions may only contain a blob. Not seeing a
filesytem on the whole disk or on any partition is only worth a debug
message.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Our mailmapper script required Python 2 which is no longer maintained.
A main difference when converting to Python 3 is that byte strings are not
character strings. So add conversion and skip over conversion errors.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Tpm test cases relies on tpm device setup. Provide an environment
variable "env__tpm_device_test_skip = True" to skip the test case
if tpm device is not present.
Only needed will have to add variable to the py-test framework.
Test runs successfully even this variable is absent.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
This patch enables the use of the optimized memset(), memmove() &
memcpy() versions recently added on ARM64.
Please note that these optimized functions are now only enabled for
recent GCC versions (>= 9.4), as earlier GCC versions throw these
errors:
aarch64-linux-ar: warning: arch/arm/lib/memset-arm64.o: unsupported GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE (5) type: 0xc0000000
...
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
[trini: Make this default to off as it causes problems on some platforms still]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The optimized memset uses the dc opcode, which causes problems when the
cache is disabled. This patch adds a check if the cache is disabled and
uses a very simple memset implementation in this case. Otherwise the
optimized version is used.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Ported from https://github.com/ARM-software/optimized-routines
These files are included from this repository, including the latest
git commit ID:
string/aarch64/memcpy.S: afd6244a1f8d
string/aarch64/memset.S: e823e3abf5f8
string/asmdefs.h: e823e3abf5f8
Note that memmove is also handled by the memcpy function.
Please note that when adding these optimized functions as default memset
memcpy functions in U-Boot, U-Boot fails to boot on the LX2160ARDB.
After the initial ATF output, no U-Boot output is shown on the serial
console. Some exception is triggered here in the very early boot process
as some of the assembler opcodes need the caches to be enabled.
Because of this, a follow-up patch will add a check to use a simple
non-optimized memset for the "cache disabled" case.
Note:
I also integrated and tested with the Linux versions of these optimized
functions. They are similar to the ones now integrated but these ARM
versions are still a small bit faster.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Rework lmb reservation so we have common code for all arches to use
- armv8 cache.S cleanups, crc32 speedup
- ENV_IS_NOWHWERE, pci io/memory base configuration fixes
Lower 4 bits of PCI_MEMORY_BASE and PCI_MEMORY_LIMIT registers are reserved
and should be zero. So do not set them to non-zero value.
Lower 4 bits of PCI_PREF_MEMORY_BASE and PCI_PREF_MEMORY_LIMIT registers
contain information if 64-bit memory addressing is supported. So preserve
this information when overwriting these registers.
Lower 4 bits of PCI_IO_BASE and PCI_IO_LIMIT register contain information
if 32-bit io addressing is supported. So preserve this information and do
not try to configure 32-bit io addressing (via PCI_IO_BASE_UPPER16 and
PCI_IO_LIMIT_UPPER16 registers) when it is unsupported.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
On MediaTek boards we cannot override the SYS_BOARD / SYS_CONFIG_NAME
variables from defconfig.
This is because in board/mediatek/mtXXXX/Kconfig this value was override
by default due to the if CONFIG_TARGET_MTXXXX condition.
Merge all the Kconfigs to the mach-medatek/Kconfig.
This way:
- we only define SYS_{SOC,VENDOR} once
- all board definitions are in a single place, simplifying the build logic.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
The arc/arm/m68k/microblaze/mips/ppc arch_lmb_reserve() implementations
are all mostly the same, except for a couple of details. Implement a
generic arch_lmb_reserve_generic() function which can be parametrized
enough to cater for those differences between architectures. This can
also be parametrized enough so it can handle cases where U-Boot is not
relocated to the end of DRAM e.g. because there is some other reserved
memory past U-Boot (e.g. unmovable firmware for coprocessor), it is not
relocated at all, and other such use cases.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Cc: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Cc: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Cc: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The arch_lmb_reserve() is called by lib/lmb.c lmb_reserve_common() even
if CMD_BOOTM is not enabled. However, the arc variant of arch_lmb_reserve()
is only compiled in if CMD_BOOTM is enabled.
This currently does not trigger build error, because there is an empty
weak implementation of arch_lmb_reserve(), however that is not the
function that should be used on arc.
Fix this by moving the arch_lmb_reserve() implementation into common
code and always compile it in.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The arch_lmb_reserve() is called by lib/lmb.c lmb_reserve_common() even
if CMD_BOOT{I,M,Z} is not enabled. However, the arm32/arm64 variant of
arch_lmb_reserve() is only compiled in if CMD_BOOT{I,M,Z} is enabled.
This currently does not trigger build error, because there is an empty
weak implementation of arch_lmb_reserve(), however that is not the
function that should be used on arm32/arm64.
Fix this by moving the arch_lmb_reserve() implementation into common
code and always compile it in.
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
ARMv8.0 has optional crc32 instruction for crc32 calculation. The
instruction is mandatory since ARMv8.1. The crc32 calculation is
faster using the dedicated instruction, e.g. 1.4 GHz iMX8MN gives:
=> time crc32 0x50000000 0x2000000
time: 0.126 seconds # crc32 instruction
time: 0.213 seconds # software crc32
Add implementation using the compiler builtin wrapper for the crc32
instruction and enable it by default, since we don't support any
platforms which do not implement this instruction.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Make crc32_table guarded by CONFIG_ARM64_CRC32]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Replace the current 2-instruction 2-step tripling code by a
corresponding single instruction leveraging ARMv8-A's "flexible second
operand as a register with optional shift". This has the added benefit
(albeit arguably negligible) of reducing the final code size.
Fix the comment as the tripled cache level is placed in x12, not x0.
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
Improve the file's readability and conciseness by using the appropriate
Aarch64 instruction: ubfx (unsigned bitfield extract). This makes the
code easier to follow as it directly manipulates the offsets and widths
of the fields read from system registers, as they are expressed in the
Standard (ARM ARM). This has the added benefit (albeit arguably
negligible) of reducing the final code size.
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
Avoid applying the "fix" introduced by commit 5557eec01c ("env: Fix
invalid env handling in env_init()") to the environment "nowhere".
This is necessary as that commit, by setting the return value of
env_init() to -ENOENT if gd->env_valid is ENV_INVALID, forces that
function to reset gd->env_valid to ENV_VALID. By doing so, it breaks the
assumption (required by ENV_IS_NOWHERE) that gd->env_valid must be
ENV_INVALID.
This, in turn, results in env_relocate() calling env_load() (it should
not), which itself, calls U_BOOT_ENV_LOCATION(nowhere).load() i.e.
env_nowhere_load(). That function, being implemented under the
assumption mentioned above, calls env_set_default(), which in turn,
seeing that gd->env_valid is ENV_VALID (it should not), tries to
dereference whatever lies in gd->env_addr (most likely garbage), leading
to a faulty memory access.
Note that other env_locations might be concerned by this bug but that
this commit only intends to fix it for when ENV_IS_NOWHERE.
Fixes: 5557eec01c ("env: Fix invalid env handling in env_init()")
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Clément Tosi <ptosi@google.com>
First set of u-boot-at91 features for the 2022.01 cycle:
This feature set includes : the support for CPU driver for arm926
(sam9x60 device); changes required for OP-TEE boot for sama5d2_xplained
and sama5d27_som1_ek boards; QSPI boot configuration for sama5d2_icp;
starting to remove old Kconfig unused symbols from config_whitelist.txt
(work will take more time); also small fixes and updates in mach, DT,
configs, etc.
The KBUILD_BASENAME contains just the name of the compiled module,
in this case 'sequencer', rather than a full path to the compiled
file. Use it to prevent pulling the full path into the U-Boot binary,
which is useless and annoying.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
The SPI NOR bus mode is 0 on this system, update it accordingly.
Increase frequency to 40 MHz and enable SFDP parsing, since the
flashes on this system support that and it is a huge performance
improvement.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
This adds support for the DWC_sub31 controllers such as those
found on Apple's M1 SoC. This version of the controller
seems to work fine with the existing driver.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Allow using different PHY interfaces for multiple USB controllers. When no
value is set in DT, we fall back to CONFIG_MXC_USB_PORTSC for now to stay
compatible with current board configurations.
This also adds support for the HSIC mode of the i.MX7.
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@ew.tq-group.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
The MXC_EHCI_MODE_ definitions are redundant. Replace MXC_EHCI_MODE_SERIAL
with the equivalent PORT_PTS_SERIAL.
Only the zmx25 platform is affected.
Signed-off-by: Markus Niebel <Markus.Niebel@ew.tq-group.com>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <matthias.schiffer@ew.tq-group.com>
Pine H64 and Orange Pi 3 both provide a USB3 type A port.
Enable it in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Some platforms, like the Allwinner H6, do not have a separate glue layer
around the dwc3. Instead, they rely on the clocks/resets/phys referenced
from the dwc3 DT node itself. Add support for enabling the clocks/resets
referenced from the dwc3 DT node.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Resetting an XHCI controller inside xhci_register undoes any register
setup performed by the platform driver. And at least on the Allwinner
H6, resetting the XHCI controller also resets the PHY, which prevents
the controller from working. That means the controller must be taken out
of reset before initializing the PHY, which must be done before calling
xhci_register.
The logic in the XHCI core was added to support the Raspberry Pi 4
(although this was not mentioned in the commit log!), which uses the
xhci-pci platform driver. Move the reset logic to the platform driver,
where it belongs, and where it cannot interfere with other platform
drivers.
This also fixes a failure to call reset_free if xhci_register failed.
Fixes: 0b80371b35 ("usb: xhci: Add reset controller support")
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
This driver is needed for XHCI to work on the Allwinner H6 SoC. The
driver is copied from Linux v5.10.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Continue to use the "ssbl" name for GPT partition of secondary boot
stage = U-Boot for basic boot with SPL to avoid to disturb existing user.
The "fip" partition name is only used for TFA_BOOT with FIP, it is a TF-A
BL2 requirement; it the default configuration for STMicroelectronics
boards.
Fixes: b73e8bf453 ("arm: stm32mp: add defconfig for trusted boot with FIP")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Replace the number in the flexcom-mode property with the define from the
include file.
This corresponds to the approach in Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Add dt-bindings include file for Atmel Flexcom hardware block.
This file is copied from Linux kernel.
It is used in devicetrees from Linux.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
The AT91 RM9200DK board was removed long time ago.
Remove existing references that were not cleaned up.
Fixes: 1c85752258 ("ARM: remove broken "at91rm9200dk" board")
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
CONFIG_SYS_AT91_CPU_NAME looks to be unused.
Remove it and remove it from config_whitelist.txt
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Rewrite the CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND only if it's not previously configured from
defconfig file.
This allows the user to select from defconfig/menuconfig the desired
boot command.
Adjust the current board defconfigs to reflect the default booting command
for the specific ENV configuration.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Add new config for storing environment from QSPI1.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
[eugen.hristev@microchip.com: cleanup and add MAINTAINERS entry]
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Fixed the following DTC build warning (reproducible with W=1)
arch/arm/dts/at91-sama5d2_icp.dtb: Warning (unit_address_format): /ahb/ohci@00400000: unit name should not have leading 0s
arch/arm/dts/at91-sama5d2_icp.dtb: Warning (unit_address_format): /ahb/ehci@00500000: unit name should not have leading 0s
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Dahl <ada@thorsis.com>
Reorder the nodes following the kernel rules: nodes in a range are sorted
by ascending bus address, and when referenced by phandle, are ordered
alphabetically.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Add support for sst26vf064b 64Mbit qspi-flash that is
present on sama5d2_icp board.
Signed-off-by: Mihai Sain <mihai.sain@microchip.com>
[eugen.hristev@microchip.com: move u-boot properties to sama5d2_icp-u-boot.dtsi]
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
When using OP-TEE, address range [0x20000000 - 0x22000000] is reserved.
This modification allows to have a system which always work even when
OP-TEE is present.
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
In order to make it more flexible and allow modifying the base address
of DRAM without recompiling U-Boot, use memory node from device tree
with fdtdec functions.
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
sama5d2_xplained DRAM detection code will be modified to use device tree
instead of hardcoded addresses. In order to prepare that, add the memory
node to at91-sama5d2_xplained.dts.
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
When using OP-TEE, address range [0x20000000 - 0x22000000] is reserved.
This modification allows to have a system which always work even when
OP-TEE is present.
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
In order to make it more flexible and allow modifying the base address
of DRAM without recompiling U-Boot, use memory node from device tree
with fdtdec functions.
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
When SYSRESET is enabled, cpu_reset function is also defined in
sysreset-uclass.c which lead to multiple definitions of this function
since reset.c is build unconditionally. Add a check in Makefile to build
this file only if SYSRESET isn't enabled.
SYSRESET can be enabled when building SYSRESET_PSCI for instance on this
platform.
Signed-off-by: Clément Léger <clement.leger@bootlin.com>
This commit updates the default config with the values that will be used
soon on the Atmel / Microchip AT91SAM9G25 based GARDENA smart gateway.
Signed-off-by: Reto Schneider <reto.schneider@husqvarnagroup.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add bindings for CPU. This will allow displaying correctly the crystal,
CPU and master clock.
Reported-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Fixes: a64862284f ("clk: at91: sam9x60: add support compatible with
CCF")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
The crystal, CPU and master clock were not displayed correctly on SAM9X60
after adding CCF clock support. Add compatible for ARM926EJ-S to fix
this.
Reported-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Fixes: a64862284f ("clk: at91: sam9x60: add support compatible with CCF")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
Split master clock in 2 controlling block: one for prescaler one for
divider. This will allow referencing correctly the CPU clock and
master clock in device trees.
Reported-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Fixes: a64862284f ("clk: at91: sam9x60: add support compatible with
CCF")
Signed-off-by: Claudiu Beznea <claudiu.beznea@microchip.com>
reset_*_bulk expects a real pointer.
Fixes: 4f7abafe1c ("driver: watchdog: reset watchdog in designware_wdt_stop() function")
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This was unfortunately applied despite much discussion about it beiong
the wrong way to implement this feature.
Revert it before too many other things are built on top of it.
This reverts commit ddf67daac3.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With Device Manager firmware in an elf file form, we cannot load the FIT
image to the exact same address as any of the executable sections of the
elf file itself is located.
However, the device tree descriptions for the ARMV8 bootloader/OS
includes DDR regions only the final sections in DDR where the Device
Manager firmware is actually executing out of.
As the R5 uC is usually operating at a slower rate than an ARMv8 MPU,
by starting the Armv8 ahead of parsing the elf and copying the correct
sections to the required memories creates a race condition where the
ARMv8 could overwrite the elf image loaded from the FIT image prior to
the R5 completing parsing and putting the correct sections of elf in
the required memory locations. OR create rather obscure debug conditions
where data in the section is being modified by ARMV8 OS while the elf
copy is in progress.
To prevent all these conditions, lets make sure that the elf parse and
copy operations are completed ahead of ARMv8 being released to execute.
We will pay a penalty of elf copy time, but that is a valid tradeoff in
comparison to debug of alternate scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
NB0 is bridge to SRAM and NB1 is bridge to DDR.
To ensure that SRAM transfers are not stalled due to delays during DDR
refreshes, SRAM traffic should be higher priority (threadmap=2) than
DDR traffic (threadmap=0).
This fixup is critical to provide deterministic access latency to
MSMC from ICSSG, it applies to all AM65 silicon revisions and is due
to incorrect reset values (has no erratum id) and statically setting
things up should be done independent of usecases and board.
This specific style of Northbridge configuration is specific only to
AM65x devices, follow-on K3 devices have different data prioritization
schemes (ASEL and the like) and hence the fixup applies purely to
AM65x.
Without this fix, ICSSG TX lock-ups due to delays in MSMC transfers in
case of SR1 devices, on SR2 devices, lockups were not observed so far
but high retry rates of ICSSG Ethernet (icssg-eth) and, thus, lower
throughput.
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Benoit Parrot <bparrot@ti.com>
[Jan: rebased, dropped used define, extended commit log]
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
[Nishanth: Provide relevant context in the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Menon<nm@ti.com>
The K3 SoCs have some PLL output clocks (POSTDIV clocks) which in
turn serve as inputs to other HSDIV output clocks. These clocks use
the actual value to compute the divider clock rate, and need to be
registered with the CLK_DIVIDER_ONE_BASED flags. The current k3-clk
driver and data lacks the infrastructure to pass in divider flags.
Update the driver and data to account for these divider flags.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
There are three different divider values in the DIV_CTRL register
controlled by the k3-pll driver. Currently the ti_pll_clk_set_rate
function writes the entire register when programming plld, even though
plld only resides in the lower 6 bits.
Change the plld programming to read-modify-write to only affect the
relevant bits for plld and to preserve the other two divider values
present in the upper 16 bits, otherwise they will always get set to zero
when programming plld.
Fixes: 0aa2930ca1 ("clk: add support for TI K3 SoC PLL")
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Add a note to the automatically generated clk-data and dev-data files
for j721e and j7200 to indicate that they are in fact auto-generated and
should not be hand edited.
Also adjust TI URL to use https instead of http and also add an empty
line before first header inclusion.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
The TI K3 Fractional PLLs use two programmable POSTDIV1 and POSTDIV2
divisors to generate the final FOUTPOSTDIV clock. These are in sequence
with POSTDIV2 following the POSTDIV1 clock. The current J7200 clock data
has the POSTDIV2 clock as the parent for the POSTDIV1 clock, which is
opposite of the actual implementation. Fix the data by simply adjusting
the register bit-shifts.
The Main PLL1 POSTDIV clocks were also defined incorrectly using Main PLL0
register values, fix these as well.
Fixes: 277729eaf3 ("arm: mach-k3: Add platform data for j721e and j7200")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
The TI K3 Fractional PLLs use two programmable POSTDIV1 and POSTDIV2
divisors to generate the final FOUTPOSTDIV clock. These are in sequence
with POSTDIV2 following the POSTDIV1 clock. The current J721E clock data
has the POSTDIV2 clock as the parent for the POSTDIV1 clock, which is
opposite of the actual implementation. Fix the data by simply adjusting
the register bit-shifts.
The Main PLL1 POSTDIV clocks were also defined incorrectly using Main PLL0
register values, fix these as well.
Fixes: 277729eaf3 ("arm: mach-k3: Add platform data for j721e and j7200")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Add a weak release_resources_for_core_shutdown() stub implementation
that can be overridden by actual implementation if a SoC supports that
function.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
The common TI SCI header file uses some macros from err.h and these
get exercised when CONFIG_TI_SCI_PROTOCOL is not defined. Include
the linux/err.h header file in this header file directly rather
than relying on source files to include it to eliminate any
potential build errors.
While at this, reorder the existing header file include to the
beginning of the file.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Nishanth Menon <nm@ti.com>
Header file version.h does not use anything from timestamp.h. Including of
timestamp.h has side effect which cause recompiling object file at every
make run because timestamp.h changes at every run.
So remove timestamp.h from version.h and include timestamp.h in files
which needs it.
This change reduce recompilation time of final U-Boot binary when U-Boot
source files were not changed as less source files needs to be recompiled.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Add in lib/acpi/acpi_table.c and test/dm/acpi.c, rework a few others]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Version string is available in global variable char version_string[].
Macro U_BOOT_VERSION_STRING is not used by any other file, so remove it
completely from version.h. Other files were already converted to use
variable version_string[].
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
U_BOOT_DATE and U_BOOT_TIME are updated on every run of make command.
Therefore mrc.c file is recompiled every time when running make which means
that whole U-Boot binary is recompiled on every run of make command.
Simplify it and do not recompile U-Boot binary on every run of make command
by not depending on macros U_BOOT_DATE and U_BOOT_TIME.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There is no platform which needs to overload version_string[] variable, so
remove weak symbol mark.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As explained by Wolfgang, historically PowerPC would do a number of
things to hand-optimize placement of the binary on NOR flash in order to
maximize utilization of very scarce resources. These days, we simply
aren't optimizing our binary layout for NOR flash placement and it's
quite likely this wasn't working as intended. Furthermore, this level
of optimization makes it difficult to have version_string be a global,
instead of a weak and overridden value, and so make more progress on
reproducible builds, which is a current concern.
Move to having PowerPC no longer store version_string in the early part
of text so that it might be part of the first page of NOR and instead
use the same declaration everyone else does.
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/96716.1629798400@gemini.denx.de/
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There is no need to overload version_string at the end of start.S files.
Common implementation of version_string should be fine.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[trini: Keep the align, it's important for the rest of linkage]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
More C files do not use compile time timestamp macros and do not have to be
recompiled every time when SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH changes.
This patch moves version_string[] from version.h to version_string.h and
updates other C files which only needs version_string[] string to include
version_string.h instead of version.h. After applying this patch these
files are not recompiled every time when SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH changes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Macro U_BOOT_VERSION_STRING is already stored in variable version_string.
So use directly this variable instead of storing U_BOOT_VERSION_STRING into
temporary variable.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
[trini: This area was reworked since posted, what is here is now really
inspired by the previous version, so drop Ilias' Acked-by]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, there is no ENTRY() entry in the m68k linker script.
However, since they currently contain a version_string symbol, which
then overrides the default weak version_string symbol, the linker
decides we must keep start.o in the resulting link. Add an ENTRY() line
so that the linker will know to keep this, even when version_string is
no longer provided in start.S
Cc: Huan Wang <alison.wang@nxp.com>
Cc: Angelo Dureghello <angelo@sysam.it>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Some tests produce a lot of output that does not need to be individually
checked by an assertion. Add a macro to handle this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to map a file into memory so that it can be accessed using
simple pointers. Add a function to support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to return the size of a file. This is useful in situations
where we need to allocate memory for it before reading it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
This message comes up a lot when scanning filesystems. It suggests to the
user that there is some sort of error, but in fact there is no reason to
expect that a particular partition has a sqfs filesystem. Other
filesystems don't print this error.
Turn it into a debug message.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
This message comes up a lot when scanning filesystems. It suggests to the
user that there is some sort of error, but in fact there is no reason to
expect that a particular partition has a btrfs filesystem. Other
filesystems don't print this error.
Turn it into a debug message.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
CONFIG_SPIFLASH is manually re-added as it is not a new symbol, but now
only exists in CONFIG_SYS_EXTRA_OPTIONS.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With legacy PCI code removed and thus DM_PCI also removed, a few places
did not get correctly updated with the merge to next and thus broke.
Remove now extraneous dependencies on DM_PCI.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Ivan's patch fixes a kernel warning when booting RPi2, as the firmware
already
provides a frambebuffer node.
Marek's patch fixes random crashes on 32 bit RPi4 with newer firmware.
My SMBIOS patchesfixes an issue that show up with
e4f8e543f1 ("smbios: Drop the unused Kconfig options").
Basically the SMBIOS table broke and wasn't readable anymore.
It appears that RPi firmware has already added framebuffer
node under /chosen, at least on RPi 2 versions. So check
for this and don't add duplicate node.
Signed-off-by: Ivan T. Ivanov <iivanov@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Move the XHCI PCI device base up in the virtual address space. This fixes
initialization failure observed with newer Raspberry Pi firmware, later
than 63b1922311 ("firmware: arm_loader: Update armstubs with those from
PR 117). It looks that chosing 0xff800000 as the XHCI PCI device base
conflicts with the updated ARM/VideoCore firmware.
This also requires to reduce the size of the mapped PCI device region
from 8MiB to 4MiB to fit into 32bit address space. This is still enough
for the XHCI PCI device.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Nicolas Saenz Julienne <nsaenz@kernel.org>
Tested-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Enable this driver to allow U-Boot to get SMBIOS table information from
a device tree node.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Acked-by: Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.com>
At present SMBIOS tables are empty, which breaks some use-cases that
rely on that. Add some minimal information to fulfill this.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
The hash algorithm selection was streamlined in commit 92055e138f
("image: Drop if/elseif hash selection in calculate_hash()"). Said
commit kept the call to cpu_to_uimage() to convert the CRC to big
endian format.
This would have been correct when calling crc32_wd(). However, the
->hash_func_ws member of crc32 points to crc32_wd_buf(), which already
converts the CRC to big endian. On a little endian host, doing both
conversions results in a little-endian CRC. This is incorrect.
To remedy this, simply drop the call to cpu_to_uimage(), thus only
doing the byte-order conversion once.
Fixes: 92055e138f ("image: Drop if/elseif hash selection in
calculate_hash()")
Tested-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
We are not guaranteed to have the padding_pkcs_15_verify symbol since
commit 92c960bc1d ("lib: rsa: Remove #ifdefs from rsa.h"), and
commit 61416fe9df ("Kconfig: FIT_SIGNATURE should not select RSA_VERIFY")
The padding_algos only make sense with RSA verification, which can now
be disabled in lieu of ECDSA. In fact this will lead to build failures
because of the missing symbol mentioned earlier.
To resolve this, move the padding_algos to a linker list, with
declarations moved to rsa_verify.c. This is consistent with commit
6909edb4ce ("image: rsa: Move verification algorithm to a linker list")
One could argue that the added #ifdef USE_HOSTCC is ugly, and should
be hidden within the U_BOOT_PADDING_ALGO() macro. However, this would
be inconsistent with the "cryptos" list. This logic for was not
previously explored:
Without knowledge of the U_BOOT_PADDING_ALGO() macro, its use is
similar to something being declared. However, should #ifndef
USE_HOSTCC be part of the macro, it would not be obvious that it
behaves differently on host code and target code. Having the #ifndef
outside the macro makes this obvious.
Also, the #ifdef is not always necessary. For example ecda-verify
makes use of U_BOOT_CRYPTO_ALGO() without any accompanying #ifdefs.
The fundamental issue is a lack of separation of host and target code
in rsa_verify. Therefore, the declaration of a padding algo with the
external #ifdef is more readable and consistent.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
There are trivial typos in the Kconfig file. Fixed them.
Also, fixed grammar in the descriptions with typos.
Fixes: d56b4b1974 ("configs: Migrate RBTREE, LZO, CMD_MTDPARTS, CMD_UBI and CMD_UBIFS")
Fixes: 7264f2928b ("spl: fit: Eanble GZIP support for image decompression")
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
If keydir is not provided but name is we want to use name as key_id.
But with the current coding name is only used on its own if it is NULL
and keydir is provided which never occurs.
Fixes: 824ee745fb ("lib/rsa: Use the 'keyfile' argument from mkimage")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some SoCs (as seen on A20) seem to misreport the MMC FIFO level if the
FIFO is completely full: the level size reads as zero, but the FIFO_FULL
bit is set. We won't do a single iteration of the read loop in this
case, so will be stuck forever.
Check for this situation and use a safe minimal FIFO size instead when
we hit this case.
This fixes MMC boot on A20 devices after the MMC FIFO optimisation
(9faae5457f).
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
We don't need this check anymore since when PCI is enabled, driver model
is always used.
Sadly this doesn't work with nds32 for some reason to do with the
toolchain. Add a work-around for that.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline.
Remove it.
Note that we have to add CONFIG_SPIFLASH to scripts/config_whitelist.txt
because it's not really migrated at this point.
Acked-by: Michael Durrant <mdurrant@arcturusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Oleksandr Zhadan <oleks@arcturusnetworks.com>
Acked-by: Oleksandr Zhadan and Michael Durrant <arcsupport@arcturusnetworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Handle CONFIG_SPIFLASH differently and delete Kconfig file]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Support using mmc command for enumerating mmc card in a given mode
Fix device_remove in mmc
Fix switch issue with send_status disabled
Drop 1ms delay in fsl_esdhc command sending
Revert "mmc: sdhci: set to INT_DATA_END when there are data"
Since the beginning of this driver which was initially for the MPC8379
and MPC8536 SoCs, there is this spurious 1ms delay. According to the
comment it should actually be only 8 clock cycles. Esp. during EFI block
transfers, this 1ms add up to a significant delay and slows down EFI
boot.
I couldn't find any mention in the MPC8536 that there should be a delay
of 8 clock cycles between commands. The SD card specification mentions that
the clock has to be left enabled for 8 cycles after a command or
response. But I don't see how this delay will help with this.
Go ahead and just remove it. If there will ever be any regression we can
introduce a compile time flag, but for now I'd like to keep it simple.
In the split off imx driver this delay was also removed in commit
9098682200 ("mmc: fsl_esdhc_imx: remove the 1ms delay before sending
command").
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
This adds CI tests for SiFive Unleashed board.
QEMU supports booting exact the same images as used on the real
hardware out of the box, that U-Boot SPL loads U-Boot proper
from either an SD card or the SPI NOR flash, hence we can easily
set up CI to cover these 2 boot flows of SiFive Unleashed board.
With this, now we can have regression testing of mmc-spi-slot and
sifive spi drivers, as well as mmc and spi-nor subsystems.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds genimage [1] config files for generating SD card and spi-nor
images, which can be programmed to an SD card or SPI flash and boot
from there.
The same images will be used for U-Boot CI testing for this board.
[1] https://github.com/pengutronix/genimage
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
genimage [1] is a tool to create flash/disk images. This is required
by some targets, e.g.: sifive_unleashed, to generate sdcard or spi-nor
images for real hardware, as well as U-Boot CI testing.
[1] https://github.com/pengutronix/genimage
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present U-Boot CI testing is still using QEMU 4.2.0 which is
pretty old. Let's bump up to QEMU 6.1.0.
ninja-build is added as the prerequisite required by QEMU 6.1.0.
Note there is a bug in QEMU 6.1.0 Xilinx Zynq UART emulation codes.
A quick fix [1] was posted on QEMU mailing list but it it too late
for 6.1.0 release. Let's manually apply the bug fix on top of the
v6.1.0 release tag at the time being.
[1] http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/qemu-devel/patch/20210823020813.25192-2-bmeng.cn@gmail.com/
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reduce the code size by avoiding using the external UEFI API and using our
internal functions instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
There is two unneeded EFI_CALL references in tcg2_measure_pe_image().
The first one in efi_search_protocol() and the second on in the device path
calculation. The second isn't even a function we should be calling, but a
pointer assignment, which happens to work with the existing macro.
While at it switch the malloc call to a calloc, remove the unnecessary cast
and get rid of an unneeded if statement before copying the device path
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The move to driver model should by now be completed. To be able to remove
pre-driver model code from our block IO code require CONFIG_BLK=y for UEFI
support.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Sort these and add a type so it is clear how to set the value. Add a note
about usage to the top. Correct the 'no-keyboard' binding which is missing
a prefix.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
On J721e R5 SPL, dfu buffer for loading sysfw.itb image gets allocated
before DRAM gets initialized. So, the buffer gets allocated in MCU L3
RAM. The current buffer size to be allocated is 256KB and the available
total heap memory is 0x70000 (448KB). This leads to NOMEM errors during
allocation.
In other cases when constraints such as above are not present fix the size
of buffers to the sector size in OSPI for proper functioning.
Also, if CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE is defined and
CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE is not defined then the max file size for dfu
transfer is defined as CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE.
Fix these by setting appropriate buffer sizes in their respective defconfig
files and defining the max file size as 8 MB which is the default dfu
buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
The size of u-boot.img is above 1MB and that of tispl.bin is close to 1MB,
in case of j721e. Therefore, increase the sizes allocated for tispl.bin and
u-boot.img to 2 MB and 4 MB respectively, in dfu_alt_info_ram environment
variable.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
In the cdns3 usb driver, the clock name looked for is ref. Therefore, fix
the clock-names property in usb0 instance for proper initialization of
cdns3 usb gadget driver.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
The DM binary runs on the MCU R5F Core0 after R5 SPL on J721E and J7200
SoCs. The binary is built alongside the TFA, OPTEE and A72 SPL binaries
and included in the tispl.bin FIT image. The R5 SPL loads the DM binary
at 0xA0000000 address, based on the value used in the FIT image build
script. The DM binary though is an ELF image and not a regular binary
file, and so is processed further to load the actual program segments
using the U-Boot's standard ELF loader library.
The DM binary does leverage a certain portion of DDR for its program
segments, and typically reserves 16 MB of DDR at 0xA0000000 with the
1st MB used for IPC between Linux and the remote processor, and
remaining memory for firmware segments. This can cause an incomplete
loading of the program segments if the DM binary is larger than 1 MB,
due to overlap of the initial loaded binary and the actual program
segments.
Fix this by using the address 0x89000000, which matches the current
"addr_mcur5f0_0load" env variable used by R5 SPL before the DM firmware
inclusion into the tispl.bin.
Fixes: df5363a67f ("tools: k3_fit_atf: add DM binary to the FIT image")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Add u-boot,dm-spl tag in the pinmux device tree node, required for MMCSD1
subsystem.
Fixes: b6059ddc45 ("arm: dts: k3-am642: Add r5 specific dt support")
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add env variables for booting to kernel from USB MSC device. The second
partition in the USB MSC device needs to formatted as ext4 file system with
kernel and dtb images, present in the /boot folder.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Make finduuid generic by making it dependent on the boot variable. For
example, this can now be used for finding the uuid of partitions in usb
device too.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Fix the dr_mode in the U-Boot device tree blob, by reading the mode field
from the USB Boot Configuration fields. The dr_mode will only be fixed when
booting from USB.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
This commit uses the existing DEFAULT_MMC_TI_ARGS and
DEFAULT_FIT_TI_ARGS defintions to replace the 'mmc*' environment
variables in the configuration. The check for the 'boot_fit' is handled
like the 'am335x_*' boards with 'CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND'.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Both am335x_boneblack_vboot and am335x_evm_spiboot require
SPL_OF_CONTROL to function but are currently missing this option. Add
it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
HS400_ES is missed when down grade to HS mode during
device_remove the mmc device
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
When send_status is false or wait_dat0 is not supported, the switch
function should not send CMD13 but directly return.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add documentation on the usage of "mmc dev" and "mmc rescan" commands to
set user defined speed modes.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Add support for enumerating MMC card in a given mode using mmc rescan and
mmc dev commands. The speed mode is provided as the last argument in these
commands and is indicated using the index from enum bus_mode in
include/mmc.h. A speed mode can be set only if it has already been enabled
in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Tested-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This reverts commit 17ea3c8628.
In eMMC specification, for the response-with-busy(R1b, R5b)
command, the DAT0 will driven to LOW as BUSY status, and in
sdhci specification, the transfer complete bit should be wait
for BUSY status de-assert.
All response-with-busy commands don't contain data, the data
judgement is no need.
Signed-off-by: Yuezhang.Mo <Yuezhang.Mo@sony.com>
Reviewed-by: Andy Wu <Andy.Wu@sony.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Use dev_dbg() instead of dev_err() in pcie_advk_check_pio_status().
For example CRS is not an error status, it just says that the request
should be retried.
Without this, U-Boot spams the terminal with
pcie_advk pcie@d0070000: Non-posted PIO Response Status: UR, 0xc80 @ 0x100000
pcie_advk pcie@d0070000: Non-posted PIO Response Status: UR, 0xc80 @ 0x108000
pcie_advk pcie@d0070000: Non-posted PIO Response Status: UR, 0xc80 @ 0x110000
pcie_advk pcie@d0070000: Non-posted PIO Response Status: UR, 0xc80 @ 0x120000
pcie_advk pcie@d0070000: Non-posted PIO Response Status: UR, 0xc80 @ 0x128000
pcie_advk pcie@d0070000: Non-posted PIO Response Status: UR, 0xc80 @ 0x130000
...
when a device is not connected to a PCIe switch (Unsupported Request
from the switch).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
While a board could have multiple SATA ports, some of the ports might
not have a disk attached to them. So while probing for disks,
sata_mv_probe() should continue probing all ports, and skip one with
no disk attached.
Tests with:
- Seagate Goflex Net (Marvell Kirkwood 88F6281) out-of-tree u-boot.
- Zyxel NSA325 (Marvell Kirkwood 88F6282 out-of-tree u-boot.
Observation:
If a board has 2 or more SATA ports, and there is only one disk
attached to one of the ports, sata_mv_probe() does not return
a successful probe status. And if only one disk is attached to the
2nd port (i.e. port 1), it is not probed at all.
Patch Description:
Let sata_mv_probe() continues probing all ports, even if there
is error in probing a given port, and then return a successful
status if there is at least one port was probed successfully.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fix baudrate value 5150000 which was added in commit ead4864fa6 ("arm:
mvebu: a38x: Define supported UART baudrates").
Exact value for divisor 3 with 250 MHz TCLK is 5208333 baudrate. In above
commit I incorrectly rounded it to 5150000 value due to testing with
USB-UART hw which incorrectly reported exact value and divisor configured
on other other end of UART link.
Fix this value to 520000 baudrate which is more close to the exact hardware
value and also has less fraction parts.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: ead4864fa6 ("arm: mvebu: a38x: Define supported UART baudrates")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
According to PCIe base specification, if CRS Software Visibility is not
enabled, the Root Complex must re-issue the Configuration Request as a new
Request.
Normally this part of Root Complex is implemented in hardware but aardvark
is somehow special and does not implement it in hardware and expect that
handling of config requests are fully implemented in software.
This re-issuing functionality is required also because U-Boot does not
support CRS Software Visibility feature and therefore expects that Root
Complex re-issues requests as is specified in PCIe base specification.
Retry / re-issue config request up to the PIO_MAX_RETRIES, to prevent
infinite loop. After retry count exceed PIO_MAX_RETRIES, returns failure.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There was mistake in commit 4cd61c43fd ("arm: a37xx: pci: Fix handling
PIO config error responses"). U-Boot does not support handling of CRS
return value for PCI_VENDOR_ID config read request and also does not set
CRSSVE bit.
Therefore disable returning CRS response for now.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: 4cd61c43fd ("arm: a37xx: pci: Fix handling PIO config error responses")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Since mvpp2 is using the new mdio driver and the cp110 has been
synced with the linux upstream, the mdio has to enabled in the
device tree file.
This is missing for some device tree files and therefore the
network cards do not come online.
Signed-off-by: Sven Auhagen <sven.auhagen@voleatech.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Change maintainer to me. Prafulla is no longer active in U-Boot community.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When dropping SHA512_ALGO in general, we didn't catch some cases where
an option was selecting both SHA512 and SHA512_ALGO and caused them to
select SHA512 twice. Kconfig doesn't complain, but this is still wrong
and should be corrected.
Fixes: e60e449931 ("lib: Drop SHA512_ALGO in lieu of SHA512")
Reported-by: Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Merge some fixes to how we enable hash algorithms for FIT images in
SPL. This fixes a few cases where we should have had some options
enabled, but did not. This also removes otherwise unused options in a
few other cases.
calculate_hash() would try to select the appropriate hashing function
by a if/elseif contruct. But that is exactly why hash_lookup_algo()
exists, so use it instead.
This does mean that we now have to 'select HASH' to make sure we get
the hash_lookup_algo() symbol. However, the change makes sense because
even basic FITs will have to deal with "hash" nodes.
My only concern is that the 'select SPL_HASH' might cause some
platform to grow above its SPL size allowance
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
[trini: Make FSL_CAAM be implied only on ARM && SPL]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
MD5 is being called directly in some places, but it is not available
via hash_lookup_algo("md5"). This is inconsistent with other hasing
routines. To resolve this, add an "md5" entry to hash_algos[].
The #ifdef clause looks funnier than those for other entries. This is
because both MD5 and SPL_MD5 configs exist, whereas the other hashes
do not have "SPL_" entries. The long term plan is to get rid of the
ifdefs, so those should not be expected to survive much longer.
The md5 entry does not have .hash_init/update/finish members. That's
okay because hash_progressive_lookup_algo() will catch that, and
return -EPROTONOSUPPORT, while hash_lookup_algo() will return the
correct pointer.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
[trini: Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED not IS_ENABLED for MD5 check]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All of these configs exist. Stick to using CONFIG_[ST]PL_HASH, and drop all
references to CONFIG_[ST]PL_HASH_SUPPORT. This means we need for
CHAIN_OF_TRUST to select SPL_HASH now.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
[trini: Add TPL case, fix CHAIN_OF_TRUST, other tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
SHA512_ALGO was used as a "either SHA512 or SHA384", although the
implementations of these two algorithms share a majority of code.
From a Kconfig interface perspective, it makes sense to present two
distinct options. This requires #ifdefing out the SHA512
implementation from sha512.c. The latter doesn't make any sense.
It's reasonable to say in Kconfig that SHA384 depends on SHA512, and
seems to be the more polite way to handle the selection.
Thus, automatically select SHA512 when SHA384 is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Originally CONFIG_FIT_SHAxxx enabled specific SHA algos for and only
for hash_calculate() in common/image-fit.c. However, since commit
14f061dcb1 ("image: Drop IMAGE_ENABLE_SHAxxx"),
the correct selector was changed to CONFIG_SHAxxx.
The extra "_FIT_" variants are neither used, nor needed. Remove them.
One defconfig disables FIT_SHA256, which is now changed to 'SHA256'.
CMD_MVEBU_BUBT needs to select select SHA256 to avoid undefined
references to "sha256_*()". bubt.c needs sha256, so this selection is
correct. It is not clear why this problem did not manifest before.
Note that SHA selection in SPL is broken for this exact reason. There
is no corresponding SPL_SHAxxx. Fixing this is is beyond the scope of
this change.
Also note that we make CONFIG_FIT now imply SHA256, to make up for
FIT_SHA256 previously being a default y option.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
[trini: Add imply SHA256 to FIT]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Merge ATAGs and MACH_ID options to Kconfig, and then disable them for
nearly all platforms. A small number of platforms actively require
this support still, and have it still enabled. Otherwise, it's migrated
and disabled.
As this is only useful when booting with ATAGs, which are now largely
disabled, remove this value for the remaining platforms. We have a few
places in the code that had been testing for MACH_TYPE as a sort of
internal logic. Update those to use different but still correct CONFIG
symbols.
Cc: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the exceptions of ds109, ds414, icnova-a20-swac, nokia_rx51 and
stemmy, disable ATAG support. A large number of platforms had enabled
support but never supported a kernel so old as to require it. Further,
some platforms are old enough to support both, but are well supported by
devicetree booting, and have been for a number of years. This is
because some of the ATAGs related functions have been re-used to provide
the same kind of information, but for devicetree or just generally to
inform the user. When needed still, rename these functions to
get_board_revision() instead, to avoid conflicts. In other cases, these
functions were simply unused, so drop them.
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Phil Sutter <phil@nwl.cc>
Cc: Stefan Bosch <stefan_b@posteo.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
No iMX platforms have supported ATAG-based booting. They have however
re-used the CONFIG_SERIAL_TAG option as a way to enable support of
reading the OTP fuses and setting the serial# environment variable in
some cases. Change the warp7 support to use this symbol, use this for
updating the rest of the imx7 code, and update the imx8 conditionals.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: NXP i.MX U-Boot Team <uboot-imx@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The enable_caches is a generic hook for architecture-implemented, we
define this function to enable composable cache of sifive platforms.
In sifive_cache, it invokes the generic cache_enable interface of cache
uclass to execute the relative implementation in SiFive ccache driver.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The enable_caches is a generic hook for architecture-implemented, we
leverage this function to enable caches for RISC-V
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
This driver is currently responsible for enabling all ccache ways.
Composable cache could be configure as RAM or cache, we will use it as
RAM at the beginning to put the u-boot SPL there. In u-boot proper
phrase, we will use the composable cache as cache, and try to enable the
cache ways.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
The ocores_i2c.c driver is missing a sentinel at the end of
the compatible strings list. This causes the "dm compat" command
to spew garbage.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Skibo <thomas-git@skibo.net>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
To make analyzing exceptions easier output the code that leads to it.
We already do the same on the ARM platform.
Here is an example:
=> exception ebreak
Unhandled exception: Breakpoint
EPC: 000000008ff5d50e RA: 000000008ff5d62c TVAL: 0000000000000000
EPC: 000000008020b50e RA: 000000008020b62c reloc adjusted
Code: 2785 0693 07a0 dce3 fef6 47a5 d563 00e7 (9002)
To disassemble the code we can use the decodecode script:
$ echo 'Code: 2785 0693 07a0 dce3 fef6 47a5 d563 00e7 (9002)' | \
CROSS_COMPILE=riscv64-linux-gnu- scripts/decodecode
Code: 2785 0693 07a0 dce3 fef6 47a5 d563 00e7 (9002)
All code
========
0: 2785 addiw a5,a5,1
2: 07a00693 li a3,122
6: fef6dce3 bge a3,a5,0xfffffffffffffffe
a: 47a5 li a5,9
c: 00e7d563 bge a5,a4,0x16
10:* 9002 ebreak <-- trapping instruction
...
Code starting with the faulting instruction
===========================================
0: 9002 ebreak
...
As it is not always clear if the first 16 bits are at the start or in the
middle of a 32bit instruction it may become necessary to strip the first
u16 from the output before calling decodecode to get the correct
disassembled code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Both for 64bit and 32bit at least on one board we should compile the sbi
command. Enabling it on QEMU will allow to write a test for it.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When booting in EFI, lib/efi_loader/efi_memory.c calls
board_get_usable_ram_top(0) which returns by default
gd->ram_base + gd->ram_size which is the top of DDR.
In case of OPTEE boot, the top of DDR is currently reserved by OPTEE,
board_get_usable_ram_top(0) must return an address outside OPTEE
reserved memory.
gd->ram_top matches this constraint as it has already been initialized
by substracting all DT reserved-memory (included OPTEE memory area).
Fixes: 92b611e8b0 ("stm32mp: correctly handle board_get_usable_ram_top(0)")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc4
Documentation:
Remove invalid reference to configuration variable in UEFI doc
UEFI:
Parameter checks for the EFI_TCG2_PROTOCOL
Improve support of preseeding UEFI variables.
Correct the calculation of the size of loaded images.
Allow for UEFI images with zero VirtualSize
- Further Makefile/Kconfig namespace cleanups from Simon. This migrates
a number of symbols to Kconfig and replaces some inconsistencies
between CONFIG_FOO and CONFIG_SPL_FOO_SUPPORT/CONFIG_TPL_FOO_SUPPORT.
The code under drivers/net is related to ethernet networking drivers, in
some fashion or another. Drop these from the top-level Makefile and
also move the phy rule into drivers/net/Makefile which is where it
belongs. Make the new rule for drivers/net check for the build-stage
relevant ETH symbol.
Fix up some Kconfig dependencies while we're here to mirror how the
Makefile logic now works.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Introduce ETH, Kconfig dependency changes, am43xx fix]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the power/ rules into drivers/power to avoid clutter in the Makefile
and drivers/Makefile files.
We must select SPL_POWER if SPL_POWER_DOMAIN is used, since the two are
currently independent and boards do not necessarily enable SPL_POWER.
Add a TPL_POWER as well, as that is used by one board.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
At present we have SPL_POWER but not piain POWER. This works because
there is a special build rule in Makefile that always includes the
drivers/power directory.
It is better to have all driver directories included by drivers/Makefile
and there is already a rule in there for this purpose. It just needs a
Kconfig for U-Boot proper, so add one.
Update the pmic.h header file so that it defines the old pmic struct
always, when driver model is not in use. That will avoid build errors
for boards which enable POWER but not DM_PMIC.
Enable this option always. That seems strange at first sight, but it
actually but mimics the current Makefile behaviour. Once we can drop the
old PMICs it should be easy enough to rename DM_PMIC to POWWER, or
something similar.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_POWER_I2C
CONFIG_POWER_LEGACY
They are handled at the same time due to a dependency between them.
Update the Makefile rule to use legacy power only in U-Boot proper.
Unfortunately a separate rule is needed in SPL to be able to build
legacy power. Add SPL related symbols for both, to allow for SPL-only
usage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[trini: More SPL related cleanups, reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This option is used in pre-driver model code and much of it has never
been converted to driver model.
We want to add a new option to enable power support, so we can use a
simple rule in the Makefile. Rename this one, which is really about
a particular implementation of power.
Also update the pmic.h header file so it either includes the legacy
API or the driver model one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add a proper Kconfig option for SPL so we can remove the hack in some of
the board config files.
This involves adding CONFIG_SPL_DM_PMIC to some of the configs as well
as updateing the Makefile rule for PMIC_RK8XX to exclude SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[trini: Add SPL_PMIC_RK8XX, enable when needed, handle undef of
CONFIG_DM_PMIC_PFUZE100 as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present we have SPL_GPIO and TPL_GPIO but not piain GPIO. This
works because there is a special build rule in Makefile that always
includes the drivers/gpio directory.
It is better to have all driver directories included by drivers/Makefile
and there is already a rule in there for this purpose. It just needs a
Kconfig for U-Boot proper, so add one.
Enable the option always for now, since this mimics current behaviour.
This can be updated once DM_GPIO is used everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is not a good idea to use things called CONFIG_xxx in the source code
since this prefix is reserved for use by Kconfig. Rename these variables.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We cannot use the existing DMA config for the MCD driver because it is
not migrated to driver model. In order to move it to drivers/Makefile
we need some sort of option for it. Add a new DMA_LEGACY option, which
also acts as a signal that it should be migrated.
Enable this for devkit3250 which uses CONFIG_DMA_LPC32XX which is not
converted to Kconfig.
For now this is not used in the Makefile. That update happens in a
following patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename this option so that CONFIG_IS_ENABLED can be used with it.
Oddly there is already an SPL_CACHE option. Drop it in favour of this one.
Drop the special SPL Makefile rule which is now superfluous.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present we have SPL_SERIAL and TPL_SERIAL but not piain SERIAL. This
works because there is a special build rule in Makefile that always
includes the drivers/serial directory.
It is better to have all driver directories included by drivers/Makefile
and there is already a rule in there for this purpose. It just needs a
Kconfig for U-Boot proper, so add one.
It is always enabled, for now, since that mimics the current behaviour.
It should be possible to drop the strange 'SERIAL_PRESENT' option at some
point and use SERIAL instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename these options so that CONFIG_IS_ENABLED can be used with them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
[trini: Fixup some incorrect renames]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
TCG EFI Protocol Specification defines that PCRIndex parameter
passed from caller must be 0 to 23.
TPM2_MAX_PCRS is currently used to check the range of PCRIndex,
but TPM2_MAX_PCRS is tpm2 device dependent and may have larger value.
This commit newly adds EFI_TCG2_MAX_PCR_INDEX macro, it is used to
check the range of PCRIndex parameter.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
TCG EFI Protocol Specification requires to the input
ProtocolCapability.Size < size of the EFI_TCG2_BOOT_SERVICE_CAPABILITY
up to and including the vendor ID field.
Current implementation does different calculation, let's fix it.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
TCG EFI Protocol Specification defines the required parameter
checking and return value for each API.
This commit adds the missing parameter check and
fixes the wrong return value to comply the specification.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
When U-Boot is started we have to use the existing variables to determine
in which secure boot state we are.
* If a platform key PK is present and DeployedMode=1, we are in deployed
mode.
* If no platform key PK is present and AuditMode=1, we are in audit mode.
* Otherwise if a platform key is present, we are in user mode.
* Otherwise if no platform key is present, we are in setup mode.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Writing variables AuditMode and DeployedMode serves to switch between
Secure Boot modes. Provide a separate value for these in efi_auth_var_type.
With this patch the variables will not be read from from file even if they
are marked as non-volatile by mistake.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
The UEFI specification requires that the signature database may only be
stored in tamper-resistant storage. So these variable may not be read
from an unsigned file.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
We should not first allocate memory and then report a rounded up value as
image size. Instead first round up according to section allocation and then
allocate the memory.
Fixes: 82786754b9 ("efi_loader: ImageSize must be multiple of SectionAlignment")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
In a section header VirtualSize may be zero. This is for instance seen in
the .sbat section of shim. In this case use SizeOfRawData as section size.
Fixes: 9d30a941cc ("efi_loader: don't load beyond VirtualSize")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Asherah Connor <ashe@kivikakk.ee>
This Kconfig symbol was never added to U-Boot but it was mentioned in the
origin commit c35df7c9e4 ("qemu: arm64: Add documentation for capsule
update"). That's why remove it from documentation to be accurate.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Currently it is possible to cancel loadx and loady commands by pressing
CTRL+X (CAN character) at least 3 times quickly.
All other U-Boot commands, including loadb and loads can be cancelled by
CTRL+C. So allow it also in xyz-modem code used by loadx and loady
commands. Implement it by handling CTRL+C (ETX character) in the same way
as CTRL+X (CAN character).
Due to how x/y-modem protocol works, it is required to press
CTRL+C or CTRL+X at least 3 times quickly.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Transfer termination tries to instruct sender that transfer was terminated.
Print error message and indicates aborted transfer in return value.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In x-modem protocol EOF is not an error state at the end of file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Variable xyz.len is set to -1 on error. At the end xyzModem_stream_read()
function calls memcpy() with length from variable xyz.len. If this variable
is set to -1 then value passed to memcpy is casted to unsigned value, which
means to copy whole address space. Which then cause U-Boot crash. E.g. on
arm64 it cause CPU crash: "Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x96000006
Fix this issue by checking that value stored in xyz.len is valid prior
trying to use it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Per a request from Andre Przywara and agreed with by Peter Hoyes, the
vexpress aemv8r support wasn't quite ready to be merged, but the
discussion had moved off list. We should keep the first patch in the
series for now, but revert the rest. This reverts the following
commits:
e0bd6f31ce doc: Add documentation for the Arm vexpress board configs
30e5a449e8 arm: Use armv8_switch_to_el1 env to switch to EL1
b53bbca63b vexpress64: Add BASER_FVP vexpress board variant
2f5b7b7490 armv8: Add ARMv8 MPU configuration logic
37a757e227 armv8: Ensure EL1&0 VMSA is enabled
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
DMA is aligned to ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN(64 bytes), but as per spec, alignment
required is 4bytes only. Change DMA alignment from ARCH_DMA_MINALIGN to
GQSPI_DMA_ALIGN. Remove alignment of data length in non-exponential case.
Some minor improvements in the initialization to initialize gen_fifo
threshold and disable qspi controller while setting config register.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Current implementation uses auto mode for starting generic FIFO.
The recommendation from IP designers is to use manual mode, hence
change to manual start mode.
In fill genfifo first write to genfio and then trigger manual start.
Also enable and check for genfifo empty interrupt status in place of
genfifo not full interrupt.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This Kconfig symbol was never added to U-Boot but it was mentioned in the
origin commit c35df7c9e4 ("qemu: arm64: Add documentation for capsule
update"). That's why remove it from documentation to be accurate.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- Add position independent execution support for ARMv7
- Snapdragon, synquacer, vexpress64 fixes / improvements
- Prevent NEON register use on ARMv8
- Other assorted fixes
On some cases, the actual number of bytes read can be shorter
than what was requested. This can be handled gracefully by
taking this difference into account instead of exiting.
Signed-off-by: Thibault Ferrante <thibault.ferrante@gmail.com>
The prototype of psci_features() duplicated. Remove extra declaration.
Fixed: e21e3ffdd1 ("psci: Fix warnings when compiling with W=1")
Reported-by: Michael Scott <mike@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@foundries.io>
For ARMv8-A, NEON is standard, so the compiler can use it even when no
special target flags are provided. For example, it can use stores from
NEON registers to zero-initialize large structures. GCC 11 decides to
do this inside the DRAM init code for the Allwinner H6.
However, GCC 11 has a bug where it generates misaligned NEON register
stores even with -mstrict-align. Since the MMU is not enabled this early
in SPL, the misaligned store causes an exception and breaks booting.
Work around this issue by restricting the compiler to using GPRs only,
not vector registers. This prevents any future surprises relating to
NEON use as well.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Acked-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Create a new documentation section for Arm Ltd boards with a sub-page
for the vexpress board (FVP-A, FVP-R and Juno).
Document how the armv8_switch_to_el1 environment variable can be used
to switch between booting from S-EL2/S-EL1 at runtime on the BASER_FVP.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
Use the environment variable armv8_switch_to_el1 to determine whether
to switch to EL1 at runtime. This is an alternative to the
CONFIG_ARMV8_SWITCH_TO_EL1 compile-time option.
The environment variable will be ineffective if the ARMV8_MULTIENTRY
config is used.
This is required by the Armv8r64 architecture, which must be able to
boot at S-EL1 for Linux but may need to boot at other ELs for other
systems.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
The BASER_FVP board variant is implemented on top of the BASE_FVP board
config (which, in turn, is based on the Juno Versatile Express board
config). They all share a similar memory map - for BASER_FVP the map is
inverted from the BASE_FVP
(https://developer.arm.com/documentation/100964/1114/Base-Platform/Base---memory/BaseR-Platform-memory-map)
* Create new TARGET_VEXPRESS64_BASER_FVP target, which uses the same
board config as BASE_FVP and JUNO
* Adapt vexpress_aemv8a.h header file to support BASER_FVP (and rename
to vexpress_aemv8.h)
* Enable config to switch to EL1 for the BASER_FVP
* Create vexpress_aemv8r defconfig
* Provide an MPU memory map for the BASER_FVP
For now, only single core boot is supported.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
[trini: Add MAINTAINERS, move BOOTCOMMAND to defconfig]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Armv8r64 is the first Armv8 platform that only has a PMSA at the
current exception level. The architecture supplement for Armv8r64
describes new fields in ID_AA64MMFR0_EL1 which can be used to detect
whether a VMSA or PMSA is present. These fields are RES0 on Armv8a.
Add logic to read these fields and, for the protection of the memory
used by U-Boot, initialize the MPU instead of the MMU during init, then
clear the MPU regions before transition to the next stage.
Provide a default (blank) MPU memory map, which can be overridden by
board configurations.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
On Armv8-R, the EL1&0 memory system architecture is configurable as a
VMSA or PMSA, and resets to an "architecturally unknown" value.
Add code to armv8_switch_to_el1_m which detects whether the MSA at
EL1&0 is configurable using the id_aa64mmfr0_el1 register MSA fields.
If it is we must ensure the VMSA is enabled so that a rich OS can boot.
The MSA and MSA_FRAC fields are described in the Armv8-R architecture
profile supplement (section G1.3.7):
https://developer.arm.com/documentation/ddi0600/latest/
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
The use of ARMv8.3 pointer authentication (PAuth) is governed by fields
in HCR_EL2, which trigger a 'trap to EL2' if not enabled. The reset
value of these fields is 'architecturally unknown' so we must ensure
that the fields are enabled (to disable the traps) if we are entering
the kernel at EL1.
The APK field disables PAuth instruction traps and the API field
disables PAuth register traps
Add code to disable the traps in armv8_switch_to_el1_m. Prior to doing
so, it checks fields in the ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1 register to ensure pointer
authentication is supported by the hardware.
The runtime checks require a second temporary register, so add this to
the EL1 transition macro signature and update 2 call sites.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
This reverts commit f7e16bb0c5, since
the U-Boot doesn't boot if it is booted directly from SPI-NOR with
CONFIG_POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y. Unless fixing this issue, it is better
to revert this change.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
CONFIG_MMC_SPI_CRC_ON needs the crc16 functions, but it was not included
in an SPL build. For non-SPL builds, crc16.o is already added
unconditionally. This also removes CONFIG_SPL_YMODEM_SUPPORT from the
sifive board configs, which is only relevant for some ARM boards and was
only set for its side effect of adding crc16.o.
When running 'part list' for an ISO partition the numbers are not under the
labels.
Correct the alignment of the ISO partition list. With the patch the
output looks like:
Part Start Sect x Size Type
1 3720 5024 512 U-Boot
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The logic in msm_generate_mac_addr() was originally taken from the LK
bootloader where the serial number is a string and must be parsed first.
However, in U-Boot msm_board_serial() returns an u32 and
msm_generate_mac_addr() has quite complicated code that will first
print it as a hex string and then immediately parse it again.
What this function actually does at the end is to put the serial number
encoded as big endian (the order used for the hex string) into the u8 *mac.
Use put_unaligned_be32() to do that with bit shifts instead of going
through the string format.
This should be slightly more efficient and cleaner but does not result
in any functional difference.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
At the moment U-Boot produces an empty MAC address (02:00:00:00:00:00)
if the eMMC is not used by anything in U-Boot (e.g. with
CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE=y instead of having the environment on eMMC).
This happens because then there is nothing that actually initializes
the eMMC and reads the "cid" that is later accessed.
To fix this, call mmc_init() to ensure the eMMC is initialized.
There is no functional difference if the eMMC is already initialized
since then mmc_init() will just return without doing anything.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
A U-Boot image could be loaded and executed at a different
location than it was linked at.
For example, Aspeed takes a stable release version of U-Boot image
as the golden one for recovery purposes. When the primary storage
such as flash is corrupted, the golden image would be loaded to any
SRAM/DRAM address on demands through ethernet/UART/etc and run for
rescue.
To deal with this condition, the PIE is needed as there is only one
signed, golden image, which could be however executed at different
places.
This patch adds the PIE support for ARMv7 platform.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
This new option allows to disable ahci-pci driver in SPL. Disabling it is
needed when SPL_PCI is not enabled as ahci-pci depends on PCI.
This change fixes following compile error when CONFIG_SPL_SATA_SUPPORT is
enabled and SPL_PCI is disabled.
LD spl/u-boot-spl
arm-linux-gnueabihf-ld.bfd: drivers/ata/ahci.o: in function `ahci_probe_scsi_pci':
drivers/ata/ahci.c:1205: undefined reference to `dm_pci_map_bar'
arm-linux-gnueabihf-ld.bfd: drivers/ata/ahci.c:1215: undefined reference to `dm_pci_read_config16'
arm-linux-gnueabihf-ld.bfd: drivers/ata/ahci.c:1216: undefined reference to `dm_pci_read_config16'
arm-linux-gnueabihf-ld.bfd: drivers/ata/ahci.c:1220: undefined reference to `dm_pci_map_bar'
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.spl:512: spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1977: spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
LD spl/u-boot-spl
arm-linux-gnueabihf-ld.bfd: drivers/ata/ahci-pci.o: in function `ahci_pci_probe':
drivers/ata/ahci-pci.c:21: undefined reference to `ahci_probe_scsi_pci'
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.spl:512: spl/u-boot-spl] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1977: spl/u-boot-spl] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
File drivers/ata/ahci-pci.c calls function ahci_probe_scsi_pci() which is
compiled only when DM_PCI is enabled. So add missing dependency into
Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The ds1307 driver also supports the DS1339 and DS1340.
However, in ds1307_rtc_reset the register writes assume that the chip
is a DS1307. This is evident in the writing of bits SQWE, RS1, RS0 to
the control register. While this applies correctly to the DS1307, on a
DS1340 the control register doesn't contain those bits (instead, the
register is used for clock calibration). By writing these bits the
clock calibration will be changed and the chip can become
non-functional after a reset call.
Signed-off-by: Callum Sinclair <callum.sinclair@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
Enabling CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD produces a significantly smaller
U-Boot binary (250 KiB vs 320 KiB) that still seems to be fully
functional. Make use of that by default but keep it as "imply" so it
can be disabled for testing in case this causes trouble for someone.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Over the time, the "stemmy" U-Boot board was tested on several other
Samsung smartphones based on ST-Ericsson NovaThor Ux500. Convert the
documentation to reStructuredText at doc/board/ste/stemmy.rst and
make the device list complete. Also note that the board now boots
into USB Fastboot instead of just ending up at the U-Boot prompt.
The device table is mostly taken from the postmarketOS wiki article
(https://wiki.postmarketos.org/wiki/ST-Ericsson_NovaThor_U8500).
All the newly added devices were tested by Linus Walleij.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Make use of the new drivers for ARM U8500 introduced in the U-Boot
2021.10 merge window by adding basic support for USB Fastboot with
the "stemmy" board. As a first step this will always boot directly
into USB Fastboot for now with the console displayed on the screen
to make that obvious.
Samsung uses quite strange GPT partition labels on these boards,
so also add a bunch of fastboot_partition_alias_* to make this more
easy to use.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
So far there is no need for a clock driver in U-Boot because the
previous boot stage leaves all the necessary clocks on. However,
some drivers in U-Boot (e.g. arm_pl180_mmci) depend on having a clock
driver to obtain the clock frequency.
Setting up the clock drivers properly is a bit tricky on U8500,
so for now add a simple fixed-clock for the eMMC that allows obtaining
the clock frequency. This should be replaced eventually if some board
actually requires enabling some of the clocks.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Imply the options for new drivers added for ARM U8500 during the
U-Boot 2021.10 merge window. Adding these as "imply" in the Kconfig
avoids having to add them to all the board defconfigs but still allows
disabling them if wanted.
Also select DM_USB_GADGET if DM_USB is selected because otherwise
the Ux500 MUSB glue driver does not show up in the configuration.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Update MAINTAINERS with various drivers for ARM U8500 that were
added during the U-Boot 2021.10 merge window.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
When k_recv() returns zero it indicates that kermit transfer was aborted.
Function do_load_serial_bin() (caller of load_serial_bin()) interprets
value ~0 as aborted transfer, so properly propagates information about
aborted transfer from k_recv() to do_load_serial_bin().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
This resyncs us with the version found in v5.13 of the Linux kernel with
the following exceptions:
- Keep our u-boot specific tests / code area.
- Change the location of checkpatch.rst (which we now import)
- Drop the "use strscpy" test as we don't have that, but do have strlcpy
and want that used now.
- Keep debug/printf in the list for $logFunctions
And note that we now also include the spdxcheck.py tool that
checkpatch.pl supports calling out to, and include upstream's
checkpatch.rst in our develop section of the documentation.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, an empty imput file causes `mmap()` to fail, and you get an
error like "mkimage: Can't read file.img: Invalid argument", which is
extremely unintuitive and hard to diagnose if you don't know what to
look for. Add an explicit check for an empty file and provide a clear
error message instead.
We already bounds check the image size when listing and re-signing
existing images, so we only need this check here, when opening data
files going into a image.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With glibc 2.33 (Ubuntu package glibc6 2.33-0ubuntu9) building
sifive_unmatched_defconfig results in:
In file included from /usr/include/stdio.h:866,
from ././include/compiler.h:26,
from <command-line>:
In function ‘snprintf’,
inlined from ‘rsa_engine_get_priv_key’ at ./tools/../^:273:4:
/usr/include/riscv64-linux-gnu/bits/stdio2.h:71:10: warning:
‘%s’ directive argument is null [-Wformat-truncation=]
71 | return __builtin___snprintf_chk (__s, __n,
__USE_FORTIFY_LEVEL - 1,
|
^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
72 | __glibc_objsize (__s), __fmt,
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
73 | __va_arg_pack ());
| ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Avoid passing a NULL string.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Calculate hash using DM driver if supported.
For backward compatibility, the call to legacy
hash functions is reserved.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Add purely software-implmented drivers to support multiple
hash operations including CRC, MD5, and SHA family.
This driver is based on the new hash uclass.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Add UCLASS_HASH for hash driver development. Thus the
hash drivers (SW or HW-accelerated) can be developed
in the DM-based fashion.
Signed-off-by: Chia-Wei Wang <chiawei_wang@aspeedtech.com>
Older OpenSSL and libressl versions have a slightly different API.
This require #ifdefs to support. However, we still can't support it
because the ECDSA path does not compile with these older versions.
These #ifdefs are truly a vestigial appendage.
Alternatively, the ECDSA path could be updated for older libraries,
but this requires significant extra code, and #ifdefs. Those libraries
are over three years old, and there concerns whether it makes sense to
build modern software for real world use against such old libraries.
Thusly, remove #ifdefs and code for old OpenSSL and LibreSSL support.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
BTRFS volume consists of a number of subvolumes which can be mounted separately
from each other. The top-level subvolume always exists even if no subvolumes
were created manually. A subvolume can be denoted as the default subvolume i.e.
the subvolume which is mounted by default.
The default "default subvolume" is the top-level one, but this is far from the
common practices used in the wild. For instance, openSUSE provides an OS
snapshot/rollback feature based on BTRFS. To achieve this, the actual OS root
filesystem is located into a separate subvolume which is "default" but not
"top-level". That means that the /boot/dtb/ directory is also located inside
this default subvolume instead of top-level one.
However, the existing btrfs u-boot driver always uses the top-level subvolume
as the filesystem root. This behaviour 1) is inconsistent with
mount /dev/sda1 /target
command, which mount the default subvolume 2) leads to the issues when
/boot/dtb cannot be found properly (see the reference).
This patch uses the default subvolume as the filesystem root to overcome
mentioned issues.
Reference: https://bugzilla.suse.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1185656
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Fixes: f06bfcf54d ("fs: btrfs: Crossport open_ctree_fs_info() from btrfs-progs")
Reviewed-by: Qu Wenruo <wqu@suse.com>
Support for register headers in v1 images was implemented in commit
02ba70ad68 ("tools: kwbimage: Add support for DATA command also for v1
images"). So remove old comment.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: 02ba70ad68 ("tools: kwbimage: Add support for DATA command also for v1 images")
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
image_get_csk_index() may return -1 in case of an error. Don't use this
value as index.
This resolves Coverity CID 338488
Memory - illegal accesses (NEGATIVE_RETURNS)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Always check the return value of fopen().
This resolves Coverity CID 338491:
Null pointer dereferences (NULL_RETURNS)
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Disable MCU watchdog in board_late_init() instead of board_init(), so
that it is disabled after U-Boot enables SOC watchdog instead of before.
This way there is no window when the board is vulnerable.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
When booting over UART, sending U-Boot proper may take too much time and
MCU watchdog will reset the board before U-Boot proper is loaded.
Better disable MCU watchdog in SPL when booting over UART.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
We do not need to guard code in board_init() and board_late_init()
functions with the CONFIG_SPL_BUILD macro, since these functions are not
called in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Move the function get_boot_device() from spl.c to cpu.c.
Make it visible, so that it may be used from other files.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Armada 37xx serial driver does not use CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_SHIFT.
So do not define any bogus value for CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_SHIFT option in any
Armada 37xx defconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
PCIe-based NVMe SSD disks in M.2 2230/2242/2260 form-factor can be
connected to Turris Omnia mPCIe slot via passive M.2 <--> mPCIe adapter.
So enable PCIe NVMe drivers.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
SATA disks could be connected via mPCIe add-in card with PCIe-SATA
controller into Mox-B or Mox-G module.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Espressobin has one on-board SATA port which is connected directly to CPU.
More SATA disks can be connected via mPCIe add-in card with PCIe-SATA
controller.
So enable required SATA AHCI PCIe drivers in defconfig file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
File mach/soc.h is included also in 64-bit mvebu processors, so define
Armada XP related macros only when compiling for Armada XP.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
There are already IBR_HDR_* constants for these numbers, so use them.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Part of image data is 4 byte checksum, so every image must contain at least
4 bytes. Verify it to prevent memory corruptions.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Only image versions 0 and 1 are supported. Verify it in
kwbimage_verify_header() function.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Define all standard baudrates plus 3 non-standard high speed:
3125000 4000000 5150000
3125000 matches divisor 5 with 250 MHz TCLK and divisor 4 with 200 MHz TCLK.
4000000 is the rounded value for divisor 4 with 250 MHz TCLK (3906250) and
divisor 3 with 200 MHz TCLK (4166666).
5150000 is the rounded value (5208333) for divisor 3 with 250 MHz TCLK.
Testing showed that rounded value is more stable then exactly calculated.
And it is the highest possible baudrate which is stable on A38x platform.
Any other baudrate values above 2500000 are unstable, which is reason why
e.g. standard value 3000000 is not defined, and it is needed to use
non-standard value 3125000.
Tested all defined UART baudrates on Turris Omnia (A38x with 250 MHz TCLK).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Further CONFIG to Kconfig migrations
- Some DDR related symbols
- CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR moved, loadaddr always set in environment now.
- Finish MX7D, convert IMX_CONFIG
- Some RAMBOOT related options
- L1 cache size converted and named consistently for all arches. A
further follow-up to rename things for even better clarity is welcome.
- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT, CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
default n/no doesn't need to be specified. It is default option anyway.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
[trini: Rework FSP_USE_UPD portion]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
In order to do this, we need to introduce SPL and TPL variants of these
options so that we can clearly disable these options only in SPL in some
cases, and both instances in other cases.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Based on include/configs/ls1046ardb.h it seems that CONFIG_RAMBOOT_PBL
should have been enabled, but was not. Enable and migrate the values to
Kconfig.
Cc: Mingkai Hu <mingkai.hu@nxp.com>
Cc: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rather than using CONFIG_SABRELITE to set FDTFILE for only that
platform, switch to always setting this based on
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE as this should always match the kernel
device tree name anyhow.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
Move the CONFIG_DDR_MB symbol to Kconfig. A later clean-up would be to
make dynamic memory size detection work based on how this is done on
other i.MX6 platforms.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Troy Kisky <troy.kisky@boundarydevices.com>
- Provide a default Kconfig value of the default script
- Largely continue to define this via the board Kconfig file
- For the boards that select a script based on defconfig rather than
TARGET, keep this within the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently, there is no over-arching symbol for access to
arch/arm/mach-imx nor the CONFIG symbols that are common over all of
these related platforms. This new CONFIG symbol will allow us to start
down this path.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Now that we have consistent usage, migrate this symbol to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
- In most of the codebase, we reference CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR and not
CONFIG_LOADADDR.
- Generally, CONFIG_SYS_LOADADDR is set to CONFIG_LOADADDR and then as
noted, we use CONFIG_SYS_LOADADDR.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
All platforms define CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR, but only some define
CONFIG_LOADADDR. Very very rarely are these not the same address, and
qemu-ppce500 is one such case. However, based on reading the history of
the code, this mismatched value was simply a copy-paste from other
PowerPC platforms where it is this unused currently. Switch the code to
use CONFIG_SYS_LOAD_ADDR and update the documentation.
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- Guard most of the options in drivers/ddr/fsl/Kconfig with
SYS_FSL_DDR || SYS_FSL_MMDC.
- Migrate FSL_DMA, DDR_ECC, DDR_ECC_CMD, and ECC_INIT_VIA_DDRCONTROLLER
to Kconfig.
- Clean up the logic for including the DDR_ECC_CMD code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As this symbol can either be a fixed value or the function
get_board_ddr_clk, migration is tricky. Introduce a choice of DYNAMIC
or STATIC_DDR_CLK_FREQ. If DYNAMIC, we continue to use the board
defined get_board_ddr_clk function. If STATIC, set CONFIG_DDR_CLK_FREQ
to that value and now include/clock_legacy.h contains the function
prototype or defines get_board_ddr_clk() to that static value. Update
callers to test for DYNAMIC or STATIC.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Move the symbol that controls building some JEDEC SPD support functions
to Kconfig. This is required on the TI keystone 2 platforms and very
frequently (but not always) used on large number of Freescale/NXP
platforms, so use imply there.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We have a number of CONFIG symbols to express the fixed size of system
memory. For now, rename CONFIG_DDR_FIXED_SIZE to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE
and adjust usage to match that CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_SIZE expects the entire
size rather than MiB.
Cc: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Move CONFIG_DDR_32BIT/64BIT to Kconfig as a choice for Armada XP
platforms. Make 64bit the default as this mirrors the current code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Check that the watchdog_reset() implementation in wdt-uclass behaves
as expected:
- resets all activated watchdog devices
- leaves unactivated/stopped devices alone
- that the rate-limiting works, with a per-device threshold
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
It seems that no other test has claimed gpio_a:7 yet, so use that.
The only small wrinkle is modifying the existing wdt test to use
uclass_get_device_by_driver() since we now have two UCLASS_WDT
instances in play, so it's a little more robust to fetch the device by
driver and not merely uclass+index.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
A rather common kind of external watchdog circuit is one that is kept
alive by toggling a gpio. Add a driver for handling such a watchdog.
The corresponding linux driver apparently has support for some
watchdog circuits which can be disabled by tri-stating the gpio, but I
have never actually encountered such a chip in the wild; the whole
point of adding an external watchdog is usually that it is not in any
way under software control. For forward-compatibility, and to make DT
describe the hardware, the current driver only supports devices that
have the always-running property. I went a little back and forth on
whether I should fail ->probe or only ->start, and ended up deciding
->start was the right place.
The compatible string is probably a little odd as it has nothing to do
with linux per se - however, I chose that to make .dts snippets
reusable between device trees used with U-Boot and linux, and this is
the (only) compatible string that linux' corresponding driver and DT
binding accepts. I have asked whether one should/could add "wdt-gpio"
to that binding, but the answer was no:
https://lore.kernel.org/lkml/CAL_JsqKEGaFpiFV_oAtE+S_bnHkg4qry+bhx2EDs=NSbVf_giA@mail.gmail.com/
If someone feels strongly about this, I can certainly remove the
"linux," part from the string - it probably wouldn't the only place where
one can't reuse a DT snippet as-is between linux and U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
A board can have and make use of more than one watchdog device, say
one built into the SOC and an external gpio-petted one. Having
wdt-uclass only handle the first is both a little arbitrary and
unexpected.
So change initr_watchdog() so we visit (probe) all DM watchdog
devices, and call the init_watchdog_dev helper for each.
Similarly let watchdog_reset() loop over the whole uclass - each
having their own ratelimiting metadata, and a separate "is this device
running" flag.
This gets rid of the watchdog_dev member of struct global_data. We
do, however, still need the GD_FLG_WDT_READY set in
initr_watchdog(). This is because watchdog_reset() can get called
before DM is ready, and I don't think we can call uclass_get() that
early.
The current code just returns 0 if "getting" the first device fails -
that can of course happen because there are no devices, but it could
also happen if its ->probe call failed. In keeping with that, continue
with the handling of the remaining devices even if one fails to
probe. This is also why we cannot use uclass_probe_all().
If desired, it's possible to later add a per-device "u-boot,autostart"
boolean property, so that one can do CONFIG_WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART
per-device.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Since the gd->watchdog_dev member is going away, switch to using the
new wdt_stop_all() helper.
While here, clean up the preprocessor conditional: The ->watchdog_dev
member is actually guarded by CONFIG_WDT [disabling that in
x530_defconfig while keeping CONFIG_WATCHDOG breaks the build], and in
the new world order so is the existence of the wdt_stop_all()
function.
Actually, existence of wdt_stop_all() depends on CONFIG_${SPL_}WDT, so
really spell the condition using CONFIG_IS_ENABLED, and make it a C
rather than cpp if.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Since the watchdog_dev member of struct global_data is going away in
favor of the wdt-uclass handling all watchdog devices, prepare for
that by adding a helper to call wdt_stop() on all known devices.
If an error is encountered, still do wdt_stop() on remaining devices,
but remember and return the first error seen.
Initially, this will only be used in one single
place (board/alliedtelesis/x530/x530.c).
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
For the unit tests, it is more convenient if the tests are in charge
of when the watchdog devices are started and stopped, so prevent
wdt-uclass from doing it automatically.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
As a step towards handling all DM watchdogs in watchdog_reset(), use a
per-device flag to keep track of whether the device has been started
instead of a bit in gd->flags.
We will still need that bit to know whether we are past
initr_watchdog() and hence have populated gd->watchdog_dev -
incidentally, that is how it was used prior to commit 9c44ff1c5f.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
In preparation for handling all DM watchdogs in watchdog_reset(), pull
out the code which handles starting (or not) the gd->watchdog_dev
device.
Include the device name in various printfs.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
The addition of .pre_probe and .per_device_auto made this look
bad. Fix it.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
As preparation for having the wdt-uclass provided watchdog_reset()
function handle all DM watchdog devices, and not just the first such,
introduce a uclass-owned struct to hold the reset_period and
next_reset, so these become per-device instead of being static
variables.
No functional change intended.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
wdt_start() does the "no ->start? return -ENOSYS" check, don't
open-code that in wdt_expire_now().
Also, wdt_start() maintains some global (and later some per-device)
state, which would get out of sync with this direct method call - not
that it matters much here since the board is supposed to reset very
soon.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
These symbols are now either unused or were only used within the config
file to determine other logic, which could be done in a way that doesn't
further pollute the CONFIG namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Begin merging some Kconfig migration, and CONFIG namespace cleanup
series in. This gives us:
- A number of I2C symbols migrated over
- DWC2, i8042, altera_spi and a few other areas updated to use CFG not
CONFIG for the concept of "configuration space" defines.
- Rename CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_BOARD_SETTINGS to EXTRA_ENV_BOARD_SETTINGS
- Some dead code removal.
- Rename a number of CONFIG symbols that were only referenced within
the config header to not use CONFIG as a prefix.
While the Kconfig language seems to accept either form of whitespace, we
use a space throughout the project, except in these spots.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rather than using CONFIG namespace for logic internal to
include/configs/astro_mcf5373l.h to select ASTRO_ID (and populate the
default environment), strip CONFIG from the various options used and
set.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update the comment here to refer to PCI_CONFIG_ADDRESS rather than
CONFIG_ADDRESS.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The value CONFIG_ALTERA_SPI_IDLE_VAL is never re-defined by a board.
Rename this to ALTERA_SPI_IDLE_VAL.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
This driver uses the CONFIG namespace to set the chips internal CONFIG
namespace related bits. However, CONFIG is reserved for the top-level
Kconfig based configuration system. Use CFG as the namespace here
instead to avoid pollution.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
There are an assortment of hard-coded CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND options in some
board headers. Rework these so that they do not add to the CONFIG
namespace.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate CONFIG_GICV2 and CONFIG_GICV3 to Kconfig. We still have the GIC
related registers that need to be handled more cleanly but start by
moving this symbol to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver uses the CONFIG namespace to set the chips internal CONFIG
namespace related bits. However, CONFIG is reserved for the top-level
Kconfig based configuration system. Use CFG as the namespace here
instead to avoid pollution.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
- As there are no boards that use different values for speed / slave on
different buses, use a single option.
- Switch to using the common SYS_I2C_SPEED / SYS_I2C_SLAVE options.
- Introduce _HAS_ options for additional buses as only the first one is
common to all users.
- Convert all remaining symbols to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Migrate SYS_I2C_SH and related defines to Kconfig
- Remove currently unused SYS_I2C_SH related defines
- Cleanup related README section.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The omap24xx I2C driver uses its own CONFIG namespace for common I2C
variables. Rather than convert more of them to Kconfig, rename these to
the common I2C ones and remove the entirely unused functionality. As
part of this, we make the am335x_shc platforms consistent with their
intended speed values.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are no users of more than 1 i2c bus in the non-DM case currently.
Remove the additional defines for this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Convert SYS_I2C_EARLY_INIT to Kconfig, and make it depend on
SPL_SYS_I2C_LEGACY. Remove the weak implementation as it's either
something that needs to exist for real, or shouldn't be called.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
First, we convert CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LEGACY to Kconfig. Next, as you cannot
have SYS_I2C_LEGACY and DM_I2C at the same time, introduce
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_I2C_LEGACY so that we can enable the legacy option only
in SPL. Finally, for some PowerPC cases we also need
CONFIG_TPL_SYS_I2C_LEGACY support. Convert all of the existing users to
one or more symbols.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Currently the legacy software i2c support is only used for a single bus.
Remove all of the extra and unused support. Also update the README to
not reference that, and finish removing some already badly auto-edited
related text.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Rename usages of CONFIG_SYS_DEF_EEPROM_ADDR to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR
based on current usage.
- Convert CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN,
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS, CONFIG_CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE
CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS and CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS
to Kconfig. We move these symbols around a bit and add appropriate
dependencies to them. In some cases, we now add a correct default value
as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At this point in time, there's no systems with "U-Boot environment
exists on an EEPROM which is accessed over the I2C bus" that sets this
option. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform defines everything needed to be able to use the
eeprom command. In addition, board/compulab/common/eeprom.c is required
by the platform, and does not use CONFIG_ID_EEPROM to enable/disable
builing of it. In order to migrate CONFIG symbols to Kconfig and to not
have to add complex logic to handle this case, enable CMD_EEPROM on this
board.
Cc: Uri Mashiach <uri.mashiach@compulab.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Finish moving this driver to Kconfig.
- Update the dependency logic for Exynos5 too
- Remove the unused CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SPEED variable
- Drop CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE as it's always set to 0.
- Move the internal SYS_I2C_S3C24X0_SLAVE define closer to the only user.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The instances of CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR on these platforms doesn't
match up with the rest of the EERPOM related defines in U-Boot. Move
these out of the CONFIG namespace rather than make complex Kconfig
logic.
Cc: Samuel Egli <samuel.egli@siemens.com>
Cc: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
The shc platforms do not make use of the rest of the EEPROM
infrastructure. Rather than make more elaborate Kconfig logic, remove
this setting from the CONFIG namespace.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Looking over the current boards, there are no users of
CONFIG_MAC_ADDR_IN_EEPROM. Further, omapl138_lcdk uses
CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR. Drop various unused code paths.
Cc: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This platform does not use any of the standard EEPROM functionality and
instead provides its own. Use a local namespace for the I2C related
defines to access the EEPROM.
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Rework the default environment a bit to not use non-standard
CONFIG_ENV_... names and similar one-off CONFIG names.
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Rename CONFIG_ENV_KS2_BOARD_SETTINGS to ENV_KS2_BOARD_SETTINGS so that
it better fits with the rest of the environment addition macros.
Cc: Vitaly Andrianov <vitalya@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Rename CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_BOARD_SETTINGS to EXTRA_ENV_BOARD_SETTINGS in
order to not further add to the CONFIG namespace.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
There are a number of DWC2 configuration options that are set in dwc2.h
and referenced in dwc2.c only. Move these out of the CONFIG_DWC2
namespace and in to the DWC2 namespace. Note that hikey was defining an
option that was already always enabled, so we can remove that hunk.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Xilinx changes for v2021.10-rc3
xilinx:
- Disable CONFIG_ARCH_FIXUP_FDT_MEMORY
- Print information about cpu via soc drivers and enable DISPLAY_CPUINFO
- Wire infrastructure for DTB_RESELECT and MULTI_DTB_FIT
zynq:
- Wire single QSPI
- Use power-source instead of io-standard properties
- Enable nor on zc770-xm012
zynqmp:
- Change handling around multi_boot()
- Setup offset for u-boot.itb in spi
- Generate run time dfu_alt_info for capsule update
- Use explicit values for enums (zynqmp_firmware.h)
- Enable RTC/SHA1/BUTTON/BUTTON_GPIO command
- Disable WDT driver by default
- Bind usb/scsi via preboot because of EFI
- DT updates/fixes
- Add soc driver
- Fix SPL SPI boot mode
versal:
- Add soc driver
sdhci:
- Update tap delay programming for zynq_sdhci driver
cmd:
- Fix RTC uclass handling in date command
- Update pwm help message
- Update reset help message
watchdog:
- Fix wwdt compilation
rtc:
- Deal with seq alias in rtc uclass
- Add zynqmp RTC driver
fdt:
- Add kernel-doc for fdt_fixup_memory_banks()
There is no space in OCM for SPL stack because the space in OCM is occupied
by TF-A. That's why move relocate stack to DDR to 0x18000000 address
and also enable SPL_SIZE_LIMIT not to be more then 0xfffea000 which is
default address for TFA.
It is good to summarize current DDR usage in SPL flow.
0-0x80000 is used for BSS
(CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR, CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE)
0x100000 is used for DTB passing address
(CONFIG_XILINX_OF_BOARD_DTB_ADDR)
0x17fffe70 - CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR - is used for GD
0x18000000 is used for SPL stack
(CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR)
0x20000000-0x21000000 is used for SPL malloc area
(CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START, CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Use TF-A instead of ATF in description. And update generic description with
removing ATF because also configurations without it are supported.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
U-Boot support board detection at run time and based on it change DT.
This feature is implemented for SOM Kria platforms which contain two
eeproms which contain information about SOM module and CC (Carrier card).
Full U-Boot starts with minimal DT file defined by
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE which is available in multi DTB fit image.
It is using default setup of board_name variable initializaed to
DEVICE_TREE which corresponds to CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE option.
When DTB_RESELECT is enabled board_detection() is called. Keep it your mind
that this code is called before relocation. board_detection() is calling
xilinx_read_eeprom() which fills board_info (xilinx_board_description)
structure which are parsed in board_name_decode().
Based on DT configuration and amount of nvmemX aliases name of the board is
composed by concatenating CONFIG_SYS_BOARD "-" <board_name> "-rev"
<board_revision> "-" <cc_name> "-rev" <cc_revision>.
If CC is not present or more are available it keeps going.
When board name is composed and returned from board_name_decode() it is
assigned to board_name variable which is used by
board_fit_config_name_match() which is called via fdtdec_setup() when it
goes over config options in multi dtb FIT image.
From practical point of view multi DTB image is key point here which has to
contain configs for detected combinations. Unfortunately as of now they
have to be full DTBs and DTBOs are not supported.
That's why configuration like:
config_X {
description = "zynqmp-board-cc";
fdt = "board", "cc";
};
needs to be squashed together with:
fdtoverlay -o zynqmp-board-cc -i arch/arm/dts/zynqmp-board.dtb \
arch/arm/dts/zynqmp-cc.dtbo
and only one dtb is in fit:
config_X {
description = "zynqmp-board-cc";
fdt = "board-cc";
};
For creating multi DTBs fit image use mkimage -E, e.g.:
mkimage -E -f all.its all.dtb
When DTB_RESELECT is enabled xilinx_read_eeprom() is called before
relocation and it uses calloc for getting a buffer. Because this is dynamic
memory it is not relocated that's why xilinx_read_eeprom() is called again
as the part of board_init(). This second read with calloc buffer placed in
proper position board_late_init_xilinx() can setup u-boot variables as
before.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When MULTI_DTB_FIT is enabled fit-dtb.blob fit image is created which
contain all DTBs listed by CONFIG_OF_LIST. And with DTB_RELESELECT there is
a need to handle it as one file with DTBs in it not as separate DTBs in
u-boot.its/itb.
That's why extend mkimage_fit_atf.sh to generate u-boot.itb correctly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Start of DTB should be 64bit aligned that's why also make sure that end is
also 64bit aligned. It is not required but it is nice thing to do.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enabling MULTI_DTB_FIT and DTB_RESELECT can end up with multi DTBs in FIT
image placed and aligned only by 32bits (4bytes). Based on device tree
specification:
"Specifically, the memory reservation block shall be aligned to an 8-byte boundary
and the structure block to a 4-byte boundary."
is 64bit (8bytes) alignment required. That's why make sure that
fit-dtb.blob and u-boot.itb as our primary target images for Xilinx ZynqMP
are all 64bit aligned.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
DT needs to be 64bit aligned. If it is not fdt64_to_cpu will fail when try
to read information about reserved memory. The system ends in exception
without any clue what's going it. That's why detect not aligned DT and
panic to show where the issue is coming from.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for changing DT at run time. It is done via board_detection()
which returns platform_id and platform_version which can be used via
board_name_decode() to compose board_local_name string which corresponds
with DT which is should be used.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Origin code was allocating only pointers to struct xilinx_board_description
and there was separate allocation for structure self and freeing in case of
failure.
The code is directly allocating space for all structures by one calloc to
simlify logic.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Use variable which points to DEVICE_TREE by default. The reason for this
change is to enable DTB_RESELECT and MULTI_DTB_FIT where board detection
can be used for change DTB at run time. That's why there must be reference
in board_fit_config_name_match() via variable instead of hardcoding it
which is sufficient for that use case.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
FRU spec expected \0 for unused symbols but unfortunately a lot of boards
are using spaces instead of \0. That's why after saving it to desc->name
name is checked again and all spaces are converted to \0. This will ensure
that names can be used for string manipulations like concatenation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
dev_dbg, dev_err and dev_warn seems to be moved to different header file.
Include dm/device_compat.h file to compile properly.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The commit 573a3811ed ("sysreset: psci: support system reset in a generic
way with PSCI") has added support for warm reset via PSCI but this hasn't
been reflected in usage message and user has to look at the code how to run
it. That's why update usage text to make this clear.
Here is full help with updated usage:
ZynqMP> help reset
reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
Usage:
reset - cold boot without level specifier
reset -w - warm reset if implemented
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
The first name is taken from command name that's why shouldn't be listed in
help. And commands shouldn't be listed with <> which means value but value
itself is command name.
Also add description for commands to make it clear what it does.
Before
pwm pwm <invert> <pwm_dev_num> <channel> <polarity>
pwm <config> <pwm_dev_num> <channel> <period_ns> <duty_ns>
...
After:
pwm invert <pwm_dev_num> <channel> <polarity> - invert polarity
pwm config <pwm_dev_num> <channel> <period_ns> <duty_ns> - config PWM
pwm enable <pwm_dev_num> <channel> - enable PWM output
pwm disable <pwm_dev_num> <channel> - disable PWM output
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
soc_xilinx_versal driver allows identification of family & revision
of versal SoC. This driver is selected by CONFIG_SOC_XILINX_VERSAL.
Probe this driver using platdata U_BOOT_DEVICE structure which is
defined at mach-versal/cpu.c.
Add this config to xilinx_versal_virt_defconfig &
xilinx_versal_mini_ospi_defconfig file to select this driver.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
soc_xilinx_zynqmp driver allows identification of family & revision
of zynqmp SoC. This driver is selected by CONFIG_SOC_XILINX_ZYNQMP.
Add this config to xilinx_zynqmp_virt_defconfig file.
Probe this driver using platdata U_BOOT_DEVICE structure which is
specified in mach-zynqmp/cpu.c.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add kernel-doc description for fdt_fixup_memory_banks() because it is
implemented in one specific way and this information should be available
for others to decide if their SoC conforms to it.
If you don't want U-Boot to update your memory DT layout please disable
CONFIG_ARCH_FIXUP_FDT_MEMORY.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Based on DT spec you can have one memory node which multiple ranges or
multiple nodes.
fdt_fixup_memory_banks() is not implemented in a correct way when multiple
memory nodes are present because all ranges are put it to the first memory
node found. And next memory nodes are kept in DT which ends up in the same
range specification in the same DT.
Here is what it is happening.
Origin DT.
memory@0 {
device_type = "memory";
reg = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x80000000>;
};
memory@800000000 {
device_type = "memory";
reg = <0x8 0x00000000 0x0 0x80000000>;
};
After fdt_fixup_memory_banks()
memory@0 {
device_type = "memory";
reg = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x80000000>, <0x8 0x00000000 0x0 0x80000000>;
};
memory@800000000 {
device_type = "memory";
reg = <0x8 0x00000000 0x0 0x80000000>;
};
As is visible memory@0 node got second range but there is still
memory@800000000 node present and 2G range is listed twice.
The solution can't be that second node is removed because it can be
referenced already that's why it is better for us to disable this option
for now.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Replace 'io-standard' property with 'power-source' property in all
zynq dts files to be in sync with Zynq Pinctrl driver.
Signed-off-by: Sai Krishna Potthuri <lakshmi.sai.krishna.potthuri@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Based on thread
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-June/451828.html
especially
"Overall we have a deficiency in the UEFI implementation in that we
cannot deal with block devices added or removed after initialization."
there is a need to deal with removable media as usb/scsi/sata.
That's why bridge this gap in EFI implementation by resetting usb and
scsi resets to get all disks before efi_init_obj_list() is called.
In our standard boot flow, where we use distro boot, order is fixed as
"jtag mmc0 mmc1 qspi0 nand0 usb0 usb1 scsi0 pxe dhcp" with prioritizing
boot device added by commit 2882b39d56 ("arm64: zynqmp: Setup the first
boot_target at run time").
When device has ESP partition all devices should be detected because then
efi_disk_register() in efi_init_obj_list() is called only once.
The first such a device is sd/emmc(mmc0/mmc1) and then disks on usb/sata
are not handled at all.
The commit 6bb577dbb3 ("arm64: zynqmp: Disable
EFI_CAPSULE_ON_DISK_EARLY") also pointed out on this issue but detection of
removable media wasn't solved that's why do it now via preboot command.
I have tested cases without usb and scsi and there is no problem with
calling resets without devices itself.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Do not enable watchdog driver in default zynqmp configuration. The reason
is that not all distributions are handling watchdog properly and then
expires and system resets. If someone needs watchdog in their design please
enable it by hand.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
As per SD spec when SD host controller is reset, it takes 1000msec
to detect the card state. In case, if we enable the sd bus voltage &
card detect state is not stable, then host controller will disable
the sd bus voltage.
In case of warm/subsystem reboot, due to unstable card detect state
host controller is disabling the sd bus voltage to sd card causing
sd card timeout error. So we wait for a maximum of 1000msec to get
the card detect state stable before we enable the sd bus voltage.
This current fix is workaround for now, this needs to be analysed
further. Zynqmp platform should behave the same as Versal, but we
did not encounter this issue as of now. So we are fixing it for
Versal only.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Move tapdelay function calls to zynq_sdhci.c and make them static
inline. zynqmp_tap_delay.h has function prototypes for the functions
defined in tap_delays.c, which will not be needed anymore.
Remove tap_delays.c and zynqmp_tap_delay.h files.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Currently xilinx sdhci driver is using zynqmp_mmio_write() to set
tapdelay values and DLL resets. Continue to use this for SPL and mini
U-Boot where U-Boot will be executed at EL3 level.
Use firmware call xilinx_pm_request() using appropriate arguments to
set input/output tapdelays and also for DLL resets in regular flow(EL2).
Host driver should explicitly request DLL reset before ITAP (assert DLL)
and after OTAP (release DLL) to avoid issues in some cases. Also handle
error return where possible.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The DDR subsystem in Diamond Mesa is consisted of controller, PHY,
memory reset manager and memory clock manager.
Configuration settings of controller, PHY and memory reset manager
is come from DDR handoff data in bitstream, which contain the register
base addresses and user settings from tool.
Configuration settings of memory clock manager is come from the HPS
handoff data in bitstream, however the register base address is defined
in device tree.
The calibration is fully done in HPS, which requires IMEM and DMEM
binaries loading to PHY SRAM for running this calibration, both
IMEM and DMEM binaries are also part of bitstream, this bitstream
would be loaded to OCRAM by SDM, and configured by DDR driver.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Minimum 1GB memory size is required in current memory test, so this patch
improves the memory test for processing memory size less than 1GB, and
the size in power of two.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Move cm_get_mpu_clk_hz function declaration from individual device's
clock manager header file to common clock_manager.h.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
There is a QSPI NOR flash part on the board. Because this chip isn't
yet supported in Linux, but it is supported in U-Boot, and the
face that the RPC_SPI compatible names are different in U-Boot and
Linux, the device tree updates are confined to -u-boot.dtsi files.
In order to use the QSPI, TF-A must leave RPC unlocked by compiling
TF-A with RZG_RPC_HYPERFLASH_LOCKED=0.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Biju Bas <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
N5X support both HPS handoff data and DDR handoff data.
Existing HPS handoff functions are restructured to support both existing
devices and N5X device.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Rename to common file name to used by all SOC64 devices and change
"_S10_" to "_SOC64_" in base_addr_soc64.h.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Move 'linux_qspi_enable' from bootcommand to board_prep_linux function when
OS booted from FIT image for Stratix 10 and Agilex. This flow is common for
all Intel SOC64 devices.
U-Boot will update 'fdt_addr' environment value based on FIT image in
board_prep_linux function, and 'linux_qspi_enable' will refer to 'fdt_addr'
environment value to retrieve the device tree node.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc3
Documentation:
* Rename Freescale to NXP
* Document structures used for the UEFI TCG2 protocol
UEFI:
* Device paths must use EfiBootServicesData
fsl-qoriq: Fixes related to env, spi, usb, crypto, configs, distro-boot
for Layerscape Boards like lx2, sl28, ls2088ardb.
powerpc: Fixes for t208xrdb revd board and cortina related configs
update for T208xRDB, T4240RDB.
i2c changes for for-v2021.10-rc3
new driver:
- Introduce mcp230xx support
from Sebastian Reichel
new feature:
- i2c-gpio: add support for "sda-gpios" + "scl-gpios" i2c-gpio bindings.
from Samuel Holland
- bootcount: add a new driver with syscon as backend
from Nandor Han
The driver will use a syscon regmap as backend and supports both
16 and 32 size value. The value will be stored in the CPU's endianness.
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To avoid confusion about the order of the GPIOs, the i2c-gpio binding
was updated to use a separate property for each GPIO instead of an
array. However, the driver only supports the old binding. Add support
for the new binding as well, so the driver continues to work as device
trees are updated.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Introduce driver for I2C based MCP230xx GPIO chips, which are
quite common and already well supported by the Linux kernel.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add function to apply a bitmask to an i2c register, so
that specific bits can be cleared and/or set.
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
tiny-printf variant doesn't know how to handle %llu format string, but both
tiny-printf and print_size can meet in SPL when TFTP is used to obtain main
u-boot image. This is known to lead to critical boot issue at AM335x platform
when printf is catched in infinite loop.
To avoid such issues and make print_size function tiny-printf friendly, use %u
instead of %luu. Note, that the size value is guaranteed to be less than 1024
in this conditional branch, so the cast to unsigned int is safe.
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
%pM format string is used to print MAC-address and this is required while SPL
network boot.
This patch fixes the SPL boot issues like the following:
Trying to boot from USB eth
## Error: flags type check failure for "ethaddr" <= "40309614M" (type: m)
## Error inserting "ethaddr" variable, errno=1
eth0: eth_cpsw## Error: flags type check failure for "eth1addr" <=
"81f01114M" (type: m)
## Error inserting "eth1addr" variable, errno=1
, eth1: usb_ether
eth_cpsw Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete......... TIMEOUT !
Problem booting with BOOTP
SPL: failed to boot from all boot devices
### ERROR ### Please RESET the board ###
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current U-Boot version has the next matches for boot partitions:
> mmc0boot0 to EMMC_BOOT1
> mmc0boot1 to EMMC_BOOT1 (should be EMMC_BOOT2)
This patch fixes a typo for the boot partition number.
Signed-off-by: Oleh Kravchenko <oleg@kaa.org.ua>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <panto@antoniou-consulting.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Update boot-commands to load device-tree from
boot-device at 'fdt_addr_r' address in DDR
during distro-boot.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
One of the "dma_addr_t" instances was left out when
converting to "caam_dma_addr_t".
Fixes: 2ff17d2f74 ("crypto: fsl: refactor for 32 bit version CAAM support on ARM64")
Signed-off-by: Horia Geantă <horia.geanta@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
T4240RDB supports booting from 2 nor banks(default and altbank). The
corresponding defconfig can only have one entry defined and therefore,
extend cs4340_get_fw_addr() function to overwrite firmware address which
will be later used in cortina firmware.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
T2080RDB supports booting from 2 nor banks(default and altbank). The
corresponding defconfig can only have one entry defined and therefore,
extend cs4340_get_fw_addr() function to overwrite firmware address which
will be later used in cortina firmware.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
LS2088A-RDB supports TFA boot source and has 2 nor banks(default and
altbank) and QSPI as boot source. The corresponding defconfig can only
have one entry defined and therefore, extend cs4340_get_fw_addr()
function to overwrite firmware address which will be later used in
cortina firmware.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add support for boards supporting TFA boot separately in cortina
firmware. Please note, a weak function is defined to retrieve firmware
address values as CONFIG_CORTINA_FW_ADDR is now defined in defconfig and
can only have one possible value defined. This weak function will help
in overwrting the values to get proper addresses as per boot source.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Use moveconfig.py script to convert below defines to Kconfig and move
these entries to defconfigs.
CONFIG_CORTINA_FW_ADDR
CONFIG_CORTINA_FW_LENGTH
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Add PHY_CORTINA as default option in SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV Kconfig entry as
PHY_CORTINA require SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV value similar to FMAN_ENET or QE.
This helps in resolving compilation failure.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
NXP platforms expect custom bootcmd and mcinitcmd to be
updated as per boot source with default environment.
Check env variable fsl_bootcmd_mcinitcmd_set to prepare
bootcmd and mcinitcmd
Fixes: cbf77d2018 (armv8: fsl-layerscape: Fix automatic
setting of bootmcd with TF-A)
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Free dynamically allocated memory before every return statement
in calc_img_key_hash() and calc_esbchdr_esbc_hash() function.
Verified the secure boot changes using ls1046afrwy board.
Signed-off-by: Kshitiz Varshney <kshitiz.varshney@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Starting with board revision D, the MISCCSR CPLD register needs to be
configured to enable Power-on Reset for software reset commands.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
LX2160A-RDB/QDS has micron mt35xu512aba flash which requires flag
CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_MT35XU on to probe flash successfully.
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
This board doesn't use the MTD subsystem in u-boot, thus there is no
need to specify the partitions. They are outdated anyway. Just drop
them.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Import linux commit 007773e16a6f ("spi: nxp-fspi: Ensure width is
respected in spi-mem operations") to fix SPI access on boards which
don't have all SPI I/O lines connected to the flash.
Since commit 71025f013c ("mtd: spi-nor-core: Rework hwcaps selection")
u-boot figures out the capabilities by looking at spi_mem_supports_op().
The FlexSPI driver doesn't take the board layout into account. Fix that.
Fixes: 383fded70c ("spi: nxp_fspi: new driver for the FlexSPI controller")
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Memory allocated in the implementation of the
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_TO_TEXT_PROTOCOL must be of type EfiBootServicesData.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
dp_alloc() was using a constant from the wrong enum resulting in creating
device paths in EfiReservedMemory.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
Use enum efi_memory_type and enum_allocate_type in the definitions of the
efi_allocate_pages(), efi_allocate_pool().
In the external UEFI API leave the type as int as the UEFI specification
explicitely requires that enums use a 32bit type.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
This commit adds the comment of the TCG Specification
efi_tcg2.h file refers, and comment for the structure.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
'make htmldocs' does not use file doc/board/st/st.rst because the name
matches the directory name. Let's rename it to st-dt.rst.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Having "i.MX7D/i.MX8MM SRC_GPR10 PERSIST_SECONDARY_BOOT for bootloader A/B
switching" at the top level of the documentation tree does not make sense.
Move it to board specific information.
Fixes: 59e3d1bd49 ("doc: imx: psb: Document usage of SRC_GPR10 PERSIST_SECONDARY_BOOT for A/B switching")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add board_fdt_blob_setup to return the device tree location which is
passed by prior stage in u-boot proper. The generic board_fdt_blob_setup
always returns _end, it mignt be ok because u-boot SPL would currently
put the dtb there, but it would be broken if we put the dtb to another
place and assigned the location into a1 register for u-boot proper. Use
the location passed by prior stage would make more sence, because we
actually pass the location to u-boot proper and want to use that one,
rather than the dtb which in _end.
We can't use CONFIG_OF_PRIOR_STAGE because it doens't distinguish the
implementation of u-boot SPL and u-boot proper, so u-boot SPL need to
reply on the prior stage to pass device tree location as well, but we
don't pass the DT from boot rom now. In addition, when
CONFIG_OF_PRIOR_STAGE is enabled, the u-boot-spl.bin and u-boot.itb won't
include the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
As (3581811dc2 "riscv: sifive/fu540: Move SPL related functions to spl.c"),
we put the SPL stuff in spl.c, we don't need to compile unleashed.c and
unmatched.c in SPL build.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Commit 37304aaf60 ("Convert CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT and CONFIG_PREBOOT to
Kconfig") removed preboot commands in RISC-V targets and broke
extlinux support as reported by Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>.
The patch finishes migration of CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT and CONFIG_REBOOT
to Kconfig.
Fixes: 37304aaf60 ("Convert CONFIG_USE_PREBOOT and CONFIG_PREBOOT to Kconfig")
Reported-By: Fu Wei <wefu@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: Dimitri John Ledkov <dimitri.ledkov@canonical.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The USB recovery mode is used by Toradex to load the Toradex Easy
Installer image which supports further system images installation.
Prepare for loading and launching the Toradex Easy Installer if the
USB Recovery mode is activated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Highlights:
- Handle TF-A boot with FIP for STM32MP1
- Fix board_get_usable_ram_top(0) for STM32MP1
- DT alignement with kernel v5.14 for STM32MP1
- SPI-NOR DT update for DHSOM
- Add UCLASS API for ECDSA singnature and implement it for STM32MP1
This test verifies that ECDSA_UCLASS is implemented, and that
ecdsa_verify() works as expected. The definition of "expected" is
"does not find a device, and returns -ENODEV".
The lack of a hardware-independent ECDSA implementation prevents us
from having one in the sandbox, for now.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
FIT signatures can now be implemented with ECDSA. The assumption that
all FIT images are signed with RSA is no longer valid. Thus, instead
of 'select'ing RSA, only 'imply' it. This doesn't change the defaults,
but allows one to explicitly disable RSA support.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The STM32MP ROM provides several service. One of them is the ability
to verify ecdsa256 signatures. Hook the ROM API into the ECDSA uclass.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Implement the crypto_algo .verify() function for ecdsa256. Because
it backends on UCLASS_ECDSA, this change is focused on parsing the
keys from devicetree and passing this information to the specific
UCLASS driver.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Define a UCLASS API for verifying ECDSA signatures. Unlike
UCLASS_MOD_EXP, which focuses strictly on modular exponentiation,
the ECDSA class focuses on verification. This is done so that it
better aligns with mach-specific implementations, such as stm32mp.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The SPI NOR is a bit further away from the SoC on DHCOR than on DHCOM,
which causes additional signal delay. At 108 MHz, this delay triggers
a sporadic issue where the first bit of RX data is not received by the
QSPI controller.
There are two options of addressing this problem, either by using the
DLYB block to compensate the extra delay, or by reducing the QSPI bus
clock frequency. The former requires calibration and that is overly
complex for SPL, so opt for the second option. This incurs 20ms delay
during boot, when SPL loads U-Boot to DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Device tree alignment with Linux kernel v5.14-rc3
- ARM: dts: stm32: move stmmac axi config in ethernet node on stm32mp15
- ARM: dts: stm32: Configure qspi's mdma transfer to block for stm32mp151
- ARM: dts: stm32: add a new DCMI pins group on stm32mp15
- ARM: dts: stm32: fix ltdc pinctrl on microdev2.0-of7
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The function board_get_usable_ram_top can be called after relocation
with total_size = 0 to get the uppermost pointer that is valid to access
in U-Boot.
When total_size = 0, the reserved memory should be not take in account
with lmb library and 'gd->ram_base + gd->ram_size' can be used.
It is the case today in lib/efi_loader/efi_memory.c:efi_add_known_memory()
and this patch avoids that the reserved memory for OP-TEE is not part of
the EFI available memory regions.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The MTD tee partitions used to save the OP-TEE binary are needed when
TF-A doesn't use the FIP container to load binaries.
This patch puts under CONFIG_STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE flag the associated
code in U-Boot binary and prepare the code cleanup when
CONFIG_STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE support will be removed after TF-A migration
to FIP support.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
TF-A for STM32MP15 now supports the FIP: it is a packaging format which
includes the secure monitor, u-boot-nodtb.bin and u-boot.dtb
This FIP file is loaded by FSBL = TF-A BL2.
This patch updates the board documentation to use this FIP file and no
more u-boot.stm32 (with STM32 image header) which is no more generated.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add TF-A FIP support for trusted boot on STM32MP15x,
when STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE is not activated.
With FIP support the SSBL partition is named "fip" and its size is 4MB,
so the ENV partition name in device tree (for SD card or eMMC)
or offset in defconfig (CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET / CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND)
need to be modified.
With FIP the TEE MTD partitions are removed because the OP-TEE binray are
included in the FIP containers.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
With FIP support in TF-A (when CONFIG_STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE
is not activated), the DT nodes needed by OP-TEE are added by OP-TEE
firmware in U-Boot device tree, present in FIP.
These nodes are only required in trusted boot, when TF-A load the file
u-boot.stm32, including the U-Boot device tree with STM32IMAGE header,
in this case OP-TEE can't update the U-Boot device tree.
Moreover in trusted boot mode with FIP, as the OP-TEE nodes are present
in U-Boot device tree only when needed the function
stm32_fdt_disable_optee can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
By default for trusted boot with TF-A, U-Boot (u-boot-nodtb)
is located in FIP container with its device tree and with
the secure monitor (provided by TF-A or OP-TEE).
The FIP file is loaded by TF-A BL2 and each components is
extracted at the final location.
This patch add CONFIG_STM32MP15x_STM32IMAGE to request the
STM32 image generation for SOC STM32MP15x
when FIP container is not used (u-boot.stm32 is loaded by TF-A
as done previously to keep the backward compatibility).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the support of the BSEC clock used by the STM32MP misc driver
since the commit 622c956cad ("stm32mp: bsec: manage clock when present
in device tree") even if this clock is not yet defined in kernel device
tree stm32mp151.dtsi.
This patch avoids issue for basic boot when this secure clock are not
provided by secure world with SCMI.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc2-2
Documentation:
* Require Sphinx >= 2.4.4 for 'make htmldocs'
* Move devicetree documentation to restructured text and update it
* Document stm32mp1 devicetree bindings
UEFI
* Extend measurement to UEFI variables and ExitBootServices()
* Support Uri() node in devicetree to text protocol
* Add Linux magic token to RISC-V EFI test binaries
Refactor efi_append_scrtm_version() to use common
function for adding eventlog and extending PCR.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
TCG PC Client PFP spec requires to measure
"Exit Boot Services Invocation" if ExitBootServices() is invoked.
Depending upon the return code from the ExitBootServices() call,
"Exit Boot Services Returned with Success" or "Exit Boot Services
Returned with Failure" is also measured.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Swap two ifs in efi_exit_boot_services().
efi_tcg2_notify_exit_boot_services must have EFIAPI signature.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
TCG PC Client PFP spec requires to measure "Boot####"
and "BootOrder" variables, EV_SEPARATOR event prior
to the Ready to Boot invocation.
Since u-boot does not implement Ready to Boot event,
these measurements are performed when efi_start_image() is called.
TCG spec also requires to measure "Calling EFI Application from
Boot Option" for each boot attempt, and "Returning from EFI
Application from Boot Option" if a boot device returns control
back to the Boot Manager.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
TCG PC Client PFP spec requires to measure the secure
boot policy before validating the UEFI image.
This commit adds the secure boot variable measurement
of "SecureBoot", "PK", "KEK", "db", "dbx", "dbt", and "dbr".
Note that this implementation assumes that secure boot
variables are pre-configured and not be set/updated in runtime.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Add the Linux magic to the EFI file header to allow running our test
programs with GRUB's linux command.
MajorImageVersion = 1 indicates a kernel that can consume the
EFI_LOAD_FILE2_PROTOCOL. This allows to dump the GRUB provided intird with
our initrddump.efi tool.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
iPXE used Uri() device path nodes. So we should support them in the
device path to text protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
With device tree binding migration to yaml it is difficult to synchronize
the binding from Linux kernel to U-Boot.
Instead of maintaining the same dt bindings, this patch adds in the U-Boot
documentation the path to the device tree bindings in Linux kernel for
STMicroelectronics devices, when they are used without modification.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add links for referenced text files.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This question comes up every now and then with people coming from Linux.
Add some notes about it so we can point to it in the mailing list.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This file is about 10 years old and the updates have not covered
everything that has changed, particularly in the last few years. Update
the information and add mention of the u-boot.dtsi files.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix typos.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Move this to rST format, largely unchanged to start with. Add an index
for this topic, as well as an empty intro.
Note this patch does not include updates! Is it just a conversion to the
new format. See the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchart <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Adjust the Latex formatting to match Linux v5.13.1:
* add Latex margins
* reformat the code in doc/conf.py to match Linux
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Now that the spi-nor fix has been made in u-boot/master via:
commit 87e7219f9c ("mtd: spi-nor: Respect flash's hwcaps in spi_nor_adjust_hwcaps()")
enable CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SMART_HWCAPS on Intel Crown Bay again.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update SeaBIOS build instructions using exact command that involves
"make olddefconfig", and mention SeaBIOS release 1.14.0 has been
used for testing.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable SeaBIOS support for any kernel that requires legacy BIOS
services.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The Odroid Go Advance uses a Rockchip Serial Flash Controller with an
XT25F128B SPI NOR flash chip. This adds support for both. Note that
while both the controller and chip support quad mode, only two lines
are connected to the chip. Changing the pinctrl to bus2 and setting tx
and rx lines to 2 for this reason.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Adds support for XT25F128B used on Odroid Go Advance. Unfortunately
this chip uses a continuation code which I cannot seem to parse, so
there are possibly going to be collisions with chips that use the same
manufacturer/ID.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
This patch adds support for the Rockchip serial flash controller
found on the PX30 SoC. It should work for versions 3-5 of the SFC
IP, however I am only able to test it on v3.
This is adapted from the WIP SPI-MEM driver for the SFC on mainline
Linux. Note that the main difference between this and earlier versions
of the driver is that this one does not support DMA. In testing
the performance difference (performing a dual mode read on a 128Mb
chip) is negligible. DMA, if used, must also be disabled in SPL
mode when using A-TF anyway.
Signed-off-by: Chris Morgan <macromorgan@hotmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jon Lin <jon.lin@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Currently there are a few arm32 rockchip board configs that don't
generate u-boot-rockchip.bin when running make because CONFIG_BINMAN
is not enabled. This patch changes CONFIG_ARCH_ROCKCHIP to also select
CONFIG_BINMAN if CONFIG_SPL and !CONFIG_ARM64.
Example builds that don't generate u-boot-rockchip.bin without this
patch:
export ARCH=arm
export CROSS_COMPILE=/usr/bin/arm-linux-gnueabihf-
make kylin-rk3036_defconfig
make
export ARCH=arm
export CROSS_COMPILE=/usr/bin/arm-linux-gnueabihf-
make rock_defconfig
make
export ARCH=arm
export CROSS_COMPILE=/usr/bin/arm-linux-gnueabihf-
make tinker-rk3288_defconfig
make
Signed-off-by: Johan Gunnarsson <johan.gunnarsson@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Sync the rk3399 DTs and associated bits from 5.14-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
(Remove the conflict content for vmarc-som)
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
- Convert GoFlex Home Ethernet and SATA to Driver Model (Tony)
- mvebu: Automatically detect CONFIG_SYS_TCLK (Pavel)
- mvebu: sata_mv: Fix HDD identication during cold start (Tony)
- a37xx: pci: Fix handling PIO config error responses (Pavel)
- Other minor misc changes and board maintainer updates
- odroid-n2: fix fdtfile suffix for n2-plus
- sei610 & meson64_android cleanups to prepare android 11 boot support
- use Android BCB mechanism for reboot reason instead of HW reboot flag
- Switch meson64_android boot flow to use abootimg for A/B, AVB and DTBO support
Remove the recommended MAC address from the network card.
NanoPi R4S has a EEPROM attached to the 2nd I2C bus (U92), which stores the MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Xiaobo Tian <peterwillcn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The host-index-min property is invalid,
so it inherits from the sdmmc definition in dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Xiaobo Tian <peterwillcn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Correct the LEDS label name and remove the board type prefix,
which is actually unnecessary here, removes the redefined system status LED pin.
Signed-off-by: Xiaobo Tian <peterwillcn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Add clock, phy and other configuration, it is convenient to support
new controller. Here a short summary of the changes:
- Add mmc_of_parse to parse dts config.
- Remove OF_PLATDATA related code.
- Reorder header inclusion.
- Add phy ops.
- add ops set_ios_post to modify the parameters of phy when the
clock changes.
- Add execute tuning api for hs200 tuning.
Signed-off-by: Yifeng Zhao <yifeng.zhao@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the Linux DT the file rk3xxx.dtsi is shared between
rk3066 and rk3188. Both rk3xxx.dtsi and rk3188.dtsi have recently
had some updates.
For a future rk3066 support in U-boot this file must also update.
Move U-boot specific things in a rk3188-radxarock-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the Linux DT the file rk3xxx.dtsi is shared between
rk3066 and rk3188. Both rk3xxx.dtsi and rk3188.dtsi have recently
had some updates.
For a future rk3066 support in U-boot this file must also update.
Move U-boot specific things in a rk3188-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3188
sync the power domain dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.12 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In the Linux DT the file rk3xxx.dtsi is shared between
rk3066 and rk3188. This file has recently had some updates.
For a future rk3066 support in U-boot this file must also update.
Move U-boot specific things in a rk3xxx-u-boot.dtsi file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
In order to update the DT for rk3066 and rk3188
sync the clock dt-binding header.
This is the state as of v5.12 in Linux.
Signed-off-by: Johan Jonker <jbx6244@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Problem: board_spl_was_booted_from return wrong boot_devices[3] value
/spi@ff1d0000 and same-as-spl dont work properly for SPINOR flash
because arch/arm/mach-rockchip/spl-boot-order.c spl_node_to_boot_device
need parse SPINOR flash node as UCLASS_SPI_FLASH
spl-boot-order: same-as-spl > *** BOOT_SOURCE_ID 3 (2:emmc 3:spi 5:sd ...
/spi@ff1d0000 > board_boot_order: could not map node @618 to a boot-device
/sdhci@fe330000 > /mmc@fe320000
Solution: just change it to /spi@ff1d0000/flash@0
spl-boot-order: same-as-spl > *** BOOT_SOURCE_ID 3 (2:emmc 3:spi 5:sd ...
/spi@ff1d0000/flash@0 > /sdhci@fe330000 > /mmc@fe320000
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Basically all, i.e. rk3036.dtsi, rk3128.dtsi, rk3xxx.dtsi, rk322x.dtsi,
rk3288.dtsi, rk3308-u-boot.dtsi, rk3328-u-boot.dtsi, rk3399-u-boot.dtsi
and px30-u-boot.dtsi Rockchip SoC devicetrees which have mmc indexes
are defining eMMC as mmc0 and sdmmc as mmc1.
This means that the rule to try to boot from the SD card first is ignored,
which as per comment is what we want and is important for distros, which
rely on that.
Fix this by setting the correct mmc index, i.e. first from mmc1 (SD card),
second from mmc0 (eMMC).
Signed-off-by: Alex Bee <knaerzche@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Enable support to the 2 NOR flashes on the QEMU RISC-V virt machine.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Those embers wrapped with CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI in struct flash_info_t
are unconditionally used in the cfi_flash.c driver.
Drop the #ifdefs in the definition of flash_info_t.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The DM version CFI flash driver is in driver/mtd/cfi_flash.c, which
only gets built when FLASH_CFI_DRIVER is on. If CFI_FLASH is on but
FLASH_CFI_DRIVER is not, nothing is enabled at all.
Fix this dependency by selecting FLASH_CFI_DRIVER when CFI_FLASH is
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Change maintainer to me. Suriyan no longer has this board and wishes
to see someone maintaining it actively.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Change maintainer to me. Eric no longer has this board and wishes
to see someone maintaining it actively.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If ddr3_init() fails then DDR was not initialized and we cannot load and
execute U-Boot. We cannot continue, we cannot do anything in this case, so
hang.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Returning fabricated CRS value (0xFFFF0001) by PCIe Root Complex to OS is
allowed only for 4-byte PCI_VENDOR_ID config read request and only when
CRSSVE bit in Root Port PCIe device is enabled. In all other error PCIe
Root Complex must return all-ones.
So implement this logic in pci-aardvark.c driver properly.
aardvark HW does not have Root Port PCIe device and U-Boot does not
implement emulation of this device. So expect that CRSSVE bit is set as
U-Boot can already handle CRS value for PCI_VENDOR_ID config read request.
More callers of pci_bus_read_config() function in U-Boot do not check for
return value, but check readback value. Therefore always fill readback
value in pcie_advk_read_config() function. On error fill all-ones of
correct size as it is required for PCIe Root Complex.
And also correctly propagates error from failed config write request to
return value of pcie_advk_write_config() function. Most U-Boot callers
ignores this return value, but it is a good idea to return correct value
from function.
These issues about return value of failed config read requests, including
special handling of CRS were reported by Lorenzo and Bjorn for Linux kernel
driver pci-aardvark together with quotes from PCIe r4.0 spec, see details:
https://lore.kernel.org/linux-pci/20210624213345.3617-1-pali@kernel.org/t/#u
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
During cold start, with some HDDs, mv_sata_identify() does not populate
the ID words on the 1st ATA ID command. In fact, the first ATA ID
command will only power up the drive, and then the ATA ID command
processing is lost in the process.
Tests with:
- Seagate ST9250320AS 250GB HDD and Seagate ST4000DM004-2CV104 4TB HDD.
- Zyxel NSA310S (Kirkwood 88F6702), Marvell Dreamplug (Kirkwood 88F6281),
Seagate GoFlex Home (Kirkwood 88F6281), Pogoplug V4 (Kirkwood 88F6192).
Observation:
- The Seagate ST9250320AS 250GB took about 3 seconds to spin up.
- The Seagate ST4000DM004-2CV104 4TB took about 8 seconds to spin up.
- mv_sata_identify() did not populate the ID words after the call to
mv_ata_exec_ata_cmd_nondma().
- Attempt to insert a long delay of 30 seconds, ie. mdelay(30_000), after
the call to ata_wait_register() inside mv_ata_exec_ata_cmd_nondma() did
not help with the 4TB drive. The ID words were still empty after that 30s
delay.
Patch Description:
- Added a second ATA ID command in mv_sata_identify(), which will be
executed if the 1st ATA ID command did not return with valid ID words.
- Use the HDD drive capacity in the ID words as a successful indicator of
ATA ID command.
- In the scenario where a box is rebooted, the 1st ATA ID command is always
successful, so there is no extra time wasted.
- In the scenario where a box is cold started, the 1st ATA command is the
power up command. The 2nd ATA ID command alleviates the uncertainty of
how long we have to wait for the ID words to be populated by the SATA
controller.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Config option CONFIG_SYS_TCLK is set by kw88f6281.h and kw88f6192.h files
to correct SOC/platform value. So do not overwrite it in board config
include files.
Kirkwood 88F6180 and 88F6192 uses 166 MHz TCLK and Kirkwood 88F6281 uses
200 MHz TCLK.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This mvebu axp platform always uses fixed 250 MHz TCLK. So specify this
CONFIG_SYS_TCLK option in msys section of global file soc.h file instead of
manual configuration in every board file.
Now every #if-#else case of soc.h file defines CONFIG_SYS_TCLK, so remove
useless default CONFIG_SYS_TCLK value from the end of soc.h file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This mvebu msys platform always uses fixed 200 MHz TCLK. So specify this
CONFIG_SYS_TCLK option in msys section of global file soc.h file instead of
manual configuration in every board file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Bit 20 in SAR register specifies if TCLK is running at 200 MHz or 166 MHz.
Use this information instead of manual configuration in every board file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Bit 15 in SAR register specifies if TCLK is running at 200 MHz or 250 MHz.
Use this information instead of manual configuration in every board file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In DM Ethernet, the old "egiga0" name is no longer valid,
so replace these with Ethernet PHY names from device tree. Also, read
Ethernet PHY address from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add DM_ETH, SATA_MV and associated configs to goflexhome_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Activate the following Kconfig options:
* AVB for Android Verified Boot support
* ADTIMG for merging DTBOs
* ABOOTIMG for extracting Android boot image
Also rework the partitioning tables:
- add a misc partition to handle BCB messages
- add a dtbo partition to store various DTBOs
- add a vbmeta partition for AVB hashes
- Merge vendor and system into the "super" partition
Note: avb support is disables by default. To activate it:
=> setenv force_avb 1;
=> saveenv;
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
doc/README.gpt states:
> The fields 'uuid' and 'uuid_disk' are optional if CONFIG_RANDOM_UUID is
> enabled. A random uuid will be used if omitted or they point to an empty/
> non-existent environment variable. The environment variable will be
> set to the generated UUID. The 'gpt guid' command reads the current
> value of the uuid_disk from the GPT.
Since we have CONFIG_RANDOM_UUID=y, remove the hard-coded uuids
and use meaningful variable names instead.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
There is a mix of spaces and tabs at the leading \. This makes updating
theses lines harder.
Add a single space before each \ for some consistency.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
AVB (Android Verified Boot) is well supported in U-Boot already.
Add support for it in meson64_android.
This is controlled by the "force_avb" environment variable and the
CONFIG_CMD_AVB option.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
To prepare for AVB support, increase SYS_MALLOC_LEN to 128M.
This value has been found by testing the following on khadas vim3l:
=> avb init
=> avb verify
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Permit redefining SYS_MALLOC_LEN for board specific configs.
This is especially useful for Android with AVB, which requires a malloc
length of 128M.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <glaroque@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The N2+ dtb is meson-g12b-odroid-n2-plus.dtb, not n2_plus, so
correct the suffix provided in the board file. Also align the
board ident string shown during boot to match.
Fixes: 8bc780106c ("board: amlogic: odroid: add runtime detection of the N2/N2+/C4/HC4 variants")
Signed-off-by: Christian Hewitt <christianshewitt@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add i.MX8ULP EVK basic support, support SD/I2C/ENET/LPUART
Log as below: I would keep some debug info for now, and after we move
to be stable and production launch, we could drop that.
U-Boot SPL 2021.07-rc4-00164-gb800e19a6b (Jun 29 2021 - 10:23:30 +0800)
Normal Boot
upower_init: soc_id=48
upower_init: version:11.11.6
upower_init: start uPower RAM service
user_upwr_rdy_callb: soc=b
user_upwr_rdy_callb: RAM version:12.6
Turn on switches ok
Turn on memories ok
Clear DDR retention ok
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F1 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F0 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F1 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F2 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F1 frequency.
Poll for freq_chg_req on SIM register and change to F2 frequency.
complete
De-Skew PLL is locked and ready
WDT: Not found!
Trying to boot from BOOTROM
image offset 0x8000, pagesize 0x200, ivt offset 0x0
Load image from 0x3a800 by ROM_API
NOTICE: BL31: v2.4(release):imx_5.10.35_2.0.0_imx8ulp_er-10-gf37e59b94
NOTICE: BL31: Built : 01:56:58, Jun 29 2021
NOTICE: upower_init: start uPower RAM service
NOTICE: user_upwr_rdy_callb: soc=b
NOTICE: user_upwr_rdy_callb: RAM version:12.6
U-Boot 2021.07-rc4-00164-gb800e19a6b (Jun 29 2021 - 10:23:30 +0800)
CPU: Freescale i.MX8ULP rev1.0 at 744 MHz
Reset cause: POR
Boot mode: Single boot
Model: FSL i.MX8ULP EVK
DRAM: 2 GiB
MMC: FSL_SDHC: 0, FSL_SDHC: 2
Loading Environment from MMC... ***
Warning - bad CRC, using default environment
In: serial@293a0000
Out: serial@293a0000
Err: serial@293a0000
Net:
Warning: ethernet@29950000 (eth0) using random MAC address -
96:35:88:62:e0:44
eth0: ethernet@29950000
Hit any key to stop autoboot: 0
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add iMX8ULP DDR initialization driver which loads the DDR timing
parameters and executes the training procedure.
When enabling IMX8ULP_DRAM_PHY_PLL_BYPASS, using PHY PLL bypass mode
to do DDR init
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
When booting from boot part1/2, the image offset should be 0, but
ROM has a bug to return 0x8000. Has to workaround the issue before
ROM fix it.
Use a ROM function to know boot from emmc boot part or user part
So we can set the image offset accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Since CMC1 MR0 only reflects high 16 bits boot cfg used for AP domian,
it does not connect to low 16 bits for RTD. So we can't get the correct
boot mode.
Change to use DGO_GP5 of SEC_SIM which is set by ROM.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
The CMC1 SRS reflects the current reset cause, not SSRS.
Then you could get "Reset cause: WARM-WDG" when issue reset in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This driver uses FSB to read some fuses, but not support program fuse.
It only works in SPL (secure mode), u-boot needs traps to ATF to
read them.
Some fuses can read from S400 API and others are from FSB.
Also support program some fuses via S400 API
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Need probe the S400 MU device in arch_cpu_init_dm, so we can use
S400 API in u-boot
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Rlease LPAV from RTD to APD
Release gpu2D/3D to APD
Set TRDC MBC2 MEM1 for iomuxc0 access
Since upower depends AP/M33 SW to configure IOMUX for its PMIC i2c
and MODE pins. we have to open iomuxc0 access for A35 core (domain 7)
in single boot.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
There is xrdc inside i.MX8ULP, we need to configure permission to make
sure AP non-secure world could access the resources.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since S400 will set the memory of SPL image to R/X. We can't write
to any data in SPL image.
1. Set the parameters save/restore only for u-boot, not for SPL. to
avoid write data.
2. Not use MU DM driver but directly call MU API to send release XRDC
to S400 at early phase.
3. Configure the SPL image memory of SRAM2 to writable (R/W/X)
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to latest S400 API doc, the the success indicate value is
changed to 0xd6. So update the driver codes.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Because we have set reset vector to ATF in SPL, have to set it back
to ROM for any reset in u-boot
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
SRAM2 is half L2 cache and default to SRAM after system boot.
To enable the full l2 cache (512KB), it needs to reset A35 to make
the change happen.
So re-implement the jump entry function in SPL:
1. configure the core0 reset vector to entry (ATF)
2. enable the L2 full cache
3. reset A35
So when core0 up, it runs into ATF. And we have 512KB L2 cache working.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
i.MX8ULP support using ROM API to load container image,
it use same ROM API as i.MX8MN/MP, and use same container format
as i.MX8QM/QXP.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Since the container is shared among i.MX platforms, move its header file
to mach-imx
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add basic i.MX8ULP support
For the MMU part, Using a simple way the calculate the MMU size to avoid
default heavy calcaulation. And align address and size in the table
settings to 2MB or 4GB as much as possible. So we can reduce the 4K page
allocations in MMU table which will spends much time in create the
page table
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add the specific board model from EEPROM config to the device-tree to
make it easier to access from Linux userspace.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
remove unused SPL features to shink the size of the SPL which
otherwise would no longer fit into IMX8M Mini OCRAM.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Make the conversion to driver model as it is mandatory.
Successfully tested booting Linux from the SD card.
Dropped support for networking and splash screen as these need
to be properly converted to DM and tested.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Add PCIe reset gpio to the Bx50v3 devicetree and get get rid of
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com>
Select CONFIG_IMX_HAB so that the "hab_status" command
becomes available, which is useful for checking if the
chip has been correctly setup to run in secure boot mode.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The GW7902 is based on the i.MX 8M Mini / Nano SoC featuring:
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- Gateworks System Controller
- LTE CAT M1 modem
- USB 2.0 HUB
- M.2 Socket with USB2.0, PCIe, and dual-SIM
- IMX8M FEC
- PCIe based GbE
- RS232/RS485/RS422 serial transceiver
- GPS
- CAN bus
- WiFi / Bluetooth
- MIPI header (DSI/CSI/GPIO/PWM/I2S)
- PMIC
Do the following to add support for it:
- add dts
- add PMIC config
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Add board model/serial# strings to env. Move the creation of the strings
to gsc_read() and the display of the info into gsc_info() so they are
available to U-Boot proper.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
replace looking up i2c bus name by bus number and define bus numbers and
eeprom address with #defines.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Replace the deprecated 'tx-fifo-depth' and 'rx-fifo-depth' properties
not supported by U-Boot drivers/net/phy/dp83867.c with the proper
'ti,fifo-depth' property.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW71xx has a USB Type-C connector with USB 2.0 signaling. GPIO1_12
is the power-enable to the TPS25821 Source controller and power switch
responsible for monitoring the CC pins and enabling VBUS. Therefore
GPIO1_12 must always be enabled and the vbus output enable from the
IMX8MM can be ignored.
To fix USB OTG VBUS enable a pull-up on GPIO1_12 to always power the
TPS25821 and change the regulator output to GPIO1_10 which is
unconnected.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The intention of commit d714a75fd4 ("imx: replace CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT
with CONFIG_IMX_HAB") was to convert from CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT to
CONFIG_IMX_HAB, but it replaced with an extra "_" character.
Fix it by using the correct CONFIG_IMX_HAB symbol.
Fixes: d714a75fd4 ("imx: replace CONFIG_SECURE_BOOT with CONFIG_IMX_HAB")
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
The GW54xx-G revision has the foolowing changes:
- replaces the EOL GbE PHY with an updated part (requires an enable pin)
- replaces the EOL analog video decoder with an updated part
(requires dt prop)
- add power control to miniPCIe socket
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW53xx-G revision has the foolowing changes:
- replaces the EOL GbE PHY with an updated part (requires an enable pin)
- replaces the EOL analog video decoder with an updated part
(requires dt prop)
- add power control to miniPCIe socket
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW5913 is a Single Board Computer based on the NXP i.MX6Q/DL SoC
with the following features:
- DDR3 DRAM
- NAND FLASH (256MiB or 2048MiB)
- Gateworks System Periperhal Controller
- front panel LED's
- front panel pushbutton
- Digital I/O connector (I2C/GPIO/UART)
- u-blox Zoe-M8Q GPS
- 1x RJ45 GbE
- 1x MiniPCIe socket with PCIe USB 2.0 and nanoSIM socket
- Passive PoE and wide-range DC power supply
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW5912 is a Single Board Computer based on the NXP i.MX6Q/DL SoC
with the following features:
- DDR3 DRAM
- NAND FLASH (256MiB or 2048MiB)
- microSD socket
- Gateworks System Periperhal Controller
- front panel LED's
- front panel pushbutton
- RS232 connector (2x UARTs)
- CAN/RS485 connector
- Digital I/O connector (I2C/GPIO)
- SPI connector
- u-blox Zoe-M8Q GPS
- LIS2DE12 Accellerometer
- 1x FEC GbE RJ45 with 802.3at Active PoE
- 1x PCI GbE RJ45 with Passive PoE
- 5x MiniPCIe socket with PCIe/USB 2.0
- 1x MiniPCIe socket with PCIe/USB 2.0 and SIM socket
- Aux power input with wide-range DC power supply
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The GW5910 is a Single Board Computer based on the NXP i.MX6Q/DL SoC
with the following features:
- DDR3 DRAM
- NAND FLASH (256MiB or 2048MiB)
- microSD socket
- Gateworks System Periperhal Controller
- front panel LED's
- front panel pushbutton
- RS232 connector (2x UARTs)
- Digital I/O connector (I2C/GPIO)
- SPI connector
- u-blox Zoe-M8Q GPS
- LIS2DE12 Accellerometer
- TI CC1352 ARM Cortex-M4 multiprotocol sub-1GHz / 2.4GHz wireless MCU
- On-board brcmfmac WiFi and BT module
- RGMII RJ45 GbE
- 1x MiniPCIe socket with PCIe/USB 2.0
- 1x MiniPCIe socket with USB 2.0 and nanoSIM socket
- Passive PoE and wide-range DC power supply
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The Gateworks Ventana boards have always had usb0=usbh1 and usb1=usbotg
because OTG is often subloaded on these boards and a bit in the EEPROM
which flagging that OTG is subloaded is used to remove the dt node via the
alias.
U-Boot DM_USB UMS requires the usb0 alias be assigned to the usbotg
so fix the usb0 alias in order for UMS to work.
Fixes 72c46327f0: ("imx: ventana: enable dm support for USB")
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Move board/revision specific dt fixups for WDOG and UHS-I features
so that we can call them early for U-Boot control dt as well.
Additionally drop a deprected non-mainline dt-prop fixup regarding
HDMI input format.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
EEPROM bits no longer indicate support for NAND so instead use
hard-coded value from board config struct.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Update the documentation on how to build the u-boot image for
Colibri iMX8QXP, adding support of V1.0D revision of the module.
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
If config block support is enabled, USB gadget modes unconditionally
use Toradex Product ID as USB PID. Some applications might prefer a
different and/or static USB PID. Add a Kconfig configuration option
to descide whether to use USB PID from config block or the fallback
config option CONFIG_G_DNL_PRODUCT_NUM.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
In case USB serial downloader has been used to load U-Boot start the
serial download protocol (SDP) emulation. This allows to download
complete images such as Toradex Easy Installer over USB SDP as well.
This code uses the boot ROM provided boot information to reliably
detect USB serial downloader.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Do not pass the console baudrate to the 'console' variable
to avoid the baudrate being passed twice when extlinux.conf
contains the standard: console=${console},${baudrate} format.
cat /proc/cmdline
root=PARTUUID=00000000-01 rootwait rw console=ttymxc0,115200,115200
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
In some cases 'patman status' leaves a blank line between the sign-off
and the tags it collects from patchwork. Fix this and add a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present it is possible to call uclass_get() before driver model is
inited. In fact this happens on x86 boards which use Intel FSPv1, since
mrccache_get_region() tries to get the SPI flash device very early
during init.
This has always been undefined behaviour. Previously it generally worked,
i.e. returned an error code without crashing, because gd->uclass_root_s
is zeroed and the uclass can be added despite driver model not being
ready, due to the way lists are implemented. With the change to use a
gd->uclass_root pointer, this no-longer works. For example, it causes a
hang on minnowmax.
Fix this by adding a check that driver model is ready when uclass_get() is
called. This function is called in the process of locating any device, so
it is a good place to add the check.
This fixes booting on minnowmax.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 8a715530bb ("dm: core: Allow the uclass list to move")
Migrate the dm_warn function to log macro with
LOGC_DM category and LOGL_WARNING level.
This macro allows filtering with log command and allows
output on all log backend.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This reverts commit 2359fa7a87.
While the goal is valid and there is surely unused memory in that area,
we also have a lot of crucial things still located at the top-of-memory
while running lmb_alloc_base. Such things are the page table (tlb_addr),
relocated U-Boot and the active stack. Possibly more. So this patch was
premature, we will need relocations of those things first if we want to
use the range.
Fixes booting on the IOT2050, but likely also on other boards. It got
stuck on relocating the FDT - over the relocated U-Boot code.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Since R-Car Gen3 already enables position independent build, also set
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE=0x0 to finalize the switch. This is possible since
534f0fbd65 ("arm64: Fix relocation of env_addr if POSITION_INDEPENDENT=y")
fixed current env_get_char() crash with CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE=0x0 .
This change permits us to start U-Boot from any location in DRAM instead
of specific TEXT_BASE.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Turn on PIE, so that the U-Boot binary can be started from any arbitrary
location in DRAM instead of a predefined fixed one. Note that this patch
is not setting SYS_TEXT_BASE=0x0 yet, since that triggers relocation bugs
in env code that are yet to be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Biju Das <biju.das.jz@bp.renesas.com>
Cc: Lad Prabhakar <prabhakar.mahadev-lad.rj@bp.renesas.com>
The bootargs in all those boards are a copy of initial example
bootargs, just remove those as they make little sense in most
configurations.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Now that driver model is always used, check for PCI.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update logic, reword]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We don't need this check anymore since when PCI is enabled, driver model
is always used.
Use CONFIG_PCI instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Correct macro usage)
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Import the imx28-evk devicetree files from Linux kernel
version 5.11-rc7.
This is in preparation for converting the mx28evk_defconfig
target to driver model.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
set_delay() has return type as void. If there are any errors while
setting tapdelay's it won't be able to return them.
Change the prototype of set_delay() in sdhci_ops structure and return
the errors from wherever it is called.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Change return type of arasan_sdhci_set_tapdelay() to int, to facilitate
returning errors. Get return values from input and output set clock phase
functions inside arasan_sdhci_set_tapdelay() and return those errors.
Signed-off-by: T Karthik Reddy <t.karthik.reddy@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add firmware based reset controller for Xilinx ZynqMP SoC to let other
drivers to call reset functions. Driver is only tested on Xilinx ZynqMP but
support for Xilinx Versal can be simply added. That's why reset_id and
nr_reset are assigned in probe folder.
Driver is inpired by driver from Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable RTC command to be able to check available.
And also enable ZynqMP RTC driver to be possible to use by default.
Here is the list when both drivers are enabled:
ZynqMP> rtc list
RTC #0 - rtc_emul
RTC #1 - rtc@ffa60000
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The whole driver logic is taken from Linux kernel but only set/get/reset
functions are implemented. When device is power off RTC is power out of
battery.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
RTCs are using sequence number defined in aliases node. Date command with
DM_RTC enabled is looking for the first RTC with index 0. But when
RTC_EMULATION is enabled it gets likely most of the time index 0 even when
system has rtc0 device via aliases node and gets sequence number 0.
That's why extend the code to look for sequence 0 number first. If this
fails continue to use existing device with index 0.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
RTCs are using aliases for sequences. That's why enable
DM_UC_FLAG_SEQ_ALIAS for exact RTC indentification.
The same flag is used by a lot of other uclasses like mmc, pci, serial,
spi, timer, tpm, etc.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The main reason for this to be implemented is capsule update.
Two memories are supported and tested which is MMC FAT based and QSPI
based.
For creating capsule these commands are used:
./tools/mkeficapsule --raw spl/boot.bin --index 1 capsule1.bin
./tools/mkeficapsule --raw u-boot.itb --index 2 capsule2.bin
Then transfer to SD card where these commands run:
load mmc 0 10000000 capsule1.bin
efidebug capsule update -v 10000000
load mmc 0 10000000 capsule2.bin
efidebug capsule update -v 10000000
Depends on the boot device used are binaries loaded to qspi or mmc fat
partition.
Also multiboot register is handled to make sure that the same location(id)
is used as image which is upgraded.
Two locations are used by purpose for SPL flow. If only boot.bin is used
create only one capsule.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This variable is pointing to offset is qspi where u-boot image is placed.
In our case it is location of u-boot.itb file. Offset is the same as is
used by Xilinx Zynq SoC.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When U-Boot runs in EL2 there is no access to csu_base registers that's why
this has to be done via firmware interface to find out multi boot register
value. Till now this function is called only from SPL in EL3.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Change multi_boot() to return multiboot value and move print out of this
function and let this function to be used by other functions without
duplicating message.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
When env_set() is called there is no need to allocate memory for variable
which is already saved that's why free it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Now that DM_PCI is always enabled, check on CONFIG_PCI instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Update for non-PCI users of this code, reword]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This prevents use of IS_ENABLED() in other files. Functions should be
visible in headers even if they are not available at link time.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Modified the help text of 'chpart' command ,mentioning that it is
for MTD devices.
Signed-off-by: Adarsh Babu Kalepalli <opensource.kab@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
HELP description is provided for ‘configure’ sub-command
of ‘blkcache’.
Signed-off-by: Adarsh Babu Kalepalli <opensource.kab@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Symbol CONFIG_SYS_ID_EEPROM is defined in include/configs/MPC8548CDS.h
but never used. Remove it here and from the whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Start out by documenting general expectations on when CI is run, how
anyone can run Azure pipelines, and how GitLab CI pipelines can be run.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In SquashFS, the contents of a directory is stored by
squashfs_directory_entry structures which contain the file's name, inode
and position within the filesystem.
The inode number is not stored directly; instead each directory has one
or more headers which set a base inode number, and files store the
offset from that to the file's inode number.
In mksquashfs, each inode is allocated a number in the same order as
they are written to the directory table; thus the offset from the
header's base inode number to the file's inode number is usually
positive.
Hardlinks are simply stored with two directory entries referencing the
same file. This means the second entry will thus have an inode number
much lower than the surrounding files. Since the header's base inode
number comes from the first entry that uses the header, this delta will
usually be negative.
Previously, U-Boot's squashfs_directory_entry.inode_offset field was
declared as an unsigned value. Thus when a negative value was found, it
would either resolve to an invalid inode number or to that of an
unrelated file.
A squashfs image to test this can be created like so:
echo hi > sqfs_test_files/001-root-file
mkdir sqfs_test_files/002-subdir
touch sqfs_test_files/002-subdir/003-file
ln sqfs_test_files/{001-root-file,002-subdir/004-link}
mksquashfs sqfs_test_files/ test.sqfs -noappend
Note that squashfs sorts the files ASCIIbetacally, so we can use the
names to control the order they appear in. The ordering is important -
the first reference to the file must have a lower inode number than the
directory in which the second reference resides, and the second
reference cannot be the first file in the directory.
Listing this sample image in U-Boot results in:
=> sqfsls virtio 2 002-subdir
0 003-file
Inode not found.
0 004-link
Signed-off-by: Campbell Suter <campbell@snapit.group>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
The "-E" option to mkimage generates a FIT with external data using the
data-size and data-offset properties which must both be ignored when
verifying a signature.
Add "data-offset" to the list of excluded properties for signature
verification; since the line is now too long, re-format the list to
one-per-line and make it static since the data is constant.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current stable release of LLVM is 12, update to that. While at it,
fix that we had not correctly upgraded to LLVM 11 previously.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The DT bindings of "jedec,spi-nor" [1] defines "m25p,fast-read" property
to indicate that "fast read" opcode can be used to read data from the
chip instead of the usual "read" opcode.
If this property is not present in DT, mask out fast read in
spi_nor_init_params(). This change mirrors the same logic in
spi_nor_info_init_params() in drivers/mtd/spi-nor/core.c in
the Linux kernel v5.14-rc3.
[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/jedec,spi-nor.yaml in the kernel tree
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The smart spi_nor_adjust_hwcaps() does not respect the SPI flash's
hwcaps, and only looks to the controller on what can be supported.
The flash's hwcaps needs to be AND'ed before checking.
Fixes: 71025f013c ("mtd: spi-nor-core: Rework hwcaps selection")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When slave drivers don't set the max_read_size, the spi-mem should
directly use data.nbytes and not limit to any size. But current
logic will limit to the max_write_size.
This commit mirrors the same changes in the dm version done in
commit 535b1fdb8e ("spi: spi-mem: Fix read data size issue").
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
- Fixed broken ICH SPI driver in software sequencer mode
- Added "m25p,fast-read" to SPI flash node for x86 boards
- Drop ROM_NEEDS_BLOBS and BUILD_ROM for x86 ROM builds
- Define a default TSC timer frequency for all x86 boards
- x86 MTRR MSR programming codes bug fixes
- x86 "hob" command bug fixes
- Don't program MTRR for DRAM for FSP1
- Move INIT_PHASE_END_FIRMWARE to FSP2
- Use external graphics card by default on Intel Crown Bay
- tangier: Fix DMA controller IRQ polarity in CSRT
U-Boot mostly uses hex for value input, largely because addresses are much
easier to understand in hex.
But in some cases a decimal value is requested, such as where the value is
small or hex does not make sense in the context. In these cases it is
sometimes useful to be able to provide a hex value in any case, if only to
resolve any ambiguity.
Add this functionality, for increased flexibility.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The code to convert a character into a digit is repeated twice in this
file. Factor it out into a separate function. This also makes the code a
little easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add some tests that check the behaviour of this function. These are the
same as for simple_strtoul() but with a few longer values.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If we see 0x then we can assume this is the start of a hex value. It
does not seem necessary to check for a hex digit after that since it will
happen when parsing the value anyway.
Drop this check to simplify the code and reduce size. Add a few more test
cases for when a 0x prefix is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This parameter is not documented properly since it does not cover the
meaning when the base is 0. Update this in both functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is a pain to have to specify the value 10 in each call. Add a new
dectoul() function and update the code to use it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is a pain to have to specify the value 16 in each call. Add a new
hextoul() function and update the code to use it.
Add a proper comment to simple_strtoul() while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function seems to assume that the chr[] variable contains zeros at
the start, which is not always true. Use strlcpy() to be safe.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The board routes the Integrated Graphics Device (IGD) to an LVDS
panel, which is less popular than a PCIe based graphics card.
Disable the IGD so that it does not show up in the PCI configuration
space as a VGA display controller, so we can use an external PCIe
graphics card with whatever cable we have.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Initialize 'igd' and 'sdvo' to NULL so that we just need to test
them against NULL later, to be compatible with that case that IGD
and SDVO devices were already in disabled state.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For FSP1, there is no such INIT_PHASE_END_FIRMWARE.
Move board_final_cleanup() to fsp2 directory.
Fixes: 7c73cea442 ("x86: Notify the FSP of the 'end firmware' event")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are several outstanding issues as to why this does not apply
to FSP1:
* For FSP1, the system memory and reserved memory used by FSP are
already programmed in the MTRR by FSP.
* The 'mtrr_top' mistakenly includes TSEG memory range that has the
same RES_MEM_RESERVED resource type. Its address is programmed
and reported by FSP to be near the top of 4 GiB space, which is
not what we want for SDRAM.
* The call to mtrr_add_request() is not guaranteed to have its size
to be exactly the power of 2. This causes reserved bits of the
IA32_MTRR_PHYSMASK register to be written which generates #GP.
For FSP2, it seems this is necessary as without this, U-Boot boot
process on Chromebook Coral goes very slowly.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The resource type for system memory is currently displayed as
"unknown", which is wrong.
Fixes: 51af144eb7 ("x86: Allow showing details about a HOB entry")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the hob command usage and help messages are messed up
in a single line. They should be separated.
This was a regression introduced when [seq] and [-v] were added
to the command.
Fixes: d11544dfa9 ("x86: hob: Add way to show a single hob entry")
Fixes: 51af144eb7 ("x86: Allow showing details about a HOB entry")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The size parameter of mtrr_add_request() and mtrr_set_next_var()
shall be power of 2, otherwise the logic creates a mask that does
not meet the requirement of IA32_MTRR_PHYSMASK register.
Programming such a mask value to IA32_MTRR_PHYSMASK generates #GP.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present mtrr_commit() programs the MTRR MSRs starting from
index 0, which may overwrite MSRs that were already programmed
by previous boot stage or FSP.
Switch to call mtrr_set_next_var() instead.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Current mtrr_commit() logic assumes that MTRR MSRs are programmed
consecutively from index 0 to its maximum number, and whenever it
detects an unused one, it clears all other MTRRs starting from that
one. However this may not always be the case.
In fact, the clear is not much helpful because these MTRRs come out
of reset as disabled already. Drop the clear codes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested on chromebook_coral, chromebook_samus, chromebook_link, minnowmax
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If for some reason, TSC timer frequency cannot be determined from
hardware, nor is it specified in the device tree, U-Boot will panic
resulting in endless reset during boot.
Let's define a default TSC timer frequency using the Kconfig value
CONFIG_X86_TSC_TIMER_FREQ (note: #include must be used instead of
/include/ otherwise the macro is not pre-processed).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently there are two places to specify the x86 TSC timer frequency
with one in Kconfig used for early timer and the other one in device
tree used when the frequency cannot be determined from hardware.
This may potentially create an inconsistent config where the 2 values
do not match. Let's use the one specified in Kconfig in the device
tree as well.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These 2 options are no longer needed as now binman is used to build
u-boot.rom.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
binman complains when binary blobs are present:
Node '/binman/rom/intel-vga': Offset 0xfff90000 (4294508544) overlaps
with previous entry '/binman/rom/u-boot-dtb-with-ucode' ending at
0xfff9204c (4294516812)
Adjust VGA rom address to 0xfffa0000 so that u-boot.rom image can be
successfully built again.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
IRQ polarity in CSRT has the same definition as by ACPI specification
chapter 19.6.64 "Interrupt (Interrupt Resource Descriptor Macro)", i.e.
ActiveHigh is 0, and ActiveLow is 1. On Intel Tangier the DMA controller
IRQ polarity is ActiveHigh.
Note, in DSDT (see southcluster.asl) it's described correctly.
Fixes: 5e99fde34a ("x86: tangier: Populate CSRT for shared DMA controller")
Signed-off-by: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Except ICH7 SPI, all SPI flashes connected to ICH9 / Fast SPI should
have "m25p,fast-read" property present in their DT nodes.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit 71025f013c ("mtd: spi-nor-core: Rework hwcaps selection")
SPI flash on Intel Crown Bay board does not work anymore.
Disable CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SMART_HWCAPS until a proper fix is made to
the spi-nor core.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since commit 43c145b8b3 ("spi: ich: Correct max-size bug in ich_spi_adjust_size()")
(in v2020.04-rc1), SPI flash read no longer works with ICH SPI controller
in software sequencer mode.
ICH controller can only transfer a small number of bytes at once.
Before commit 43c145b8b3, the logic happens to make sure data.nbytes
is limited to slave->max_write_size but after commit 43c145b8b3
data.nbytes is no longer limited because slave->max_read_size is not
initialized with a valid number.
Fixes: 43c145b8b3 ("spi: ich: Correct max-size bug in ich_spi_adjust_size()")
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Parameter -W for sphinx-build turns build warnings into errors. This helps
us to avoid bad patches passing Gitlab CI.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The Hitachi tx18d42vm LCD panel driver is really just initialising the
device, using bitbanged SPI, during operation there is nothing to do.
This makes the driver self contained, so drop the bogus dependency on
the legacy CONFIG_VIDEO.
This avoids the warning when building Chuwi_V7_CW0825_defconfig, since
we switched to DM_VIDEO recently.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
The U-Boot port for ST-Ericsson Ux500 is currently only used on the
"stemmy" board, where U-Boot runs after firmware that already sets up
a boot splash screen. This means that the display is already on
and we can just continue using it for U-Boot.
Add a simple driver that simplifies this by reading the display
configuration (e.g. screen size, bpp) from the hardware registers.
It also checks the configured "source synchronization" - for some
displays (usually DSI command mode displays) we need to explicitly
trigger a software sync. This is done through the video_sync()
callback that triggers the sync and wait for completion.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
sandbox TPM-emulator improvements
rST documentation and fixes for moveconfig
handle empty 'ranges' property in dtoc
patman warning for invalid tag
clean-ups to 'fdt add' command
At present if we see 'ranges' property (with no value) we assume it is a
boolean, as per the devicetree spec.
But another node may define 'ranges' with a value, forcing us to widen it
to an int array. At present this is not supported and causes an error.
Fix this and add some test cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
An int array can hold a single int so we should not need to do anything
in the widening operation. However due to a quirk in the code, an int[3]
widened with an int produced an int[4]. Fix this and add a test.
Fix a comment typo while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The current name is confusing because the logic is actually backwards from
what you might expect. Rename it to needs_widening() and update the
comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The autoboot tests are a recent addition to U-Boot, providing much-needed
coverage in this area.
A side effect of the keyed autoboot test is that this feature is enabled
in sandbox always. This changes the autoboot prompt and confuses the
pytests. Some tests become slower, for example the vboot tests take about
27s now instead of 3s.
We don't actually need this feature enabled to be able to run the tests.
Add a switch to allow sandbox to turn it on and off as needed. Use this
in the one test that needs it.
Add a command-line flag in case this is desired in normal use.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fixes: 25c8b9f298 ("test: add first autoboot unit tests")
Reviewed-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Some of the more advanced features of this tool don't work anymore since
kconfiglib was update. Update the code accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The examples here are a bit messed up since the command does not match
the documentation. Use a different example instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This tool has nothing to do with testing. It is for refactoring code
automatically using a 'semantic patch' tool.
Create a new section for 'refactoring' and move it into there. It is
likely that other topics may fall under the same heading, such as
using moveconfig and search/replace tools.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this information is hidden away. Make it more visible by
putting it first, in an intro section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Add a error in patman tool when the commit message contents an invalid
tag "Serie-.*" instead of "Series-.*".
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It seems useful to show whether the address of the Control or Working
devicetree is being shown. Add support for this. Drop the confusing 0x
prefix since the command itself only accepts hex.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is fairly easy to handle this case and it makes the emulator more
useful, since PCRs are commonly extended several times.
Add support for this, using U-Boot's sha256 support.
For now sandbox only supports a single PCR, but that is enough for the
tests that currently exist.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is the number of PCRs, so the current check is off by one. Also the
map itself should not be checked, just the resulting pcr_index, to avoid
confusing people who read the code.
Fix these problems.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the tpm2 emulator does not support storing the device state.
Add this so we can handle the normal vboot flow through the sandbox
executables (VPL->SPL etc.) with the TPM contents staying in place.
Note: sandbox has not yet been converted to use livetree for the state
information, since livetree does not yet support writing to the tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add checking as to whether the current TPM state is valid, so we can
implement reading/writing the state.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This function current handles the kernel case incorrectly. Fix it, and
use the shorter TPM_HDR_LEN while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for this command, moving away from the previous approach of
hard-coding the initial data in the driver, now that the kernel-space data
has to be set up by the higher-level vboot code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this code assumes that the TPM data has been read but this may
not be the case. Refactor the code to use a separate pointer so we know
the current state of the data.
Add error checking for the data size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We want to support nvdata in TPM2 as well. To avoid code duplicating the
associated code, move it into a common file.
Drop the special-case logic for the kernel space. This can be handled by
the higher-level code now, i.e. in vboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We should not use /dev/sda and /dev/sdb in our examples. Users might
inadvertently mess up their workstation. Use /dev/sdX instead.
Remove console output like '# ' and '> ' which makes copying hard.
Set example language to bash for correct syntax-highlighting.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
iewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
CONFIG_HEXDUMP is needed to display UEFI variables using 'printenv -e'.
Enabling CONFIG_SPL_HEXDUMP only makes sense for debugging purposes.
Hence CONFIG_SPL_HEXDUMP should not be enabled by default.
The following boards currently have CONFIG_SPL_HEXDUMP=y. This includes
boards that don't use SPL at all.
axm_defconfig
imx8mm-cl-iot-gate_defconfig
imx8mm_venice_defconfig
imxrt1020-evk_defconfig
imxrt1050-evk_defconfig
kontron_sl28_defconfig
kp_imx53_defconfig
lx2160ardb_tfa_stmm_defconfig
mt7622_rfb_defconfig
octeon_ebb7304_defconfig
octeon_nic23_defconfig
qemu_arm64_defconfig
qemu_arm_defconfig
qemu-riscv32_defconfig
qemu-riscv32_smode_defconfig
qemu-riscv64_defconfig
qemu-riscv64_smode_defconfig
qemu-x86_64_defconfig
qemu-x86_defconfig
sandbox64_defconfig
sandbox_defconfig
stm32mp15_basic_defconfig
stm32mp15_trusted_defconfig
synquacer_developerbox_defconfig
taurus_defconfig
xilinx_versal_virt_defconfig
The patch only keeps it enabled on
sandbox_spl_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When scrolling the TrueType console a buffer overrun occurs.
Fixes: a29b012037 ("video: Add a console driver that uses TrueType fonts")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Move the PSCI runtime code for H3/A23/A33 into SRAM
- Pick the environment from the actual MMC boot device (SD card vs.
eMMC)
- Plus a small improvement from Icenowy, just for good measure.
There are more Allwinner SoCs that do not have a SCP now.
When there's no SCP_ADDR macro defined, we can assume there's no SCP
available.
Drop the scp part of FIT description when SCP_ADDR does not exist.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@sipeed.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
So far for the H3, A23, and A33 SoCs, we use DRAM to hold the secure
monitor code (providing PSCI runtime services). And while those SoCs do
not have the secure SRAM B like older SoCs, there is enough (secure)
SRAM A2 to put the monitor code and data in there instead.
Follow the design of 64-bit SoCs and use the first part for the monitor,
and the last 16 KiB for the SCP firmware. With this change, the monitor
no longer needs to reserve a region in DRAM.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: amend commit message, fix R40 and V3s build]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Currently, the environment is always stored in eMMC if eMMC is enabled
in the config. This means images written to SD and eMMC will cross-
contaminate their environments unless the configuration is changed.
By dropping the device number from the environment location string and
implementing mmc_get_env_dev, we will always use the environment from
the boot device when booting from SD/eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Static inline function _debug_uart_init() should avoid calling external
(non-inline) functions. Therefore do not call get_ref_clk() in
_debug_uart_init() and reimplement its functionality without external
function calls.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CONFIG_BAUDRATE should be used for setting the baudrate for the early debug
UART. This replaces current hardcoded 115200 value.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- Enable DM SATA, removed IDE driver, and add SATA MV driver.
- Use ethernet PHY names from device tree in default boot command
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In DM Ethernet, the old "egiga0" and 'egiga1" names are no longer valid,
so replace these with Ethernet PHY names from device tree. Also, read
Ethernet PHY address for each port from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The PWM pins on North Bridge on Armada 37xx can be configured into PWM
or GPIO functions. When in PWM function, each pin can also be configured
to drive low on 0 and tri-state on 1 (LED mode).
The current definitions handle this by declaring two pin groups for each
pin:
- group "pwmN" with functions "pwm" and "gpio"
- group "ledN_od" ("od" for open drain) with functions "led" and "gpio"
This is semantically incorrect. The correct definition for each pin
should be one group with three functions: "pwm", "led" and "gpio".
Change the "pwmN" groups to support "led" function.
Remove "ledN_od" groups. This cannot break backwards compatibility with
older device trees: no device tree uses it since there is no PWM driver
for this SOC yet. Also "ledN_od" groups are not even documented.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Extracting is now supported by dumpimage, so mention it in help instead
of `kwbimage -x`.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The kwbimage library does not support extracting subimages. Implement it.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The gdsys a38x config file (controlcenterdc_defconfig) uses BootROM to
load U-Boot proper.
Since it is now possible to do this via U-Boot SPL framework, we do not
need to provide custom spl_board_init() which calls return_to_bootrom().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This padding depends on board config file and therefore it makes the
mkimage binary tool board specific, which is not correct. One cannot use
mkimage tool built as a result for board A to generate images for board
B, even if both A and B are on the same platform.
This CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS padding was needed when kwbimage v1 contained
SPL code which loaded U-Boot proper based on CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS,
instead of reading correct offset from kwbimage header.
Now that SPL code parses kwbimage header and deterinate correct offset,
there is no need for this CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS padding anymore.
By removing it we also reduce the size of SPL code and therefore also
decrease the final size of v1 kwbimage. This means there is more space
for U-Boot proper binary.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The SPL code now already parses kwbimage v1 headers where all necessary
information about how to load and execute U-Boot proper is present. The
legacy 64-byte U-Boot header is not used anymore.
Remove this 64-byte header by putting u-boot.bin binary (instead of
u-boot.img) into kwbimage v1 and let SPL code or BootROM to load U-Boot
directly at its execution address.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that proper load and execution addresses are set in v1 kwbimage we
can use it for loading and booting U-Boot proper.
Use the new spl_parse_board_header() function to implement parsing the
kwbimage v1 header. Use information from this header to locate offset and
size of the U-Boot proper binary, instead of using the legacy U-Boot
header which is prepended to the U-Boot proper binary stored at fixed
offset. This has the advantage that we do not need to relay on legacy
U-Boot header anymore and therefore U-Boot proper binary can be stored at
any offset, as is the case when loading & booting U-Boot proper by
BootROM. The CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS option is therefore not used by SPL
code anymore.
Also allow to compile U-Boot SPL without CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT,
CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT or CONFIG_SPL_SATA_SUPPORT set. In this case
BootROM is used for loading and executing U-Boot proper. This reduces the
size of U-Boot's SPL image. By default these config options are enabled
and so BootROM loading is not used. In some cases BootROM reads from SPI
NOR at lower speed than U-Boot SPL. So people can decide whether they
want to have smaller SPL binary at the cost of slower boot.
Therefore dependency on CONFIG_SPL_DM_SPI, CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT,
CONFIG_SPL_SPI_LOAD, CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT, CONFIG_SPL_DM_GPIO,
CONFIG_SPL_DM_MMC, CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT, CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT,
CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT, CONFIG_SPL_SATA_SUPPORT and
CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT is changed from strict to related "imply"
(which can be selectivelly turned off and causes booting via BootROM).
Options CONFIG_SYS_SPI_U_BOOT_OFFS,
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR and
CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_DATA_PART_OFFSET have to to be set to
zero as they define the location where kwbimage header starts. It is the
location where BootROM expects start of the kwbimage from which it reads,
parses and executes SPL part. The same applies to option
CONFIG_SPL_SATA_RAW_U_BOOT_SECTOR, which has to be set to one.
Update all config files to set correct values of these options and set
CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS to the correct value - the offset where U-Boot
proper starts.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Platform specific BootROM may use its own image type for loading SPL or
U-Boot proper. In some cases it makes sense to not use BootROM supplied
code for booting U-Boot proper but rather to use U-Boot SPL for this,
e.g. when U-Boot SPL can load U-Boot proper faster than BootROM. In this
case it is required for platform board code to parse and load U-Boot in
BootROM specific image type.
This change adds support for parsing platform / board / BootROM specific
image types via weak function spl_parse_board_header() which is called
before marking boot image as a raw.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Some image types (e.g. kwbimage v1) store the offset to SPL binary and
offset to U-Boot proper binary in their headers. To avoid reading SPL
binary when loading U-Boot proper, add support for specifying offset in
struct spl_image_info, which defines the offset from the beginning of
the header and the beginning of the executable data.
Initial support is added only for SPI, MMC and SATA code. We can extend
it later if needed.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Current code uses hack in board_init_f() which calls return_to_bootrom()
to skip U-Boot SPL code and return back to BootROM to load U-Boot via
UART or from NAND.
This change migrates that hack from the board_init_f() function and
changes it to return BOOT_DEVICE_BOOTROM instead of returning to BootROM
directly, so that U-Boot's SPL framework is used for returning to
BootROM.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
U-Boot's SPL framework already has an API for loading U-Boot via
BootROM.
Implement the function board_return_to_bootrom() for mvebu SPL code.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Register r0 should be set to return value 0x0 - NO_ERR.
Set r0 with return value after all registers are restored from the
stack, so that the return value is always correct.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Fixes: 944c7a3176 ("arm: mvebu: Add option to use UART xmodem protocol via kwboot")
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Function image_version() returns unsigned value, so it can never be
negative. Explicitly check for two supported image versions: v0 and v1.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Call tcsetattr() only if the file descriptor is valid. It may be
invalidated by previous lines (if it is not a tty descriptor).
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The 'buf' variable is a pointer and '_buf' is the array itself.
Therefore we should pass sizeof(_buf) instead of sizeof(buf) to read().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
There is no code for extracting data from kwbimage, so show an error
message when user tries this via e.g. dumpimage call:
./tools/dumpimage -T kwbimage -o /tmp/out u-boot-spl.kwb
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Trying to call the following command causes NULL pointer dereference in
strlen():
./tools/dumpimage -T kwbimage -o /tmp/out u-boot-spl.kwb
Fix it by checking whether params->imagename is non-NULL before calling
strlen().
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
These structures must have specific size without padding, so mark them as
packed via the de-facto standard macro __packed. Also replace PACKED
macro.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The mkimage host tool can be used to generate kwbimage v1 image with
secure header on host system for A38x plaform also when U-Boot is being
compiled for different platform. So there is no reason to not allow
compiling of mkimage/kwbimage with secure header support for e.g. x86-64
host.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
This command is supported only by v1 images and specifies a milliseconds
delay after executing some set of DATA commands. The special string value
SDRAM_SETUP instructs BootROM to setup SDRAM controller instead of
executing delay. SDRAM_SETUP may be specified only once and after the
last DATA command.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The DATA command is already supported by mkimage for v0 images, but not
for v1 images.
BootROM code which executes v1 images also supports DATA command via an
optional extended v1 header OPT_HDR_V1_REGISTER_TYPE.
Implement support for DATA command for v1 images.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The PAYLOAD keyword does nothing. No code is using it and both mkimage
and kwbimage completely ignore it. It looks like a relict from the past.
The payload image itself can be specified only via -d parameter to
mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Binary header consist of:
* 1 byte for header type
* 3 bytes for header size
* 1 byte for number of arguments
* 3 reserved bytes
* N*4 bytes for arguments
* M bytes (aligned to 4 bytes) for executable data
* 1 byte for information about next header
* 3 reserved bytes
The first four bytes are specified as
sizeof(struct opt_hdr_v1)
and the remaining bytes as
ALIGN(s.st_size, 4) + (binarye->binary.nargs + 2) * sizeof(uint32_t)
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The number is stored in one byte, so the maximum should be 255.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The data part of v1 kwbimage currently contains U-Boot binary prepended
by 64 bytes long Legacy U-Boot image header. This means that the load
address is currently substracted by 64 bytes to ensure that U-Boot's
entry point is at specified execution address.
As mkimage has already separate arguments for load (-a) and execution
(-e) address, there is no need to derive fixed load address from
execution address.
Therefore remove this load address hack from the kwbimage tool and
support generating v1 kwbimage with arbitrary addresses for load and
execution.
Finally, calculate correct load address by caller for mkimage tool in
Makefile. File u-boot-spl.kwb is always a v1 kwbimage and it is the only
v1 kwbimage which U-Boot's build system generates.
Remove also useless overwriting of destaddr for /binary.0 to the value
which is already set on previous lines.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The binary header in kwbimage contains executable SPL code.
Print information about this binary header and not only information
about it's data part.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Extended header checksum for v0 image is present only in the case when
extended header is present. Skip checksum validation if extended header
is not present.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
In the case when the file name is specified relative to the current
working directory, it does not contain '/' character and strrchr()
returns NULL.
The following strcmp() function then crashes on NULL pointer
dereference.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
SATA and SDIO images must be aligned to sector size (which in most cases
is 512 bytes) and Source Address in main header is stored in number of
sectors from the beginning of the drive. SATA image must be stored at
sector 1 and SDIO image at sector 0. Source Address for PCIe image is
not used and must be set to 0xFFFFFFFF.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Writing into SPI NOR and NAND memory can be done only in 256 bytes long
blocks. Align final image size so that when it is burned into SPI NOR or
NAND memory via U-Boot's commands (sf or mtd), we can use the $filesize
variable directly as the length argument.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The return value of kwbimage_generate() is used for aligning the data
part of kwbimage. Use it for calculating proper 4 byte alignment as is
required by BootROM and also use it for allocating additional 4 bytes
for the 32-bit data checksum.
This simplifies the alignment code to be only at one place (in function
kwbimage_generate) and also simplifies setting checksum as it can be
directly updated in memory.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
The CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS option may be defined as empty string.
In this case it causes compilation error:
tools/kwbimage.c: In function ‘image_headersz_v1’:
tools/kwbimage.c:1002:39: error: expected expression before ‘)’ token
if (headersz > CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS) {
^
tools/kwbimage.c:1006:41: error: expected expression before ‘)’ token
(int)headersz, CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS);
^
tools/kwbimage.c:1011:35: error: expected expression before ‘;’ token
headersz = CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS;
^
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.host:112: tools/kwbimage.o] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1822: tools] Error 2
Check whether the value of CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_OFFS is really set.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
With the introduction of a generic reboot flag implemented in commit
a362ce214f ("fastboot: Implement generic fastboot_set_reboot_flag"), we
no longer need the custom PSCI implementation to handle the reboot reason.
This reverts commit 9a34dedfae.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Whenever we test for boot-fastboot in the BCB, it means that Android
wants us to boot into recovery with a special mode (fastbootd).
Force reboot into recovery in that case.
Note: we don't erase the bcb on purpose here: recoveryOS needs to read
the BCB as well to know if it boots into regular recovery mode or
fastbootd mode.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Right now meson64_android does not know how to boot into Android
Recovery: it simply falls back to "fastboot" mode in the bootloader.
Implement the boot to recovery.
While at it, use the standard BCB way instead of a sm for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
As of today, we use a "vendor specific" secure monitor call for the
reboot reason (sm).
We should not need this. Android uses the BCB (Bootloader Control Block)
to communicate with the bootloader.
Implement "reboot into bootloader" using the standard BCB way instead of
using sm calls.
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
For the eMMC on ST-Ericsson Ux500v2 we need slightly different
configuration values. Use the existing switch statement to match
the peripheral ID of Ux500v2 (0x10480180) and override the necessary
values to make the eMMC work on devices with ST-Ericsson Ux500.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com> on stm32f769-disco
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Simplify the code a bit by using the common mmc_of_parse() function
instead of duplicating the device tree parsing code. We can still get
a default value for cfg->f_max by assigning it before calling
mmc_of_parse().
Another advantage of this refactoring is that we parse more properties
now, e.g. "non-removable" can be used to disable CD entirely.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com> on stm32f769-disco
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The arm,primecell compatible is used for lots of different types
of devices, e.g. I2C, SPI, coresight, ... We really should not bind
the MMC driver to all of them.
Looking through the device trees in U-Boot there seems to be always
a second compatible string for the pl180 device, either arm,pl180
(already listed) or arm,pl18x. Add the "arm,pl18x" compatible to the
list but remove the generic "arm,primecell".
Note that on Linux these compatibles cannot be found in drivers
because AMBA/primecell devices are matched based on their peripheral ID
instead of the compatible.
This fixes the following error messages when booting the ST-Ericsson
U8500 "stemmy" board with the arm_pl180_mmci driver enabled:
MMC: ptm@801ae000 - probe failed: -38
ptm@801af000 - probe failed: -38
funnel@801a6000 - probe failed: -38
tpiu@80190000 - probe failed: -38
etb@801a4000 - probe failed: -38
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Fixes: 6f41d1a17e ("mmc: arm_pl180_mmci: Sync compatible with kernel")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com> on stm32f769-disco
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Fix mmc_rpmb_route_frames() implementation to comply with most MMC
drivers that expect some alignment of MMC data frames in memory.
When called from drivers/tee/optee/rpmb.c, the address passed is not
aligned properly. OP-TEE OS inserts a 6-byte header before a raw RPMB
frame which makes RPMB data buffer not 32bit aligned. To prevent breaking
ABI with OPTEE-OS RPC memrefs, allocate a temporary buffer to copy the
data into an aligned memory.
Many RPMB drivers implicitly expect 32bit alignment of the eMMC frame
including arm_pl180_mmci.c, sandbox_mmc.c and stm32_sdmmc2.c
Signed-off-by: Timothée Cercueil <timothee.cercueil@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Timothée Cercueil <litchi.pi@protonmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
To display the bootup logo, we read the gpt and assume that the
partition with index "2" will be the "logo" partition.
This might not always be the case, and it's very error-prone.
Load the logo partition by label instead of by index.
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
To boot Android, we read the gpt and assume that the partition with
index "1" will be the "boot" partition.
This might not always be the case, as there are no requirements from
Android on the partition order.
However, Android does seem to use the "boot" label quite a lot on their
public documentation [1]
Load the boot partition by label instead of by index
[1] https://source.android.com/devices/bootloader/partitions
Signed-off-by: Guillaume La Roque <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Mattijs Korpershoek <mkorpershoek@baylibre.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The PADCONFIG_202 register (0x02621328) is affected by the locking
of the RSTMUX8 register (0x02620328), and so cannot be configured
in kernel. This has been confirmed as a hardware bug and affects
all K2G SoCs.
Setup the pinmux for this pin before locking the RSTMUX8 register
to allow the ICSS1 PRU1 Ethernet PHY port to work properly. The
workaround was added only for the K2G-ICE board to configure the
pins needed for the PRUSS Ethernet usecase.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726232248.24395-1-s-anna@ti.com
This patch adds the possibility to pass the PIN the OpenSSL Engine
used during signing via the environment variable MKIMAGE_SIGN_PIN.
This follows the approach used during kernel module
signing ("KBUILD_SIGN_PIN") or UBIFS image
signing ("MKIMAGE_SIGN_PIN").
Signed-off-by: Marc Kleine-Budde <mkl@pengutronix.de>
Some builds of squashfs-tools append version string with "-git" or
similar. The float() conversion will fail in this case.
Improve the code to only convert to float() the string before the '-'
character.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
With LTO activated, the buildman tools failed with an error on my
configuration (Ubuntu 20.04, stm32mp15_trusted_defconfig) with the error:
../arm-linux-gnueabi/bin/nm:
scripts/gen_ll_addressable_symbols.sh: file format not recognized
It seems the shell variable initialization NM=$(NM) is not correctly
interpreted when shell is started in the Makefile, but I have not this
issue when I compile the same target without buildman.
I don't found the root reason of the problem but I solve it by
providing $(NM) as script parameter instead using a shell variable.
The command executed is identical:
cmd_keep-syms-lto.c := NM=arm-none-linux-gnueabihf-gcc-nm \
u-boot/scripts/gen_ll_addressable_symbols.sh arch/arm/cpu/built-in.o \
.... net/built-in.o >keep-syms-lto.c
cmd_keep-syms-lto.c := u-boot/scripts/gen_ll_addressable_symbols.sh \
arm-none-linux-gnueabihf-gcc-nm arch/arm/cpu/built-in.o \
... net/built-in.o > keep-syms-lto.c
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
*sig_size isn't set until later so use the correct variables.
Signed-off-by: Donald Chan <hoiho@lab126.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At early U-Boot stage, before relocation, MMU is not yet configured
and disabled. DDR may not be configured with the correct memory
attributes (can be configured in MT_DEVICE instead of MT_MEMORY).
In this case, usage of memcpy_{from, to}io() may leads to synchronous
abort in AARCH64 in case the normal memory address is not 64Bits aligned.
To avoid such situation, forbid usage of normal memory cast to (u64 *) in
case MMU is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: mark.kettenis@xs4all.nl
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Align reset_cpu function with the next prototypes in
sysreset.h or in cpu_func.h to solve compilation issue:
void reset_cpu(void);
This patch solves the prototype conflict when cpu_func.h is
included.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
These are out of date. Update them and point to the existing build
instructions to avoid duplication. Add a few that are missing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present this driver assumes that ulong is 64-bits long. On 32-bit
machines it is not. Use the 64-bit code only on 64-bit machines.
This makes things work correctly on 32-bit machines.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This rule should not be in the top-level Makefile. Now that we have a
consistent set of I2C Kconfigs for U-Boot proper, SPL and TPL, we can move
it.
Make use of the existing SPL/TPL rule in drivers/Makefile instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rename these options so that CONFIG_IS_ENABLED can be used with them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
At present we have CONFIG_SPL_I2C but not CONFIG_I2C. The reason
CONFIG_I2C is not strictly necessary is that:
a) We have CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LEGACY and CONFIG_DM_I2C for the two possible
i2c stacks
b) In U-Boot proper, we always build drivers/i2c/ regardless of the
options
Still, it is better to have CONFIG_I2C - it makes U-Boot proper similar to
SPL/TPL, so we can (in a future commit) simplify the Makefile rules.
Enable it by default, since as above, we have separate options
(SYS_I2C_LEGACY and DM_I2C) to control whether it is 'really' enabled.
Once we have migrated I2C to driver model, we can drop SYS_I2C_LEGACY and
make DM_I2C become I2C. For now, this lets us simplify the Makefile rules.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This actually does nothing but is defined by a few dozen boards. Drop it,
so we can define a real one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
While there is a CONFIG_I2C it does not really mean anything and is
defined by only a few dozen boards. This should key off
CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LEGACY instead.
Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
It is quite confusing that CONFIG_SYS_I2C selects the legacy I2C and
CONFIG_DM_I2C selects the current I2C. The deadline to migrate I2C is less
than a year away.
Also we want to have a CONFIG_I2C for U-Boot proper just like we have
CONFIG_SPL_I2C for SPL, so we can simplify the Makefile rules.
Rename this symbol so it is clear it is going away.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Rename this option so that CONFIG_IS_ENABLED can be used with it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
These don't belong in the drivers Makefile so move them down into
the correct place.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Fixup some missing dependencies this exposed]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Adjust the subdirectories included in this file so that they are in
alphabetical order. This makes it easier to follow.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than looking at two KConfig options in the Makefile, create a new
Kconfig option for compiling lib/charset.c
Enable it for UFS also, which needs this support.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
It is bad practice to put function declarations behind an #ifdef since
it makes it impossible to use IS_ENABLED() in the C code. The main reason
for doing this is when an empty static inline function is desired when
the feature is disabled.
To this end, this header provides two different versions of various
functions and macros. Collect them together in one place for clarity.
Allow all the rest of the header to be included, regardless of the
setting of EFI_LOADER.
With the inclusion of blk.h the 'struct blk_desc' declaration is
unnecessary. Drop it while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since the ACPI-generation code makes use of UUIDs we typically need to
enabled UUID support for it to build. Add a new Kconfig condition.
Use it for BTRFS also.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This file does not correctly handle the various cases, sometimes
producing warnings about partition_basic_data_guid being defined but not
used. Fix it.
There was some discussion about adjusting Kconfig or making
HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE a prerequisite for PARTITIONS, but apparently this is
not feasible. Such changes can be undertaken separate from the goal of
this series.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when using 'make mrproper' on an out-of-tree build, a warning
is shown about include/asm being a directory. With old versions of U-Boot
it is a file, but more recently it has become a directory.
Remove this directory first, since that covers both cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The aarch64 catch-all job is starting to get close to or exceed the time
limit for jobs. Move the i.MX8 boards to their own job to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add usage for the setexpr command. It has been added to describe
mainly the new setexpr format string operation.
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add format string handling operator to the setexpr command.
It allows to use C or Bash like format string expressions to be
evaluated with the result being stored inside the environment variable
name.
setexpr <name> fmt <format> [value]...
The following example
setexpr foo fmt "%d, 0x%x" 0x100 ff
will result in $foo being set to "256, 0xff".
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Import the following helper functions from Busybox-1.33.1 which are
required by printf.c:
process_escape_sequence from libbb/process_escape_sequence.c,
skip_whitespace from libbb/skip_whitespace.c,
overlapping_strcpy from libbb/safe_strncpy.c
src-url: https://git.busybox.net/busybox/
commit bcc5b0e6caca6c7602a6a41f "Bump version to 1.33.1"
version: 1.33.1
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Import printf.c from the Busybox project, which provides Bash like
format string handling.
src-url: https://git.busybox.net/busybox/
commit bcc5b0e6caca6c7602a6a41f "Bump version to 1.33.1"
version: 1.33.1
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Add simple_strtoll function for converting a string containing digits
into a long long int value.
Signed-off-by: Roland Gaudig <roland.gaudig@weidmueller.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
- Add SMBIOS info for Khadas VIM boards
- Fix meson-axg-mipi PHY build
- Fix VIM3 board phy-names property setup
- Return correct value for non emmc boot sources on VIM3
- add kernel compression vars
- FIP Enable OP-TEE and TZC support in SPL for STM32MP15 SoC
- Add stm32mp15 missing SPI clock support
- Manage pull-up on gpio button STM32MP15 boards
- Correct STM32MP15 boot when TAMPER registers are invalid
- Fix EMMC pinmux on STM32MP15 Avenger96 board
Khadas vim series: Use devicetree for SMBIOS settings
Add settings and enable the default sysinfo driver so that these can come
from the device tree.
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
With commit 84a42ae366 ("dm: core: Rename device node to indicate it
is private") and commit f10643cf8a ("dm: core: Access device ofnode
through functions") accesses to the "node" member were replaced with
dev_ofnode(). Also apply that replacement here.
Fixes: 4547551aa0 ("phy: Add Amlogic AXG MIPI PCIe Analog PHY driver")
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
With commit 41575d8e4c ("dm: treewide: Rename auto_alloc_size members
to be shorter") "priv_auto_alloc_size" was renamed to "priv_auto". Apply
the rename to these two drivers as well.
Fixes: 4547551aa0 ("phy: Add Amlogic AXG MIPI PCIe Analog PHY driver")
Fixes: 7ef19503ba ("phy: Add Amlogic AXG MIPI D-PHY driver")
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
need return -1 if boot source is not EMMC or SD ( for example it will be
useful if we have multy env sources configuration and device was booted
from SPI flash and env need read from SPI not from mmc )
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
make possible to load simple compressed linux kernel for meson64
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Add the "/reserved-memory/optee" node to the SPL devicetree. The
purpose is to allow configuring TZC regions when booting OP-TEE.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
OP-TEE is very particular about how the TZC should be configured.
When booting an OP-TEE payload, an incorrect TZC configuration will
result in a panic.
Most information can be derived from the SPL devicetree. The only
information we don't have is the split between TZDRAM and shared
memory. This has to be hardcoded. The rest of the configuration is
fairly easy, and only requires 3 TZC regions. Configure them.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
The purpose of this change is to allow configuring TrustZone (TZC)
memory permissions. For example, OP-TEE expects TZC regions to be
configured in a very particular way. The API presented here is
intended to allow exactly that.
UCLASS support is not implemented, because it would not be too useful.
Changing TZC permissions needs to be done with care, so as not to cut
off access to memory we are currently using. One place where we can
use this is at the end of SPL, right before jumping to OP-TEE.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
OP-TEE requires some particular setup, which is not needed for linux
or other payloads. Add a hook for platform-specific code to perform
any OP-TEE related configuration and initialization.
A weak function is used because it is symmetrical to other
spl_board_prepare_for_*() implementations. A solution to avoid the use
of weak functions would trivially apply to all these implementations.
However, re-designing this is beyond the scope of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
In general, Falcon mode means we're booting a linux kernel directly.
With FIT images, however, an OP-TEE secure kernel can be booted before
linux. Thus, if the next stage is an IH_OS_TEE, this isn't necessarily
a problem.
Of course, a general solution would involve mmc_load_image_raw_os()
only loading the binary, and leaving the decision of suitability to
someone else. However, a rework of the boot flow is beyond the scope
of this patch. Accept IH_OS_TEE as a valid OS value.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Commit 500327e2ea ("ARM: dts: stm32mp1: DT alignment with Linux kernel v5.8-rc1")
renamed sdmmc2_d47_pins_b phandle to sdmmc2_d47_pins_c, but without updating
the AV96 DT which uses that phandle. Linux missed similar update as well and
it was only added in commit 1ad6e36ec266 ("ARM: dts: stm32: Fix sdmmc2 pins
on AV96") .
Update the AV96 DT pinmux phandle, otherwise eMMC 8bit mode does not work
and access to eMMC takes a very long time to fall back to 4bit mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add the missing SPI clock even if these instances are not available
on STMicroelectronics boards: SPI2_K, SPI3_K, SPI4_K, SPI6_K.
With this patch, the SPI2 / SPI3 / SPI4 / SPI6 instances can be used on
customer design without the clock driver error:
stm32mp1_clk_get_id: clk id 131 not found
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
When a push-button is released and PA13/PA14 are defined as input (high-Z)
the LED should not be active as the circuit is open but a small current
leak through PCB or push-button close the circuit and allows a small LED
bias giving erroneous level voltage.
So it is recommended to activate an internal pull-up in order to clearly
fix the voltage at PA13/PA14 when button is released and to wait
a short delay before to read the GPIO value only when the pull-up is
correctly configured.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When the TAMP register 20 have an invalid value (0x0 for example after
TAMPER error) the "boot_device" U-Boot env variable have no value and
no error is displayed in U-Boot log.
The STM32MP boot command bootcmd_stm32mp failed with strange trace:
"Boot over !"
and the next command in bootcmd_stm32mp failed with few indication:
if test ${boot_device} = serial || test ${boot_device} = usb;
then stm32prog ${boot_device} ${boot_instance};
As it is difficult to investigate, the current patch avoids this issue:
- change the debug message to error: "unexpected boot mode" is displayed
- display trace "Boot over invalid!" in bootcmd_stm32mp
- execute "run distro_bootcmd" to try all the possible target
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The J721E R5 SPL will no longer support booting of the Main R5FSS Core0
after the R5 SPL re-architecture for System Firmware split. The MCU R5F
branch-only boot does not use the K3 R5F remoteproc driver, and relies
only on the filesystem (FS) support for now. The K3 R5F remoteproc driver
is therefore no longer needed in R5 SPL, so drop it from the J721E R5
defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-6-s-anna@ti.com
The MAIN R5FSS0 cluster and corresponding nodes are no longer required
to be enabled in R5 SPL after removing the support for booting any core
from this cluster on R5 SPL. So, remove these from the relevant dts
files.
This is essentially a revert of the additions done in commit 2984b82b3b
("arm: dts: k3-j721e-r5: Enable r5fss0 cluster in SPL").
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-5-s-anna@ti.com
The mach-k3 common code defined a weak start_non_linux_remote_cores()
function so that the proper implementation can be plugged in the
SoC-specific source files. This won't be needed anymore, so remove the
the common code.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-4-s-anna@ti.com
The common J7 specific start_non_linux_remote_cores() override function
implements the logic to load and boot the Main R5FSS Core0 from R5 SPL.
This won't be supported any more for either J721E or J7200 after the R5
SPL rearchitecture for the System Firmware split into TI Foundation
Security (TIFS) and Device Management (DM) firmwares. So, cleanup the
corresponding code and the related SPL env variables.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-3-s-anna@ti.com
The Main R5FSS Core0 on J721E SoCs is originally booted from R5 SPL
itself to achieve certain product-level early-boot metrics. This is
no longer supported after the R5 SPL re-architecture (support merged
for v2021.10-rc1). Move the booting of this core altogether from R5
SPL to A72 U-Boot.
The env variables are left as is for now, and will be cleaned up
in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726211311.5977-2-s-anna@ti.com
The default U-Boot environment variables and design are all set up to
have the MCU R5FSS cluster to be in Split-mode. This is the setting
in v2021.01 U-Boot and the dt nodes are synched with the kernel binding
property names in commit 468ec2f3ef ("remoteproc: k3_r5: Sync to
upstreamed kernel DT property names") merged in v2021.04-rc2.
The mode for the cluster got switched back to LockStep mode by mistake
in commit e497876343 ("arm: dts: k3-am65: Sync Linux v5.11-rc6 dts
into U-Boot") also in v2021.04-rc2. This throws the following warning
messages when early-booting the cores using default env variables,
k3_r5f_rproc r5f@41400000: Invalid op: Trying to start secondary core 2 in lockstep mode
Load Remote Processor 1 with data@addr=0x82000000 65268 bytes: Failed!
Fix this by switching back the cluster to the expected Split-mode.
Make this mode change in the u-boot specific dtsi file to avoid such
sync overrides in the future until the kernel dts is also switched to
Split-mode by default.
Fixes: e497876343 ("arm: dts: k3-am65: Sync Linux v5.11-rc6 dts into U-Boot")
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726162213.28719-1-s-anna@ti.com
Kconfig symbols for SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV and SYS_MMC_ENV_PART have been added by
commit 7d08077334. Therefore, move the
definitions of configs to corresponding board defconfig files and enable
configs to save env in eMMC.
Also enable config for FAT write in U-Boot.
Fixes: 33b7258947 ("board: ti: am64x: Add board support for am64x evm")
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726152807.22991-5-a-govindraju@ti.com
A Wilink wireless device is connected to MMCSD0 subsystem and is not
supported in U-Boot. Therefore, disable main_sdhci0 device tree node in
U-Boot.
If main_sdhci0 device tree node is disabled then the the index of
main_sdhci1 node becomes 0 which leads to break in boot flow. Therefore,
add an alias to fix the index to 1.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726152807.22991-3-a-govindraju@ti.com
CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE was set to 0x70000000 in the commit,
"26f32c32b250 configs: am64x_evm_*_defconfig: Rearrange the components in
SRAM to satisfy the limitations for USB DFU boot mode". This change seems
to have been dropped during a merge commit.
Therefore, fix this by setting CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE to 0x70000000.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210726145840.18977-1-a-govindraju@ti.com
MAIN CPSW0 requires the PHY to be powered on and reset for QSGMII
operation. Add a env variable to configure driving "0" on ENET_EXP_PWRDN
controlled by GPIO EXPANDER2 (I2C Addr: 0x22), PIN: 17 and driving "1"
on ENET_EXP_RESETZ controlled by GPIO EXPANDER2 (I2C Addr: 0x22),
PIN: 18.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210721155849.20994-18-kishon@ti.com
Configure the parent clock of wiz3_pll0_refclk to the internal clock
required for USB3 to be functional and also remove "ti,usb2-only"
property as it now supports USB3 mode. This has properties specific to
u-boot on top of DT present in v5.13 of Linux Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210721155849.20994-12-kishon@ti.com
Add support for WIZ module present in TI's J721E SoC. WIZ is a SERDES
wrapper used to configure some of the input signals to the SERDES. It is
used with both Sierra(16G) and Torrent(10G) SERDES. This driver configures
three clock selects (pll0, pll1, dig) and supports resets for each of the
lanes.
This is an adaptation of the linux driver.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210721155849.20994-10-kishon@ti.com
Add a Sierra PHY driver with PCIe and USB support.
This driver is a port from the mainline linux driver.
The PHY has multiple lanes, which can be configured into
groups, and a generic PHY device is created for each group.
There are two resets controlling the overall PHY block, one
to enable the APB interface for programming registers, and
another to enable the PHY itself. Additionally there are
resets for each PHY lane.
The PHY can be configured in hardware to read register
settings from ROM, or they can be written by the driver.
The sequence of operation on startup is to enable the APB
bus, write the PHY registers (if required) for each lane
group, and then enable the PHY. Each group of lanes
can then be individually controlled using the power_on()/
power_off() function for that generic PHY
One difference with the linux driver is that the PHY is
always reset after it is powered-on. This is because role
switching is not supported in u-boot and the cable
orientation is handled by the PHY reset.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Alan Douglas <adouglas@cadence.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210721155849.20994-8-kishon@ti.com
This device tree is imported from Linux 5.13.1 and enabled via the
am335x board file and the am335x evm defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
These device trees are updated to match the versions in Linux 5.13.1.
The tick-timer entry in am335x-bone-common.dtsi is preserved.
Signed-off-by: Paul Barker <paul.barker@sancloud.com>
It is useful to have a board with unit tests enabled, to check that this
does not break.
Let's choose snow, since it is not under active development and it is
glorious.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Add a bus driver for this and use it to configure the bus parameters for
the Ethernet interface. Drop the old pre-driver-model code.
Switch over to use driver model for Ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Move the PHY properties from DWC3 node to USB node in ZynqMP DTs as here
the USB3 PHY used is PSGTR, which is connected to Xilinx USB core. This
PHY initialization should be handled from Xilinx USB core as the
prerequisite register configurations are done here only.
Signed-off-by: Manish Narani <manish.narani@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add kernel_comp_addr_r, kernel_comp_size env variables for zynqmp and
versal to be able to use the compressed kernel Image(.gz,.bz2,.lzma,.lzo)
using booti command.
Signed-off-by: Raju Kumar Pothuraju <raju.kumar-pothuraju@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
It is default value which had been converted by commit 432e398068
("include/configs: drop default definitions of CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE"). That's
why also remove it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
reset and poweroff are called via hooks in psci driver which is going
around sysreset framework that's why enable sysreset drivers and do reset
and poweroff via this framework. Using this flow will allow us to call
SYSTEM_WARM_RESET based on psci 1.1 spec which can be calles with reset -w
command.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The SPL can also be compiled with sysreset drivers just fine, so
update the condition to cater for that option.
The same change was done by commit efa1a62ad2 ("ARM: imx8m: Do not define
do_reset() if sysreset is enabled").
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_POWEROFF defines do_poweroff() in sysreset-uclass.c
that's why don't define it twice when both CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_POWEROFF and
CONFIG_CMD_POWEROFF are enabled. CONFIG_SYSRESET_CMD_POWEROFF depends on
CONFIG_CMD_POWEROFF.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add support for xilinx multirate(MRMAC) ethernet driver.
This driver uses multichannel DMA(MCDMA) for data transfers of MRMAC.
Added support for 4 ports of MRMAC for speeds 10G and 25G.
MCDMA supports upto 16 channels but in this driver we have setup only
one channel which is enough.
Tested 10G and 25G on all 4 ports.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add speed macro's for higher ethernet speeds to be used in u-boot
networking drivers. Added Macros for speeds 14G, 20G, 25G, 40G, 50G,
56G, 100G and 200G inline with linux.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
lpd_lsbus is clock which is used by many IPs like dmas, gems, gpio, sdhcis,
spis, ttcs, uarts, watchdog that's why make sense to also enable access to
change this clock. For this clock you already get the rate.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The board zynqmp-zc1751-xm016-dc2 support only USB2.0.
This patch removes USB3.0 DT configuration for DC2 board.
Signed-off-by: Piyush Mehta <piyush.mehta@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The system refuses to boot without any environment, so return ENVL_NOWHERE when
there's nowhere to store the environment instead of ENVL_UNKNOWN.
This fixes that the board won't boot from eMMC when CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT is not
defined, for example. Similar for other combinations.
Fixes: 1025bd098a "xilinx: zynqmp: Add support for saving variables"
Signed-off-by: Mike Looijmans <mike.looijmans@topic.nl>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
All these variables/structure are local and should be static.
Issues are reported by sparse:
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:49:11: warning: symbol 'zynqmp_iclk_phases' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:50:11: warning: symbol 'zynqmp_oclk_phases' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:53:11: warning: symbol 'versal_iclk_phases' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:54:11: warning: symbol 'versal_oclk_phases' was not declared. Should it be static?
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:546:24: warning: symbol 'arasan_ops' was not declared. Should it be static?
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Fix these kernel doc warnings:
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:181: warning: contents before sections
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:236: warning: contents before sections
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:291: warning: contents before sections
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:297: warning: Function parameter or member 'degrees' not described in 'sdhci_versal_sdcardclk_set_phase'
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:354: warning: contents before sections
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:360: warning: Function parameter or member 'degrees' not described in 'sdhci_versal_sampleclk_set_phase'
drivers/mmc/zynq_sdhci.c:467: warning: contents before sections
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Split arasan_zynqmp_set_tapdelay() to handle input and output tapdelays
separately. This is required to handle zero values for ITAP and OTAP
values. If we dont split, we will have to remove the if() in the
function, which makes ITAP values to be overwritten when OTAP values are
called to set and vice-versa.
Restrict tap_delay value calculated to max allowed 8 bits for ITAP and 6
bits for OTAP for ZynqMP.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Restrict tap_delay value to the allowed size(8bits for itap and 6 bits
for otap) before writing to the tap delay register.
Clear ITAP and OTAP delay bits before updating with the new tap value
for Versal platform.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Allow configuring ITAP and OTAP values with zero to avoid failures in
some cases (one of them is SD boot mode). Legacy, SDR12 modes require
to program the ITAP and OTAP values as zero, whereas for SDR50 and SDR104
modes ITAP value is zero.
In SD boot mode firmware configures the SD ITAP and OTAP values and
in this case u-boot has to re-configure required tap values(including zero)
based on the operating mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
set_phase() functions are not modifying the ret value and returning
the same uninitialized ret, return 0 instead.
Keep the return type as int to return errors when the tapdelay's are
set via xilinx_pm_request() in future.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
commit 03f1f78a9b ("spl: fit: Prefer a malloc()'d buffer for loading
images")' changed the way buffer allocation worked for SPL to a more
flexible method.
For xilinx zynqmp the 1MB buffer is not necessarily enough when dealing
with complex fit images (e.g. containing FPGA/TF-A/OP-TEE/U-Boot
proper), which can easily reach up to 10MB, so increase the default
CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE size to 16MB to cover more advanced
scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Ricardo Salveti <ricardo@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc1-3
Documentation:
provide Makefile documentation
SMBIOS:
generate BIOS release date based on UEFI version
improve error handling in SMBIOS table generation
UEFI:
correct handling of signed capsule if authentication if off
Commit b81406db51 ("arm: serial: Add debug UART capability to the
pl01x driver") add supports to use pl01x as a debug UART. However,
due to CONFIG_IS_ENABLED macro requires CONFIG_SPL_* prefix, the
_debug_uart_init() would not choose TYPE_PL011 in SPL build. This
patch fixes the bug by judging CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_PL011 explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Chen Baozi <chenbaozi@phytium.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the path from doc/uefi to doc/develop/uefi.
Fixes: commit d1ceeeff6c ("doc: Move UEFI under develop/")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
After the commit c70f44817d ("efi_loader: simplify 'printenv -e'"),
"-all" option is no longer necessary.
Just remove them in the test script.
Fixes: c70f44817d ("efi_loader: simplify 'printenv -e'")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
In the commit c982874e93 ("efi_loader: refactor
efi_setup_loaded_image()"), setjmp-related definitions were moved to
efi_loaded_image_obj in efi_loader.h. So setjmp.h is no longer
refererenced in efi_api.h.
This also fixes some error when efi_api.h will be included in
mkeficapsule.c.
Fixes: c982874e93 ("efi_loader: refactor efi_setup_loaded_image()")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If capsule authentication is disabled and yet a capsule file is signed,
its signature must be removed from image data to flush.
Otherwise, the firmware will be corrupted after update.
Fixes: 04be98bd6b ("efi: capsule: Add support for uefi capsule
authentication")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
efi_guid_capsule_root_cert_guid is never used.
Just remove it.
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
SMBIOS tables only support 32bit addresses. If we don't have memory here
handle the error gracefully:
* on x86_64 fail to start U-Boot
* during UEFI booting ignore the missing table
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BIOS Release Date must be in format mm/dd/yyyy and must be release date.
U-Boot currently sets BIOS Release Date from U_BOOT_DMI_DATE macro which is
generated from current build timestamp.
Fix this issue by setting U_BOOT_DMI_DATE macro to U-Boot version which is
better approximation of U-Boot release date than current build timestamp.
Current U-Boot versioning is in format yyyy.mm so as a day choose 01.
Some operating systems are using BIOS Release Date for detecting when was
SMBIOS table filled or if it could support some feature (e.g. BIOS from
1990 cannot support features invented in 2000). So this change also ensures
that recompiling U-Boot from same sources but in different year does not
change behavior of some operating systems.
Macro U_BOOT_DMI_DATE is not used in other file than lib/smbios.c
so remove it from global autogenerated files and also from Makefile.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
* remove duplicate heading to avoid build error with 'make htmldocs'
* length of underlines must match header
* use appropriate header levels
* fix type %s/linux/Linux/
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
U-Boot uses the Linux Kbuild build system. Add the associated
documentation so that people can understand the Makefiles better.
This is taken from Linux v5.12
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
pl01x_putc() might return -EAGAIN if there was no space in FIFO. In that
case, high-level caller should wait until there is space and resend the
character.
Signed-off-by: Chen Baozi <chenbaozi@phytium.com.cn>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
smc and hvc commands take upto 8 user input arguments, the maximum
number of arguments of the U_BOOT_CMD macro should set to 9.
Besides, fix the typo (arg7 -> arg6) in hvc command's help message.
Signed-off-by: Siew Chin Lim <elly.siew.chin.lim@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CNTFRQ_EL0 is only writable from the highest supported exception
level on the platform. For Armv8-A, this is typically EL3, but
technically EL2 and EL3 are optional so it may need to be
initialized at EL2 or EL1. For Armv8-R, the highest exception
level is always EL2.
This patch moves the initialization outside of the switch_el
block and uses a new macro branch_if_not_highest_el which
dynamically detects whether it is at the highest supported
exception level.
Linux's docs state that CNTFRQ_EL0 should be initialized by the
bootloader. If not set, the the U-Boot prompt countdown hangs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Hoyes <Peter.Hoyes@arm.com>
For some reason, the DragonBoard 410c aborts autoboot immediately if
U-Boot is started without LK. It looks like it picks up a single broken
character via serial and therefore believes a key was pressed to abort
autoboot.
After some debugging, it seems like adding some delay after pinctrl
setup but before UART initialization fixes the issue. It's also worth
mentioning that unlike when booting from LK, the pinctrl setup is
actually necessary when booting U-Boot without LK since UART is broken
if the pinctrl line is removed.
I suspect that reconfiguring the pins might take some time to stabilize
and if the UART controller is enabled too quickly it will pick up some
random noise. Adding a few milliseconds of delay fixes the issue and
shouldn't have any other negative side effects.
3ms seems to be the minimum delay required in my tests, use 5ms instead
just to be sure.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
At the moment pressing the volume down key does not actually launch
fastboot. This is because setting "bootdelay" to "-1" actually
disables autoboot and drops to the U-Boot console. It does not execute
the "bootcmd".
The correct value for "bootdelay" here would be "-2", which disables
the delay and key checking and would immediately execute the "bootcmd".
However, even better in this case is using "preboot" to trigger Fastboot.
The advantage is that running "fastboot continue" will actually continue
the autoboot process instead of ending up in the U-Boot shell.
Also make sure to unset "preboot" again immediately in case the user
saves the environment after triggering fastboot.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Fixes: aa043ee91a ("db410c: automatically launch fastboot")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The DragonBoard 410c has proprietary firmware from Qualcomm that
reserves 8 MiB of memory for tz/smem/hyp/rmtfs/rfsa from 0x86000000
to 0x86800000. I'm not aware of any ATF (ARM Trusted Firmware) port
for DB410c that would reserve 30 MiB of memory at the end of RAM.
I suspect the comment might have been copied from hikey.h which has
a very similar comment (and which actually does have an ATF port).
Reducing the memory size just prevents U-Boot from using the end of
the RAM, not the reserved region inbetween. Therefore we might as well
display the correct DRAM size (1 GiB) instead of strange 986 MiB.
Fixes: 626f048bbc ("board: Add Qualcomm Dragonboard 410C support")
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
At the moment the U-Boot port for the DragonBoard 410c is designed
to be loaded as an Android boot image after Qualcomm's Little Kernel (LK)
bootloader. This is simple to set up but LK is redundant in this case,
since everything done by LK can be also done directly by U-Boot.
Dropping LK entirely has at least the following advantages:
- Easier installation/board code (no need for Android boot images)
- (Slightly) faster boot
- Boot directly in 64-bit without a round trip to 32-bit for LK
So far this was not possible yet because of unsolved problems:
1. Signing tool: The firmware expects a "signed" ELF image with extra
(Qualcomm-specific) ELF headers, usually used for secure boot.
The DragonBoard 410c does not have secure boot by default but the
extra ELF headers are still required.
2. PSCI bug: There seems to be a bug in the PSCI implementation
(part of the TrustZone/tz firmware) that causes all other CPU cores
to be started in 32-bit mode if LK is missing in the boot chain.
This causes Linux to hang early during boot.
There is a solution for both problems now:
1. qtestsign (https://github.com/msm8916-mainline/qtestsign)
can be used as a "signing" tool for U-Boot and other firmware.
2. A workaround for the "PSCI bug" is to execute the TZ syscall when
entering U-Boot. That way PSCI is made aware of the 64-bit switch
and starts all other CPU cores in 64-bit mode as well.
Simplify the dragonboard410c board by removing all the extra code that
is only used to build an Android boot image that can be loaded by LK.
This allows dropping the custom linker script, special image magic,
as well as most of the special build/installation instructions.
CONFIG_REMAKE_ELF is used to build a new ELF image that has both U-Boot
and the appended DTB combined. The resulting u-boot.elf can then be
passed to the "signing" tool (e.g. qtestsign).
The PSCI workaround is placed in the "boot0" hook that is enabled
with CONFIG_ENABLE_ARM_SOC_BOOT0_HOOK. The extra check for EL1 allows
compatibility with custom firmware that enters U-Boot in EL2 or EL3,
e.g. qhypstub (https://github.com/msm8916-mainline/qhypstub).
As a first step these changes apply only to DragonBoard410c.
Similar changes could likely also work for the DragonBoard 820c.
Note that removing LK wouldn't be possible that easily without a lot of
work already done three years ago by Ramon Fried. A lot of missing
initialization, pinctrl etc was already added back then even though
it was not strictly needed yet.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Since we can not set OsIndications from Runtime Services
SetVariables at this moment, it is better to ignore the
OsIndications if there is any capsule file in the
correct place.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since the recent commit;
commit b891ff18f8 ("efi_loader: Force a single FMP instance per hardware store")
forces a single FMP instances for a storage, we can not
enable both RAW and FIT capsule image support at once.
Since RAW capsule image support is simpler than FIT,
enable RAW capsule image instead of FIT by default.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Enable UEFI secure boot on synquacer. Note that unless user
setup their keys, the secure boot will not work.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since the U-Boot for the SynQuacer DeveloperBox is designed for
compatible with EDK2 boot, we don't need to support Ext2/4 fs
support by default. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since MTD partitions are based on the devicetree name,
remove unneeded mtdparts settings and update DFU setting.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Add partition information to the spi-nor flash.
This is required for accessing NOR flash via mtdparts.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Make the U-Boot binary for SynQuacer position independent so
that the previous bootloader (SCP firmware or BL2) can load
the U-Boot anywhere.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since the SCBM SMMU is not only connected to the NETSEC
but also shared with the F_SDH30 (eMMC controller), that
should be initialized at board level instead of NETSEC.
Move the SMMU initialization code into board support
and call it from board_init().
Without this fix, if the NETSEC is disabled, the Linux
eMMC ADMA cause an error because SMMU is not initialized.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
This adds tests for the crypt-based and plain SHA256-based password hashing
algorithms in the autoboot flow.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case crypt-based hashing is enabled this will be the default mechanism
that is used. If a user wants to have support for both, the environment
variable `bootstopusesha256` can be set to `true` to allow plain SHA256
based hashing of the password.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The key-sequence based unlock mechanisms are sensitive to junk symbols
that could have been sent to stdin and are still waiting to be retrieved.
Enabling this option will read all symbols off stdin before displaying the
autoboot prompt (and starting to read the password from stdin).
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In case a user has to enter a complicated password it is sometimes
desireable to give the user more time than the default timeout.
Enabling this feature will disable the timeout entirely in case the user
presses the <Enter> key before entering any other character.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
While doing code-review internally this got nitpicked by 2 reviewers, so
I decided to include this here.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
In order to prevent using the global errno, replace it with a static
version and create a wrapper function which returns the error value.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add the basic functionality required to support the standard crypt
format.
The files crypt-sha256.c and crypt-sha512.c originate from libxcrypt and
their formatting is therefor retained.
The integration is done via a crypt_compare() function in crypt.c.
```
libxcrypt $ git describe --long --always --all
tags/v4.4.17-0-g6b110bc
```
Signed-off-by: Steffen Jaeckel <jaeckel-floss@eyet-services.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
RTC devices could provide battery-backed memory that can be used for
storing the reboot mode magic value.
Add a new reboot-mode back-end that uses RTC to store the reboot-mode
magic value. The driver also supports both endianness modes.
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A use case for controlling the boot mode is when the user wants
to control the device boot by pushing a button without needing to
go in user-space.
Add a new backed for reboot mode where GPIOs are used to control the
reboot-mode. The driver is able to scan a predefined list of GPIOs
and return the magic value. Having the modes associated with
the magic value generated based on the GPIO values, allows the
reboot mode uclass to select the proper mode.
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
A new driver uclass is created to handle the reboot mode control.
The new uclass driver is updating an environment variable with the
configured reboot mode. The mode is extracted from a map provided
at initialization time. The map contains a list of modes
and associated ids.
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@vaisala.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CONFIG_NET_MULTI has been removed long time ago by commit 795428fc67
("net: remove CONFIG_NET_MULTI") but 4 boards were added later which wasn't
found. The patch is removing this reference from 4 boards.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <chris.packham@alliedtelesis.co.nz>
The macro should be passed a state, which should be passed
to the actual function. Otherwise using that macro would
yield a build error.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
The ARM Juno boards can be used as somewhat decent machines to run
off-the-shelf distributions, with USB, SATA, GBit Ethernet and 8GB of
DRAM.
With stable DTs in the board's NOR flash this would work really nicely,
however the default boot command is to fetch a kernel and an initrd from
the on-board NOR flash, which sounds somewhat embedded.
Include the config_distro_bootcmd.h header and define the available
devices (starting with USB, to catch USB installer sticks) to make
distributions and UEFI work out of the box.
The NOR flash kernel functionality is still preserved as the last
resort, should all other methods fail.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The generic distro boot sequence iterates over several types of devices,
trying one after another. In doing do, it starts with setting the
"devtype" variable, then uses this later in more generic commands.
Now most (block) device types use a local variable for that, but DHCP
puts the type into the environment, where it shadows any local variables.
As a consequence any boot attempt after bootcmd_dhcp has been run fails:
===========================
VExpress64# run bootcmd_dhcp
...
VExpress64# run bootcmd_sata0
SATA#0:
(3.0 Gbps)
SATA#1:
(No RDY)
Device 0: Model: 16GB SATA Flash Drive ....
... is now current device
Couldn't find partition dhcp 0:1
===========================
This problem typically doesn't show, because DHCP is mostly the last
command to try, but is a problem when this order is different, or when
distro_bootcmd or bootcmd_xxx are run separately or multiple times.
Let bootcmd_dhcp use a local variable, as the other kids do, to make the
order of boot commands irrelevant, and allow repeated calls.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When we build U-Boot with POSITION_INDEPENDENT we must have
SYS_TEXT_BASE be set to zero. Make this the default in that case.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Switch to fit_image_get_data_and_size() for consistency with all other
data loaded from FIT.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
As 'part_get_info_by_name' now returns more status codes than just
-1 to indicate failure, we need to update the return value check.
Signed-off-by: Anders Dellien <anders.dellien@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
This patch add support for using NXP's pca8574 I2C IO expander, which
has only 8 IO lines.
After this change the .data member's information from struct udevice_id
are used to either sent one or two bytes.
Moreover, the '_le16' suffix from pcf8575_i2c_{write|read}_le16()
functions have been removed as now we also sent 8 bit data.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Those members are not used anymore as ones from gpio_dev_priv
structure (when DM_GPIO support is enabled) are used instead.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Allow pin name parameter for pimux staus command,
as gpio command to get status of one pin.
The possible usage of the command is:
> pinmux dev pinctrl
> pinmux status
> pinmux status -a
> pinmux status <pin-name>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Update the result of do_status and always returns a CMD_RET_ value
(-ENOSYS was a possible result of show_pinmux).
This patch also adds pincontrol name in error messages (dev->name)
and treats correctly the status sub command when pin-controller device is
not selected.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This change ensures both U-Boot and OP-TEE see the same content
from shared memory when OP-TEE is invoked prior U-Boot relocation.
This change is required since U-Boot may execute with data cache off
while OP-TEE always enables cache on memory shared with U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Jens Wiklander <jens.wiklander@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
It's possible that LOAD_FIT_FULL will have different values for TPL and
SPL, in which case just checking CONFIG_SPL_LOAD_FIT_FULL causes this to
be compiled in to the TPL even though functions and struct members it
depends on are not.
Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() to ensure the correct TPL/SPL variant is
checked.
Signed-off-by: John Keeping <john@metanate.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Change the reg variable to not be unsigned so that we not get into an
unsigned compared against 0.
Signed-off-by: Cosmin-Florin Aluchenesei <aluchenesei.cosmin-florin@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Add a common empty ops: eqos_null_ops() to remove the duplicated empty
functions and reduce the driver size for stm32 and imx config.
This patch also aligns the prototype of ops 'eqos_stop_clks' with other
eqos ops by adding return value.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Use the generic ethernet phy which already manages the correct binding
for gpio reset, including the assert an deassert delays.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Since the commit commit 6a895d039b ("net: Update eQos driver and FEC
driver to use eth phy interfaces") the field phyaddr of driver private data
struct eqos_priv is no more used in eqos_start() for the phy_connect()
parameter.
Now this variable is only initialized in eqos_probe_resources_stm32()
it can be removed.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Bind any subnode with name beginning by mdio, mdio0 for example,
and not only the "mdio" as namei of subnode.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Replace debug trace and printf to log macros:
- debug() replaced by dev_dbg() when device is available, this macro
indicate the device name since commit ceb70bb870 ("dm: Print device
name in dev_xxx like Linux")
- printf() replaced by log_notice() to allow dispatch to log backends.
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
The gpio reset and the assert or deassert delay are defined in generic
binding of the ethernet phy in Linux:
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet-phy.yaml
reset-gpios:
maxItems: 1
description:
The GPIO phandle and specifier for the PHY reset signal.
reset-assert-us:
description:
Delay after the reset was asserted in microseconds. If this
property is missing the delay will be skipped.
reset-deassert-us:
description:
Delay after the reset was deasserted in microseconds. If
this property is missing the delay will be skipped.
See also U-Boot: doc/device-tree-bindings/net/phy.txt
This patch adds the parsing of this common DT properties in the
u-class "eth_phy_generic", used by default in the associated driver
"eth_phy_generic_drv"
This parsing function eth_phy_of_to_plat can be reused by other
ethernet phy drivers for this uclass UCLASS_ETH_PHY.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Fixed a defect of a null pointer being discovered by Coverity Scan:
CID 331544: Null pointer dereferences (REVERSE_INULL)
Null-checking "size" suggests that it may be null, but it has already been
dereferenced on all paths leading to the check.
Signed-off-by: Chen Guanqiao <chenguanqiao@kuaishou.com>
The sandbox can handle signals. Due to a damaged global data pointer
additional exceptions in the signal handler may occur leading to an endless
loop. In this case leave the handling of the secondary exception to the
operating system.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
One of binman's attributes is that it is extremely fast, at least for a
Python program. Add some simple timing around operations that might take
a while, such as reading an image and compressing it. This should help
to maintain the performance as new features are added.
This is for debugging purposes only.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the process outputs a lot of data on stdout this can be quite slow,
since the bytestring is regenerated each time. Use a bytearray instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The constructor should not read the node information. Move it to the
ReadNode() method instead. This allows this etype to be subclassed.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some images may take a while to build, e.g. if they are large and use slow
compression. Support compiling sections in parallel to speed things up.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(fixed to use a separate test file to fix flakiness)
At present compression uses the same temporary file for all invocations.
With multithreading this causes the data to become corrupted. Use a
different filename each time.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present when function names are logged, the output is a little hard to
read since every function is a different length. Add a way to pad the
names so that the log messages line up vertically. This doesn't work if
the function name is very long, but it makes a big difference in most
cases.
Use 20 characters as a default since this covers the vast majority of
functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to iterate over block devices. Typically there
are fixed and removable devices. For security reasons it is sometimes
useful to ignore removable devices since they are under user control.
Add iterators which support selecting the block-device type.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for reading devicetree flags for MMC devices. With this we
can distinguish between fixed and removable drives. Note that this
information is only available when the device is probed, not when it is
bound, since it is read in the of_to_plat() method. This could be changed
if needed later.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
If SPL fails to boot, try to provide an error code to indicate what is
wrong. For example, if a uclass is missing, this can return -EPFNOSUPPORT
(-96) which provides useful information.
Add a helper for accessing the image-loader name so we can drop the use
of #ifdefs in this code.
Put this feature behind a CONFIG_SHOW_ERRORS option to avoid increasing
the code size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If signature verification is not in use we don't need to worry about
the risk of using @ in node names. Update fit_image_verify() to allow
it if the function is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible to add a blob that ends at the end of the bloblist, but at
present this is not supported. Fix it and add a regression test for this
case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Some comments for struct bloblist_hdr are a bit ambiguous. Update them to
clarify the meaning more precisely. Also document bloblist_get_stats()
properly.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Sometimes a blob needs to expand, e.g. because it needs to hold more log
data. Add support for this. Note that the bloblist must have sufficient
spare space for this to work.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Rather than calling directly into the sandbox SDL code, we can use the
normal U-Boot console handling for this feature. Update the code, to make
it more generic.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a function to read this information from the EC. It is useful for
determining whether the battery has enough charge to boot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
SDL provides a hinting feature which provides a higher-quality image
with the double-display option (-K). Enable it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present the display does not show on some machines, e.g. Ubunutu
20.04 but the reason is unknown. Add a work-around until this can be
determined.
Also include more error checking just in case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SPL header has a function for obtaining the phase in capital letters,
e.g. 'SPL'. Add one for lower-case also, as used by sandbox.
Use this to generalise the sandbox logic for determining the filename of
the next sandbox executable. This can provide support for VPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When things go wrong it can be confusing to figure out what to change.
Add a few more details to the documentation.
Fix a 'make htmldocs' warning while we are here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
At present if a driver is missing a uclass or compatible stirng, this
is silently ignored. This makes sense in most cases, particularly for
the compatible string, since it is not required except when the driver
is used with of-platdata.
But it is also not very helpful. When there is some sort of problem
with a driver, the missing compatible string (for example) may be the
cause.
Add a warning in this case, showing it only for drivers which are used
by the build.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
Some rockchip drivers use a suffix on the of_match line which is not
strictly valid. At present this causes the parsing to fail. Fix this
and offer a warning.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This expects a . before the field name (.e.g '.compatible = ...) but
presently accepts anything at all. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
At present we show when a driver is missing but this is not always that
useful. There are various reasons why a driver may appear to be missing,
such as a parse error in the source code or a missing field in the driver
declaration.
Update the implementation to record all warnings for each driver, showing
only those which relate to drivers that are actually used. This avoids
spamming the user with warnings related to a driver for a different board.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Walter Lozano <walter.lozano@collabora.com>
Ensure USB hub, PCIe-USB bridge, and ULPI device to be reset
even if the rebooting is without power-cycling.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Chen <vincent.chen@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Create a new function spl_reset_device_by_gpio to reset the device
whose reset pin is connected to the GPIO. Then, using this function
to initialize GEMGXL.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Chen <vincent.chen@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This patch reverts the following commits:
- 4b4159d0f3 ("riscv: dts: add dts for unmatched rev1")
- ffe9a394df ("board: sifive: support spl multi-dtb on unmatched board")
We won't plan to support unmatched that the revision below 3 in u-boot,
so they can be dropped because they might be useless.
Changed in v2:
- rebase codebase to the latest master branch
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Suggested-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
If force_reloc flag is not set and booti is called for an address
ouside RAM (i. e. QSPI NOR flash), we should honor that and not try
to force relocation in a bogus fashion.
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Wool <vitaly.wool@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
We wouldn't like to allow user to change the serial number, so remove
the command for changing serial number in EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Suggested-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Filter out dmas dma-names interrupt-parent interrupts interrupts-extended
interrupt-names interrupt-map interrupt-map-mask iommus DT properties on
R-Car Gen3, since they are not used by U-Boot and only take space.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The RPC HF might be locked by ATF, and any access to its register
space would result in complete hang. Disable the RPC HF by default.
The ATF should be patched to set RPC node status = "okay" in the DT
fragment it passes to U-Boot in case the RPC HF access is unlocked,
and that way U-Boot could access the RPC HF safely.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The CPU: print only has one space after it, while the other prints
from U-Boot align the value to offset 7. Align the CPU: print too.
No functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable support for sysinfo on supported R-Car Gen3 boards. The sysinfo
is used e.g. to access and decode board-specific information and then
in turn used by board-info to print those information. On R-Car Gen3
the sysinfo rcar3 driver is used to parse the board ID EEPROM, obtain
board type and revision from it, and let board-info print this
information on boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Enable support for I2C EEPROM driver on supported Renesas R-Car Gen3 boards.
This is useful for accessing the board ID EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Add sysinfo node and phandle to the board ID EEPROM on all boards
where this functionality is described in DT, which is Salvator-X(S),
ULCB and Ebisu. The u-boot,dm-pre-reloc is necessary here, since the
sysinfo must be available early during boot. The V3M and V3H boards
currently do not describe this board ID EEPROM in upstream DT, but
that could be easily added later, once the DTs contain the necessary
nodes.
ULCB and Ebisu needs the full EEPROM node in the u-boot extras DT,
since the EEPROM node is still missing in the upstream DTs. Ebisu
also needs extra compatible string override for the i2c_dvfs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The Renesas R-Car Gen3 development kits contain board ID EEPROM.
This driver parses out the board ID and revision out of that
EEPROM and exports it e.g. for the board-info print on boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Set MC Firmware size in read commands in
env to 2MB.
Update DDR Memory read address for MC firmware to
0x80a00000 and MC DPC address to 0x80e00000.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Set MC Firmware size in read commands in
env to 2MB.
Update DDR Memory read address for MC firmware to
0x80a00000 and MC DPC address to 0x80e00000.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Set MC Firmware size in read commands in
env to 2MB.
Update DDR Memory read address for MC firmware to
0x80a00000 and MC DPC address to 0x80e00000.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Set MC Firmware size in read commands in
env to 2MB.
Update DDR Memory read address for MC firmware to
0x80a00000 and MC DPC address to 0x80e00000.
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
LS1043A-QDS board requires updation in few environment configs in TFA
and QSPI defconfigs.
Following are the changes:
- Define CONFIG_ENV_ADDR
- Unset CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR
- Enable CONFIG_SYS_RELOC_GD_ENV_ADDR
Signed-off-by: Kuldeep Singh <kuldeep.singh@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The optical 10G port is described as fixed-link in the device tree. Enable
the necessary support.
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
lx2160ardb Rev-C board has i2c node for thermal monitors
connected to different chip offset.
Add device tree fixup to use lx2160ardb dts and apply
thermal node fixups for lx2160ardb Rev-C board.
Signed-off-by: Wasim Khan <wasim.khan@nxp.com>
[sp:thernal->thermal]
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
The RGMII ports on LS1043ARDB platforms require both RX and TX internal
delays to be enabled. The device tree reports only the TX ID because the
RX ID used to be enabled by default.
With the addition of RX ID support for the Realtek 8211F PHY driver in
commit e32e4d0f58 ("net: phy: realtek: add rx delay support for
RTL8211F"), the RX ID is disabled by the driver if not reported explicitly.
This causes the RX to no longer work.
Change the phy-connection-type for the RGMII ports to "rgmii-id" in order
to enable both RX and TX internal delays.
Fixes: be1d758969 ("ARM: dts: add QorIQ DPAA 1 FMan v3 to LS1043ARDB")
Signed-off-by: Camelia Groza <camelia.groza@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Updates the board configuration to enable use of the PCA9547 I2C mux.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
[Squashed ls2088a patch to fix compilation]
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Refactors similar mux code from multiple NXP boards into a common location,
and allows it to be disabled in config.
New config: CONFIG_FSL_USE_PCA9547_MUX to enable PCA9547 mux functionality.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Carlson <stcarlso@linux.microsoft.com>
Reviewed-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
- Marvell SheevaPlug: Convert Ethernet and SATA to Driver Model (Tony)
- Zyxel NSA310S NAS: Convert to Driver Model (Tony)
- Turris_omnia: Add `u-boot-env` NOR partition (Marek)
- Turris_omnia: Fixup MTD partitions in Linux' DTB (Marek)
- Espressobin: Enable 'mtd' command and define SPI NOR partitions (Pali)
- Enabled distro boot for all TI platforms.
- Cleanup for AM335x Guardian Board
- PRUSS rproc on AM65 platform.
- Add PMIC support for J7200
- Misc fixes for Nokia RX-51
# Conflicts:
# arch/arm/mach-omap2/am33xx/Kconfig
U-Boot now supports parsing SPI NOR partitions from Device Tree. So enable
'mtd' command support for Espressobin board and define partition layout in
U-Boot Espressobin DTS file. Access to SPI NOR via 'sf' command is old
method and 'mtd' command is now preferred variant.
From include file remove '#define CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS' as this option is
now defined and enabled in defconfig file. This change is required to fix
compile error:
CC arch/arm/lib/asm-offsets.s
In file included from include/config.h:4,
from include/common.h:16,
from lib/asm-offsets.c:14:
include/configs/mvebu_armada-37xx.h:63: warning: "CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS" redefined
#define CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS /* required for UBI partition support */
In file included from ././include/linux/kconfig.h:4,
from <command-line>:
include/generated/autoconf.h:44: note: this is the location of the previous definition
#define CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 1
After enabling support for mtd command, output from 'mtd list' on
Espressobin board is:
=> mtd list
List of MTD devices:
* w25q32dw
- device: spi-flash@0
- parent: spi@10600
- driver: jedec_spi_nor
- path: /soc/internal-regs/spi@10600/spi-flash@0
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x1000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000000400000 : "w25q32dw"
- 0x000000000000-0x0000003f0000 : "firmware"
- 0x0000003f0000-0x000000400000 : "u-boot-env"
=>
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Fixup SPI NOR partition nodes in Linux' device tree prior booting Linux.
Linux' devicetree does not contain "u-boot-env" partition and we do not
want to add it there because the address is different between stock
U-Boot and current upstream U-Boot.
Instead we add code that recreates partition nodes from scratch
according to how U-Boot sees them (which is defined in U-Boot's device
tree).
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Specify a separate partition `u-boot-env` for U-Boot's env settings for
the Turris Omnia board.
Do this only in U-Boot's specific DTS. We do not want to do this in
Linux' official DTS, because Omnia's stock U-Boot stores env at a
different address, and there are still boards with stock U-Boot.
In a subsequent patch will add board code that fixes Linux's DTB before
booting Linux.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- In DM Ethernet, the old "egiga0" name is no longer valid, so replace it
with Ethernet PHY name from device tree. Also, Ethernet PHY address
is available so read it from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
In DM Ethernet, the old "egiga0" name is no longer valid, so replace it
with Ethernet PHY name from device tree. Also, Ethernet PHY address
is available so read it from device tree.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Convert to Driver Model.
- Add DM USB, DM Ethernet, and DM SATA configs to nsa310s_defconfig
- Add CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE to nsa310s_defconfig
- Move CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE from board file to nsa310s_defconfig
- Add CONFIG_IDENT_STRING, and CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR
to nsa310s_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add device tree kirkwood-nsa310s.dts for Zyxel NSA310S board to
convert to Driver Model.
Signed-off-by: Tony Dinh <mibodhi@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
- With the deadline for DM_USB (host controller support), DM_VIDEO,
DM_SPI_FLASH and DM_PCI now at 2 years past the release where their
migration deadline was given, finish removing platforms and enforcing
the switch.
As the deadline for migration to DM_USB, when using a USB host
controller has now gone two years past the deadline, enforce migration.
This is done by:
- Ensuring that all host controller options (other than the very legacy
old MUSB ones) now select USB_HOST. USB_HOST now enforces DM_USB and
OF_CONTROL.
- Remove other parts of Kconfig logic that had platforms pick DM_USB.
- To keep Kconfig happy, have some select statements test for USB_HOST
as well.
- Re-order some Kconfig entries and menus so that we can cleanly pick
host or gadget roles. For the various HCD options that have platform
glue options, group them together and update dependencies in some
cases.
- As SPL_DM_USB is not required, on platforms that had not yet enabled
it, disable it.
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Cc: Samuel Holland <samuel@sholland.org>
Cc: FUKAUMI Naoki <naobsd@gmail.com>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As the logic here is only used when we have a USB host controller, test
on CONFIG_USB_HOST rather than CONFIG_USB in general. This lets us move
towards using CONFIG_USB only as a menu symbol to say that we have some
form of USB, and then USB_HOST or USB_GADGET depending on the role that
USB plays within the build.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reuse the common logic to allow for BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES to list USB as a
possibility if we're building for a platform that will have USB but not
if we don't, so that we don't hit the link-time check for trying to have
USB boot on a non-USB system.
Acked-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it. As this is also the last in family remove the related
support as well.
Cc: Angelo Durgehello <angelo.dureghello@timesys.com>
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_MMC by the deadline.
Remove it. As this is also the last in family remove the related
support as well.
Cc: Angelo Durgehello <angelo.dureghello@timesys.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As almost all peripherals are connected via PCI dependent on the
used core card, PCI setup is always required. Thus run pci_init()
including PCI scanning and probing and core card specific setups
in board_early_init_r().
Also prepare support for dynamically managing the status of the
different PCI DT nodes dependent on used core card via option
CONFIG_OF_BOARD_FIXUP. Before this feature can be enabled,
the call order of the fix_fdt() init hook in board_init_f
needs to be changed. Otherwise rw_fdt_blob points to a read-only
NOR flash address. Thus this options needs to stay disabled
until the board_init_f problem could be solved. This breaks
running the default U-Boot image on real HW using the FPGA core
card but Qemu emulation still works. Currently Qemu is more
important as MIPS CI tests depend on Malta and the deadline
for PCI DM conversion will be enforced soon.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Add DT binding for GT64120 and MSC01 PCI controllers. Only
GT64120 is enabled by default to support Qemu. The MSC01 node
will be dynamically enabled by Malta board code dependent
on the plugged core card.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
On MIPS the DRAM start address respectively CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE
is still used as a virtual, CPU-mapped address instead of being used
as physical address. Converting all MIPS boards and generic MIPS code
to fix that is not trivial. Due to the approaching deadline for
PCI DM conversion, this workaround is required for MIPS boards with
PCI support until the CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE issue could be solved.
Add a compile-time option to let the PCI uclass core optionally map
the DRAM address to a physical address when adding the PCI region
of type PCI_REGION_SYS_MEMORY.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This commit updates the default config with the values that will
be used soon on the MediaTek MT7688 based GARDENA smart gateway.
CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN had to be increased due to the more
demanding new configuration.
Signed-off-by: Reto Schneider <reto.schneider@husqvarnagroup.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc1-2
* Correct device path nodes for GUID partitions
* Embed keys to check update capsules instead of providing then in DTB
* Increase event log buffer size for measured boot.
Since we removed embeddingg the capsule key into a .dtb and fixed
authenticated capsule updates for all boards, move the relevant
documentation in the efi file and update it accordingly
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
commit 322c813f4b ("mkeficapsule: Add support for embedding public key in a dtb")
added a bunch of options enabling the addition of the capsule public key
in a dtb. Since now we embedded the key in U-Boot's .rodata we don't this
this functionality anymore
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
The capsule signature is now part of our DTB. This is problematic when a
user is allowed to change/fixup that DTB from U-Boots command line since he
can overwrite the signature as well.
So Instead of adding the key on the DTB, embed it in the u-boot binary it
self as part of it's .rodata. This assumes that the U-Boot binary we load
is authenticated by a previous boot stage loader.
Reviewed-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Sughosh Ganu <sughosh.ganu@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
TCG PC Client PFP spec says "The Log Area Minimum Length
for the TCG event log MUST be at least 64KB." in ACPI chapter.
This commit increase the buffer size to 64KB.
Signed-off-by: Masahisa Kojima <masahisa.kojima@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Use %pD to log device-path instead of using efi_dp_str() and
efi_free_pool() locally in find_boot_device().
This is a cleanup patch, no feature update nor fix.
Suggested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Previously, the GPT device GUID was being used instead of the partition,
which was incorrect.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Sánchez-Beato <alfonso.sanchez-beato@canonical.com>
Let EFI_LOADER select CONFIG_PARTITION_UUIDS.
Use log_warning() instead of printf() for warning.
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <heinrich.schuchardt@canonical.com>
According to i.MX7ULP Reference Manual we should wait for WDOG unlock
and reconfiguration to complete.
Section "59.5.3 Configure Watchdog" provides the following example:
DisableInterrupts; //disable global interrupt
WDOG_CNT = 0xD928C520; //unlock watchdog
while(WDOG_CS[ULK]==0); //wait until registers are unlocked
WDOG_TOVAL = 256; //set timeout value
WDOG_CS = WDOG_CS_EN(1) | WDOG_CS_CLK(1) | WDOG_CS_INT(1) |
WDOG_CS_WIN(0) | WDOG_CS_UPDATE(1);
while(WDOG_CS[RCS]==0); //wait until new configuration takes effect
EnableInterrupts; //enable global interrupt
Update U-Boot WDOG driver to align with i.MX7ULP reference manual.
Use 32 bits accessing to CS register. According to RM, the bits in
this register only can write once after unlock. So using 8 bits access
will cause problem.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
According to i.MX7ULP Reference Manual the second word write for both
UNLOCK and REFRESH operations must occur in maximum 16 bus clock.
The current code is using writel() function which has a DMB barrier to
order the memory access. The DMB between two words write may introduce
some delay in certain circumstance, causing a WDOG timeout due to 16 bus
clock window requirement.
Replace writel() function by __raw_writel() to achieve a faster memory
access and avoid such issue.
Reviewed-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Setup USB clock in board codes, and enable the DWC3 XHCI and
PHY drivers to make USB3.0 host port working on i.MX8MQ EVK.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Add clock function to setup relevant clocks for USB3.0 controllers and
PHYs on i.MX8MQ
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Tested-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Add the USB PHY driver for i.MX8MQ to work with DWC3 USB controller.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Tested-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Host tool features, such as mkimage's ability to sign FIT images were
enabled or disabled based on the target configuration. However, this
misses the point of a target-agnostic host tool.
A target's ability to verify FIT signatures is independent of
mkimage's ability to create those signatures. In fact, u-boot's build
system doesn't sign images. The target code can be successfully built
without relying on any ability to sign such code.
Conversely, mkimage's ability to sign images does not require that
those images will only work on targets which support FIT verification.
Linking mkimage cryptographic features to target support for FIT
verification is misguided.
Without loss of generality, we can say that host features are and
should be independent of target features.
While we prefer that a host tool always supports the same feature set,
we recognize the following
- some users prefer to build u-boot without a dependency on OpenSSL.
- some distros prefer to ship mkimage without linking to OpenSSL
To allow these use cases, introduce a host-only Kconfig which is used
to select or deselect libcrypto support. Some mkimage features or some
host tools might not be available, but this shouldn't affect the
u-boot build.
I also considered setting the default of this config based on
FIT_SIGNATURE. While it would preserve the old behaviour it's also
contrary to the goals of this change. I decided to enable it by
default, so that the default build yields the most feature-complete
mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Function pointers from crypto_algos array are relocated, when
NEEDS_MANUAL_RELOC is set. This relocation doesn't happen if the algo
is placed in a linker list. Implement this relocation.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This macro is no longer needed for code flow or #ifdefs. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This macro is no longer needed for code flow or #ifdefs. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is no longer necessary to implement rsa_() functions as no-ops
depending on config options. It is merely sufficient to provide the
prototypes, as the rsa code is no longer linked when unused.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is no longer necessary to implement ecdsa_() functions as no-ops
depending on config options. It is merely sufficient to provide the
prototypes, as the ecdsa code is no longer linked when unused.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Crytographic algorithms (currently RSA), are stored in linker lists.
The crypto_algos array is unused, so remove it, and any logic
associated with it.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the RSA verification crytpo_algo structure out of the
crypto_algos array, and into a linker list.
Although it appears we are adding an #ifdef to rsa-verify.c, the gains
outweigh this small inconvenience. This is because rsa_verify() is
defined differently based on #ifdefs. This change allows us to have
a single definition of rsa_verify().
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The purpose of this change is to enable crypto algorithms to be placed
in linker lists, rather than be declared as a static array. The goal
is to remove the crypto_algos array in a subsequent patch.
Create a new linker list named "cryptos", and search it when
image_get_crypto_algo() is invoked.
NOTE that adding support for manual relocation of crypto_algos within
linker lists is beyond the scope of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove any ifdefs in image-sig.c that were previously used to
differentiate from the host code. Note that all code dedicated to
relocating ->sign() and ->add_verify_data)_ can be safely removed,
as signing is not supported target-side.
NOTE that although it appears we are removing ecdsa256 support, this
is intentional. ecdsa_verify() is a no-op on the target, and is
currently only used by host code.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
image-sig.c is used to map a hash or crypto algorithm name to a
handler of that algorithm. There is some similarity between the host
and target variants, with the differences worked out by #ifdefs. The
purpose of this change is to remove those ifdefs.
First, copy the file to a host-only version, and remove target
specific code. Although it looks like we are duplicating code,
subsequent patches will change the way target algorithms are searched.
Besides we are only duplicating three string to struct mapping
functions. This isn't something to fuss about.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This is not needed with Kconfig, since we can use IS_ENABLED() easily
enough. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
We already have a host Kconfig for these SHA options. Use
CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SHAxxx) directly in the code shared with the host build,
so we can drop the unnecessary indirections.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
We already have a host Kconfig for SHA1. Use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(SHA1)
directly in the code shared with the host build, so we can drop the
unnecessary indirection.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Drop the _SUPPORT suffix so we can use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() with this
option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Drop the _SUPPORT suffix so we can use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() with this
option.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
These option are named inconsistently with other SPL options, thus making
them incompatible with the CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() macro. Rename them.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
The ENABLE part of this name is redundant, since all boolean Kconfig
options serve to enable something. The SUPPORT part is also redundant
since Kconfigs can be assumed to enable support for something. Together
they just serve to make these options overly long and inconsistent
with other options.
Rename FIT_ENABLE_SHAxxx_SUPPORT to FIT_SHAxxx
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Gagniuc <mr.nuke.me@gmail.com>
There is no separate SPL/TPL config for WATCHDOG_AUTOSTART.
So use IS_ENABLED instead of CONFIG_IS_ENABLED to make watchdog
working in SPL again.
Fixes: 830d29ac37 ("watchdog: Allow to use CONFIG_WDT without starting watchdog")
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
In uboot command line environment, watchdog is not able to be
stopped with below commands:
SOCFPGA_STRATIX10 # wdt dev watchdog@ffd00200
SOCFPGA_STRATIX10 # wdt stop
Refer to watchdog driver in linux kernel, it is also need to reset
watchdog after disable it so that the disable action takes effect.
Signed-off-by: Meng Li <Meng.Li@windriver.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Remove the mmc alias no more required as the sequence number
of mmc device is used for boot_instance.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use the device sequence number in boot_instance variable
and no more the SDMMC instance provided by ROM code/TF-A.
After this patch we don't need to define the mmc alias in
device tree, for example:
mmc0 = &sdmmc1;
mmc1 = &sdmmc2;
mmc2 = &sdmmc3;
to have a correct mapping between the ROM code boot device =
"${boot_device}${boot_instance}" and the MMC device in U-Boot.
With this patch the 'mmc0' device (used in mmc commands) is
always used when only one instance sdmmc is activated in device
tree, even if it is only the sdmmc2 or sdmmc3.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use the existing defines PMIC_SIZE and OTP_SIZE and a new define
CMD_SIZE for virtual partition size.
This patch corrects the size for OTP partition in alternate name
(1024 instead of 512) and avoids other alignment issues.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Enable the clocks during syscon probe when they are present in device tree.
This patch avoids a freeze when the SYSCFG clock is not enabled by
TF-A / OP-TEE.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the support of SYSCFG clock used by syscon driver
to prepare the clock management of STM32MP_SYSCON_SYSCFG.
This clock is already defined in kernel device tree,
stm32mp151.dtsi but not yet supported in the syscon driver:
syscfg: syscon@50020000 {
compatible = "st,stm32mp157-syscfg", "syscon";
reg = <0x50020000 0x400>;
clocks = <&rcc SYSCFG>;
};
It is safe to support this clock in U-Boot driver with
RCC_MC_APB3ENSETR, Bit 11 SYSCFGEN: SYSCFG peripheral clocks
enable.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
The expected sequence to close the device
1/ Load key in DDR with any supported load command
2/ Update OTP with key: STM32MP> stm32key read <addr>
At this point the device is able to perform image authentication but
non-authenticated images can still be used and executed.
So it is the last moment to test boot with signed binary and
check that the ROM code accepts them.
3/ Close the device: only signed binary will be accepted !!
STM32MP> stm32key close
Warning: Programming these OTP is an irreversible operation!
This may brick your system if the HASH of key is invalid
This command should be deactivated by default in real product.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Allow to read the OTP value and lock status with the command
$> stm32key read.
This patch also protects the stm32key fuse command.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Lock the OTP value of key's hash after the command
$> stm32key fuse <address>
This operation forbids a second update of these OTP as they are
ECC protected in BSEC: any update of these OTP with a different value
causes a BSEC disturb error and the closed chip will be bricked.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This command is used to evaluate the secure boot on stm32mp SOC,
it is deactivated by default in real products.
We activate this command only in STMicroelectronics defconfig
used with the evaluation boards.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reduce the content of short help message for stm32prog command and
removed the carriage return to fix the display of 'help' command when
this command is activated.
Fixes: 954bd1a923 ("stm32mp: add the command stm32prog")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add the variable used by PXE command for fdtoverlays support
since the commit 69076dff22 ("cmd: pxe: add support for FDT overlays").
Reused the unused "splashimage" address as CONFIG_SPLASH_SOURCE and
CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO are not activated and U-Boot display the "BACKGROUND"
image found in extlinux.conf to manage splashscreen on stm32mp1 boards.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Fix wrong register use when set/reset ST bit.
ST bit is in register M41T62_REG_SEC not in M41T62_REG_ALARM_HOUR.
I have not actually tested this. But this seemed buggy from inspection.
Fixes: 9bbe210512 ("rtc: m41t62: add oscillator fail bit reset support")
Signed-off-by: Max Yang <max.yang@deltaww.com>
At the moment android_image_get_kcomp() can automatically detect
LZ4 compressed kernels and the compression specified in uImages.
However, especially on ARM64 Linux is often compressed with GZIP.
Attempting to boot an Android image with a GZIP compressed kernel
image currently results in a very strange crash, e.g.
Starting kernel ...
"Synchronous Abort" handler, esr 0x02000000
...
Code: 5555d555 55555d55 555f5555 5d555d55 (00088b1f)
Note the 1f8b, which are the "magic" bytes for GZIP images.
U-Boot already has the image_decomp_type() function that checks for
the magic bytes of bzip2, gzip, lzma and lzo. It's easy to make use
of it here to increase the chance that we do the right thing and the
user does not become confused with strange crashes.
This allows booting Android boot images that contain GZIP-compressed
kernel images.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
The current fitImage DTO implementation expects each fitImage image
subnode containing DTO to have 'load' property, pointing somewhere
into memory where the DTO will be loaded. The address in the 'load'
property must be different then the base DT load address and there
must be sufficient amount of space between those two addresses.
Selecting and using such hard-coded addresses is fragile, error
prone and difficult to port even across devices with the same SoC
and different DRAM sizes.
The DTO cannot be applied in-place because fdt_overlay_apply_verbose()
modifies the DTO when applying it onto the base DT, so if the DTO was
used in place within the fitImage, call to fdt_overlay_apply_verbose()
would corrupt the fitImage.
Instead of copying the DTO to a specific hard-coded load address,
allocate a buffer, copy the DTO into that buffer, apply the DTO onto
the base DT, and free the buffer.
The upside of this approach is that it is no longer necessary to
select and hard-code specific DTO load address into the DTO. The
slight downside is the new malloc()/free() overhead for each DTO,
but that is negligible (*).
(*) on iMX8MM/MN and STM32MP1
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Add <linux/sizes.h>]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There's currently no user of %p[iI]6, so including ip6_addr_string()
in the image is a waste of bytes. It's easy enough to have the
compiler elide it without removing the code completely.
The closest I can find to anybody "handling" ipv6 in U-Boot currently
is in efi_net.c which does
if (ipv6) {
ret = EFI_UNSUPPORTED;
As indicated in the comment, it can easily be put back, but preferably
under a config knob.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
U-Boot doesn't support %pS/%pF or any other kind of kallsyms-like
lookups. Remove the comment.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
This saves some code, both in terms of #LOC and .text size, and it is
also the normal convention that foo(...) is implemented in terms of
vfoo().
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
When the default clocks cannot be set, the clock is silently probed and
the error is ignored. This is incorrect, since having the clocks at the
correct speed may be important for operation of the system.
Fix it by checking the return code.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
In this case the value seems save to pass to os_free(). Add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 165109)
In tpm_sendrecv_command() the command buffer is passed in. If a mistake is
somehow made in setting this up, the size could be out of range. Add a
sanity check for this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 331152)
The width is set up in single_of_to_plat() and can only have three values,
all of which result in a non-zero divisor. Add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 331154)
At present the return value of ofnode_get_property() is not checked, which
causes a coverity warning. While we are here, use logging for the errors.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 331157)
Update dm_dump_drivers() to use the return value from uclass_get() to
check the validity of uc. This is equivalent and should be more attractive
to Coverity.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 316601)
The devres_alloc() function is intended to avoid the need for freeing
memory, although in practice it may not be enabled, thus leading to a true
leak.
Nevertheless this is intended. Add a comment.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 312951)
The devres_alloc() function is intended to avoid the need for freeing
memory, although in practice it may not be enabled, thus leading to a true
leak.
Nevertheless this is intended. Add a comment to explain this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 312952)
This value is either 0 for success or -1 for error. Coverity reports that
"ret" is passed to a parameter that cannot be negative, pointing to the
condition 'if (ret < 0)'.
Adjust it to just check for non-zero and avoid showing -1 in the error
message, which is pointless. Perhaps these changes will molify Coverity.
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 312956)
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This cannot actually fail, but check the value anyway to keep coverity
happy.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 316351)
At present if ifname is exactly IFNAMSIZ characters then it will result
in an unterminated string. Fix this by using strlcpy() instead.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reported-by: Coverity (CID: 316358)
Acked-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Unfortunately for testing is required qflasher which works only in 32-bit
x86 mode. Apparently 64-bit x86 Azure CI has no problems as it has
preinstalled 32-bit libraries and can execute also 32-bit x86 executables.
This change just show human readable output why nokia_rx51_test.sh test
script fails.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210618133108.32497-1-pali@kernel.org
By default bootmenu is loaded only from eMMC. After this change U-Boot
first tries to load bootmenu from uSD card and if it fails then fallback to
eMMC. People want to boot alternative OS from removable uSD without need to
modify eMMC content. So this backward compatible change allows it.
Part of this change is also optimization of trymmc* macros so they can be
used in preboot macro for loading bootmenu.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210618132704.32066-2-pali@kernel.org
Enable U-Boot bootz command and update env scripts to try loading also
zImage file and to try booting via bootz command.
Update also lowlevel_init.S code for checking validity of zImage magic to
correctly relocate kernel in zImage format.
This change allows U-Boot to directly boot Linux kernel without need for
converting kernel image into U-Boot uImage format.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210618132704.32066-1-pali@kernel.org
Remove the environment support for various legacy boot methods. With
this, we will now default to booting any distribution that follows the
generic distro boot framework and no longer attempt to boot various
legacy (to this SoC) scripts/etc. Note that if we do not find anything
here we will continue to try and Android methods and will start by
trying fastboot.
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210701132612.7559-3-trini@konsulko.com
Remove the environment support for various legacy boot methods. With
this, we will now default to booting any distribution that follows the
generic distro boot framework and no longer attempt to boot various
legacy (to this SoC) scripts/etc.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210701132612.7559-1-trini@konsulko.com
try_unlock_memory() is only used in one file, so make it static
in that file,remove it from the sys_proto header file, and relocate
it into the #ifdef section that call it. This will make it only built
under the conditions when it is called, and it may help with some
further optimization in the future.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210625192308.277136-2-aford173@gmail.com
Add the DT nodes for the ICSSG0, ICSSG1 and ICSSG2 processor subsystems
that are present on the K3 AM65x SoCs. The three ICSSGs are identical
to each other for the most part, with the ICSSG2 supporting slightly
enhanced features for supporting SGMII PRU Ethernet. Each ICSSG instance
is represented by a PRUSS subsystem node. These nodes are enabled by
default.
DT nodes are fetch from Linux 5.13 Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210622063431.3151-5-lokeshvutla@ti.com
So far all the u-boot specific properties for both r5 and a53 are
placed in k3-am654-base-board-u-boot.dtsi. But there are few a53
nodes that should be updated but doesn't belong to r5. So create a
separate r5 specific u-boot dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210622063431.3151-4-lokeshvutla@ti.com
The K3 AM65x family of SoCs have the next generation of the PRU-ICSS
processor subsystem, commonly referred to as ICSSG. Each ICSSG processor
subsystem on AM65x SR1.0 contains two primary PRU cores and two new
auxiliary PRU cores called RTUs. The AM65x SR2.0 SoCs have a revised
ICSSG IP that is based off the subsequent IP revision used on J721E
SoCs. This IP instance has two new custom auxiliary PRU cores called
Transmit PRUs (Tx_PRUs) in addition to the existing PRUs and RTUs.
Each RTU and Tx_PRU cores have their own dedicated IRAM (smaller than
a PRU), Control and debug feature sets, but is different in terms of
sub-modules integrated around it and does not have the full capabilities
associated with a PRU core. The RTU core is typically used to aid a
PRU core in accelerating data transfers, while the Tx_PRU cores is
normally used to control the TX L2 FIFO if enabled in Ethernet
applications. Both can also be used to run independent applications.
The RTU and Tx_PRU cores though share the same Data RAMs as the PRU
cores, so the memories have to be partitioned carefully between different
applications. The new cores also support a new sub-module called Task
Manager to support two different context thread executions.
The driver currently supports the AM65xx SoC
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Murali Karicheri <m-karicheri2@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210622063431.3151-3-lokeshvutla@ti.com
The Programmable Real-Time Unit - Industrial Communication
Subsystem (PRU-ICSS) is present of various TI SoCs such as
AM335x or AM437x or the AM654x family. Each SoC can have
one or more PRUSS instances that may or may not be identical.
The PRUSS consists of dual 32-bit RISC cores called the
Programmable Real-Time Units (PRUs), some shared, data and
instruction memories, some internal peripheral modules, and
an interrupt controller. The programmable nature of the PRUs
provide flexibility to implement custom peripheral interfaces,
fast real-time responses, or specialized data handling.
Add support for pruss driver. Currently am654x family
is supported.
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Roger Quadros <rogerq@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210622063431.3151-2-lokeshvutla@ti.com
Earlier, the region 0x701c0000 to 0x701dffff was firewalled off because of
a bug in SYSFW. In the v2021.05 release of SYSFW this bug has been fixed
and this region can now be used for other allocations.
Therefore, move TF-A's load address to 0x701c0000 and update its location
in the device tree node. Also, increase the size allocated for TF-A to
account for future expansions.
Fixes: defd62ca13 ("arm: dts: k3-am64-main: Update the location of ATF in SRAM and increase its max size")
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Suman Anna <s-anna@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210616163821.20457-2-a-govindraju@ti.com
This is a revert of a recent logic change in setup_zimage(). We do
actually need to install this information always. Change it to install
from the Coreboot tables if available, else the normal source.
Fixes: e7bae8283f ("x86: Allow installing an e820 when booting from coreboot")
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With the new 2021.04 we have a new version of Chromium OS boot, which
supports sandbox, coral and coral-on-coreboot. Add documentation for
this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With of-platdata-inst we want to set up a reference to each devices'
parent device, if there is one. If we find that the device has a parent
(i.e. is not a root node) but it is not in the list of devices being
written, then we cannot create the reference.
Report an error in this case, since it indicates that the parent node
is either missing a compatible string, is disabled, or perhaps does not
have any properties because it was not tagged for SPL.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
All the x86 devicetree files are built at once, whichever board is
actually being built. If coreboot is the target build, CONFIG_ROM_SIZE
is not defined and samus cannot build Chromium OS verified boot. Add
this condition to avoid errors about CONFIG_ROM_SIZE being missing.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add information about memory usage when U-Boot is started from coreboot.
This is useful when debugging. Also, since coreboot takes a chunk of
memory in the middle of SDRAM for use by PCI devices, it can help avoid
overwriting this with a loaded kernel by accident.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Use VENDOR_COREBOOT instead of TARGET_COREBOOT so we can have multiple
coreboot boards, sharing options. Only SYS_CONFIG_NAME needs to be
defined TARGET_COREBOOT.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a function comment for get_coreboot_info() and a declaration for
cb_get_sysinfo(), since this may be called from elsewhere.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Set up coral so that it can boot from coreboot, even though it is a
bare-metal build. This helps with testing since the same image can be used
in both cases.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The BIOS version may not be present, e.g. on a Chrome OS build. Add the
BIOS date as well, so we get some sort of indication of coreboot's
vintage.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
A recent change to disable cache setup when booting from coreboot
assumed that this has been done by SPL. The result is that for the
coreboot board, the cache is disabled (in start.S) and never
re-enabled.
If the cache was turned off, as it is on boards without SPL, we should
turn it back on. Add this new condition.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These constants conflict with error codes returned by the MP
implementation when something is wrong. In particular, mp_first_cpu()
returns MP_SELECT_BSP when running without multiprocessing enabled.
Since this is -2, it is interpreted as an error by callers, which
expect a positive CPU number for the first CPU.
Correct this by using a different range for the pre-defined CPU
numbers, above zero and out of the range of possible CPU values. For
now it is safe to assume there are no more than 64K CPUs.
This fixes the 'mtrr' command when CONFIG_SMP is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When starting U-Boot from a previous-stage bootloader we presumably don't
need to set up the variable MTRRs. In fact this could be harmful if the
existing settings are not what U-Boot uses.
Skip that step in this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These headers are not actually used. Drop them so that this driver can
be used by other boards, e.g. coreboot.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When booting from coreboot we may not have a PCH driver available. The
SPI driver can operate without the PCH but currently complains in this
case. Update it to continue to work normally. The only missing feature
is memory-mapping of SPI-flash contents, which is not essential.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
At present only bridge devices are bound before relocation, to save space
in pre-relocation memory. In some cases we do actually want to bind a
device, e.g. because it provides the console UART. Add a devicetree
binding to support this.
Use the PCI_VENDEV() macro to encode the cell value. This is present in
U-Boot but not used, so move it to the binding header-file.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
These functions don't modify the device-ID struct that is passed in, so
mark the argument as const, so the data structure can be declared that
way. This allows it to be placed in the rodata section.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Add a new 'quiet' argument to mmc_get_op_cond() function which avoids
printing error message when SD/eMMC card is not detected.
Espressobin and mx6cuboxi boards use this function for detecting presence
of eMMC and therefore it is expected and normal that eMMC does not have to
be connected. So error message "Card did not respond to voltage select!"
should be skipped in this case as it is not an error.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Use function mmc_get_op_cond() instead of mmc_init() for detecting presence
of eMMC. Documentation for this function says that it could be used to
detect the presence of SD/eMMC when no card detect logic is available.
This function is also used by mx6cuboxi board for detecting presence of eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Ensure that 'env default -a' always set correct value to $fdtfile, even
when custom user variable is already stored in non-volatile env storage
(means that env_get("fdtfile") call returns non-NULL value).
As default value is now correctly set like if specified at compile time in
CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS, there is no need to set $fdtfile explicitly via
env_set("fdtfile", ...) call.
So remove wrong skip based on env_get("fdtfile") and then also unneeded
env_set("fdtfile", ...) call.
Fixes: c4df0f6f31 ("arm: mvebu: Espressobin: Set default value for $fdtfile env variable")
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The config option CONFIG_DEBUG_UART_CLOCK is not used by Armada 3720's
serial driver (it wasn't even before the recent update of that driver).
Even if it was used, the value was incorrect (the frequency of the clock
is 25 MHz, not 25.8048 MHz).
Remove it from config files and set the default value to 0.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that the MTD subsystem properly supports OF partitions of a SPI NOR,
we can enable the MTD command and start using it instead of the
deprecated sf command.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Commit e2e95e5e25 ("spi: Update speed/mode on change") changed the
boot time on Turris Omnia from ~2.3s to over 8s, due to SPL loading main
U-Boot from SPI NOR at 1 MHz instead of 40 MHz.
This is because the SPL code passes the CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED option
to spi_flash_probe(), and with the above commit spi_flash_probe() starts
prefering this parameter instead of the one specified in device-tree.
The proper solution here would probably be to fix the SF subsystem to
prefer the frequency specified in the device-tree, if it is present, but
I am not sure what else will be affected on other boards with such a
change. So until then we need a more simple fix.
Since the CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED option is used by the code, put the
correct value there for Turris Omnia. Also put the correct value to
CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE and use 40 MHz when reading environment.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Cc: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
If fixup offset is zero then there is nothing to fix. All calculation in
this case just increase addresses by value zero which results in identity.
So in this case skip whole fixup re-calculation as it is not needed.
This is just an optimization for special case when fix_offset is zero which
skips code path which does only identity operations (meaning nothing). No
functional changes.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Remapped address of PCIe outbound window may have set only bits from the
mask. Add additional check that remapped address which is calculated from
PCIe bus address specified in DTS file is valid.
Remove also useless clearing of low 16 bits in win_mask. As win_size is
power of two and is at least 0x10000 it means that it always has zero low
16 bits.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This script was broken by the change to default archives for linking.
This is due to objcopy specifically disallowing copying of thin
archives. To fix this and re-support external users of this script,
switch to using the same logic the u-boot-initial-env make target uses
to dump the section from the object file.
Reported-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@web.de>
Fixes: 958f2e57ef ("build: use thin archives instead of incremental linking")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building the envtools target with CONFIG_USE_DEFAULT_ENV_FILE=y,
the tools require generated/defaultenv_autogenerated.h.
In file included from tools/env/fw_env.c:126:
include/env_default.h:115:10: fatal error: generated/defaultenv_autogenerated.h: No such file or directory
115 | #include "generated/defaultenv_autogenerated.h"
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: Joel Stanley <joel@jms.id.au>
Align Kconfig and Kbuild logic to Linux 4.20 release with minimal impact
on files outside of this scope.
Our previous Kconfig sync was done by commit 587e4a4296 ("kconfig /
kbuild: Re-sync with Linux 4.19").
As part of this re-sync, a few related changes from previous Linux
releases were found to have been missed and merged in, and are not in
the following list.
The imported Linux commits are:
[From prior to v4.19]
b1e0d8b70fa3 kbuild: Fix gcc -x syntax
a4353898980c kconfig: add CC_IS_GCC and GCC_VERSION
469cb7376c06 kconfig: add CC_IS_CLANG and CLANG_VERSION
[From v4.19 to v4.20]
487c7c7702ab kbuild: prefix Makefile.dtbinst path with $(srctree) unconditionally
0d91bf584fe5 kbuild: remove old check for CFLAGS use
25815cf5ffec kbuild: hide most of targets when running config or mixed targets
00d78ab2ba75 kbuild: remove dead code in cmd_files calculation in top Makefile
23066c3f4e21 Compiler Attributes: enable -Wstringop-truncation on W=1 (gcc >= 8)
37c8a5fafa3b kbuild: consolidate Devicetree dtb build rules
80463f1b7bf9 kbuild: add --include-dir flag only for out-of-tree build
77ec0c20c7e0 kbuild: remove VERSION and PATCHLEVEL from $(objtree)/Makefile
74bc0c09b2da kbuild: remove user ID check in scripts/mkmakefile
4fd61277f662 kbuild: do not pass $(objtree) to scripts/mkmakefile
80d0dda3a4e5 kbuild: simplify command line creation in scripts/mkmakefile
fb073a4b473e kbuild: add -Wno-pointer-sign flag unconditionally
9df3e7a7d7d6 kbuild: add -Wno-unused-but-set-variable flag unconditionally
69ea912fda74 kbuild: remove unneeded link_multi_deps
7d0ea2524202 kbuild: use 'else ifeq' for checksrc to improve readability
04c459d20448 kconfig: remove oldnoconfig target
0085b4191f3e kconfig: remove silentoldconfig target
3f80babd9ca4 kbuild: remove unused cc-fullversion variable
2cd3faf87d2d merge_config.sh: Allow to define config prefix
076f421da5d4 kbuild: replace cc-name test with CONFIG_CC_IS_CLANG
6bbe4385d035 kconfig: merge_config: avoid false positive matches from comment lines
[From post v4.20]
885480b08469 Makefile: Move -Wno-unused-but-set-variable out of GCC only block
There are a number of changes related to additional warnings as well as
being able to drop cc-name entirely that have been omitted for now as
additional work is required first.
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <masahiroy@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Update U-Boot's version of scripts/get_maintainer.pl to sync it up with the
latest changes to the Linux kernel's version of the same script.
The last sync was with Linux kernel version v4.16. The commits to the kernel's
get_maintainer.pl since then (starting with the most recent) are:
6343f6b71f83 get_maintainer: exclude MAINTAINERS file(s) from --git-fallback
cdfe2d220476 get_maintainer: add test for file in VCS
e33c9fe8b80c get_maintainer: fix unexpected behavior for path/to//file (double slashes)
0c78c0137621 get_maintainer: add email addresses from .yaml files
0ef82fcefb99 scripts/get_maintainer.pl: deprioritize old Fixes: addresses
ef0c08192ac0 get_maintainer: remove uses of P: for maintainer name
2f5bd343694e scripts/get_maintainer.pl: add signatures from Fixes: <badcommit> lines in commit message
49662503e8e4 get_maintainer: add ability to skip moderated mailing lists
0fbd75fd7fee get_maintainer: allow option --mpath <directory> to read all files in <directory>
5f0baf95b1ed get_maintainer.pl: add -mpath=<path or file> for MAINTAINERS file location
31bb82c9caa9 get_maintainer: allow usage outside of kernel tree
0455c74788fd get_maintainer: improve patch recognition
882ea1d64eb3 scripts: use SPDX tag in get_maintainer and checkpatch
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Function rtc_to_tm() is needed for FAT file system support even if we don't
have a real time clock. So move it from drivers/ to lib/.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
The return value '-ENOSPC' of fit_set_timestamp function does not match
the caller fit_image_write_sig's expection which is '-FDT_ERR_NOSPACE'.
Fix it by not calling fit_set_timestamp, but call fdt_setprop instead.
This fixes a following mkimage error:
| Can't write signature for 'signature@1' signature node in
| 'conf@imx6ull-colibri-wifi-eval-v3.dtb' conf node: <unknown error>
| mkimage Can't add hashes to FIT blob: -1
Signed-off-by: Ming Liu <liu.ming50@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@foundries.io>
I removed CONFIG_IS_BUILTIN and CONFIG_IS_MODULE in commit
7d78a4547d ("linux/kconfig.h: remove unused helper macros"), but
fixdep.c still looks for those. It's harmless, but also pointless and
possibly confusing to a future reader.
Fixes: 7d78a4547d ("linux/kconfig.h: remove unused helper macros")
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
When "mkimage -l" was run on a block device it would fail with
erroneous message, because fstat reports a size of zero for those:
mkimage: Bad size: "/dev/sdb4" is not valid image
This patch identifies the "is a block device" case and reports it as
such, and if it knows how to determine the size of a block device on
the current OS, proceeds.
As shown in
http://www.mit.edu/afs.new/sipb/user/tytso/e2fsprogs/lib/blkid/getsize.c
this is no portable task, and I only handled the case of a modern
Linux kernel, which is what I can test.
Signed-off-by: Yann Dirson <yann@blade-group.com>
The ST-Ericsson DB8500 SoC contains a MUSB OTG controller which
supports both host and gadget mode. For some reason there is
nothing special about it - add a simple glue driver for Ux500
that literally just sets up MUSB together with a generic PHY.
There are no SoC-specific registers etc needed to make USB work.
The new Ux500 glue driver is only tested to work with DM_USB
and DM_USB_GADGET. Both host and gadget mode work fine on
the u8500 "stemmy" board that is already present in U-Boot.
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
The AB8500 PMIC contains an USB PHY that needs to be set up in
device or host mode to make USB work properly. Add a simple driver
for the generic PHY uclass that allows enabling it.
The if (CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(USB_MUSB_HOST)) might be a bit strange.
The USB PHY must be configured in either host or device mode and
somehow the USB PHY driver must be made aware of the mode.
Actually, the MUSB driver used together with this PHY does not
support dynamic selection of host/device mode in U-Boot at the moment.
Therefore, one very simple approach that works fine is to select
the mode to configure at compile time. When the MUSB driver is
configured in host mode the PHY is configured in host mode, and
similarly when the MUSB driver is configured in device/gadget mode.
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
All devices based on ST-Ericsson Ux500 use a PMIC similar to AB8500
(Analog Baseband). There is AB8500, AB8505, AB9540 and AB8540
although in practice only AB8500 and AB8505 are relevant since the
platforms with AB9540 and AB8540 were cancelled and never used in
production.
In general, the AB8500 PMIC uses I2C as control interface, where the
different register banks are represented as separate I2C devices.
However, in practice AB8500 is always connected to a special I2C bus
on the DB8500 SoC that is controlled by the power/reset/clock
management unit (PRCMU) firmware.
Add a simple driver that allows reading/writing registers of the
AB8500 PMIC. The driver directly accesses registers from the PRCMU
parent device (represented by syscon in U-Boot). Abstracting it
further (e.g. with the i2c uclass) would not provide any advantage
because the PRCMU I2C bus is always just connected to AB8500 and
vice-versa.
The ab8500.h header is mostly taken as-is from Linux (with some
minor adjustments) to allow using similar code in both Linux and
U-Boot.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Acked-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The U-Boot "stemmy" board is mainly intended to simplify booting
mainline Linux on various smartphones from Samsung based on ST-Ericsson
Ux500. While the mainline kernel is working great, there are still some
features missing there. In particular, it is currently not possible to
charge the battery when using the mainline kernel.
This means that it is still necessary to boot the downstream/vendor
kernel from Samsung sometimes to charge the device. That kernel is
ancient, still uses board files + ATAGS instead of device trees and
relies on a strange very long kernel command line hardcoded in the
Samsung bootloader.
Actually, since mainline is booted with device trees there is a very
simple way to make the old downstream kernel work as well: We can
simply take most of the ATAGS passed to U-Boot from the Samsung
bootloader and copy them as-is when booting a kernel without device
tree. That way the long command line and other needed ATAGS are copied
as-is without having to bother with them.
The only exception is the ATAG_INITRD - since the initrd is loaded
by U-Boot, the atag for that should be generated in U-Boot so it points
to the correct address. All other ATAGS are copied as-is and not
generated in U-Boot.
Also use the chance and provide a serial# for U-Boot by parsing the
ATAG_SERIAL that is also passed by the Samsung bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
At the moment the "stemmy" board attempts to detect the RAM size with
a simple memory test (get_ram_size()). Unfortunately, this does not work
correctly for devices with 768 MiB RAM (e.g. Samsung Galaxy Ace 2
(GT-I8160), "codina"). Reading/writing memory after the 768 MiB RAM
succeeds but actually overwrites some earlier parts of the memory.
For U-Boot this does not result in any major problems, but on Linux
this will eventually lead to strange crashes because of the memory
corruption.
Since the "stemmy" U-Boot port is designed to be chainloaded from
the original Samsung bootloader, the most reliable way to get the
available amount of RAM is to look at the ATAGS passed by the Samsung
bootloader. Fortunately, the header used to generate ATAGS in U-Boot
(asm/setup.h) can also be easily used to parse them.
Also clarify and simplify stemmy.h a bit to make it more clear where
some of the magic values in there are actually coming from.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Add PCIe driver for UniPhier SoCs. This PCIe controller is based on
Synopsys DesignWare Core IP.
This version doesn't apply common DW functions because supported
controller doesn't have unroll version of iATU.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
I'm no longer work in Intel, change Intel SoCFPGA co-maintainer to
Tien Fong Chee.
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <lftan.linux@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
According to arch/arm/lib/crt0_64.S, the BSS section is "UNAVAILABLE"
and uninitialized before relocation. Also, it overlaps with the
appended DTB before relocation, so writing data into a variable
in the BSS section might corrupt the appended DTB.
Unfortunately, pinctrl-apq8016.c and pinctrl-apq8096.c do place the
"pin_name" variable in the BSS section (since it's uninitialized).
It's also used before relocation, when setting up the pinctrl for
the serial driver.
On DB410c this causes "GPIO_5" to be written into some part of an
appended DTB, e.g.:
80111820: edfe0dd0 9f100000 38000000 c00e0000 ...........8....
80111830: 28000000 11000000 10000000 00000000 ...(............
80111840: 4f495047 8800355f 00000000 00000000 GPIO_5..........
80111850: 00000000 00000000 01000000 00000000 ................
80111860: 03000000 04000000 00000000 02000000 ................
80111870: 03000000 04000000 0f000000 02000000 ................
80111880: 03000000 2d000000 1b000000 6c617551 .......-....Qual
80111890: 6d6d6f63 63655420 6c6f6e68 6569676f comm Technologie
Depending on the part of the DTB that is corrupted this might not
cause any problems, but it can also result in strange reboots
without any serial output.
Fortunately, in practice this does not cause issues on DB410c yet
because board_fdt_blob_setup() in dragonboard410c.c currently
overrides the appended DTB with the one passed by the previous
bootloader (LK) (which does not get corrupted).
DB820c does not have board_fdt_blob_setup() so I would expect it to
be affected by this problem. Perhaps everyone was just fortunate to
not compile an U-Boot configuration where the pin_name corrupts an
important part of the DTB.
Make sure "pin_name" is explicitly placed in the .data section
instead of .bss to fix this.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The sysinfo_get_str() implementation checks whether the sysinfo was even
detected. In U-Boot proper, sysinfo_detect() is not called anywhere but
on one specific board. Call sysinfo_detect() before sysinfo_get_str() to
make sure the sysinfo is detected and sysinfo_get_str() returns valid
value instead of -EPERM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Replace uclass_first_device_err(UCLASS_SYSINFO, &dev) with sysinfo_get(&dev).
The board_info code may use sysinfo to print board information, so use the
sysinfo functions consistently. The sysinfo_get() is internally implemented
as return uclass_first_device_err(UCLASS_SYSINFO, &dev) anyway, so there is
no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Linux kernel binding is using atmel,24c01 compatible string. On the
other hand there is atmel,24c01a which is not listed in the kernel.
Add compatible string without "a" suffix to be compatible with Linux
kernel binding.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Simplify the code a bit by using dev_read_addr_ptr() instead of
dev_read_addr(). This avoids having to cast explicitly to the
struct nomadik_mtu_regs.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Nomadik GPIO is a fairly simple GPIO module used in the ST-Ericsson
Ux500 SoCs (and some older Nomadik SoCs). It uses registers where
each GPIO is represented as a single bit, plus "set" and "clear"
registers that allow updating the state without having to read the
existing state.
The driver implements support for it for use together with DM_GPIO
and the existing ste-dbx5x0.dtsi device tree.
Cc: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The original U-Boot port for the ST-Ericsson U8500 SoC was dropped
in commit 68282f55b8 ("arm: Remove unused ST-Ericsson u8500 arch").
Most of the drivers related to the old port were removed, but the
db8500_gpio.c driver was forgotten for some reason. There is no way
to select it and it does not compile anymore because of missing
headers, so let's just remove it.
The new port for U8500 introduced in commit 689088f9da
("arm: Add support for ST-Ericsson U8500 SoC") fully embraces the
new Driver Model and device trees where possible, so this is
preparation to add a new, simplified GPIO driver based on DM_GPIO.
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Pull request for efi-2021-10-rc1
Documentation
* fix typo in signature.txt
UEFI
* provide file attributes in EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.Read()
* various capsule update fixes
Fix find_boot_device() to set bootdev_root if it finds the
bootdev from BootNext. Currently it sets the bootdev_root only
when it finds bootdev from BootOrder.
Fixes: c74cd8bd08 ("efi_loader: capsule: add capsule_on_disk support")
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Accked-by: Ilias Apalodimas <ilias.apalodimas@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
If multiple capsules are applied, the FMP drivers for the individual
capsules can expect the value of CapsuleLast to be accurate. Hence
CapsuleLast must be updated after each capsule.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
* Use log category LOGC_EFI. This allows to remove 'EFI:' prefixes in
messages.
* Rephrase some of the messages.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When reading a directory using EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.Read() provide file
attributes and timestamps.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
When reading a directory in the UEFI file system we have to return file
attributes and timestamps. Copy this data to the directory entry structure.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
The default implementation of checkboard() calls the
nxp_board_rev_string() function
to retrieve a character representing the revision number of the board.
However, this
attempt to retrieve the revision number may fail in certain situations or be
otherwise undesirable.
There is already a configuration option to avoid retrieving the
revision number of
the board: CONFIG_NXP_BOARD_REVISION. In fact, if this option is enabled, the
nxp_board_rev_string() function's definition will be omitted entirely,
meaning that the previous implementation of checkboard() would result
in a linker error.
This changeset makes the default implementation of checkboard() respect the
CONFIG_NXP_BOARD_REVISION configuration option, only attempting to retrieve
the board revision number if that option is defined.
Signed-off-by: Cody Gray <cody@codygray.com>
In case the iMX8M boot from eMMC boot partition and the primary image
is corrupted, the BootROM is capable of starting a secondary image in
the other eMMC boot partition as a fallback.
However, the BootROM leaves the eMMC BOOT_PARTITION_ENABLE setting as
it was, i.e. pointing to the boot partition containing the corrupted
image, and the BootROM does not provide any indication that this sort
of fallback occured.
According to AN12853 i.MX ROMs Log Events, Rev. 0, May 2020, it is
possible to determine whether fallback event occurred by parsing the
ROM event log. In case ROM event ID 0x51 is present, fallback event
did occur.
This patch implements ROM event log parsing and search for event ID
0x51 for all iMX8M SoCs, and based on that corrects the eMMC boot
partition selection. This way, the SPL loads the remaining boot
components from the same eMMC boot partition from which it was
started, even in case of the fallback.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Cc: Harald Seiler <hws@denx.de>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
The Gateworks System Controller thermal protection feature will disable
the board primary power supply if the on-board temperature sensor
reaches 86C. In many cases this could occur before the temperature
critical components such as CPU, DRAM, eMMC, and power supplies have
reached their max temperature.
Remove the forced re-enable of thermal protection so that users can
knowingly disable it.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The imx8mm-venice-gw7901 board has an I2C connected KSZ9897S GbE switch
with an IMX8MM FEC MAC master connected via RGMII_ID.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Fix the dsa switch config:
- remove the unnecessary phy-mode from the switch itself
- added the necessary fixed-link node to the non-cpu ports required
for U-Boot DSA
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The Microchip KSZ9477/KSZ9897/KSZ9567 7-Port Gigabit Ethernet Switches
support SGMII/RGMII/MII/RMII with register access via SPI, I2C, or MDIO.
This driver currently supports I2C register access but SPI or MDIO register
access can be easily added at a later time.
Tagging is not implemented and instead the active port is tracked to
avoid needing a tag to store port information.
This was tested with the imx8mm-venice-gw7901 board which has a
KSZ9897S switch with an IMX8MM FEC MAC master connected via RGMII_ID.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
If ports have their own unique MAC addrs and master has a set_promisc
function, call it so that packets will be received for ports.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Enabling promiscuous mode is necessary if FEC is the master of a DSA
switch driver where each port has their own MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Enabling promiscuous mode can be useful for DSA switches where each port
has its own MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
If the FEC is connected to a fixed-link (upstream switch port for
example) the phy_of_node should be set to the fixed-link node
so that speed and other properties can be found properly.
In addition fix a typo in the debug string.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
When using uclass_get_device* to get the FEC device we need to use
device sequence instead of index into UCLASS_ETH. In systems where for
example a I2C based DSA switch exists it will probe before the FEC
master and its ports will be registered first and have the first
indexes yet the FEC's sequence comes from the device-tree alias.
Take for example the imx8mm-venice-gw7901 board which has an i2c based
DSA switch:
u-boot=> net list
eth1 : lan1 00:0d:8d:aa:00:2f
eth2 : lan2 00:0d:8d:aa:00:30
eth3 : lan3 00:0d:8d:aa:00:31
eth4 : lan4 00:0d:8d:aa:00:32
eth0 : ethernet@30be0000 00:0d:8d:aa:00:2e active
Thus in this case uclass_get_device(UCLASS_ETH, 0, &dev) returns lan1
which is wrong but uclass_get_device_seq(UCLASS_ETH, 0, &dev) returns
ethernet@30be000 which is correct.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The Gateworks GW7901 is an ARM based single board computer (SBC)
featuring:
- i.MX8M Mini SoC
- LPDDR4 DRAM
- eMMC FLASH
- SPI FRAM
- Gateworks System Controller (GSC)
- Atmel ATECC Crypto Authentication
- USB 2.0
- Microchip GbE Switch
- Multiple multi-protocol RS232/RS485/RS422 Serial ports
- onboard 802.11ac WiFi / BT
- microSD socket
- miniPCIe socket with PCIe, USB 2.0 and dual SIM sockets
- Wide range DC power input
- 802.3at PoE
To add support for this board:
- add dts from Linux (accepted for v5.14)
- add SPL PMIC config
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The driver depends on DM_SPI and if it's not available (e. g. in SPL),
then we should not try to build it as this will fail.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Make macros actually use passed parameter instead of local variables
that happen
to be named the same as symbols in macro expansion.
Signed-off-by: Kacper Kubkowski <kkubkowski@fluence.pl>
Increase VDD_ARM to prevent timing issues as VDD_SOC is
used in OD mode. Also increase GIC clock.
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Enable support for the fec ethernet on phyCORE-i.MX8MP.
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
With the first redesign the debug UART had changed from
UART2 to UART1.
As the first hardware revision is considered as alpha and
will not be supported in future. The old setup will not
be preserved.
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This update includes eqos support and some minor changes.
Synced with kernel commit
412627f6ffe3 ("arm64: dts: imx8mp-phyboard-pollux-rdk: Add missing pinctrl entry")
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Factor out the common node settings for dm-spl and dm-pre-reloc
and move them to imx8mp-u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Teresa Remmet <t.remmet@phytec.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
If reset-gpio is defined by device-tree use that if
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO is not defined.
Note that after this the following boards which define
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO in their board header file as well as their
device-tree should be able to remove CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO without
consequence:
- mx6sabresd
- mx6sxsabresd
- novena
- tbs2910
- vining_2000
Note that the ge_bx50v3 board uses CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO and does
not have reset-gpios defined it it's pcie node in the dt thus removing
CONFIG_PCIE_IMX_PERST_GPIO globally can't be done until that board adds
reset-gpios.
Cc: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com> (maintainer:GE BX50V3 BOARD)
Cc: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.com> (maintainer:GE BX50V3 BOARD)
Cc: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com> (maintainer:MX6SABRESD BOARD)
Cc: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de> (maintainer:NOVENA BOARD)
Cc: Soeren Moch <smoch@web.de> (maintainer:TBS2910 BOARD)
Cc: Silvio Fricke <open-source@softing.de> (maintainer:VINING_2000 BOARD)
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Select the CMD_UNZIP option so that the 'gzwrite' command
can be used to flash .gz image into the eMMC.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
On the Yocto image there is a single partition and the kernel
and dtb are present in the 'boot' directory.
Change it accordingly so that the board can boot the Yocto
image by default.
Use the generic 'load' command instead, which is able to
read from an ext4 partition.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@denx.de>
Add LVDS support for DLC0700XDP21LF 7in 1024x600 display
(equivalent to the DLC-700JMGT4 with new touch controller)
Signed-off-by: Robert Jones <rjones@gateworks.com>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
In the default pulse-skipping mode regulators that are very lightly
loaded can fail to regulate properly. Switching them to always use
continuous mode causes only around 10mW of overall system power
difference in a lightly loaded system that isn't already operating
them in continuous mode.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
In the default 'auto' mode regulators that are very lightly loaded
can be put in PFM mode and fail to regulator properly. Switching them
to always use continuous PWM mode has a neglibable affect on system
power and garuntees proper regulation under lightly loaded circumstances.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Substitutions in EOL parts changes the VDD_2P5 voltage rail such that
the previously unused VGEN6 LDO is needed in place of the lower power
VGEN5 for the GW54xx-G.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
For some time now having USB_KEYBOARD support has caused usb to be
initialized on boot. To allow for a quicker bootup we don't want this
for Ventana and don't really need USB keyboard support so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Some IPs have their accessible address space restricted by the
interconnect. Let's make sure U-Boot only ever uses the space below
the 4G address boundary (which is 3GiB big), even when the effective
available memory is bigger.
We implement board_get_usable_ram_top() for all i.MX8M SoCs, as the
whole family is affected by this.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
The MX25V8035F is a 8Mb SPI NOR flash and the MX25R1635F is very
similar, but has twice the size (16Mb) and supports a wider supply
voltage range.
They were tested on the Kontron Electronics i.MX6UL and i.MX8MM SoMs.
Signed-off-by: Frieder Schrempf <frieder.schrempf@kontron.de>
Aside from the usual fixes and updates one visible change is the
MMC update, which fixes some lingering bugs and gives a decent speed
increase on some boards (9->19 MB/s on H6, 21->43 MB/s on A64 eMMC).
I am keeping an watchful eye on bug reports here, to spot any correctness
regressions.
Another change is finally the enablement of the first USB host port on
many boards without micro-USB (data) sockets, like the Pine64 family.
That doubles the number of usable USB ports from 1 to 2 on those boards.
Some smaller fixes, 4GB DRAM support (on the H616) and a new board (ZeroPi)
conclude this first round of changes.
Compile-tested for all 157 sunxi boards, boot-tested on Pine H64,
Pine64-LTS, OrangePi Zero 2 and BananaPi M2 Berry.
Summary:
- DT update for H3/H5/H6
- Enable first USB port on boards without micro-USB
- ZeroPi board support
- 4GB DRAM support for H616 boards
- MMC fixes and speed improvement
- some fixes
At the moment the Allwinner MMC driver parses the bus-width and
non-removable DT properties itself, in the probe() routine.
There is actually a generic function provided by the MMC framework doing
this job, also it parses more generic properties like broken-cd and
advanced transfer modes.
Drop our own code and call mmc_of_parse() instead, to get all new
features for free.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
To avoid the complexity of DMA operations (with chained descriptors), we
use repeated MMIO reads and writes to the SD_FIFO_REG, which allows us
to drain or fill the MMC data buffer FIFO very easily.
However those MMIO accesses are somewhat costly, so this limits our MMC
performance, to between 17 and 22 MB/s, but down to 9.5 MB/s on the H6
(partly due to the lower AHB1 frequency).
As it turns out we read the FIFO status register after *every* word we
read or write, which effectively doubles the number of MMIO accesses,
thus effectively more than halving our performance.
To avoid this overhead, we can make use of the FIFO level bits, which are
in the very same FIFO status registers.
So for a read request, we now can collect as many words as the FIFO
level originally indicated, and only then need to update the status
register.
We don't know for sure the size of the FIFO (and it seems to differ
across SoCs anyway), so writing is more fragile, which is why we still
use the old method for that. If we find a minimum FIFO size available on
all SoCs, we could use that, in a later optimisation.
This patch increases the eMMC read speed on a Pine64-LTS from about
22MB/s to 44 MB/s. SD card reads don't gain that much, but with 23 MB/s
we now reach the practical limit for 3.3V SD cards.
On the H6 we double our transfer speed, from 9.5 MB/s to 19.7 MB/s.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Newer SoCs have a self calibration feature, which avoids us writing hard
coded phase delay values into the controller.
Consolidate the code by avoiding unnecessary #ifdefs, and also enabling
the feature for all those newer SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
All SoCs since the Allwinner A64 (H5, H6, R40, H616) feature the so
called "new timing mode", so enable this in Kconfig for those SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Among the SoCs using the "new timing mode", only the A83T needs to
explicitly switch to that mode.
By just defining the symbol for that one odd A83T bit to 0 for any other
SoCs, we can always OR that in, and save the confusing nested #ifdefs.
Clean up the also confusing new_mode setting on the way.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Most Allwinner SoCs which use the so called "new timing mode" in their
MMC controllers actually use the double-rate PLL6/PERIPH0 clock as their
parent input clock. This is interestingly enough compensated by a hidden
"by 2" post-divider in the mod clock, so the divider and actual output
rate stay the same.
Even though for the H6 and H616 (but only for them!) we use the doubled
input clock for the divider computation, we never accounted for the
implicit post-divider, so the clock was only half the speed on those SoCs.
This didn't really matter so far, as our slow MMIO routine limits the
transfer speed anyway, but we will fix this soon.
Clean up the code around that selection, to always use the normal PLL6
(PERIPH0(1x)) clock as an input. As the rate and divider are the same,
that makes no difference.
Explain the hardware differences in a comment.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
When enabling PHYS_64BIT on 32-bit platforms, we get two warnings about
pointer casts in sunxi_mmc.c. Those are related to MMIO addresses, which
are always below 1GB on all Allwinner SoCs, so there is no problem with
anything having more than 32 bits.
Add the proper casts to make it compile cleanly.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The delay and bus-width setup are slightly different across the
Allwinner SoC generations, and we covered this so far with some
preprocessor conditionals.
Use the more readable IS_ENABLE() instead.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The H616 is our first supported Allwinner SoC which goes beyond the 4GB
address space "barrier", by having more than 32 address bits.
Lift the preliminary 3GB DRAM limit for the H616, and update the page
table setup on the way, to actually map that last GB as well.
As not all devices are actually capable of dealing with more than 32
bits (the DMA in the EMAC for instance), we also limit U-Boot's own
DRAM usage to 4GB on the way.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
We hardcode the pinctrl setting for the MMC controllers in boards.c,
since we need them also in the SPL, where there is no DT yet.
Add the respective setting for the H616 SoC, to enable eMMC on boards
with this SoC as well.
Also to make diagnosing this problem easier, print a warning if a board
tries to setup MMC2 pins without a respective SoC setting being defined.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan at amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec at siol.net>
ZeroPi is a new board of high performance with low cost
designed by FriendlyElec., using the Allwinner H3 SOC.
ZeroPi features
- Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7@1.2GHz
- 256MB/512MB DDR3 RAM
- microsd slot
- 10/100/1000Mbps Ethernet
- Debug Serial Port
- DC 5V/2A power-supply
Signed-off-by: Yu-Tung Chang <mtwget@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
OrangePi PC2 board has DRAM with ODT, so enable it.
H5 SoC is also connected to voltage regulator. It's default value is
reasonable at reset, but might be too low when rebooting with a lower
voltage programmed. In order to avoid instability, enable driver for it
and set it to appropriate voltage.
Signed-off-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[Andre: remove original ZQ value change, adjust commit message]
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Most clock factors and dividers in the H6 PLLs use a "+1 encoding",
which we were missing on two occasions.
This fixes the MMC clock setup on the H6, which could be slightly off due
to the wrong parent frequency:
mmc 2 set mod-clk req 52000000 parent 1176000000 n 2 m 12 rate 49000000
Also the CPU frequency (PLL1) was a tad too high before.
For PLL5 (DRAM) we already accounted for this +1, but in the DRAM code
itself, not in the bit field macro. Move this there to be aligned with
what the other SoCs and other PLLs do.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jernej Skrabec <jernej.skrabec@gmail.com>
Recent Allwinner platforms (starting with the H3) only use the MUSB
controller for peripheral mode and use HCI for host mode. As a result,
extra steps need to be taken to properly route USB signals to one or
the other. More precisely, the following is required:
* Routing the pins to either HCI/MUSB (controlled by PHY);
* Enabling USB PHY passby in HCI mode (controlled by PMU).
The current code will enable passby for each PHY and reroute PHY0 to
MUSB, which is inconsistent and results in broken USB peripheral support.
Passby on PHY0 must only be enabled when we want to use HCI. Since
host/device mode detection is not available from the PHY code and
because U-Boot does not support changing the mode dynamically anyway,
we can just mux the controller to MUSB if it is enabled and mux it to
HCI otherwise.
This fixes USB peripheral support for platforms with PHY0 dual-route,
especially H3/H5 and V3s.
Signed-off-by: Paul Kocialkowski <paul.kocialkowski@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Update the H3 DT files from the Linux 5.12 release.
The changes update some boards, and don't affect U-Boot, but fix Gigabit
Ethernet when this DT is passed on to the Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Update the H5 DT files from the Linux 5.12 release.
The changes don't affect U-Boot at all, but fix Gigabit Ethernet when
this DT is passed on to the Linux kernel. It also introduces DVFS.
This also updates the shared sunxi-h3-h5.dtsi, but that only adds nodes
that are of no concern to U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Update the H6 DT files from the Linux 5.12 release.
The changes are minimal (many LED node renames), but also help to enable
USB port 0 in U-Boot (later), enable the RSB device (not yet used in
U-Boot), and also introduce an MMC frequency limit.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
As seen with clang-12:
warning: __asm_invalidate_l3_dcache changed binding to STB_WEAK
As we indeed use ENTRY and then declare the function weak manually. Use
the WEAK declarative from <linux/linkage.h> instead.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
On arm64, board info is not applicable and kernel command line patched into
the DT, so the LMB reservation here makes no sense anymore. On legacy arm32,
this might still be necessary on systems which do not use DT or use legacy
ATAGS. Disable this LMB reservation on arm64.
This also permits Linux DT to specify reserved memory node at address close
to the end of DRAM bank, i.e. overlaping with U-Boot location. Since after
boot, U-Boot will be no more, this is OK.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Cc: Simon Goldschmidt <simon.k.r.goldschmidt@gmail.com>
Cc: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix following compilation issue when SYS_DCACHE_OFF is enable:
drivers/misc/scmi_agent.c:128: undefined reference to `mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour'
when SYS_DCACHE_OFF is enable, mmu_set_region_dcache_behaviour() must be
defined.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
On implementations that support VHE, the layout of the CPTR_EL2
register depends on whether HCR_EL2.E2H is set. If the bit is
set, CPTR_EL2 uses the same layout as CPACR_EL1 and can in fact
be accessed through that register. In that case, jump to the
EL1 code to enable access to the FP/SIMD registers. This allows
U-Boot to run on systems that pass control to U-Boot in EL2 with
EL2 Host mode enabled such as machines using Apple's M1 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Acked-by: Marc Zyngier <maz@kernel.org>
The cavium,bdk node is a non-standard dt node used by the BDK and
therefore it is removed from the dt before booting Linux. Do not
require this node to exist as it won't for standard dt's.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Extend CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE and include all standard baudrates and
also nonstandard up to the 6 MBaud. U-Boot's A3720 UART driver can use
baudrates from 300 Baud to 6 MBaud.
This changes all A3720 boards, since all of them include either
mvebu_armada-37xx.h or turris_mox.h config file.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Unfortunately the UART driver in current Linux for Armada 3700 expects
UART's parent clock to be XTAL and calculats baudrate divisor according
to XTAL clock. Therefore we must switch back to XTAL clock before
booting kernel.
Implement .remove method for this driver with DM_FLAG_OS_PREPARE flag
set.
If current baudrate is unsuitable for XTAL clock then we do not change
anything. This can only happen if the user either configured unsupported
settings or knows what they are doing and has kernel patches which allow
usage of non-XTAL parent clock.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Using TBG clock as parent clock for UART allows us using higher
baudrates than 230400.
Turris MOX with external FT232RL USB-UART works fine up to 3 MBaud
(which is maximum for this USB-UART controller), while EspressoBIN with
integrated pl2303 USB-UART also works fine up to 6 MBaud.
Slower baudrates with TBG as a parent clock can be achieved by
increasing TBG dividers and oversampling divider. When using the slowest
TBG clock, minimal working baudrate is 300.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Setting DM_FLAG_PRE_RELOC for Armada 3720 clock drivers (TBG and
peripheral clocks) makes it possible for serial driver to retrieve clock
rates via clk API.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
UART parent clock is by default the platform's xtal clock, which is
25 MHz.
The value defined in the driver, though, is 25.8048 MHz. This is a hack
for the suboptimal divisor calculation
Divisor = UART clock / (16 * baudrate)
which does not use rounding division, resulting in a suboptimal value
for divisor if the correct parent clock rate was used.
Change the code for divisor calculation to round to closest value, i.e.
Divisor = Round(UART clock / (16 * baudrate))
and change the parent clock rate value to that returned by
get_ref_clk().
This makes A3720 UART stable at standard UART baudrates between 1800 and
230400.
Signed-off-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
With the spear family of platforms gone, remove references to them from
the build jobs.
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
While this platform has not yet been converted, there is active efforts
to do so. Keep the platform for now.
This reverts commit aa697e6904.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Remove a large number of platforms that did not migrate to DM_PCI or
DM_USB by 2 years past the migration deadline and do not have a
migration imminent.
If MUSB support is disabled, these parts of the code will fail to build.
Cc: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this is
the last of the SPEAr platforms, so remove the rest of the remaining
support as well.
Cc: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this is
also the last SPEAR3XX platform, remove that symbol as well.
Cc: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Vipin Kumar <vipin.kumar@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it
Cc: Ajay Bhargav <contact@8051projects.net>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it.
This is also the last PL010_SERIAL using board, so remove those
references.
Cc: Sergey Kostanbaev <sergey.kostanbaev@fairwaves.ru>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_USB by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Andreas Bießmann <andreas@biessmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As this board does not use CONFIG_OF_CONTROL and the DM_USB migration
deadline has passed, disable USB_GADGET support.
Cc: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Eric Cooper <ecc@cmu.edu>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Luka Perkov <luka@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Dave Purdy <david.c.purdy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As these boards support CONFIG_OF_CONTROL today, perform a basic
CONFIG_DM migration.
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not converted to DM_USB by the deadline, disable USB
support as they do not enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. As this is the last
ARCH_T4160 platform, remove that support as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. As this is the last
ARCH_MPC8315 platform, remove that support as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. This is also the last
of the ARCH_MPC8641/MPC8610 platforms, so remove that support as well.
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this includes
the last ARCH_MPC8572 platform, remove that as well.
Cc: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. As this is the last
ARCH_MPC8568 platform, remove that support as well.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this is
the only ARCH_T1023 platform left, remove that support as well.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them. As this is the only
ARCH_MPC8555 platform left, remove that support as well.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it. As this is the only
MPC8541 target left, remove that architecture support as well.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and is
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline and are
also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline
and is also missing conversion to CONFIG_DM. Remove them.
Cc: Reinhard Arlt <reinhard.arlt@esd-electronics.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline.
Remove it.
Cc: Ilya Yanok <yanok@emcraft.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These boards have not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI, CONFIG_DM_USB or
in some cases CONFIG_DM itself by the deadline. Remove them.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline.
Remove them. As this is the last of the mcf547x_8x family of boards,
remove that support as well.
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
These board has not been converted to CONFIG_DM_PCI by the deadline.
Remove them. As this is all of the CONFIG_M548x platforms as well,
remove that code.
Cc: TsiChung Liew <Tsi-Chung.Liew@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With the ventana boards migrated to DM_PCI and DM_ETH, we can remove
this prototype.
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Move to gcc-11.1.0 builds from kernel.org for supported platforms and
LLVM-11 for those tests.
- As Heinrich has noted, the RISC-V platform specification has a profile
OS-A for running rich operating systems like Linux and BSD. This profile
requires 64bit and UEFI conforming to the EBBR. Only the 'embedded'
profile may use 32bit. Given this, drop grub for 32bit RISC-V as it no
longer compiles with gcc-11.1 and upstream is unlikely to fix it:
https://www.mail-archive.com/grub-devel@gnu.org/msg30736.html
- Update to grub-2.06 release to address other issues of building with
gcc-11.1.
- Update to newer Xtensa (gcc-9.2.0) and ARC (gcc-10.2) toolchains
Cc: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
With x86 we can execute an option ROM either natively or using the
x86 emulator (if enabled with CONFIG_BIOSEMU). Both of these share
the _X86EMU_env variable, with the native code using it to hold
register state during interrupt processing.
At present, in 32-bit U-Boot, the variable is declared twice, once
in common code and once in code only compiled with CONFIG_BIOSEMU.
With GCC 11 this causes a 'multiple definitions' error on boards
with CONFIG_BIOSEMU.
Drop the emulator definition when CONFIG_BIOSEMU is used.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When we do not have bootstage enabled, rather than include an empty
dummy function, we just don't reference it. This saves us space in some
tight builds. This also shows a few cases where show_boot_progress was
incorrectly guarded before.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Follow what the Linux Kernel does here and disable the
'zero-length-bounds', 'array-bounds' and 'stringop-overflow' warnings
here.
This brings in commits 5c45de21a2223, 44720996e2d79 and 5a76021c2eff7
from the Linux Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The board code here references the display_width / display_height
variables set in the video driver, declare these as externs as gcc-11
will notice and lead to a multiple definition error.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In some board cpld.h files the definition of the cpld_data struct
not-quite makes a typedef for cpld_data_t. This problem is caught with
gcc-11 as a multiple definition error. As there are no users of this
non-typedef, fix this by not declaring it one to begin with.
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With gcc-11 we see:
drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_debug.c:672:47: error: argument 2 of type 'u32[5]' {aka 'unsigned int[5]'} with mismatched bound [-Werror=array-parameter=]
672 | int ddr3_tip_read_adll_value(u32 dev_num, u32 pup_values[MAX_INTERFACE_NUM * MAX_BUS_NUM],
| ~~~~^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
In file included from drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_training_ip_engine.h:10,
from drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_init.h:17,
from drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_debug.c:6:
drivers/ddr/marvell/a38x/ddr3_training_ip_flow.h:116:47: note: previously declared as 'u32[]' {aka 'unsigned int[]'}
And similar warnings. Correct these by updating the prototype. Remove
the prototype for ddr3_tip_read_pup_value as it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
First set of u-boot-atmel fixes for 2021.10 cycle:
This small fixes set is dedicated to fixing the onewire subsystem for
the at91 boards which was broken since 2020.04.
Previous device tree for OpenPiton emits a warning during compilation.
This commit fixes the previous warning adds dts to the OpenPiton RISC-V
board and added the device tree to MAINTAINER file.
Signed-off-by: Tianrui Wei <tianrui-wei@outlook.com>
Reported-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
- mpc8379erdb DM_USB, DM_PCI and DM_ETH support.
- Drop PCI support from the integrator family of boards
- Add synquacer support
- Assorted lpc32xx updates and improvements
- snapdragon (and related) fixes, Broadcom iproc update
At the moment, the U-Boot serial_msm driver does not initialize the
UART_DM_DMEN register with the required value. Usually this does not
cause any problems, because there is Qualcomm's LK bootloader running
before U-Boot which initializes the register with the correct value.
It's important that this register is initialized correctly, because
the U-Boot driver does not make use of the BAM/DMA or single character
mode functionality of the UART controller. A different bootloader
before U-Boot might initialize the register differently.
For example, on DragonBoard 410c U-Boot can also be installed to the
"aboot" partition (replacing LK entirely). In this case U-Boot is
loaded directly by SBL, which seems to use the single-character mode
for some reason. In single character mode there is always just one
char in the FIFO, instead of the 4 characters expected by
msm_serial_fetch(). It also causes issues with "earlycon" later in
the Linux kernel, which tries to output 4 chars at once,
but only the first char will be written.
This causes early UART log in Linux to be corrupted like this:
[ 00ano:ameoi .Q1B[ 00ac _idaM00080oo'ahani-lcle._20). 15NdNii 5 SPMSJ20:U2
[ 00rkoolmsamel
[ 00Fw ]elamletopsioble
[ 00ore
instead of
[ 0.000000] Booting Linux on physical CPU 0x0000000000 [0x410fd030]
[ 0.000000] Machine model: Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. APQ 8016 SBC
[ 0.000000] earlycon: msm_serial_dm0 at MMIO 0x00000000078b0000 (options '')
[ 0.000000] printk: bootconsole [msm_serial_dm0] enabled
Make sure to initialize UART_DM_DMEN correctly to fix this issue
when loading U-Boot directly after SBL (instead of through LK).
There is no functional difference when loading U-Boot through LK
since LK also initializes UART_DM_DMEN to 0x0. [1]
[1]: https://git.linaro.org/landing-teams/working/qualcomm/lk.git/tree/platform/msm_shared/uart_dm.c?h=dragonboard410c-LA.BR.1.2.7-03810-8x16.0-linaro3#n203
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
It looks like SD card detection is broken at the moment for DB410c.
The eMMC is detected correctly, but the SD card is not.
This is probably similar to the issue fixed in commit 8505147403
("mmc: msm_sdhci: Use mmc_of_parse for setting host_caps") for eMMC,
except that the SD card does not have a property like "non-removable"
that skips the card detection.
The SDHCI on DB410c cannot detect itself if a SD card is inserted,
so add the necessary cd-gpios to make SD card detection work again.
While at it, fix the #gpio-cells for the soc_gpios to avoid DTC
warnings - the soc_gpios are actually already used with two cells
for the gpio-leds so this was just wrong all the time.
Cc: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stephan Gerhold <stephan@gerhold.net>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The GICC register used by u-boot is 0x0a20c000, which is actually a GICC
for WCNSS, the WLAN processor. U-boot runs on the Application Processor,
therefore it should use APCS GICC instead. Hence, correct it with APCS GICC
register address.
Signed-off-by: Sheep Sun <sunxiaoyang2003@gmail.com>
Enable a DMed i2c driver for the ea-lpc3250devkitv2 board.
Include some sample commands/output for testing.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Convert the CONFIG_SYS_I2C_LPC32XX configuration symbol from an include
directive to a Kconfig value.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add the of_match/compatible string to the lpc32xx i2c driver so it works
correctly with device-tree.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
The lpc32xx driver was not obtaining the per-device base address correctly
from the device tree. Fix the FIXME in order to get the correct base address.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Add basic support for running U-Boot on the Embedded Artists LPC3250
Developer's Kit v2 board by launching U-Boot from the board's s1l loader
(which comes pre-installed on the board).
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Import the dtsi, dts, and clock binding files for the lpc32xx ea3250 board
directly and unmodified from the latest Linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
There's nothing special or unique to the lpc32xx that requires its own config
parameter for specifying the console uart index. Therefore instead of using
the lpc32xx-specific CONFIG_SYS_LPC32XX_UART include parameter, use the
already-available CONFIG_CONS_INDEX from Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Trevor Woerner <twoerner@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable EFI capsule update support. With the EFI capsule update,
you can update U-Boot, TF-A and OP-TEE. TF-A and OP-TEE are
usually combined as a FIP binary, but if the binary is bigger
than 480KB, you have to modify FIP header, split the OP-TEE
and stores the OP-TEE binary in the different place. This
configuration supports both cases.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since the EDK2 GenerateCapsule script is out of date and it
doesn't generate the supported version capsule file, the document
should refer the mkeficapsule in tools.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Add the DeveloperBox 96boards EE support. This board is also
known as Socionext SynQuacer E-Series. It contians one "SC2A11"
SoC, which has 24-cores of arm Cortex-A53, and 4 DDR3 slots,
3 PCIe slots (1 4x port and 2 1x ports which are expanded via
PCIe bridge chip), 2 USB 3.0 ports and 2 USB 2.0 ports, 2 SATA
ports and 1 GbE, 64MB NOR flash and 8GB eMMC on standard
MicroATX Form Factor.
For more information, see this page;
https://www.96boards.org/product/developerbox/
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Add device trees for 96boards EE DeveloperBox and basement SynQuacer
SoC dtsi. These files are imported from EDK2
commit 83d38b0b4c0f240d4488c600bbe87cea391f3922
as-is (except for the changes #include path and some macros).
And add U-Boot specific changes in synquacer-sc2a11-developerbox-u-boot.dtsi
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
This is a driver for the HSSPI SPI controller on SynQuacer SoC.
The HSSPI has command sequence mode (memory mapped) and
direct mode (FIFO access). The driver will operate it under
the direct mode. And before booting OS, it switch back to the
command sequence mode since that is compatible with default
EDK2 behavior.
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Add ECAM based SynQuacer PCIe RC driver. This driver configures the
PCIe RC and filter out a ghost pcie config.
Since the Linux kernel expects "socionext,synquacer-pcie-ecam" device
is configured by firmware (EDK2), it doesn't re-configure in the kernel.
So as same as EDK2, U-Boot needs to configure it before boot the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Since some SoCs and boards do not hae extra asm/arch/gpio.h,
introduce CONFIG_GPIO_EXTRA_HEADER instead of adding
!define(CONFIG_ARCH_XXXX) in asm/gpio.h.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Without this fix, scsi-scan will cause a synchronous abort
when accessing ops->scan.
Signed-off-by: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for 1.3GHz, 1.35GHz and 1.4GHz parts. This is based on
equivalent code in Broadcom's LDK 5.0.6.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
We didn't convert the Integrator to use DM for PCI in
time, and we don't use it either so let's just drop
PCI support from the Integrator.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In commit 1e4687aa47 ("binman: Use target-specific tools when
cross-compiling"), a utility function was implemented to get preferred
compilation tools using environment variables like CC and CROSS_COMPILE.
Although it intended to provide custom default tools (same as those in
the global Makefile) when no relevant variables were set (for example
using "gcc" for "cc"), it is only doing so when CROSS_COMPILE is set and
returning the literal name of the tool otherwise.
Remove the check for an empty CROSS_COMPILE, which makes the function
use it as an empty prefix to the custom defaults and return the intended
executables.
Fixes: 1e4687aa47 ("binman: Use target-specific tools when cross-compiling")
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
This patch adds a limited pulse-width modulator to sandbox's Chromium OS
Embedded Controller emulation. The emulated PWM device supports multiple
channels but can only set a duty cycle for each, as the actual EC
doesn't expose any functionality or information other than that. Though
the EC supports specifying the PWM channel by its type (e.g. display
backlight, keyboard backlight), this is not implemented in the emulation
as nothing in U-Boot uses this type specification.
This emulated PWM device is then used to test the Chromium OS PWM driver
in sandbox. Adding the required device node to the sandbox test
device-tree unfortunately makes it the first PWM device, so this also
touches some other tests to make sure they still use the sandbox PWM.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Each _device_ belonging to a given uclass of course has its own ->ops,
of a type determined by and known to the uclass.
However, no instance of a uclass_driver seems to populate ->ops, and
the only reference to it in code is this relocation.
Moreover, it's not really clear what could sensibly be assigned; it
would have to be some "struct uclass_ops *" providing a set of methods
for the core to call on that particular uclass, but should the need
for that ever arise, it would be better to have a member of that
particular type instead of void*.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
GCC provides a symbol _init in crti.o on x86_64 and aarch64 but not on
RISC-V. The following lines leads to a build error for sandbox_defconfig on
RISC-V due to the missing symbol:
common/board_f.c:269:
#elif defined(CONFIG_SANDBOX) || defined(CONFIG_EFI_APP)
gd->mon_len = (ulong)&_end - (ulong)_init;
The sandbox code is not copied into the memory allocated using mmap().
Hence we can safely use gd->mon_len = 0 to avoid the reference to _init.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
state_uninit() and dm_uninit() are mutually exclusive:
state_uninit() prints via drivers. So it cannot be executed after
dm_uninit().
dm_uninit() requires memory. So it cannot be executed after state_uninit()
which releases all memory.
Just skip dm_uninit() when resetting the sandbox. We will wake up in a new
process and allocate new memory. So this cleanup is not required. We don't
do it in sandbox_exit() either.
This avoids a segmentation error when efi_reset_system_boottime() is
invoked by a UEFI application.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Addresses in state->ram_buf must be in the low 4 GiB of the address space.
Otherwise we cannot correctly fill SMBIOS tables. This shows up in warnings
like:
WARNING: SMBIOS table_address overflow 7f752735e020
Ensure that state->ram_buf is initialized by the first invocation of
os_malloc().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Define LOG_CATEGORY for all uclass to allow filtering with
log command.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present if sandbox crashes it prints a message and tries to exit. But
with the recently introduced signal handler, it often seems to get stuck
in a loop until the stack overflows:
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
Segmentation violation
...
The signal handler is only useful for a few tests, as I understand it.
Make it optional.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are two revisions of unmatched board with different DDR timing,
we'd like to support multi-dtb mechanism in SPL, then it selects the
right DTB at runtime according to PCB revision in I2C EEPROM.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The difference between unmatched rev3 and rev1 is DDR timing, the rev3
uses 1866 MT/s for 16GiB, and rev1 uses 2133 MT/s for 8GiB.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
There are different DDR parameter settings for different board
revisions. Add a new interface to get the PCB revision to determine
which DT should be selected at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Enable SPL_I2C_SUPPORT for fu740, and add 'u-boot,dm-spl' property in
i2c node.
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Add initial support for the PCB description EEPROM for SiFive HiFive
Unmatched boards.
This implementation is refactored based on Paul Walmsley's porting and
adopt the suggestions from David Abdurachmanov.
Signed-off-by: Paul Walmsley <paul.walmsley@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: David Abdurachmanov <david.abdurachmanov@sifive.com>
Signed-off-by: Zong Li <zong.li@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
The GPIO polarity for onewire must be GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH.
On previous versions this used to work as it looks like the right flag values
are being passed since :
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2020-April/407195.html
And that series broke the old functionality for onewire nodes.
Some boards had the correct value for the polarity, but it wasn't clear
so I replaced it with the right macro for the flag, instead of an empty value.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
gpio_request_by_name should be called with proper flags.
The 0 value flag is invalid, and causes bad initialization of the gpio.
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
This commit adds support to piton_mmc driver for OpenPiton-riscv64
This driver has many things set as preconfigured because the hardware
automatically configures most of the settings during startup.
Signed-off-by: Tianrui Wei <tianrui-wei@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Balkind <jbalkind@ucsb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
This patch adds openpiton-riscv64 SOC support. In particular, this
board supports a standard bootflow through zsbl->u-boot SPL->
opensbi->u-boot proper->Linux. There are separate defconfigs for
building u-boot SPL and u-boot proper
Signed-off-by: Tianrui Wei <tianrui-wei@outlook.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Balkind <jbalkind@ucsb.edu>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Replace 'pciaux' with 'pcieaux', including name string and function
prefix. The old name string, 'pciaux', might cause an error if PCIe
driver is changed to use clk_get_by_name() with 'pcieaux' to get
clock.
Signed-off-by: Green Wan <green.wan@sifive.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Now that u-boot gained DSA support, and it is already enabled for the
kontron_sl28 board, add the last missing piece and enable the
corresponding devices it in the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Michael Walle <michael@walle.cc>
Make sure that errors in the PHY driver .startup() method, such as no
link, are propagated and not ignored.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The RGMII spec supports optional in-band status reporting for the speed
and duplex negotiated on the copper side, and the ENETC driver enables
this feature by default.
However, this does not work when the PHY does not implement the in-band
reporting, or when there is a MAC-to-MAC connection described using a
fixed-link. In that case, it would be better to disable the feature in
the ENETC MAC and always force the speed and duplex to the values that
were negotiated and retrieved over MDIO once the autoneg is finished.
Since this works always, we just do it unconditionally and drop the
in-band code.
Note that because we need to wait for the autoneg to complete, we need
to move enetc_setup_mac_iface() after phy_startup() returns, and then
pass the phydev pointer all the way to enetc_init_rgmii().
The same considerations have led to a similar Linux driver patch as well:
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/netdev/net-next.git/commit/?id=c76a97218dcbb2cb7cec1404ace43ef96c87d874
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Given that even a fixed-link has an associated phy_device, there is no
reason to operate in a mode when dm_eth_phy_connect fails.
Remove the driver checks for a NULL priv->phy and just return -ENODEV
when that happens.
Copyright updated according to corporate requirements.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The enetc-2 port is used as DSA master (connected back-to-back to
mscc_felix_port4). Since the convention is to not enable ports in the
common SoC dtsi unless they are used on the board, then enable enetc-2
only when mscc_felix_port4 itself is enabled.
All existing device trees appear to adhere to this rule, so disable
enetc-2 in the SoC dtsi.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
To comply with the device tree bindings expectations for an Ethernet
controller, as well as to simplify the driver code, declare fixed-link
nodes for the internal ENETC ports (attached to the mscc_felix switch).
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
There are no PCB trace delays on this board, so the PHY needs to enable
its internal ones in order to have a proper electrical connection to the
enetc MAC.
Fixes: b32e9a7578 ("arm: dts: ls1028a updates for network interfaces")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Due to an upstream change, the ls1028a.dtsi bindings for the mscc_felix
switch got accepted with all ports disabled by default and with no link
to the DSA master - this needs to be done on a per board basis.
Note that enetc-2 is not currently disabled in the ls1028a.dtsi, but
presumably at some point it might become. Explicitly enable it in the
QDS device trees anyway, to proactively avoid issues when that happens.
Fixes: a7fdac7e2a ("arm: dts: ls1028a: define QDS networking protocol combinations")
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Oltean <vladimir.oltean@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The SMC911x Ethernet MACs can be integrated using a 16 or 32-bit bus.
The driver needs to know about this choice, which is the reason for us
having a Kconfig symbol for that.
Now this bus width is already described using a devicetree property, and
since the driver is DM compliant and is using the DT now, we should query
this at runtime. We leave the Kconfig choice around, in case the DT is
missing this property.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
The SMC911x Ethernet driver needs to know which accessor functions it
can use to access the MMIO registers. For that reason we have a Kconfig
choice between 16 and 32-bit bus width.
Since it's only those two options that we (and the Linux kernel)
support, and there does not seem to be any evidence of another bus
width anywhere, limit the Kconfig construct to a simple symbol.
This simplifies the code and allows a later rework to be much easier.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
In a system with multiple network controllers it can be difficult
to know the names of the various devices available. This is especially
true for USB ether devices as they do not display device names upon
detection.
This is being added as a net sub-system in case other commands may
want to be added or moved here.
Note that this is only enabled for DM_ETH
Example:
U-Boot > net
net - NET sub-system
Usage:
net list - list available devices
U-Boot > net list
eth0 : ethernet@2188000 00:d0:12:98:f5:47 active
eth1 : e1000#0 00:d0:12:98:f5:48
eth2 : asix_eth 8c:ae:4c:f5:84:9d
eth3 : asix_eth 8c:ae:4c:f9:41:e3
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
- General test.py improvements
- Rewrite the squashfs tests
- Update our CI container to Ubuntu 20.04 "focal" base.
- Make some changes to the Azure yaml so that we can have more tests run
there.
Move us up to being based on Ubuntu 20.04 "focal" and the latest tag
from Ubuntu for this release. For this, we make sure that "python" is
now python3 but still include python2.7 for the rx51 qemu build as that
is very old and does not support python3.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add more details to test cases by comparing each expected line with the
command's output. Add new test cases:
- sqfsls at an empty directory
- sqfsls at a sub-directory
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> [on sandbox]
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
The previous strategy to know if a file was correctly loaded was to
check for how many bytes were read and compare it against the file's
original size. Since this is not a good solution, replace it by
comparing the checksum of the loaded bytes against the original file's
checksum. Add more test cases: files at a sub-directory and non-existent
file.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> [on sandbox]
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
Remove the previous OOP approach, which was confusing and incomplete.
Add more test cases by making SquashFS images with various options,
concerning file fragmentation and its compression. Add comments to
properly document the code.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org> [on sandbox]
Signed-off-by: Joao Marcos Costa <jmcosta944@gmail.com>
The filesystem test setup needs to prepare disk images for its tests,
with either guestmount or loop mounts. The former requires access to the
host fuse device (added in a previous patch), the latter requires access
to host loop devices. Both mounts also need additional privileges since
docker's default configuration prevents the containers from mounting
filesystems (for host security).
Add any available loop devices to the container and try to add as few
privileges as possible to run these tests, which narrow down to adding
SYS_ADMIN capability and disabling apparmor confinement. However, this
much still seems to be insecure enough to let malicious container
processes escape as root on the host system [1].
[1] https://blog.trailofbits.com/2019/07/19/understanding-docker-container-escapes/
Since the mentioned tests are marked to run only on the sandbox board,
add these additional devices and privileges only when testing with that.
An alternative to using mounts is modifying the filesystem tests to use
virt-make-fs (like some EFI tests do), but it fails to generate a
partitionless FAT filesystem image on Debian systems. Other more
feasible alternatives are using guestfish or directly using libguestfs
Python bindings to create and populate the images, but switching the
test setups to these is nontrivial and is left as future work.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The EFI secure boot and capsule test setups need to prepare disk images
for their tests using virt-make-fs, which requires access to the host
fuse device. This is not exposed to the docker container by default and
has to be added explicitly. Add it.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
The filesystem and EFI (capsule and secure boot) test setups try to use
guestmount and virt-make-fs respectively to prepare disk images to run
tests on. However, these libguestfs tools need a kernel image and fail
with the following message (revealed in debug/trace mode) if it can't
find one:
supermin: failed to find a suitable kernel (host_cpu=x86_64).
I looked for kernels in /boot and modules in /lib/modules.
If this is a Xen guest, and you only have Xen domU kernels
installed, try installing a fullvirt kernel (only for
supermin use, you shouldn't boot the Xen guest with it).
This failure then causes these tests to be skipped in CIs. Install a
kernel package in the Docker containers so the CIs can run these
tests with libguestfs tools again (assuming the container is run with
necessary host devices and privileges). As this kernel would be only
used for virtualization, we can use the kernel package specialized for
that. On Ubuntu systems kernel images are not readable by non-root
users, so explicitly add read permissions with chmod as well.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Some filesystem tests are failing when their image is prepared with
guestmount, but succeeding if loop mounts are used instead. The reason
seems to be a race condition the guestmount(1) manual page explains:
When guestunmount(1)/fusermount(1) exits, guestmount may still be
running and cleaning up the mountpoint. The disk image will not be
fully finalized.
This means that scripts like the following have a nasty race condition:
guestmount -a disk.img -i /mnt
# copy things into /mnt
guestunmount /mnt
# immediately try to use 'disk.img' ** UNSAFE **
The solution is to use the --pid-file option to write the guestmount
PID to a file, then after guestunmount spin waiting for this PID to
exit.
The Python standard library has an os.waitpid() function for waiting a
child to terminate, but it cannot wait on non-child processes. Implement
a utility function that can do this by polling the process repeatedly
for a given duration, optionally killing the process if it won't
terminate on its own. Apply the suggested solution with this utility
function, which makes the failing tests succeed again.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If guestmount isn't available on the system, filesystem test setup falls
back to using loop mounts to prepare its disk images. If guestmount is
available but fails to work, the tests are immediately skipped. Instead
of giving up on a guestmount failure, try using loop mounts as an
attempt to keep tests running.
Also stop checking if guestmount is in PATH, as trying to run a missing
guestmount can now follow the same failure codepath and fall back to
loop mounts anyway.
Signed-off-by: Alper Nebi Yasak <alpernebiyasak@gmail.com>
Probably, a pointer to a variable in an inner block should not
be exposed to an outer block.
Fixes: c70f44817d ("efi_loader: simplify 'printenv -e'")
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
[trini: Don't make guid const now]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
- Merge build-time sanity checks to ensure the size of gd doesn't
change. This can happen during cleanups due to not all symbols being
implemented in Kconfig.
The layout and contents of struct global_data depends on a lot of
CONFIG_* preprocessor macros, not all of which are entirely converted
to Kconfig - not to mention weird games played here and there. This
can result in one translation unit using one definition of struct
global_data while the actual layout is another.
That can be very hard to debug. But we already have a mechanism that
can help catch such bugs at build time, namely the asm-offsets
machinery which is necessary anyway to provide assembly code with the
necessary constants. So make sure that every C translation unit that
include global_data.h actually sees the same size of struct
global_data as that which was seen by the asm-offsets.c TU.
It is likely that this patch will break the build of some boards. For
example, without the patch from Matt Merhar
(https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2021-May/450135.html) or some
other fix, this breaks P2041RDB_defconfig:
CC arch/powerpc/lib/traps.o
AS arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc85xx/start.o
In file included from include/asm-generic/global_data.h:26,
from ./arch/powerpc/include/asm/global_data.h:109,
from include/init.h:21,
from arch/powerpc/lib/traps.c:7:
include/linux/build_bug.h:99:41: error: static assertion failed: "sizeof(struct global_data) == GD_SIZE"
99 | #define __static_assert(expr, msg, ...) _Static_assert(expr, msg)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/linux/build_bug.h:98:34: note: in expansion of macro ‘__static_assert’
98 | #define static_assert(expr, ...) __static_assert(expr, ##__VA_ARGS__, #expr)
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
include/asm-generic/global_data.h:470:1: note: in expansion of macro ‘static_assert’
470 | static_assert(sizeof(struct global_data) == GD_SIZE);
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~
make[1]: *** [scripts/Makefile.build:266: arch/powerpc/lib/traps.o] Error 1
make: *** [Makefile:1753: arch/powerpc/lib] Error 2
make: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[Linux commit 6bab69c65013bed5fce9f101a64a84d0385b3946]
BUILD_BUG_ON() is a little annoying, since it cannot be used outside
function scope. So one cannot put assertions about the sizeof() a
struct next to the struct definition, but has to hide that in some more
or less arbitrary function.
Since gcc 4.6 (which is now also the required minimum), there is support
for the C11 _Static_assert in all C modes, including gnu89. So add a
simple wrapper for that.
_Static_assert() requires a message argument, which is usually quite
redundant (and I believe that bug got fixed at least in newer C++
standards), but we can easily work around that with a little macro
magic, making it optional.
For example, adding
static_assert(sizeof(struct printf_spec) == 8);
in vsprintf.c and modifying that struct to violate it, one gets
./include/linux/build_bug.h:78:41: error: static assertion failed: "sizeof(struct printf_spec) == 8"
#define __static_assert(expr, msg, ...) _Static_assert(expr, "" msg "")
godbolt.org suggests that _Static_assert() has been support by clang
since at least 3.0.0.
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Xilinx changes for v2021.10
clk:
- Add driver for Xilinx Clocking Wizard IP
fdt:
- Also record architecture in /fit-images
net:
- Fix plat/priv data handling in axi emac
- Add support for 10G/25G speeds
pca953x:
- Add missing dependency on i2c
serial:
- Fix dependencies for DEBUG uart for pl010/pl011
- Add setconfig option for cadence serial driver
watchdog:
- Add cadence wdt expire now function
zynq:
- Update DT bindings to reflect the latest state and descriptions
zynqmp:
- Update DT bindings to reflect the latest state and descriptions
- SPL: Add support for ECC DRAM initialization
- Fix R5 core 1 handling logic
- Enable firmware driver for mini configurations
- Enable secure boot, regulators, wdt
- Add support xck devices and 67dr
- Add psu init for sm/smk-k26 SOMs
- Add handling for MMC seq number via mmc_get_env_dev()
- Handle reserved memory locations
- Add support for u-boot.itb generation for secure OS
- Handle BL32 handoffs for secure OS
- Add support for 64bit addresses for u-boot.its generation
- Change eeprom handling via nvmem aliases
It is working in a way that only minimal timeout is setup to reach
expiration just right after it is setup.
Please make sure that PMUFW is compiled with ENABLE_EM flag.
On U-Boot prompt you can test it like:
ZynqMP> wdt dev watchdog@fd4d0000
ZynqMP> wdt list
watchdog@fd4d0000 (cdns_wdt)
ZynqMP> wdt dev
dev: watchdog@fd4d0000
ZynqMP> wdt expire
(And reset should happen here)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The nor->ready() and spansion_sr_ready() introduced earlier in this
series are used for multi-die package parts.
The nor->quad_enable() sets the volatile QE bit on each die.
The nor->erase() is hooked if the device is not configured to uniform
sectors, assuming it has 32 x 4KB sectors overlaid on bottom address.
Other configurations, top and split, are not supported at this point.
Will submit additional patches to support it as needed.
The post_bfpt/sfdp() fixes the params wrongly advertised in SFDP.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cypress chips support SPINOR_OP_EN4B(B7h) to enable 4-byte addressing mode.
Cypress chips support B8h to disable 4-byte addressing mode instead of
SPINOR_OP_EX4B(E9h).
This patch defines new opcode and updates set_4byte() to support
enable/disable 4-byte addressing mode for Cypress chips.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The spansion_sr_ready() reads status register 1 by Read Any Register
commnad. This function is called from Flash specific hook with die address
and dummy cycles to support multi-die package parts from Spansion/Cypress.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
For dual/quad die package devices from Spansion/Cypress, the device's
status needs to be checked by reading status registers in all dies, by
using Read Any Register command. To support this, a Flash specific hook
that can overwrite the legacy status check is needed.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some of Spansion/Cypress chips support volatile version of configuration
registers and it is recommended to update volatile registers in the field
application due to a risk of the non-volatile registers corruption by
power interrupt. This patch adds a function to set Quad Enable bit in CFR1
volatile.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some of Spansion/Cypress chips support Read/Write Any Register commands.
These commands are mainly used to write volatile registers and access to
the registers in second and subsequent die for multi-die package parts.
The Read Any Register instruction (65h) is followed by register address
and dummy cycles, then the selected register byte is returned.
The Write Any Register instruction (71h) is followed by register address
and register byte to write.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Reviewed-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This patch adds psgtr clocks and phy entry for USB0, USB1 and SATA node for
zc1751-xm017-dc3 board.
Signed-off-by: Piyush Mehta <piyush.mehta@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There are lot of accesses to priv data in of_to_plat(), which is incorrect.
Create a platform data structure and use it in of_to_plat(), then copy all
platform data to priv data in probe.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Ramon Fried <rfried.dev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This adds serial parameters that include stop bit mode, parity mode,
and character length. Mark parity and space parity modes are not
supported.
At the moment, the only path to call setconfig directly is DM testing,
however, this affects the size of SPL for DM testing, so it doesn't
apply to SPL.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Both of these drivers are implemented with and without DM that's why more
symbols should be handled.
The most problematic one is enabling DEBUG_UART_PL011 based on
PL01X_SERIAL(DM based) because debug console has type selection based on
it.
enum pl01x_type type = CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DEBUG_UART_PL011) ?
TYPE_PL011 : TYPE_PL010;
Without it pl01x_generic_setbrg() is configuring different registers.
Fixes: 4cc24aeaf4 ("serial: Add missing Kconfig dependencies for debug consoles")
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Since this flash doesn't have a Profile 1.0 table, the Octal DTR
capabilities are enabled in the post SFDP fixup, along with the 8D-8D-8D
fast read settings.
Enable Octal DTR mode with 20 dummy cycles to allow running at the
maximum supported frequency of 200Mhz.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The Cypress Semper flash is an xSPI compliant octal DTR flash. Add
support for using it in octal DTR mode.
The flash by default boots in a hybrid sector mode. Switch to uniform
sector mode on boot. Use the default 20 dummy cycles for a read fast
command.
The SFDP programming on some older versions of the flash was incorrect.
Fixes for that are included in the fixup hooks.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some of Spansion/Cypress chips have overlaid 4KB sectors at top and/or
bottom, depending on the device configuration, while U-Boot supports
uniform sector layout only.
The spansion_erase_non_uniform() erases overlaid 4KB sectors,
non-overlaid portion of normal sector, and remaining normal sectors, by
selecting correct erase command and size based on the address to erase
and size of overlaid portion in parameters. Since different Spansion
flashes can use different opcode for erasing the 4K sectors, the opcode
must be passed in as a parameter based on the flash being used.
Signed-off-by: Takahiro Kuwano <Takahiro.Kuwano@infineon.com>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
[p.yadav@ti.com: Refactor the function to be compatible with nor->erase,
make 4K opcode customizable, call spi_nor_setup_op() before executing
the op.]
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
On devices with non-uniform sector sizes like Spansion S25 or S28 family
of flashes the sector under erase does not necessarily have to be
mtd->erasesize bytes long. For example, on S28 flashes the first 128 KiB
region is composed of 32 4 KiB sectors, then a 128 KiB sector, and then
256 KiB sectors till the end.
Let the flash-specific erase functions erase less than the requested
length in case of the 4 or 128 KiB sectors and report the number of
bytes erased back to the calling function.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
When the flash is handed to us in a stateful mode like 8D-8D-8D, it is
difficult to detect the mode the flash is in. One option is to read SFDP
in all modes and see which one gives the correct "SFDP" signature, but
not all flashes support SFDP in 8D-8D-8D mode.
Further, even if you detect the mode of the flash via SFDP, you still
have the problem of actually reading the ID. The Read ID command is not
standardized across flash vendors. Flashes can have different dummy
cycles needed for reading the ID. Some flashes even expect a 4-byte
dummy address with the Read ID command. All this information cannot be
obtained from the SFDP table.
So, perform a Software Reset sequence before reading the ID and
initializing the flash. A Soft Reset will bring back the flash in its
default protocol mode assuming no non-volatile configuration was set.
This will let us detect the flash even if ROM hands it to us in Octal
DTR mode.
To accommodate cases where there is more than one flash on a board, and
only one of them needs a soft reset, failure to reset is not made fatal,
and we still try to read ID if possible.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
On probe, the SPI NOR core will put a flash in 8D-8D-8D mode if it
supports it. But Linux as of now expects to get the flash in 1S-1S-1S
mode. Handing the flash to Linux in Octal DTR mode means the kernel will
fail to detect the flash.
So, we need to reset to Power-on-Reset (POR) state before handing off
the flash. A Software Reset command can be used to do this.
One limitation of the soft reset is that it will restore state from
non-volatile registers in some flashes. This means that if the flash was
set to 8D mode in a non-volatile configuration, a soft reset won't help.
This commit assumes that we don't set any non-volatile bits anywhere,
and the flash doesn't have any non-volatile Octal DTR mode
configuration.
Since spi-nor-tiny doesn't (and likely shouldn't) have
spi_nor_soft_reset(), add a dummy spi_nor_remove() for it that does
nothing.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
A Soft Reset sequence will return the flash to Power-on-Reset (POR)
state. It consists of two commands: Soft Reset Enable and Soft Reset.
Find out if the sequence is supported from BFPT DWORD 16.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The Micron MT35XU512ABA flash does not support the quad enable bit. But
instead of programming the Quad Enable Require field to 000b ("Device
does not have a QE bit"), it is programmed to 111b ("Reserved").
While this is technically incorrect, it is not reason enough to abort
BFPT parsing. Instead, continue BFPT parsing assuming there is no quad
enable bit present.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Allow flashes to specify a hook to enable octal DTR mode. Use this hook
whenever possible to get optimal transfer speeds.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The xSPI Profile 1.0 table specifies how many dummy cycles and address
bytes are needed for the Read Status Register command in Octal DTR mode.
Use that information to send the correct Read SR command.
Some controllers might have trouble reading just 1 byte in DTR mode. So,
when we are in DTR mode read 2 bytes and discard the second. This shows
no side effects with the two flashes I tested: Micron mt35xu512aba and
Cypress s28hs512t.
Update Read FSR to mimic Read SR because they share the same
characteristics.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
This table is indication that the flash is xSPI compliant and hence
supports octal DTR mode. Extract information like the fast read opcode,
the number of dummy cycles needed for a Read Status Register command,
and the number of address bytes needed for a Read Status Register
command.
The default dummy cycles for a fast octal DTR read are set to 20. Since
there is no simple way of determining the dummy cycles needed for the
fast read command, flashes that use a different value should update it
in their flash-specific hooks.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Some devices in DTR mode expect an extra command byte called the
extension. The extension can either be same as the opcode, bitwise
inverse of the opcode, or another additional byte forming a 16-byte
opcode. Get the extension type from the BFPT. For now, only flashes with
"repeat" and "inverse" extensions are supported.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
JESD216 rev D makes BFPT 20 DWORDs. Update the BFPT size define to
reflect that.
The check for rev A or later compared the BFPT header length with the
maximum BFPT length, BFPT_DWORD_MAX. Since BFPT_DWORD_MAX was 16, and so
was the BFPT length for both rev A and B, this check worked fine. But
now, since BFPT_DWORD_MAX is 20, it means this check will also stop BFPT
parsing for rev A or B, since their length is 16.
So, instead check for BFPT_DWORD_MAX_JESD216 to stop BFPT parsing for
the first JESD216 version, and check for BFPT_DWORD_MAX_JESD216B for the
next two versions.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Double Transfer Rate (DTR) is SPI protocol in which data is transferred
on each clock edge as opposed to on each clock cycle. Make
framework-level changes to allow supporting flashes in DTR mode.
Right now, mixed DTR modes are not supported. So, for example a mode
like 4S-4D-4D will not work. All phases need to be either DTR or STR.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Even when spi_nor_write_reg() has no data to write, like when executing
a write enable operation, it sets the data direction to
SPI_MEM_DATA_OUT. This trips up spi_mem_check_buswidth() because it
expects a data phase when there is none. Make sure the data direction is
set to SPI_MEM_NO_DATA when there is no data to write.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The spi-mem layer provides a spi_mem_supports_op() function to check
whether a specific operation is supported by the controller or not.
This is much more accurate than the hwcaps selection logic based on
SPI_{RX,TX}_ flags.
Rework the hwcaps selection logic to use spi_mem_supports_op().
To make sure the build doesn't break for boards not using CONFIG_DM_SPI,
add a simple SPI_{RX,TX}_ based hwcaps selection logic in spi-mem-nodm
similar to spi_mem_default_supports_op(). This change is only
compile-tested.
To avoid SPL size problems on the x530 board, the old hwcaps selection
is still kept around. Leaving the code in-place was getting difficult to
read and understand, so the code is restructured to have it all in one
isolated function. As a result of this, the parameter hwcaps to
spi_nor_setup() is no longer needed. Remove it.
Based on the Linux commit c76f5089796a (mtd: spi-nor: Rework hwcaps
selection for the spi-mem case, 2019-08-06)
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Sometimes the information in a flash's SFDP tables is wrong. Sometimes
some information just can't be expressed in the SFDP table. So,
introduce the fixup hooks to allow tailoring settings for a specific
flash.
Three hooks are added: default_init, post_sfdp, and post_bfpt. These
allow tweaking the flash settings at different point in the probe
sequence. Since the hooks reside in nor->info, set that value just
before the call to spi_nor_init_params().
The hooks and at what points they are executed mimics Linux's spi-nor
framework. One major difference is that Linux puts the struct
spi_nor_fixups in nor->info. This is not possible in U-Boot because the
spi-nor-ids list is shared between spi-nor-core.c and spi-nor-tiny.c.
Since spi-nor-tiny shouldn't have those fixup hooks populated, add a
separate function that lets flashes populate their fixup hooks.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
These structures will be used in a later commit inside another structure
definition. Also take the declarations out of the ifdef since they won't
affect the final binary anyway and will be used in a later commit.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
nor->setup() can be used by flashes to configure settings in case they
have any peculiarities that can't be easily expressed by the generic
spi-nor framework. This includes things like different opcodes, dummy
cycles, page size, uniform/non-uniform sector sizes, etc.
Move related declarations to avoid forward declarations.
Inspired by the Linux kernel's setup() hook.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If a flash chip has more than 16MB capacity but its BFPT reports
BFPT_DWORD1_ADDRESS_BYTES_3_OR_4, the spi-nor framework defaults to 3.
The check in spi_nor_scan() doesn't catch it because addr_width did get
set. This fixes that check.
Ported from Kernel commit 324f78dfb442b82365548b657ec4e6974c677502.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Set up opcode extension and enable/disable DTR mode based on whether the
command is DTR or not.
xSPI flashes can have a 4-byte dummy address associated with some
commands like the Read Status Register command in octal DTR mode. Since
the flash does not support sending the dummy address, we can not use
automatic write completion polling in DTR mode. Further, no write
completion polling makes it impossible to use DAC mode for DTR writes.
In that mode, the controller does not know beforehand how long a write
will be and so it can de-assert Chip Select (CS#) at any time. Once CS#
is de-assert, the flash will go into burning phase. But since the
controller does not do write completion polling, it does not know when
the flash is busy and might send in writes while the flash is not ready.
So, disable write completion polling and make writes go through indirect
mode for DTR writes and let spi-mem take care of polling the SR.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Once the start bit is toggled it takes a small amount of time before it
is internally synchronized. This means we can't start writing during
that part. So add a small delay to allow the bit to be synchronized.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
If the device tree provides a read delay value, use that directly and do
not perform the calibration procedure.
This allows the device tree to over-ride the read delay value in cases
where the read delay value obtained via calibration is incorrect. One
such example is the Cypress Semper flash. It needs a read delay of 4 in
octal DTR mode. But since the calibration procedure is run before the
flash is switched in octal DTR mode, it yields a read delay of 2. A
value of 4 works for both octal DTR and legacy modes.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
spi_mem_default_supports_op() rejects DTR ops by default to ensure that
the controller drivers that haven't been updated with DTR support
continue to reject them. It also makes sure that controllers that don't
support DTR mode at all (which is most of them at the moment) also
reject them.
This means that controller drivers that want to support DTR mode can't
use spi_mem_default_supports_op(). Driver authors have to roll their own
supports_op() function and mimic the buswidth checks. Or even worse,
driver authors might skip it completely or get it wrong.
Add spi_mem_dtr_supports_op(). It provides a basic sanity check for DTR
ops and performs the buswidth requirement check. Move the logic for
checking buswidth in spi_mem_default_supports_op() to a separate
function so the logic is not repeated twice.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Controllers can use this function to perform basic sanity checking on
the spi-mem op.
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
In xSPI mode, flashes expect 2-byte opcodes. The second byte is called
the "command extension". There can be 3 types of extensions in xSPI:
repeat, invert, and hex. When the extension type is "repeat", the same
opcode is sent twice. When it is "invert", the second byte is the
inverse of the opcode. When it is "hex" an additional opcode byte based
is sent with the command whose value can be anything.
So, make opcode a 16-bit value and add a 'nbytes', similar to how
multiple address widths are handled.
All usages of sizeof(op->cmd.opcode) also need to be changed to be
op->cmd.nbytes because that is the actual indicator of opcode size.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Each phase is given a separate 'dtr' field so mixed protocols like
4S-4D-4D can be supported.
Signed-off-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add a driver for Macronix SPI controller IP.
This patch referred from linux spi-mxic.c. The difference from the
linux version is described here.
1. To adapt uboot spi framework, modify some functions naming.
2. Remove the incompatible functions of Uboot.
3. Add dummy byte recalculattion function to support dummy buswidth
not align data buswidth operation.(ex: 1-1-4, 1-1-8)
4. Add Octal mode support.
Signed-off-by: Zhengxun <zhengxunli.mxic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
[jagan: fixed file permission, comment line, kconfig]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add board code for the R8A779A0 V3U Falcon board.
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
--
Marek: - various small rebase fixes and clean ups
The R-Car V3U does support RPC interface, however the support for it is
missing in upstream Linux DTs as of commit 9f4ad9e425a1 ("Linux 5.12"),
add the node into u-boot.dtsi to let U-Boot access the SPI NOR or HF.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Import R8A779A0 V3U PFC tables from Linux 5.12, commit 9f4ad9e425a1
("Linux 5.12") . Add parts of PFC table integration from
pinctrl: renesas: Add R8A779A0 V3U PFC tables
by Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>" .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The R8A779A0 V3U GPIO block has additional "General Input Enable" INEN
register. Add new R8A779A0 compatible string with a new quirk and also
a handler for this quirk which toggles the INEN register in the right
place. INEN register handling is based on "gpio: renesas: Add R8A779A0
V3U support" by Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Add clock tables for R8A779A0 V3U SoC from Linux 5.12,
commit 9f4ad9e425a1 ("Linux 5.12")
Signed-off-by: Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
--
Marek: - Add .reset_modemr_offset
- Sync tables from Linux 5.12
- Rebase on latest u-boot
On R8A779A0 V3U SoC, PLL1 and PLL5 use a divider value
from cpg_pll_configs table while PLL{20,21,30,31,4} use
different control offset. Introduce new types to handle
this and handle those types in the Gen3 clock code.
Based on "clk: renesas: Add support for R8A779A0 V3U PLLn"
by Hai Pham <hai.pham.ud@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
The get_mtd_device_nm() function (code imported from Linux) simply
iterates all registered MTD devices and compares the given name with
all MTDs' names.
With SPI_FLASH_MTD enabled U-Boot registers a SPI-NOR as a MTD device
with name identical to the SPI flash chip name (from SPI ID table). Thus
for a board with multiple same SPI-NORs it registers multiple MTDs, but
all with the same name (such as "s25fl164k"). We do not want to change
this behaviour, since such a change could break existing boot scripts,
which can rely on a hardcoded name.
In order to allow somehow to uniqely select a MTD device, change
get_mtd_device_nm() function as such:
- if first character of name is '/', try interpreting it as OF path
- otherwise compare the name with MTDs name and MTDs device name.
In the following example a board has two "s25fl164k" SPI-NORs. They both
have name "s25fl164k", thus cannot be uniquely selected via this name.
With this change, the user can select the second SPI-NOR either with
"spi-nor@1" or "/soc/spi@10600/spi-nor@1".
Example:
=> mtd list
List of MTD devices:
* s25fl164k
- device: spi-nor@0
- parent: spi@10600
- driver: jedec_spi_nor
- path: /soc/spi@10600/spi-nor@0
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x1000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000000800000 : "s25fl164k"
* s25fl164k
- device: spi-nor@1
- parent: spi@10600
- driver: jedec_spi_nor
- path: /soc/spi@10600/spi-nor@1
- type: NOR flash
- block size: 0x1000 bytes
- min I/O: 0x1 bytes
- 0x000000000000-0x000000800000 : "s25fl164k"
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Currently when the SPI_FLASH_MTD config option is enabled, only one SPI
can be registered as MTD at any time - it is the last one probed (since
with old non-DM model only one SPI NOR could be probed at any time).
When DM is enabled, allow for registering multiple SPI NORs as MTDs by
utilizing the nor->mtd structure, which is filled in by spi_nor_scan
anyway, instead of filling a separate struct mtd_info.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Pali Rohár <pali@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add support for parsing partitions defined in device-trees via the
`partitions` node with `fixed-partitions` compatible.
The `mtdparts`/`mtdids` mechanism takes precedence. If some partitions
are defined for a MTD device via this mechanism, the code won't register
partitions for that MTD device from OF, even if they are defined.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add functions ofnode_get_addr_size_index_notrans(), which is a
non-translating version of ofnode_get_addr_size_index().
Some addresses are not meant to be translated, for example those of MTD
fixed-partitions.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behún <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Tested-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
On ARM64 secure OS can run as 64bit or 32bit that's why it is necessary to
record information about architecture that other code can read it and
properly pass it to TF-A and start in 64bit or 32bit mode.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
DT files have been added this year but forgot to update it that's why do it
in separate patch now.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
It is not recommended to have aliases for gpio. In past it was used in
Linux for assigning numbers via sysfs which is deprecated and libgpiod
should be used instead.
In U-Boot this number is used for seq number but gpio offset are not
counted from this number. That's why having these aliases only for seq
number is not needed. As is done in Linux it is the best to use full gpio
name instead of sequence number which depends on sequence in binding.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Align USB nodes with the latest dt-bindings. It is adding resets, new
interrupt and also some quirks.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
dtc supports new sugar syntax which is easier compare to previous one
that's why also covert overlays for SOM to it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
kv260-revB is different compare to revA (usbhub is wired via i2c) that's
why remove revA compatible string.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The Clocking Wizard IP supports clock circuits customized
to your clocking requirements. The wizard support for
dynamically reconfiguring the clocking primitives for
Multiply, Divide, Phase Shift/Offset, or Duty Cycle.
Limited by U-Boot clk uclass without set_phase API, this
patch only provides set_rate to modify the frequency.
Signed-off-by: Zhengxun <zhengxunli.mxic@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Anderson <sean.anderson@seco.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Xilinx ZynqMP supports also addresses above 4GB (32bit) that's why also
generate u-boot.its with 64bit load/entry addresses to also support
different configurations.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
psgtr node should be below pinctrl for easier comparion among dts files.
That's why move that nodes to different location.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Clock setting is not static anymore that's why it depends on firmware setup
that's why remove this comment.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Networking subsystem is not using aliases that's why remove them for CAN
devices. There is also no any other Xilinx ZynqMP DT file with them.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
As per the design specification
"The 16-bit Seconds Calibration Value represents the number of
Oscillator Ticks that are required to measure the largest time
period that is less than or equal to 1 second.
For an oscillator that is 32.768 KHz, this value will be 0x7FFF."
Signed-off-by: Srinivas Neeli <srinivas.neeli@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
psgtr node should be below pinctrl for easier comparion among dts files.
That's why move that nodes to different location.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Historically dpdma and dpsub are placed at the end of files. Move nodes
there for easier comparison among dts files.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
dwc3 can be used only for higher speeds than super-speed that's why
explicitly set it up.
This is also aligned with other ZynqMP dts files.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Uarts already have u-boot,dm-pre-reloc via zynqmp.dtsi that's why there is
no need to have them in platform DT files too.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is need to pass entry about secure OS when bl32_entry is defined.
Currently only 64bit support is added but /fit-images node have been
extended to also record if this is 32bit or 64bit secure OS. When this is
tested the code will be update to support this configuration too.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The first change is to trying to find out TF-A load address based on
reading elf file. Expectation is that bl31.bin is in the same folder as
bl31.elf. It brings new flexibility to place TF-A to any address (DDR
included).
And also enable TEE generation also with TEE configuration.
Expecation is the same as above that tee.bin and tee.elf are in the same
folder.
User has to just define link to BL31/BL32 binary files and the rest should
be handled by the script.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
TF-A and SecureOS can allocate the part of DDR for self but U-Boot is not
handling this configuration that the part of memory is reserved and
shouldn't be used by U-Boot. That's why read all reserved memory locations
and don't use it.
The code was taken from commit 4a1b975dac ("board: stm32mp1: reserve
memory for OP-TEE in device tree") and commit 1419e5b516 ("stm32mp:
update MMU config before the relocation") which is used by stm32 and does
the job properly.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The SMMU is disabled in device tree so this change has no impact.
The benefit is that this way it is in sync with xen.dtsi. Xen enables
the SMMU and makes use of it.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to have CCI no enabled by default. Enable it when your
system configuration requires it. In Xilinx configuration flow this is
work for Device Tree Generator which reads information from HW Design
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
K26 has EMMC and SD and default 0 is not working when system is booting out
of SD which is controller 1. Add controller autodetection via
mmc_get_env_dev(). The same code is used for distro_boot selection done in
board_late_init(). bootseq variable can't be reused because this is called
so late.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Rename amba to AXI. Based on Xilinx Zynq TRM (Chapter 5) chip is "AXI
point-to-point channels for communicating addresses, data, and response
transactions between master and slave clients. This ARM AMBA 3.0..."
Issues are reported as:
.. amba: $nodename:0: 'amba' does not match
'^([a-z][a-z0-9\\-]+-bus|bus|soc|axi|ahb|apb)(@[0-9a-f]+)?$'
>From schema:
../github.com/devicetree-org/dt-schema/dtschema/schemas/simple-bus.yaml
Similar change has been done for Xilinx ZynqMP SoC.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/8a4bc80debfbb79c296e76fc1e4c173e62657286.1606397101.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
SVDs are using different name which can't be handled via zynqmp_devices
structure. That's why introduce zynqmp_detect_svd_name() which checks ID
code for these devices and show proper name for them.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enabling EFI secure boot which is required for EBBR specification.
Enabling this will fix
"RT.SetVariable - Create one Time Base Auth Variable, the expect return
status should be EFI_SUCCESS"
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
From U-Boot, loading application on RPU core 0 is fine but loading on
core 1 is not handled properly. Lock-step mode needs both the R5 cores
to be initialized and it is working fine. Whereas in SPLIT mode individual
R5 cores needs to be initialized as they need to execute differenet
applications. Handle both these lock-step and split modes by propagating
mode and RPU core number(4 for RPU0 and 5 for RPU1) for various functions
and by adding conditions in those functions.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Reddy Soma <ashok.reddy.soma@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The Linux commit f69629919942 ("dt-bindings: sram: Convert SRAM bindings to
json-schema") converted binding to yaml and some missing required
properties started to be reported. Align binding based on it.
The patch is fixing these warnings:
.../zynq-zc702.dt.yaml: sram@fffc0000: '#address-cells' is a required property
.../zynq-zc702.dt.yaml: sram@fffc0000: '#size-cells' is a required property
.../zynq-zc702.dt.yaml: sram@fffc0000: 'ranges' is a required property
>From schema: .../Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.yaml
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/87c02786ccd8d7827827a9d95a8737bb300caeb0.1606397101.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
The Linux commit f8f79fa6bb25 ("dt-bindings: at25: convert the binding
document to yaml") converted binding to yaml and 3 deprecated properties
pop up.
The patch is fixing these warnings:
.../zynq-zc770-xm013.dt.yaml: eeprom@2: 'pagesize' is a required property
.../zynq-zc770-xm013.dt.yaml: eeprom@2: 'size' is a required property
.../zynq-zc770-xm013.dt.yaml: eeprom@2: 'address-width' is a required property
>From schema: .../Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at25.yaml
by converting them to new binding.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/be2c1125d98386033e182012eb08986924707a76.1606397101.git.michal.simek@xilinx.com
Use the ZDMA channel 0 to initialize the DRAM banks. This avoid
spurious ECC errors that can occur when accessing unitialized memory.
The feature is enabled by setting the option
CONFIG_SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_ECC_INIT and providing the following data:
SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK1_BASE: start of memory to initialize
SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK1_LEN : len of memory to initialize (hex)
SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK2_BASE: start of memory to initialize
SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK2_LEN : len of memory to initialize (hex)
Setting SPL_ZYNQMP_DRAM_BANK_LEN to 0 takes no action.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge@foundries.io>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
pca953x also depends on i2c that's why add dependency to Kconfig.
Where GPIO is enabled but I2C compilation error pops up.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
- stm32mp157c-odyssey-som DT fixes
- stm32_qspi: Fix short data write operation
- dfu: set max_buf_size to erasesize also for NOR devices
- Fixes ethernet clock property name for STM32MP1 board
- STM32CubeProgrammer: various fixes
- clk: cosmetic update for clk-uclass
Move the message "Invalid or missing layout file."
to debug level as it is a normal behavior and not an error
and add the missing '\n'.
This patch avoids the strange trace :
Boot over usb0!
Invalid or missing layout file.DFU alt info setting: done
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use get_cpu_dev() in uart getID command and remove the defines
DEVICE_ID_BYTE1 and 2 defines.
This patch prepare the support for new SOC family.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Handle the second USB enumeration only when the flashlayout is received
and when phase is PHASE_FLASHLAYOUT. This patch removes the call of
stm32prog_next_phase as it is already done in stm32prog_dfu_init().
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
When CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is activated, CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT
is deactivated and the define IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY don't exist with
include/image.h:
#if defined(CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT)
#define IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY 0x01 /* legacy image_header based format */
#endif
This patch adds the needed check on compilation flag
CONFIG_LEGACY_IMAGE_FORMAT to avoid the compilation error
for command stm32prog:
cmd_stm32prog.c:81:8: error: ‘IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY’ undeclared
(first use in this function); did you mean ‘IMAGE_FORMAT_FIT’?
81 | if (IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY ==
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
| IMAGE_FORMAT_FIT
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Add the support in command stm32prog of kernel load and start
with initrd file, identify by the partition Type "Binary" in
the flashlayout.tsv, for example:
- 0x01 fsbl Binary none 0x0 tfa.stm32
- 0x03 fip Binary none 0x0 fip.bin
P 0x10 kernel System ram0 0xC2000000 uImage.bin
P 0x11 dtb FileSystem ram0 0xC4000000 board.dtb
P 0x12 initrd Binary ram0 0xC4400000 <initrd>
The <initrd> file can be a legacy image "uInitrd", generated
with mkimage, or a RAW initrd image "initrd.gz".
After a DFU detach the bootm command with be executed
with the associated address, for example:
$> bootm 0xC2000000 0xC4400000:<size> 0xC4000000
When the "Binary" partition type is absent, the 'bootm'
command starts the kernel without ramdisk, for example:
$> bootm 0xC2000000 - 0xC4000000
With this paths, it is no more mandatory to generate FIT
including the kernel, DT and initrd:
- 0x01 fsbl Binary none 0x0 tfa.stm32
- 0x03 fip Binary none 0x0 fip.bin
P 0x10 fit System ram0 0xC2000000 fit.bin
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Handle timeout in stm32prog_serial_get_buffer to sent NACK
to STM32CubeProgrammer when the buffer is not fully received.
This patch avoids to reach the STM32CubeProgrammer timeout and
the associated unrecoverable error.
Timeout error occurred while waiting for acknowledgment.
Error: Write Operation fails at packet number 4165 at address 0x1044FF
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This patch removes the header check for UART download;
the check of checksum is not mandatory with even parity and chuck
checksum for each 256 received bytes and it is only done for
STM32 image (FSBL = TF-A BL2), not for FIT image.
This patch solve issue of duplicated 0x100 byte written with FIP header.
Fixes: 4fb7b3e108 ("stm32mp: stm32prog: add FIP header support")
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Use the correct name for STMicroelectronics phys config properties,
replace '_' by '-':
"st,eth_clk_sel" => "st,eth-clk-sel"
"st,eth-ref-clk-sel" => st,eth-clk-sel"
These property name are aligned with the upstreamed Linux kernel binding:
linux/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stm32-dwmac.yaml
See Linux kernel commit "dt-bindings: net: stmmac: add phys config
properties" merged in v5.1-rc1.
This patch allow to reuse the kernel device tree directly in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
For NOR devices the logical DFU buffer size is the sector_size,
as it is done in dfu_sf.c or in spi/sf_mtd.c
(sf_mtd_info.erasesize = flash->sector_size)
For NAND the DFU size was already limited to erasesize as
has_pages = true.
So the mtd dfu backend can use this erasesize for all the MTD devices,
NOR and NAND with dfu->max_buf_size = mtd->erasesize
This difference was initially copied from MTD command, where
data is fully available in RAM without size limitation.
This patch avoids to have many sector write in dfu_mtd.c at the end
of the DFU transfer and avoids issues with USB timeout or WATCHDOG.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
This driver supports Rockchip NFC (NAND Flash Controller) found on
RK3308, RK2928, RKPX30, RV1108 and other SOCs. The driver has been
tested using 8-bit NAND interface on the ARM based RK3308 platform.
Support Rockchip SoCs and NFC versions:
- PX30 and RK3326(NFCv900).
ECC: 16/40/60/70 bits/1KB.
CLOCK: ahb and nfc.
- RK3308 and RV1108(NFCv800).
ECC: 16 bits/1KB.
CLOCK: ahb and nfc.
- RK3036 and RK3128(NFCv622).
ECC: 16/24/40/60 bits/1KB.
CLOCK: ahb and nfc.
- RK3066, RK3188 and RK2928(NFCv600).
ECC: 16/24/40/60 bits/1KB.
CLOCK: ahb.
Supported features:
- Read full page data by DMA.
- Support HW ECC(one step is 1KB).
- Support 2 - 32K page size.
- Support 8 CS(depend on SoCs)
Limitations:
- No support for the ecc step size is 512.
- Untested on some SoCs.
- No support for subpages.
- No support for the builtin randomizer.
- The original bad block mask is not supported. It is recommended to
use the BBT(bad block table).
Signed-off-by: Yifeng Zhao <yifeng.zhao@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Use the generic error number instead of specific error number.
Changes fix the below error.
drivers/pci/pcie_dw_rockchip.c: In function 'rk_pcie_read':
drivers/pci/pcie_dw_rockchip.c:70:10: error: 'PCIBIOS_UNSUPPORTED'
undeclared (first use in this function)
70 | return PCIBIOS_UNSUPPORTED;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
drivers/pci/pcie_dw_rockchip.c: In function 'rk_pcie_write':
drivers/pci/pcie_dw_rockchip.c:90:10: error: 'PCIBIOS_UNSUPPORTED'
undeclared (first use in this function)
90 | return PCIBIOS_UNSUPPORTED;
| ^~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Cc: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Cc: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
Signed-off-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
RK3568 is a high-performance and low power quad-core application
processor designed for personal mobile internet device and AIoT
equipments.
Signed-off-by: Joseph Chen <chenjh@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
fdtoverlay (pxe_utils) require define fdtoverlay_addr_r env variable
for example sunxi-common.h meson64.h already have it.
Signed-off-by: Artem Lapkin <art@khadas.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
The SDMMC2 interface hosts an eMMC. Replace the interface properties
that would only apply to SD cards—“broken-cd” and “disable-wp”—with
relevant ones: “non-removable”, “no-sd” and “no-sdio”.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Szymaszek <gszymaszek@short.pl>
Cc: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
Cc: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@foss.st.com>
First set of u-boot-atmel features for the 2021.10 cycle:
This feature set converts the boards pm9261 and pm9263 Ethernet support
to DM; enables hash command for all SAM boards; fixes the NAND pmecc
bit-flips correction; adds Falcon boot for sama5d3_xplained board; and
other minor adjustments.
This adds the unit test for the K210 PLL to the sandbox defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now that the k210 clock driver does not depend on CCF, we should no longer
imply it (and probably should not have in the first place). We can also
reduce the pre-relocation malloc arena back to something sensible.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Linux has had some stability issues when using AISRAM with a different
frequency from SRAM. Mirror their change here now that we relocate into
AISRAM.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Now that we have only one clock driver, we don't need to have our own
subdirectory. Move the driver back with the rest of the clock drivers.
The MAINTAINERS for kendryte pinctrl is also fixed since it has always been
wrong.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This driver no longer serves a purpose now that we have moved away from
CCF. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This speeds up boot by preventing multiple reconfigurations of the PLLs.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This adds support for setting clock rates, which was left out of the
initial CCF expunging. There are several tricky bits here, mostly related
to the PLLS:
* The PLL's bypass is broken. If the PLL is reconfigured, any child clocks
will be stopped.
* PLL0 is the parent of ACLK which is the CPU and SRAM's clock. To prevent
stopping the CPU while we configure PLL0's rate, ACLK is reparented
to IN0 while PLL0 is disabled.
* PLL1 is the parent of the AISRAM clock. This clock cannot be reparented,
so we instead just disallow changing PLL1's rate after relocation (when
we are using the AISRAM).
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Since we are no longer using CCF we cannot use the default soc_clk_dump.
Instead, implement our own.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Now that there no separate PLL driver, we can no longer make the PLL
functions static. By moving the PLL driver in with the rest of the clock
code, we can make these functions static again. We still keep the pll
header for unit testing, but it is pretty reduced.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
This is effectively a complete rewrite to remove all dependency on CCF.
The code is now smaller, and so is the binary. It also takes up less memory
at runtime (since we don't have to create 40 udevices). In general, I am
much happier with this driver as much of the complexity and late binding
has been removed.
The k210_*_params structs which were previously used to initialize CCF
clocks are now used as the complete configuration. Since we can write our
own division logic, we can now do away with several "half" clocks which
only existed to provide constant factors of two.
The clock IDs have been renumbered to remove unused clocks. This may not be
the last time they are renumbered, since we have diverged with Linux. There
are also still a few clocks left out which may need to be added back in.
In general, I have tried to leave out behavioral changes. However, there is
a small bugfix regarding ACLK. According to the technical reference manual,
its mux comes *after* its divider (which is present only for PLL0). This
would have required yet another intermediate clock to fix with CCF, but
with the new driver it is just 2 lines of code :)
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Leo Yu-Chi Liang <ycliang@andestech.com>
Since 291da96b8e ("clk: Allow clock defaults to be set during re-reloc
state for SPL only") it has been impossible to set clock defaults before
relocation. This is annoying on boards without SPL, since there is no way
to set clock defaults before U-Boot proper. In particular, the aisram rate
must be changed before relocation on the K210, since U-Boot will hang if we
try and change the rate while we are using aisram.
To get around this, extend the stage parameter to allow force setting
defaults, even if they would be otherwise postponed for later. A device
tree property was decided against because of the concerns in the original
commit thread about the overhead of repeatedly parsing the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Sean Anderson <seanga2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This supports Falcon boot support for Microchip SAMA5D3 Xplained,
tested on raw MMC, and on raw NAND.
spl_start_uboot() is has the simplest possible implementation.
It doesn't test the environment because enabling environment support
currently causes the SPL to exceed its maximum size (64 KiB).
It doesn't check the serial for incoming characters either because
this functionality currently doesn't seem to work from the SPL
on this board.
Settings for Falcon boot from at FAT partition are also added to
avoid compile failures when CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT is enabled, but this
particular case is currently not functional as adding FAT and
partition support cause the SPL to be too big again.
Signed-off-by: Michael Opdenacker <michael.opdenacker@bootlin.com>
In absence of Device Manager (DM) services such as at R5 SPL stage,
driver will have to natively setup TCHAN/RCHAN/RFLOW cfg registers.
Add support for the same.
Note that we still need to send chan/flow cfg message to TIFS via TISCI
client driver in order to open up firewalls around chan/flow but setting
up of cfg registers is handled locally.
U-Boot specific code is in a separate file included in main driver so
as to maintain similarity with kernel driver in order to ease porting of
code in future.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210607141753.28796-8-vigneshr@ti.com
In absence of Device Manager (DM) services such as at R5 SPL stage,
driver will have to natively setup Ring Cfg registers. Add support for
the same.
Note that we still need to send RING_CFG message to TIFS via TISCI
client driver in order to open up firewalls around Rings.
U-Boot specific code is in a separate file included in main driver so
as to maintain similarity with kernel driver in order to ease porting of
code in future.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210607141753.28796-7-vigneshr@ti.com
R5 SPL needs access to cfg space of Rings and UDMAP, therefore add RING
CFG, TCHAN CFG and RCHAN CFG address ranges.
Note that these registers are present within respective IPs but are
not populated in Linux DT nodes (as they are configured via TISCI APIs)
and hence are added to -u-boot.dtsi for now.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210607141753.28796-6-vigneshr@ti.com
On J721e and J7200, MCU R5 core (boot master) itself would run Device
Manager (DM) Firmware and interact with TI Foundational Security (TIFS)
firmware to enable DMA and such other Resource Management (RM) services.
So, during R5 SPL stage there is no such RM service available and ti_sci
driver will have to directly interact with TIFS using DM to DMSC
channels to request RM resources.
Therefore add DT binding and driver for the same. This driver will
handle Resource Management services at R5 SPL stage.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raghavendra <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210607141753.28796-4-vigneshr@ti.com
MCU timer1 is used as the tick timer for MCU R5 SPL, and the
clock-frequency defined in DT appears to be incorrect at the moment.
Actual clock source for the timer is MCU_SYSCLK0 / 4 which is 250MHz.
Earlier setup of 25MHz went unnoticed, as there was a separate issue
with omap-timer, which caused an error to the clock by a factor of 8
with j7 devices. This problem surfaced once the omap-timer was fixed.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Update build instructions and image formats based on HSM rearch. A new
DM image is added into the build, which gets executed right after R5
SPL finishes its job.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Sysfw is not going to provide access to power management features in the
new architecture, so SPL must implement these itself. Enable all the raw
register access based clock + power domain drivers.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Sysfw is not going to provide access to power management features in the
new architecture, so SPL must implement these itself. Enable all the raw
register access based clock + power domain drivers.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Force the clk-k3 driver to probe early during R5 SPL boot to ensure the
default system clock configuration is completed. Many other drivers
assume a default state of the clock tree and it is currently possible
for them to probe before clk-k3 depending on the exact system
configuration.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Reported-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Tested-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Copy the contents of the board config loaded from sysfw.itb into an
EXTBOOT shared memory buffer that gets passed to sciserver. This only
needs to be done if EXTBOOT area has not been populated by ROM code yet.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Only start-up the non-linux remote cores if we are running in legacy
boot mode. HSM rearch is not yet supporting this.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
If the raw PM support is built in, we are operating in the split
firmware approach mode where PM support is not available. In this
case, skip the board config for this.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add callback routines for parsing the firmware info from FIT image, and
use the data to boot up ATF and the MCU R5 firmware.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add platform clock and powerdomain data for J721e and J7200. This data
is used by the corresponding drivers to register all the required device
clocks and powerdomains.
Signed-off-by: Dave Gerlach <d-gerlach@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add DM (device manager) firmware image to the fit image that is loaded by
R5 SPL. This is needed with the HSM rearch where the firmware allocation
has been changed slightly.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add support command for debugging K3 power domains. This is useful with
the HSM rearch setup, where power domains are directly controlled by SPL
instead of going through the TI SCI layer. The debugging support is only
available in the u-boot codebase though, so the raw register access
power domain layer must be enabled on u-boot side for this to work. By
default, u-boot side uses the TI SCI layer, and R5 SPL only uses the
direct access methods.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Normally, power domains are handled via TI-SCI in K3 SoCs. However,
SPL is not going to have access to sysfw resources, so it must control
them directly. Add driver for supporting this.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Add driver to support TI K3 generation SoC clocks. This driver registers
the clocks provided via platform data, and adds support for controlling
the clocks via DT handles.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add support for TI K3 SoC PLLs. This clock type supports
enabling/disabling/setting and querying the clock rate for the PLL. The
euclidean library routine is used to calculate divider/multiplier rates
for the PLLs.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Clock rates are cached within the individual clock nodes, and right now
if one changes a clock rate somewhere in the middle of the tree, none
of its child clocks notice the change. To fix this, clear up all the
cached rates for us and our child clocks.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
If a clock provider is not ready for assigning default rates/parents
during its probe, it may return -EPROBE_DEFER directly from xlate.
Handle this special case properly by skipping the entry and adjusting the
return value to pass. The defaults will be handled properly in post probe
phase then.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Set rate should return the new clock rate on success, and negative error
value on failure. Fix this, as currently set_rate returns 0 on success.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Add new clk subcommand "clk setfreq", for setting up a clock rate
directly from u-boot cmdline. This is handy for any debugging purposes
towards clocks.
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Bail out early if device returned for the parent clock is null.
This avoids warning prints like this when doing clk dump:
dev_get_uclass_priv: null device
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Some clocks are not associated to a DM node, so just parsing the DM is not
enough. This is especially true for root clocks, which typically don't have
any parents. Instead, fetch every registered UCLASS_CLK instance, and dump
these out.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Current driver only supports registering fixed rate clocks from DT. Add
new API which makes it possible to register fixed rate clocks directly
from e.g. platform specific clock drivers.
Reviewed-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
board_fit_image_post_process() passes only start and size of the image,
but type of the image is not passed. So pass fit and node_offset, to
derive information about image to be processed.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
With the sysfw rearch, sysfw PM calls are no longer available from SPL
level. To properly support this, remove the is_on checks and the reset
assertion from the R5 remoteproc driver as these are not supported.
Attempting to access unavailable services will cause the device to hang.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
On J7 family of SoCs (J721E and J7200), sysfw is being split to be run
under two cores, TIFS portion on DMSC core, and DM firmware under MCU
R5. As MCU R5 is also used to run one phase of the bootloader, we must
prevent access from here towards sysfw services. To support this, add
new config option which can be used to detect presence of RM/PM sysfw
services.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Copy the best rational approximation calculation routines from Linux.
Typical usecase for these routines is to calculate the M/N divider
values for PLLs to reach a specific clock rate.
This is based on linux kernel commit:
"lib/math/rational.c: fix possible incorrect result from rational
fractions helper"
(sha1: 323dd2c3ed0641f49e89b4e420f9eef5d3d5a881)
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <t-kristo@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
Update the driver to support the device tree and the driver model.
The read / write helpers in rtc_ops allow access to scratch registers
only. The offset parameter is added to the address of the scratch0
register.
Support for non-DM has been removed as there were no users.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210602203805.11494-8-dariobin@libero.it
To write correct data to the TC registers, the STATUS register must be
read until the BUSY bit is equal to zero. Once the BUSY flag is zero,
there is a 15 μs access period in which the TC registers can be
programmed.
The rtc_wait_not_busy() has been inspired by the Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Dario Binacchi <dariobin@libero.it>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210602203805.11494-5-dariobin@libero.it
For USB DFU boot mode there is a limitation on the load address of boot
images that they have to be less than 0x70001000. Therefore, move the
SPL_TEXT_BASE address to 0x70000000.
Currently ATF is being loaded at 0x70000000, if the SPL is being loaded at
0x70000000 then ATF would overwrite SPL image when loaded. Therefore, move
the location of ATF to a latter location in SRAM, past the SPL image. Also
rearrange the EEPROM and BSS data on top of ATF.
Given below is the placement of various data sections in SRAM
┌──────────────────────────────────────┐0x70000000
│ │
│ │
│ │
│ SPL IMAGE (Max size 1.5 MB) │
│ │
│ │
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x7017FFFF
│ │
│ SPL STACK │
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x70192727
│ GLOBAL DATA(216 B) │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x701927FF
│ │
│ INITIAL HEAP (32 KB) │
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x7019A7FF
│ │
│ BSS (20 KB) │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x7019F7FF
│ EEPROM DATA (2 KB) │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x7019FFFF
│ │
│ │
│ ATF (123 KB) │
│ │
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x701BEBFB
│ BOOT PARAMETER INDEX TABLE (5124 B)│
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x701BFFFF
│ │
│SYSFW FIREWALLED DUE TO A BUG (128 KB)│
│ │
├──────────────────────────────────────┤0x701DFFFF
│ │
│ DMSC CODE AREA (128 KB) │
│ │
└──────────────────────────────────────┘0x701FFFFF
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604163043.12811-9-a-govindraju@ti.com
AM64 EVM board has a micro USB 2.0 AB connector and the USB0_VBUS is
connected with a resistor divider in between. USB0_DRVVBUS pin is muxed
between USB0_DRVVBUS and GPIO1_79 signals.
Add the corresponding properties and set the pinmux mode for USB subsystem
in the evm dts file.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604163043.12811-7-a-govindraju@ti.com
U-Boot either supports USB host or device mode for a node at a time in the
device tree nodes. To support both host and dfu bootmodes, dr_mode is set
to "peripheral" by default and then fixed based on the mode selected by
the boot mode config dip switches on the board.
This needs to happen before the cdns3 generic layer binds the usb device
to a host or a device driver. Therefore, use fdtdec_setup_board()
implementation to fixup the device tree property.
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Link: https://lore.kernel.org/r/20210604163043.12811-4-a-govindraju@ti.com
Currently the config options CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE and
CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE are being set in include/configs/<board>.h
files and also in <board_name>_defconfig files without a Kconfig option. It
is easier for users to set these configs in defconfig files than in config
header files as they are a part of the source code.
Add Kconfig symbols, and update the defconfigs by using tools/moveconfig.py
script.
Suggested-by: Pratyush Yadav <p.yadav@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Aswath Govindraju <a-govindraju@ti.com>
Acked-by: Oleksandr Suvorov <oleksandr.suvorov@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Matthias Brugger <mbrugger@suse.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
TFTP transfer size can be used to re-size the TFTP progress bar on
single line based on the server reported file size. The support for
this has been around from 2019, but it was never converted to proper
Kconfig.
While adding this new Kconfig, enable it by default for OMAP2+ and K3
devices also.
Signed-off-by: Tero Kristo <kristo@kernel.org>
To quote Simon, first for the display changes:
At present we have two ways of showing a hex dump. Once has been in
U-Boot since the dawn of time and the other was recently added from
Linux.
They both have their own unique features.
This series makes a few changes to bring them closer together. It also
adds support for logging a buffer, which is useful since it can put it
through the same log drivers as other logging output.
Also it adds tests, so we can check the behaviour.
And then the logging changes:
At present when logging is not enabled, all log() calls become nops.
This does not seem right, since if the log level is high enough then
there should be some sort of message. So in that case, this series
updates it to print the message if the log level is above LOGL_INFO.
This mimics the behaviour for the log_...() macros like log_debug() and
log_info(), so we can drop the special case for these.
Also the current implementation does not support multiple log calls on
the same line nicely. The tags are repeated so the line is very hard to
read. This series adds that as a new feature.
At present if logging not enabled, log_info() becomes a nop. But we want
log output at the 'info' level to be akin to printf(). Update the macro to
pass the output straight to printf() in this case.
This mimics the behaviour for the log_...() macros like log_debug() and
log_info(), so we can drop the special case for these.
Add new tests to cover this case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The pr_cont_test.c test requires CONFIG_LOG since it directly accesses
fields in global_data that require it. Move the test into the CONFIG_LOG
condition to avoid build errors.
Enable CONFIG_LOG on sandbox (not sandbox_spl, etc.) so that we still run
this test. This requires resyncing of the configs.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present print_buffer() outputs a hex dump but it is not possible to
place this dump in a string. Refactor it into a top-level function which
does the printing and a utility function that dumps a line into a string.
This makes the code more generally useful.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present print_hex_dump() only supports either 16- or 32-byte lines.
With U-Boot we want to support any line length up to a maximum of 64.
Update the function to support this, with 0 defaulting to 16, as with
print_buffer().
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The current implementation outputs an address as a pointer. Update the
code to use an address instead, respecting the 32/64 nature of the CPU.
Add some initial tests copied from print_test_display_buffer(), just the
ones that can pass with the current implementation.
Note that for this case print_hex_dump() and print_bufffer() produce the
same result. For now the tests are duplicated sine we have separate
functions.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move the comments to the header file so people can find the function info
without digging in the implementation. Fix up the code style and add an
enum for the first arg.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present with print_buffer() U-Boot shows four spaces between the hex
and ASCII data. Two seems enough and matches print_hex_dump(). Change it.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a test for this function, to cover the various features. Expand the
expect_str length to take acount of the ~300-bytes lines generated in one
case.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This test predates the test framework in U-Boot. It uses #define DEBUG and
assert() to check the result. Update it to use the framework so it can
report failure constitent with other tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a line of more than 256 bytes is generated, the test will fail but the
reason is not clear. Add a check for this condition and print a helpful
message.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If the console output buffer is exhausted, characters are silently dropped
from the end. Detect this condition and report an error when reading back
the characters.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To quote the series author, Patrick Delaunay:
On STM32MP15x platform we can use OP-TEE, loaded in DDR in a region
protected by a firewall. This region is reserved in the device with
the "no-map" property as defined in the binding file
doc/device-tree-bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt.
Sometime the platform boot failed in U-Boot on a Cortex A7 access to
this region (depending of the binary and the issue can change with compiler
version or with code alignment), then the firewall raise an error,
for example:
E/TC:0 tzc_it_handler:19 TZC permission failure
E/TC:0 dump_fail_filter:420 Permission violation on filter 0
E/TC:0 dump_fail_filter:425 Violation @0xde5c6bf0, non-secure privileged read,
AXI ID 5c0
E/TC:0 Panic
After investigation, the forbidden access is a speculative request performed
by the Cortex A7 because all the DDR is mapped as MEMORY with CACHEABLE
property.
The issue is solved only when the region reserved by OP-TEE is no more
mapped in U-Boot as it is already done in Linux kernel.
Tested on DK2 board with OP-TEE 3.12 / TF-A 2.4:
With hard-coded address for OP-TEE reserved memory,
the error doesn't occur.
void dram_bank_mmu_setup(int bank)
{
....
for (i = start >> MMU_SECTION_SHIFT;
i < (start >> MMU_SECTION_SHIFT) + (size >> MMU_SECTION_SHIFT);
i++) {
option = DCACHE_DEFAULT_OPTION;
if (i >= 0xde0)
option = INVALID_ENTRY;
set_section_dcache(i, option);
}
}
Just by modifying the test on 0xde0 to 0xdf0, the OP-TEE memory protected
by firewall is mapped cacheable and the error occurs.
I think that it can be a general issue for ARM architecture: the "no-map" tag
of reserved memory in device should be respected by U-Boot if firewall
is configured before U-Boot execution.
But I don't propose a generic solution in
arm/lib/cache-cp15.c:dram_bank_mmu_setup()
because the device tree parsing done in lmb_init_and_reserve() takes a
long time when it is executed without data cache.
No more map the reserved region with "no-map" property by marking
the corresponding TLB entries with invalid entry (=0) to avoid
speculative access.
The device tree parsing done in lmb_init_and_reserve() takes a
long time when it is executed without data cache, so it is called in
enable_caches() before to disable it.
This patch fixes an issue where predictive read access on secure DDR
OP-TEE reserved area are caught by firewall.
Series-cc: marex
Series-cc: pch
Series-cc: marek.bykowski@gmail.com
Series-cc: Ard Biesheuvel <ardb@kernel.org>
Series-cc: Etienne Carriere <etienne.carriere@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add 8M for the U-Boot reserved memory (display, fdt, gd, ...)
mapped cacheable before relocation.
Without this patch the device tree, located before the MALLOC area
is not tagged cacheable just after relocation, before mmu reconfiguration.
This patch reduces the duration for device tree parsing in
lmb_init_and_reserve.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Save the 'no-map' information present in 'reserved-memory' node to allow
correct handling when the MMU is configured in board to avoid
speculative access.
This binding is defined in
doc/device-tree-bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt
Additional properties:
...
no-map (optional) - empty property
- Indicates the operating system must not create a virtual mapping
of the region as part of its standard mapping of system memory,
nor permit speculative access to it under any circumstances other
than under the control of the device driver using the region.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add a new function lmb_is_reserved_flags to check if
an address is reserved with a specific flags.
This function can be used to check if an address was
reserved with no-map flags with:
lmb_is_reserved_flags(lmb, addr, LMB_NOMAP);
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Add "flags" in lmb_property to save the "no-map" property of
reserved region and a new function lmb_reserve_flags() to check
this flag.
The default allocation use flags = LMB_NONE.
The adjacent reserved memory region are merged only when they have
the same flags value.
This patch is partially based on flags support done in Linux kernel
mm/memblock .c (previously lmb.c); it is why LMB_NOMAP = 0x4, it is
aligned with MEMBLOCK_NOMAP value.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@foss.st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable NAND on mmc defconfig for greater flexibility and for consistency
reasons. All our other boards that have a NAND flash integrated, enable
NAND regardless of the type of the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Not correcting anything in case of empty ECC data area
is not an appropriate strategy, because an uncorrected bit-flip
in an empty sector may cause upper layers (namely UBI) fail to work
properly. Therefore the approach chosen in Linux kernel and other
u-boot mtd drivers has been adopted, where a heuristic implemented
by nand_check_erased_ecc_chunk() is used in order to detect and
correct empty sectors.
Tested with sama5d3_xplained and sam9x60-ek.
Signed-off-by: Kai Stuhlemmer (ebee Engineering) <kai.stuhlemmer@ebee.de>
Tested-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
[ta: reorder if conditions, change commit subject, s/uint8_t/u8.]
Signed-off-by: Tudor Ambarus <tudor.ambarus@microchip.com>
Add default bootarguments with booting from mmc0 for this configuration.
This will allow a default Linux boot for this board.
Suggested-by: Jarvis Chen <jarvis.chen@microchip.com>
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Increase the BOOTM_LEN to 32M . This would allow a bigger kernel image to be
booted, for example the multi_v7_defconfig.
Loading Kernel Image
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
resetting ...
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Enable CONFIG_DM_ETH in configs/pm9263_defconfig
Drop legacy initialization in board/ronetix/pm9263.c
Remove network related setting from include/configs/pm9263.h
Signed-off-by: Ilko Iliev <iliev@ronetix.at>
This commit updates the default config with the values that are actually
used "in the wild" and which are close to what is used on the MediaTek
MT7688 based, 2nd generation of the GARDENA smart gateway:
- Reduce startup time by setting bootdelay to 0 (still allows accessing
the shell, one just has to send a key press quicker)
- Adjusting U-Boot environment volume names and MTD partitions to
the actual layout
Signed-off-by: Reto Schneider <reto.schneider@husqvarnagroup.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
2021-05-07 10:37:55 +03:00
7070 changed files with 264410 additions and 153366 deletions
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff
Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user
Blocking a user prevents them from interacting with repositories, such as opening or commenting on pull requests or issues. Learn more about blocking a user.
